ML102670496: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
 
(StriderTol Bot change)
 
(6 intermediate revisions by the same user not shown)
Line 2: Line 2:
| number = ML102670496
| number = ML102670496
| issue date = 07/13/2010
| issue date = 07/13/2010
| title = Calvert Cliffs - Final Written Examination with Answer Key (401-5 Format)
| title = Final Written Examination with Answer Key (401-5 Format)
| author name = Draxton M S
| author name = Draxton M
| author affiliation = Constellation Energy Nuclear Group, LLC
| author affiliation = Constellation Energy Nuclear Group, LLC
| addressee name = Presby P A
| addressee name = Presby P
| addressee affiliation = NRC/RGN-I/DRS/OB
| addressee affiliation = NRC/RGN-I/DRS/OB
| docket = 05000317, 05000318
| docket = 05000317, 05000318
Line 14: Line 14:
| document type = License-Operator, Part 55 Examination Related Material
| document type = License-Operator, Part 55 Examination Related Material
| page count = 202
| page count = 202
| project = TAC:U01770
| stage = Other
}}
}}


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:1 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 10: PolnfS:''i.OO Which ONE of the following sequences occurs to open the Reactor Trip Circuit Breakers for an automatic reactor trip (consider only the components stated)? Trip unit relays Matrix relays Shunt trip coils Trip unit relays Matrix relays Shunt trip coils Trip unit relays Matrix relays UV trip coils Trip unit relays Matrix relays UV trip coils Answer: A Answer Explanation: Correct -This is the only sequence provided that will result in a reactor trip. Incorrect  
{{#Wiki_filter:EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 1                                          10: Q20176                                    PolnfS:''i.OO Which ONE of the following sequences occurs to open the Reactor Trip Circuit Breakers for an automatic reactor trip (consider only the components stated)?
-Trip Unit and Matrix Relays deenergize to trip. Shunt Trip Coils energize to trip. Incorrect  
A.        Trip unit relays deenergize; Matrix relays deenergize; Shunt trip coils energize.
-The UV Trip Coils must cleenergize to cause a reactor trip. Incorrect  
B.        Trip unit relays energize; Matrix relays energize; Shunt trip coils deenergize.
-The Trip Unit relays and Matrix relays deenergize to cause a trip.
C.        Trip unit relays deenergize; Matrix relays deenergize; UV trip coils energize.
I EXAMINATION<ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam I Question 1 Info Topic: Tier/Group:
D.        Trip unit relays energize; Matrix relays energize; UV trip coils deenergize.
KIA Info: RO Importance:
Answer:           A Answer Explanation:
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
A. Correct - This is the only sequence provided that will result in a reactor trip.
i Learning Objective:
B. Incorrect - Trip Unit and Matrix Relays deenergize to trip. Shunt Trip Coils energize to trip.
I 1 10 CFR Part 55 Content: ! Question source: Cognitive level: ! Last NRC Exam used on: i Exam Bank History: i Technical references:
C. Incorrect - The UV Trip Coils must cleenergize to cause a reactor trip.
i /comments:
D. Incorrect - The Trip Unit relays and Matrix relays deenergize to cause a trip.
--_...Which RPS response is correct for a reactor trip? 1/1 EPE -007 Reactor Trip EK2 Knowledge of the interrelations between a reactor trip and the following:
 
* EK2.02 Breakers, relays and disconnects 2.6 None LOI-58-1-01 55.41 [8J Bank I [8J Memory or Fundamental o Comprehension or Analysis No record of use on an NRC exam Last use -LOI 2008 RPS, AOP-7H, Power Distribution T.S. Exam (June, 2009) System Description 058, Reactor Protective System None 2 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 10: Points: 1.00 Which ONE of the following conditions specifically requires notification of Site personnel via wide announcement, In accordance with CNG-OP-1 01-2001, Communications and Briefings?
EXAMINATION<ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam IQuestion 1 Info Topic:                     Which RPS response is correct for a reactor trip?
A. A Containment entry is made when the reactor is critical.
I Tier/Group:                1/1 EPE - 007 Reactor Trip KIA Info:
B. EOP-6, Steam Generator Tube Rupture, is implemented.
* EK2 Knowledge of the interrelations between a reactor trip and the following:
C. Regulating CEA withdrawal is commenced for reactor startup. D. Tech Spec LCO 3.6.1 is entered for Containment inoperability.
* EK2.02     Breakers, relays and disconnects RO Importance:            2.6 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Answer: B Answer Explanation: Incorrect  
i Learning Objective:        LOI-58-1-01 I
-Containment entry is not specifically called out for announcement to the Site by CNG-OP-1.01-2001, Communications and Briefings. Correct -Implementation of an EOP is specifically called out for announcement to the Site by CNG-OP-101-2001, Communications and Briefings. Incorrect  
1 10 CFR Part 55 Content:    55.41 (b)(7)
-Commencing withdrawal of Regulating CEAs is not specifically called out for announcement to the Site by CNG-OP-1 01-2001, Communications and Briefings. Incorrect  
Question source:          [8J Bank             I I
-Entry into a T.S. LCO, with a completion time of 1 hour is not specifically called out for announcement to the Site by CNG-OP-1.01-2001, Communications and Briefings.
[8J Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:
This condition is plausible because it requires prompt notification of site management personnel via the Pager system in accordance with 2001, Communications and Briefings.
o Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:    No record of use on an NRC exam Last use - LOI 2008 RPS, AOP-7H, Power Distribution T.S.
EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 2 Info Topic: Tier/Group:
i Exam Bank History:
KJA Info: RO Importance:
Exam (June, 2009) i Technical references:      System Description 058, Reactor Protective System i
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
/comments:                  None
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 2                                        10: Q921:'1                                    Points: 1.00 Which ONE of the following conditions specifically requires notification of Site personnel via plant wide announcement, In accordance with CNG-OP-1 01-2001, Communications and Briefings?
A.     A Containment entry is made when the reactor is critical.
B.       EOP-6, Steam Generator Tube Rupture, is implemented.
C.       Regulating CEA withdrawal is commenced for reactor startup.
D.     Tech Spec LCO 3.6.1 is entered for Containment inoperability.
Answer:         B Answer Explanation:
A. Incorrect - Containment entry is not specifically called out for announcement to the Site by CNG-OP-1.01-2001, Communications and Briefings.
B. Correct - Implementation of an EOP is specifically called out for announcement to the Site by CNG-OP-101-2001, Communications and Briefings.
C. Incorrect - Commencing withdrawal of Regulating CEAs is not specifically called out for announcement to the Site by CNG-OP-1 01-2001, Communications and Briefings.
D. Incorrect - Entry into a T.S. LCO, with a completion time of 1 hour is not specifically called out for announcement to the Site by CNG-OP-1.01-2001, Communications and Briefings. This condition is plausible because it requires prompt notification of site management personnel via the Pager system in accordance with CNG-OP-1.01 2001, Communications and Briefings.
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 2 Info Topic:                     Plant page announcements during AOP I EOP conditions.
Tier/Group:               1/1 038 - Steam Generator Tube Rupture (SGTR)
KJA Info:
* 2.1.14 - Knowledge of criteria or conditions that require plant-wide announcements, such as pump starts, reactor trips, mode changes, etc.
RO Importance:             3.1 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:
Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:   55.41(b)(10)
I,., Plant page announcements during AOP I EOP 038 -Steam Generator Tube Rupture 2.1.14 -Knowledge of criteria or conditions that require plant-wide announcements, such as pump starts, reactor trips, mode changes, etc. 3.1 None
Question source:           D    Bank            ID  Modified        11:'81 New 1:'81 Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:
* D Bank I D Modified 11:'81 1:'81 Memory or D Comprehension or NO-1-200, Conduct of Operations
D    Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:     N/A Exam Bank History:         None Technical references:
* CNG-OP-1 01-2001, Communications and Briefings None Page: 4 of 150 3 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 10: Q25950 Points:
* NO-1-200, Conduct of Operations
Which ONE of the following is the minimum allowable RCS flow during dilution operations per the Technical Requirements A 3000 B. 1700 GPM C. 1500 GPM O. 1000 GPM Answer: A Answer Explanation: Correct -TRM 15.1.1 speCifies Reactor Coolant System (RCS) flow rate shall be 3,000 GPM. APPLICABILITY Modes 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6, whenever a reduction in RCS boron concentration is being made from a source whose boron concentration is less than the present Shutdown Margin requirements (Refueling Boron for Mode 6) per COLR. Incorrect  
* CNG-OP-1 01-2001, Communications and Briefings I,.,                        None Page: 4 of 150
-Per OP-7; Maximum SOC Flow is 1700 GPM when the Reactor is defueled and the UGS is installed.
 
This will prevent damage to the ICI Thimbles. Incorrect  
EXAMINATION ANSWER                                               KEY~
-The bases for T.S. SR 3.9.4.1 states; the flow rate is determined by the flow rate necessary to provide sufficient decay heat removal capability, and to prevent thermal and boron stratification in the core. Incorrect Per OP-7; When entering reduced inventory two LPSI header stops are shut and the remaining two LPSI loop header stops are throttled to limit flow to a maximum of 1000 GPM per loop.
LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 3                                        10: Q25950                                     Points: 1~OO Which ONE of the following is the minimum allowable RCS flow during dilution operations per the Technical Requirements Manual?
EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 3 Info Topic: Tier/Group:
A       3000 GPM B.     1700 GPM C.       1500 GPM O.     1000 GPM Answer:         A Answer Explanation:
KIA Info: RO Importance:
Correct - TRM 15.1.1 speCifies Reactor Coolant System (RCS) flow rate shall be ~
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
3,000 GPM. APPLICABILITY Modes 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6, whenever a reduction in RCS boron concentration is being made from a source whose boron concentration is less than the present Shutdown Margin requirements (Refueling Boron for Mode 6) per COLR.
B. Incorrect - Per OP-7; Maximum SOC Flow is 1700 GPM when the Reactor is defueled and the UGS is installed. This will prevent damage to the ICI Thimbles.
C. Incorrect - The bases for T.S. SR 3.9.4.1 states; the flow rate is determined by the flow rate necessary to provide sufficient decay heat removal capability, and to prevent thermal and boron stratification in the core.
O. Incorrect Per OP-7; When entering reduced inventory two LPSI header stops are shut and the remaining two LPSI loop header stops are throttled to limit flow to a maximum of 1000 GPM per loop.
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 3 Info Topic:                     Required flow for dilution Tier/Group:                 2/1 005 - Residual Heat Removal System (RHRS)
* K5 Knowledge of the operational implications of the KIA Info:                           following concepts as they apply the RHRS:
* K5.09 - Dilution and boration considerations RO Importance:              3.2 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:        CRO-203-5-3-009 10 CFR Part 55 Content:    55.41 (b)(5)
Question source:            I:8J Bank                Modified I                    IONew I:8J Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:
D Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:      No record of use on an NRC exam Exam Bank History:        I Last use - 2002 Technical references:      Technical Requirements Manual, T.N.C. 15.1.1 Comments:                  None
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 4                                            10: Q92611 Reactor power is currently stable at 88%. Current Burnup is 10,000 MWD/MTU.
A malfunction occurs, causing the Letdown HX CCW Temperature Control valve to close.
Which of the choices below correctly identifies the initial response of T COLD and reactor power to this failure? Assume no operator action.
A.      T COLD lowers, reactor power rises.
B.      T COLD rises, reactor power rises.
C.      TCOLD lowers, reactor power lowers.
D.      T COLD rises, reactor power lowers.
Answer:          C Answer Explanation:
A. Incorrect - TIC-223, failing to 100%, causes CCW flow to be secured to the LID Hx.
As LID temperature raises the CVCS Ion Exchangers slough boron. The rise in Boron concentration will cause reactor power to lower.
B. Incorrect - TIC-223, failing to 100%, causes CCW flow to be secured to the LID Hx.
As LID temperature raises the CVCS Ion Exchangers slough boron. The rise in Boron concentration will cause reactor power to lower with a resultant lowering of TCOlD .
: e. Correct - TIC-223, failing to 100%, causes CCW flow to be secured to the LID Hx. As LID temperature raises the cves Ion Exchangers slough boron. The rise in Boron concentration will cause Reactor power to lower, lowering T COLD.
D. Incorrect - TIC-223, failing to 100%, causes ecw flow to be secured to the LID Hx.
As LID temperature raises the eves Ion Exchangers slough boron. The rise in Boron concentration will cause reactor power to lower, lowering T COLD.
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 4 Info Explain the effects of increasing/decreasing Letdown Topic:
temperature Tier/Group:                2/1 004 - Chemical and Volume Control System
* K3 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the CVCS will have on the KIA Info:
following:
* K3.06 - RCS temperature and pressure I RO  Importance:            3.4 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:
Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:     55.41 (b)(7)
Comments:
Question source:           [2J Bank             1 0 Modified       10New I Cognitive level:
Required flow for dilution 2/1 005 -Residual Heat Removal System (RHRS) K5 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply the RHRS: K5.09 -Dilution and boration considerations 3.2 None CRO-203-5-3-009 55.41 I:8J Bank Modified I I:8J Memory or Fundamental D Comprehension or Analysis No record of use on an NRC exam I Last use -2002 Technical Requirements Manual, T.N.C. 15.1.1 None 4 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 10: Q92611 Reactor power is currently stable at 88%. Current Burnup is 10,000 A malfunction occurs, causing the Letdown HX CCW Temperature Control valve to Which of the choices below correctly identifies the initial response of T COLD and reactor power this failure? Assume no operator action. A. T COLD lowers, reactor power rises. B. T COLD rises, reactor power rises. C. T COLD lowers, reactor power lowers. D. T COLD rises, reactor power lowers. Answer: Answer Incorrect  
o Memory or Fundamental
-TIC-223, failing to 100%, causes CCW flow to be secured to the LID Hx. As LID temperature raises the CVCS Ion Exchangers slough boron. The rise in Boron concentration will cause reactor power to lower. Incorrect
[2J Comprehension or Analysis I Last NRC Exam used on:      No record of use on an NRC exam Last use - LOI 2008 Nuclear Instrumentation Exam (May, Exam Bank History:
-TIC-223, failing to 100%, causes CCW flow to be secured to the LID Hx. As LID temperature raises the CVCS Ion Exchangers slough boron. The rise in Boron concentration will cause reactor power to lower with a resultant lowering of T COlD. Correct -TIC-223, failing to 100%, causes CCW flow to be secured to the LID Hx. As LID temperature raises the cves Ion Exchangers slough boron. The rise in Boron concentration will cause Reactor power to lower, lowering T COLD. Incorrect  
2009)
-TIC-223, failing to 100%, causes ecw flow to be secured to the LID Hx. As LID temperature raises the eves Ion Exchangers slough boron. The rise in Boron concentration will cause reactor power to lower, lowering T COLD.
Technical references:      01-16, Component Cooling System, Precaution "C" Comments:                  Adaptation of Bank question "Q14535"
EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 4 Info Topic: Tier/Group:  
 
! KIA Info: I RO Importance:
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 5                                        JD:Q28840                                  Points: 1.00 Match each of the RCP seal pressure conditions in column A to the RCP seal status in column B.
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
RCS pressure is 2250 psia.
Column "An - Seal Parameters                          Column "B" - Seal status Middle Seal  Upper Seal    VCT Pressure        Press      Press i Case 1        1100            50        45                  1    Normal I Case 2        1400          700        48                  2    Lower Seal Failed
  . Case 3        1050          1050        50                  3    Middle Seal Failed Case 4        2250          1100        51                  4    Upper Seal Failed A.       3.2,4,1 B.       4,1,3.2 C.       1,4,3,2 D.       3,1,2,4 Answer:         B Answer Explanation:
A. Incorrect - See explanation for correct answer.
B. Correct - Parameters indicate:
* Case 1 - Middle Seal failure with expected RCP Seal pressure breakdown on remaining seals
* Case 2 - Normal RCP Seal pressure breakdown
* Case 3 - Upper Seal failure with expected RCP Seal pressure breakdown on remaining seals
* Case 4 - Lower Seal failure with expected RCP Seal pressure breakdown on remaining seals.
C. Incorrect - See explanation for correct answer.
D. Incorrect - See explanation for correct answer.
Page: 9 of 150
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 5 Info Topic:                     11 B RCP seal status Tier/Group:                 2/1 003 Reactor Coolant Pump System (RCPS)
* K1 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or KIA Info:                           cause-effect relationships between the RCPS and the following systems:
I
* K1.03 RCP seal system RO Importance:             3.3 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:
Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: I Cognitive level: ! I Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:     55.41 (b)(3)
Comments:
I Question source:           ~ Bank                     dified     !ONew I
Explain the effects of increasing/decreasing Letdown temperature 2/1 004 -Chemical and Volume Control System K3 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the CVCS will have on the following: K3.06 -RCS temperature and pressure 3.4 None 55.41 (b)(7) [2J Bank 1 0 Modified 10New o Memory or Fundamental
Cognitive level:
[2J Comprehension or Analysis No record of use on an NRC exam Last use -LOI 2008 Nuclear Instrumentation Exam (May, 2009) 01-16, Component Cooling System, Precaution "C" Adaptation of Bank question "Q14535" 5 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Points: 1.00 Match each of the RCP seal pressure conditions in column A to the RCP seal status in column B. RCS pressure is 2250 psia. Column "An -Seal Parameters Column "B" -Seal status Middle Seal Upper Seal VCT Pressure Press Press i Case 1 1100 50 45 1 Normal Case 2 1400 700 48 2 Lower Seal . Case 3 1050 1050 50 3 Middle Seal Case 4 2250 1100 51 4 Upper Seal I A. 3.2,4,1 B. 4,1,3.2 C. 1,4,3,2 D. 3,1,2,4 Answer: B Answer Explanation: Incorrect
o Memory or Fundamental
-See explanation for correct answer. Correct -Parameters indicate: Case 1 -Middle Seal failure with expected RCP Seal pressure breakdown on remaining seals Case 2 -Normal RCP Seal pressure breakdown Case 3 -Upper Seal failure with expected RCP Seal pressure breakdown on remaining seals Case 4 -Lower Seal failure with expected RCP Seal pressure breakdown on remaining seals. Incorrect
                              ~ Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:     No record of use on an NRC exam Exam Bank History:         Last use - LOI 2008 Diesel Generators Exam (May, 2009)
-See explanation for correct answer. Incorrect
Technical references:       01-1 A, Reactor Coolant System And Pump Operations I Comments:                   None Page: 10 of 150
-See explanation for correct answer. Page: 9 of 150 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 5 Info Topic: 11 B RCP seal status Tier/Group:
 
2/1 003 Reactor Coolant Pump System (RCPS)
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 6                                          10: Q28439                                    Points: 1.00 A caution within EOP-3, Loss of All Feedwater, states that Once Through Core Cooling (OTCC) must be initiated before CETs reach or exceed 560 OF.
* K1 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or KIA Info: cause-effect relationships between the RCPS and the following systems: I
What is the basis for this temperature limit?
* K1.03 RCP seal system RO Importance:
A.       Ensures the RCS is maintained subcooled throughout OTCC.
3.3 Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
B.       Ensures the inventory in the core will not be displaced into the Pressurizer.
None Learning Objective:
C.       Ensure RCS core flow is sufficient to lower core temperature.
10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 (b)(3) I Question source: Bank I dified !ONew Cognitive level: o Memory or Fundamental Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: No record of use on an NRC exam Exam Bank History: Last use -LOI 2008 Diesel Generators Exam (May, 2009) Technical references:
D.       Ensures RCS pressure remains high enough to prevent HPSI Pump damage.
01-1 A, Reactor Coolant System And Pump Operations I Comments:
Answer:           C Answer Explanation:
None Page: 10 of 150 6 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 10: Points: 1.00 A caution within EOP-3, Loss of All Feedwater, states that Once Through Core Cooling (OTCC) must be initiated before CETs reach or exceed 560 OF. What is the basis for this temperature limit? A. Ensures the RCS is maintained subcooled throughout OTCC. B. Ensures the inventory in the core will not be displaced into the Pressurizer.
A. Incorrect - The RCS will be in a saturated condition due to the PORVs being opened B. Incorrect - The RCS will be in a saturated condition due to the PORVs being opened.
C. Ensure RCS core flow is sufficient to lower core temperature.
Water will be displaced into the low pressure area (the Pressurizer).
D. Ensures RCS pressure remains high enough to prevent HPSI Pump damage. Answer: C Answer Explanation: Incorrect  
C. Correct - Per the EOP-3 Basis Doc. If OTCC initiated above this value the HPSI pump flow may be insufficient for core cooling flow.
-The RCS will be in a saturated condition due to the PORVs being opened Incorrect  
D. Incorrect - Runout of the HPSI pumps is not probable (DBA). Would also be prevented by complying with procedure direction to verify HPSI flow PER EOP ATTACHMENT(10). HIGH PRESSURE SAFETY INJECTION FLOW.
-The RCS will be in a saturated condition due to the PORVs being opened. Water will be displaced into the low pressure area (the Pressurizer). Correct -Per the EOP-3 Basis Doc. If OTCC initiated above this value the HPSI pump flow may be insufficient for core cooling flow. Incorrect  
 
-Runout of the HPSI pumps is not probable (DBA). Would also be prevented by complying with procedure direction to verify HPSI flow PER EOP ATTACHMENT(10).
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam
HIGH PRESSURE SAFETY INJECTION FLOW.
*Question 6 Info
EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam *Question 6 Info 'TOPic: Basis for initiating OTCC prior to 560 OF !Tier/Group:
'TOPic:                     Basis for initiating OTCC prior to 560 OF
1/1 CE/E06 -Loss of Feedwater EK3 -Knowledge of the reasons for the following
! Tier/Group:               1/1 CE/E06 - Loss of Feedwater
* responses as they apply to the (Loss of Feedwater)
* EK3 - Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the (Loss of Feedwater)
KIA Info: EK3.2 -Normal, abnormal and emergency operating procedures associated with (Loss of Feedwater).
KIA Info:
RO Importance:
* EK3.2 - Normal, abnormal and emergency operating procedures associated with (Loss of Feedwater).
3.2
RO Importance:             3.2
* Proposed references to be None
* Proposed references to be None
* provided to applicant:
* provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:        SRO-201-3-1-14
*10 CFR Part 55 Content:    155.41 {b )(7)
Question source:          I2J Bank              1 0 Modified        /0 New I2J Memory or Fundamental
*Cognitive level:
o Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:    No record of use on an NRC exam
, Exam Bank History:        Last use - 2006 Technical references:      EOP-3, Loss of All Feedwater                                i Comments:                  None I
Page: 12 of 150
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 7                                        10: Q28803                                    Points: 1.00 A Charging header leak could be positively identified by which ONE of the following?
A.      Lowering Pressurizer level with minimum letdown flow and one charging pump operating.
B.      Charging header pressure greater than RCS pressure with two charging pumps operating.
C.      Charging header flow equals letdown flow with one charging pump operating and VCT level lowering.
D.      RCS pressure greater than charging header pressure with one charging pump operating.
Answer:          D Answer Explanation:
A. Incorrect - This would be true for any leak greater than about 12 GPM but does not distinguish a charging header leak.
B. Incorrect - A charging header leak can be disguised with 2 CHG pumps running.
C. Incorrect - Is true for any small leak and would not distinguish a leak on the charging header.
D. Correct - per AOP-2A, a leak on the Charging header which exceeds the capacity of the charging pumps can be identified by Charging header pressure indicating less than RCS pressure. Identification of the leak may be missed if more than one charging pump is running.
Page: 13 of 150
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 7 Info Topic:                    Charging header leak identification Tier/Group:                1/1 022 Loss of Reactor Coolant Makeup
* AA2. Ability to determine and interpret the following KIA Info:                          as they apply to the Loss of Reactor Coolant Makeup:
* AA2.01 Whether charging line leak exists RO Importance:            3.2 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:        CRO-107-1-3-50 10 CFR Part 55 Content:    55.41 (b)(5)
Question source:          C8J Bank            10 Modified        10New i Cognitive level:
o Memory or Fundamental i
C8J Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:    No record of use on an NRC exam Exam Bank History:        Last use - LOI 2008 AOP / EOP Exam (April 2010)
Technical references:      AOP-2A, Excessive Reactor Coolant Leakage Comments:                  None
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 10: Q42247                                      PointS;, 1.00 Unit-1 was operating at 100% power, End-of Life (EOl), when 11A and 1 'I B RCPs tripped.
Assuming all equipment responds as designed, and NO operator action has been performed, which of the following best describes the heat removal parameters 5 minutes after 11A and 11 B RCP's have completely stopped?
A.      12 S/G steam flow greater than 11 S/G steam flow; 12 S/G pressure greater than 11 S/G pressure; 11 S/G feed flow greater than 11 S/G steam flow B.      12 S/G steam flow is equal to 11 S/G steam flow; 12 S/G pressure is equal to 11 S/G pressure; 11 S/G feed flow less than 11 S/G steam flow C.      12 S/G steam flow greater than 11 S/G steam flow; 12 S/G pressure greater than 11 S/G pressure; 11 S/G feed flow less than 11 S/G steam flow D.      12 S/G steam flow less than 11 S/G steam flow; 12 S/G pressure is equal to 11 S/G pressure; 11 S/G feed flow greater than 11 S/G steam flow Answer:          A Answer Explanation:
A. Correct - RPS will trip the unit when the first RCP is tripped. Once both RCP's stop rotating, the flow through 11 S/G will reverse and be less than 12 loop. This will cause 12 S/G pressure to be higher and flow from it to be higher. Digital feed will be unaffected by the trip and will position both FRBVs to the same output.
B. Incorrect - The flow through 11 S/G will reverse causing 11 S/G temperature to be lower than 12 S/G temperature. This will cause 11 S/G pressure to be lower and flow from it to be lower.
C. Incorrect - Digital feed will be unaffected by the trip and will position both FRBVs to the same output.
D. Incorrect - Digital feed will be unaffected by the trip and will position both FRBVs to the same output.
Page: 15 of 150
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 8 Info Topic:                      Loss of a pair of RCPs
! Tier/Group:                1/1 015/017 - Reactor Coolant Pump (RCP) Malfunctions
* AK1. Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Reactor KIA Info:                            Coolant Pump Malfunctions (Loss of RC Flow):
* AK1.04 Basic steady state thermodynamic relationship between RCS loops and S/Gs resultir'l9 from unbalancedRCS flow RO Importance:              2.9 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:
Learning Objective:
SRO-201-3-1-14
10 CFR Part 55 Content:    55.41 (b)(10)
*10 CFR Part 55 155.41 {b )(7) Question source: I2J Bank 0 Modified /0 New 1 I2J Memory or Fundamental  
Question source:           ~ Bank               I D Modified         IDNew D Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:
*Cognitive level: o Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: No record of use on an NRC exam , Exam Bank History: Last use -2006 Technical references:
                              ~ Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:     No record of use on an NRC exam Exam Bank History:         Last use - 2004 Technical references:       EOP-2, Loss of Offsite Power/Loss of Forced Circulation Comments:                  None
EOP-3, Loss of All Feedwater i Comments:
 
None I Page: 12 of 150 7 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 10: Q28803 Points: 1.00 A Charging header leak could be positively identified by which ONE of the following? Lowering Pressurizer level with minimum letdown flow and one charging pump operating. Charging header pressure greater than RCS pressure with two charging pumps operating. Charging header flow equals letdown flow with one charging pump operating and VCT level lowering. RCS pressure greater than charging header pressure with one charging pump operating.
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 9                                          ID:Q39488 Unit-1 is operating at 100% Reactor Power when an electrical perturbation occurs causing the nd Backup and 2 Backup Charging Pumps to start.
Answer: D Answer Explanation: Incorrect
(1) What Bus is lost and; (2) Which of the following describes a necessary action, per the response procedure, for the bus that was lost?
-This would be true for any leak greater than about 12 GPM but does not distinguish a charging header leak. Incorrect -A charging header leak can be disguised with 2 CHG pumps running. Incorrect
A. 1Y09; Promptly reduce Turbine load.
-Is true for any small leak and would not distinguish a leak on the charging header. Correct -per AOP-2A, a leak on the Charging header which exceeds the capacity of the charging pumps can be identified by Charging header pressure indicating less than RCS pressure.
B. 1Y10; Adjust Turbine load to maintain T COLD on program.
Identification of the leak may be missed if more than one charging pump is running. Page: 13 of 150 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 7 Info Topic: Tier/Group:
C. MCC-104R; Fast Borate to reduce reactor power.
KIA Info: RO Importance:
D. MCC-114R; Align Charging Pump suction to the VCT.
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
Answer:         B Answer Explanation:
Learning Objective:
A. Incorrect - Symptom provided is indicative of a loss of 1Y1 O. A loss of 1Y1 0 results in Charging Pump suction shifting to the RWT with resultant boration of the RCS.
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: i Cognitive level: i Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
Stabilizing actions are to secure boration and adjust Turbine load to maintain TCOLD on program.
Comments:
B. Correct - Symptom provided is indicative of a loss of 1Y10. A loss of 1Y10 results in Charging Pump suction shifting to the RWT with resultant boration of the RCS.
Charging header leak identification 1/1 022 Loss of Reactor Coolant Makeup AA2. Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of Reactor Coolant Makeup: AA2.01 Whether charging line leak exists 3.2 None CRO-107-1-3-50 55.41 (b)(5) C8J Bank 1 0 Modified 10New o Memory or Fundamental C8J Comprehension or Analysis No record of use on an NRC exam Last use -LOI 2008 AOP / EOP Exam (April 2010) AOP-2A, Excessive Reactor Coolant Leakage None EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 10: Q42247 PointS;, 1.00 Unit-1 was operating at 100% power, End-of Life (EOl), when 11A and 1 'I B RCPs tripped. Assuming all equipment responds as designed, and NO operator action has been performed, which of the following best describes the heat removal parameters 5 minutes after 11A and 11 B RCP's have completely stopped? 12 S/G steam flow greater than 11 S/G steam 12 S/G pressure greater than 11 S/G 11 S/G feed flow greater than 11 S/G steam 12 S/G steam flow is equal to 11 S/G steam 12 S/G pressure is equal to 11 S/G 11 S/G feed flow less than 11 S/G steam 12 S/G steam flow greater than 11 S/G steam 12 S/G pressure greater than 11 S/G 11 S/G feed flow less than 11 S/G steam 12 S/G steam flow less than 11 S/G steam 12 S/G pressure is equal to 11 S/G 11 S/G feed flow greater than 11 S/G steam Answer: A Answer Explanation: Correct -RPS will trip the unit when the first RCP is tripped. Once both RCP's stop rotating, the flow through 11 S/G will reverse and be less than 12 loop. This will cause 12 S/G pressure to be higher and flow from it to be higher. Digital feed will be unaffected by the trip and will position both FRBVs to the same output. Incorrect
Stabilizing actions are to secure boration and adjust Turbine load to maintain TCOLD on program.
-The flow through 11 S/G will reverse causing 11 S/G temperature to be lower than 12 S/G temperature.
C. Incorrect - Symptom provided is indicative of a loss of 1Y1 0 which is powered from MCC-104. 1Y10 would be the "minimum" Bus lost.
This will cause 11 S/G pressure to be lower and flow from it to be lower. Incorrect
D. Incorrect - Symptom provided is indicative of a loss of 1Y1 0 which is powered from MCC-104. 1Y1 0 would be the "minimum" Bus lost.
-Digital feed will be unaffected by the trip and will position both FRBVs to the same output. Incorrect
 
-Digital feed will be unaffected by the trip and will position both FRBVs to the same output. Page: 15 of 150 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 8 Info Topic: !Tier/Group:
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 9 Info Topic:                     Loss of 2Y10 Tier/Group:                 1/1 057 - Loss of Vital AC Electrical Instrument Bus
KIA Info: RO Importance:
* AK3. Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the Loss of Vital AC KIA Info:
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
Instrument Bus:
Learning Objective:
* AK3.01 - Actions contained in EOP for loss of vital ac electrical instrument bus RO Importance:              4.1 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
Learning Objective:        AOP-71-02 10 CFR Part 55 Content:    55.41{b)(10)
Comments:
Question source:            [8J Bank             10 Modified           10New Cognitive level:
Loss of a pair of RCPs 1/1 015/017 -Reactor Coolant Pump (RCP) Malfunctions
o Memory or Fundamental
* AK 1. Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Reactor Coolant Pump Malfunctions (Loss of RC Flow): AK1.04 Basic steady state thermodynamic relationship between RCS loops and S/Gs resultir'l9 from unbalancedRCS flow 2.9 None 55.41 (b)(10) Bank I D Modified IDNew D Memory or Fundamental Comprehension or Analysis No record of use on an NRC exam Last use -2004 EOP-2, Loss of Offsite Power/Loss of Forced Circulation None 9 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam ID:Q39488 Unit-1 is operating at 100% Reactor Power when an electrical perturbation occurs causing the Backup and 2 nd Backup Charging Pumps to start. (1) What Bus is lost and; Which of the following describes a necessary action, per the response procedure, for the bus that was lost? Promptly reduce Turbine Adjust Turbine load to maintain T COLD on Fast Borate to reduce reactor Align Charging Pump suction to the Answer: B Answer Explanation: Incorrect  
[8J Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:      No record of use on an NRC exam Exam Bank History:          Last use - LOI 2006 Comprehensive Exam (Sept, 2008)
-Symptom provided is indicative of a loss of 1Y1 O. A loss of 1Y1 0 results in Charging Pump suction shifting to the RWT with resultant boration of the RCS. Stabilizing actions are to secure boration and adjust Turbine load to maintain T COLD on program. Correct -Symptom provided is indicative of a loss of 1Y10. A loss of 1Y10 results in Charging Pump suction shifting to the RWT with resultant boration of the RCS. Stabilizing actions are to secure boration and adjust Turbine load to maintain T COLD on program. Incorrect  
Technical references:      AOP-71, Loss of 4KV, 480 Volt or 208/120 Volt Instrument Bus Power Comments:                  None Page: 18 of 150
-Symptom provided is indicative of a loss of 1 Y1 0 which is powered from MCC-104. 1Y10 would be the "minimum" Bus lost. Incorrect  
 
-Symptom provided is indicative of a loss of 1Y1 0 which is powered from MCC-104. 1 Y1 0 would be the "minimum" Bus lost.
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 10                                        10: Q40530 The Unit was operating at power when a steam line ruptured. The following conditions exist:
EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 9 Info Topic: Tier/Group:
* SIAS actuated.
KIA Info: RO Importance:
* RCS pressure is 1000 PSIA and lowering.
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
Comments:
Loss of 2Y10 1/1 057 -Loss of Vital AC Electrical Instrument Bus AK3. Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the Loss of Vital AC Instrument Bus: AK3.01 -Actions contained in EOP for loss of vital ac electrical instrument bus 4.1 None AOP-71-02 55.41{b)(10)  
[8J Bank 1 0 Modified 10New o Memory or Fundamental  
[8J Comprehension or Analysis No record of use on an NRC Last use -LOI 2006 Comprehensive Exam (Sept, AOP-71, Loss of 4KV, 480 Volt or 208/120 Volt Instrument Bus Power None Page: 18 of 150 10 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 10: Q40530 The Unit was operating at power when a steam line ruptured.
The following conditions exist: SIAS actuated. RCS pressure is 1000 PSIA and lowering.
* RCS temperature is 460 of and lowt3ring.
* RCS temperature is 460 of and lowt3ring.
What is the major concern associated with RCS repressurization during this event? A. HPSI Pump operation at shutoff head B. S/G tube sheet differential pressure C. Pressurizer PORV actuation D. Reactor vessel thermal stresses Answer: Answer Incorrect  
What is the major concern associated with RCS repressurization during this event?
-HPSI Pumps would be injecting a total of approximately 750 GPM at the stated RCS pressure.
A.     HPSI Pump operation at shutoff head B.     S/G tube sheet differential pressure C.     Pressurizer PORV actuation D.     Reactor vessel thermal stresses Answer:         D Answer Explanation:
HPSI Pumps are nowhere near running at shutoff head. Incorrect  
A. Incorrect - HPSI Pumps would be injecting a total of approximately 750 GPM at the stated RCS pressure. HPSI Pumps are nowhere near running at shutoff head.
-S/G tubes/tubesheet are designed to withstand full RCS pressure on the primary side with atmospheric pressure on the secondary side. Incorrect  
B. Incorrect - S/G tubes/tubesheet are designed to withstand full RCS pressure on the primary side with atmospheric pressure on the secondary side.
-The unaffected S/G must be used to stabilize RCS temperature to prevent RCS inventory expansion which could cause the Pressurizer to go solid and induce conditions susceptible to Pressurized Thermal Shock. Correct -The unaffected S/G must be used to stabilize RCS temperature to prevent RCS inventory expansion which could cause the Pressurizer to go solid and induce conditions susceptible to Pressurized Thermal Shock. Page: 19 of 150 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 10 Info Topic: Tier/Group:
C. Incorrect - The unaffected S/G must be used to stabilize RCS temperature to prevent RCS inventory expansion which could cause the Pressurizer to go solid and induce conditions susceptible to Pressurized Thermal Shock.
KIA Info: RO Importance:
D. Correct - The unaffected S/G must be used to stabilize RCS temperature to prevent RCS inventory expansion which could cause the Pressurizer to go solid and induce conditions susceptible to Pressurized Thermal Shock.
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
Page: 19 of 150
Learning Objective:
 
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 10 Info Topic:                     PTS Tier/Group:               1/1 040 - Steam Line Rupture
Comments:
* AK1. Knowledge of the operational implications of KIA Info:                            the following concepts as they apply to Steam Line Rupture:
PTS 1/1 040 -Steam Line Rupture AK1. Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Steam Line Rupture:
* AK1.04 - Nil ductility temperature RO Importance:            3.2 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
* AK1.04 -Nil ductility temperature 3.2 None LOR-201-4-S-06 55.41(b)(10)  
Learning Objective:        LOR-201-4-S-06 10 CFR Part 55 Content:    55.41(b)(10)
!81 Bank Modified IONew I o Memory or Fundamental  
Question source:          !81 Bank                 Modified         IONew I
!81 Comprehension or Analysis No record of use on an NRC exam Last use -2006 EOP-4, Excess Steam Demand Event None Page: 20 of 150 11 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Q26572 Unit-2 is operating at 100% power when a Loss of Offsite Power occurs. 21 and 22 AFW Pumps are unavailable.  
Cognitive level:
#23 AFW pump is started to establish Auxiliary Feedwater flow to 21 and 22 8/Gs with the following flow values: 2-FIC-4525A, 21 8G FLOW CONTR, indicates 270 GPM 2-FIC-4535A, 22 8G FLOW CONTR, indicates 280 GPM Based on these parameters which ONE of the following is the correct operator response and basis for the response?
o Memory or Fundamental
A. Maintain flow values; No operational limits have been exceeded.
                          !81 Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:    No record of use on an NRC exam Exam Bank History:        Last use - 2006 Technical references:      EOP-4, Excess Steam Demand Event Comments:                  None Page: 20 of 150
B. Reduce AFW flow to prevent AFW Pump cavitation.
 
C. Reduce AFW flow to protect the DG from overloading.
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 11                                          ID~ Q26572 Unit-2 is operating at 100% power when a Loss of Offsite Power occurs. 21 and 22 AFW Pumps are unavailable. #23 AFW pump is started to establish Auxiliary Feedwater flow to 21 and 22 8/Gs with the following flow values:
D. Reduce AFW flow to prevent runout of the AFW Pump. Answer: C Answer Explanation: Incorrect  
* 2-FIC-4525A, 21 8G FLOW CONTR, indicates 270 GPM
-23 AFW Pump flow is limited to 300 GPM total flow when powered by the DG. Plausible because this would be true on Unit-1. Incorrect  
* 2-FIC-4535A, 22 8G FLOW CONTR, indicates 280 GPM Based on these parameters which ONE of the following is the correct operator response and basis for the response?
-No information is suppliE!d or implied to indicate the common suction flow limit of 1200 GPM is being exceeded. Correct -23 AFW Pump is being powered from the 2B DG. EOP-2, Loss of Offsite Power/Loss of Forced Circulation, Step IV.G.2.2 has a caution stating: "23 AFW PP flow limit is 300 GPM when power is supplied by a DG; otherwise the flow limit is 575 GPM". Incorrect  
A.       Maintain flow values; No operational limits have been exceeded.
-23 AFW Pump is being powered from the 2B DG. EOP-2, Loss of Offsite Power/Loss of Forced Circulation, Step IV.G.2.2 has a caution stating: "23 AFW PP flow limit is 300 GPM when power is supplied by a DG; otherwise the flow limit is 575 GPM".
B.       Reduce AFW flow to prevent AFW Pump cavitation.
EXAMINATION ANSWER lOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 11 Info Topic: Tier/Group:
C.       Reduce AFW flow to protect the DG from overloading.
KIA Info: RO Importance:
D.       Reduce AFW flow to prevent runout of the AFW Pump.
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
Answer:           C Answer Explanation:
Learning Objective:
A. Incorrect - 23 AFW Pump flow is limited to 300 GPM total flow when powered by the DG. Plausible because this would be true on Unit-1.
10 CFR Part 55 Content: , Question source: Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
B. Incorrect - No information is suppliE!d or implied to indicate the common suction flow limit of 1200 GPM is being exceeded.
Comments:
C. Correct - 23 AFW Pump is being powered from the 2B DG. EOP-2, Loss of Offsite Power/Loss of Forced Circulation, Step IV.G.2.2 has a caution stating: "23 AFW PP flow limit is 300 GPM when power is supplied by a DG; otherwise the flow limit is 575 GPM".
23 AFW Pump Ops during a LOOP 1/1 056 -Loss of Offsite Power AK3 -Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the Loss of Offsite Power: AK3.02 -Actions contained in EOP for loss of offsite power. 4.4 None SRO-201-2-1-13 55.41(b)(10}  
D. Incorrect - 23 AFW Pump is being powered from the 2B DG. EOP-2, Loss of Offsite Power/Loss of Forced Circulation, Step IV.G.2.2 has a caution stating: "23 AFW PP flow limit is 300 GPM when power is supplied by a DG; otherwise the flow limit is 575 GPM".
[3J Bank Modified IONew I o Memory or Fundamental  
 
[3J Comprehension or Analysis N/A None EOP-2, Loss of Offsite Power/Loss of Forced Circulation.
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY lOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 11 Info Topic:                     23 AFW Pump Ops during a LOOP Tier/Group:                1/1 056 - Loss of Offsite Power
None EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam it 10: Q92132 Given the following: Unit-1 is at 100% power RCS Pressure Control is in AUTO RCS Pressure is 2250 PSIA What is the IMM EDIATE plant response if the selected Pressurizer Pressure controller setpoint fails to 1500 PSIA? Spray valve controller goes to maximum output, proportional heaters output goes to maximum, and all backup heaters energize. Spray valve controller goes to minimum output, proportional heaters output goes to minimum, and all backup heaters remain off. Spray valve controller goes to minimum output, proportional heaters output goes to maximum, and all backup heaters energize. Spray valve controller goes to maximum output, proportional heaters output goes to minimum, and all backup heaters remain off. Answer: Answer Incorrect  
* AK3 - Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the Loss of Offsite KIA Info:
-Proportional Heaters go to minimum. Plausible because spray will collapse the Pressurizer bubble causing Pressurizer level to rise. This could trigger Pressurizer Heater operation on insurge. Incorrect  
Power:
-The Pressurizer Spray valves would open. Incorrect  
* AK3.02 - Actions contained in EOP for loss of offsite power.
-The Pressurizer Spray valves would open and the Proportional Heaters would go to minimum, Correct -The Pressurizer Spray valves would open and the Proportional Heaters would go to minimum. Page: 23 of 150 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 12 Info Topic: Plant response to a change in the Pzr pressure controller setpoint.
RO Importance:            4.4 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Tier/Group:
Learning Objective:        SRO-201-2-1-13 10 CFR Part 55 Content:    55.41(b)(10}
1/1 027 -Pressurizer Pressure Control System (PZR PCS) Malfunction:
, Question source:          [3J Bank                 Modified     IONew I
Cognitive level:
o Memory or Fundamental
[3J Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:    N/A Exam Bank History:        None Technical references:      EOP-2, Loss of Offsite Power/Loss of Forced Circulation.
Comments:                  None
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam it                                           10: Q92132 Given the following:
* Unit-1 is at 100% power
* RCS Pressure Control is in AUTO
* RCS Pressure is 2250 PSIA What is the IMM EDIATE plant response if the selected Pressurizer Pressure controller setpoint fails to 1500 PSIA?
A.        Spray valve controller goes to maximum output, proportional heaters output goes to maximum, and all backup heaters energize.
B,      Spray valve controller goes to minimum output, proportional heaters output goes to minimum, and all backup heaters remain off.
C.      Spray valve controller goes to minimum output, proportional heaters output goes to maximum, and all backup heaters energize.
D.      Spray valve controller goes to maximum output, proportional heaters output goes to minimum, and all backup heaters remain off.
Answer:           D Answer Explanation:
A. Incorrect - Proportional Heaters go to minimum. Plausible because spray will collapse the Pressurizer bubble causing Pressurizer level to rise. This could trigger Pressurizer Heater operation on insurge.
B. Incorrect - The Pressurizer Spray valves would open.
C. Incorrect - The Pressurizer Spray valves would open and the Proportional Heaters would go to minimum, D. Correct - The Pressurizer Spray valves would open and the Proportional Heaters would go to minimum.
Page: 23 of 150
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 12 Info Plant response to a change in the Pzr pressure controller Topic:
setpoint.
Tier/Group:               1/1 027 - Pressurizer Pressure Control System (PZR PCS)
Malfunction:
KIA Info:
KIA Info:
* AK2 -Knowledge of the interrelations between the Pressurizer Pressure Control Malfunctions and the following:
* AK2 - Knowledge of the interrelations between the Pressurizer Pressure Control Malfunctions and the following:
* AK2.03 -Controllers and positioners RO Importance:
* AK2.03 - Controllers and positioners RO Importance:             2.6 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
2.6 Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:       LOI-064A2-1 10 CFR Part 55 Content:   55.41 (b)(7)
None Learning Objective:
Question source:           DBank               i l2J Modified       i   New D Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:
LOI-064A2-1 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 (b )(7) Question source: DBank i l2J Modified i New Cognitive level: D Memory or Fundamental I2J Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: N/A Exam Bank History: None Technical references:
I2J Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:     N/A Exam Bank History:         None Technical references:
* System Description  
* System Description - 064D, RCS Instrumentation;
-064D, RCS Instrumentation;
* ALM-1C06, RCS Control Comments:                 Modified version of Q14490 Page: 24 of 150
* ALM-1C06, RCS Control Comments:
 
Modified version of Q14490 Page: 24 of 150 13 EXAMINATION LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 10: Q92750 Unit-1 was conducting a plant startup with the following events and conditions: Annunciator "LOSS OF LOAD CH TRIP BYP" is in alarm The turbine has just been paralleled to the grid when condenser vacuum begins to degrade AOP-7G, Loss of Condenser Vacuum, has been implemented Condenser vacuum suddenly dropped to 22 inches Hg and stabilized at that value Which one of the following statements describes the expected system response and/or required operator actions? The turbine will trip automatically; the operators will trip the reactor; heat removal will be on the ADVs; SGFPs will continue to operate. The reactor and turbine will be manually tripped; heat removal will be on the TBVs; SGFPs will continue to operate. The turbine will trip automatically; the operators will trip the reactor; heat removal will be on the ADVs; SGFPs will trip. The turbine will trip automatically; the operators will trip the reactor; heat removal will be on the TBVs; SGFPs will continue to operate. Answer: A Answer Explanation: Correct These actions are specified, for the given conditions, in AOP-7G. Incorrect  
EXAMINATION                               AN~SWER                    KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 13                                          10: Q92750 Unit-1 was conducting a plant startup with the following events and conditions:
-The turbine will trip automatically at & the TBVs will be shut due to Condenser vacuum being less than 22.5" Incorrect  
* Annunciator "LOSS OF LOAD CH TRIP BYP" is in alarm
-The SGFPs will remain in operation (trip stpt = 20") Incorrect  
* The turbine has just been paralleled to the grid when condenser vacuum begins to degrade
-Heat removal will be via the ADVs, the TBVs will be shut due to Condenser vacuum being less than 22.5". Page: 25 of 150 EXAM;INATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 13 Info Topic: Tier/Group:
* AOP-7G, Loss of Condenser Vacuum, has been implemented
KIA Info: i RO Importance:
* Condenser vacuum suddenly dropped to 22 inches Hg and stabilized at that value Which one of the following statements describes the expected system response and/or required operator actions?
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
A.      The turbine will trip automatically; the operators will trip the reactor; heat removal will be on the ADVs; SGFPs will continue to operate.
B.      The reactor and turbine will be manually tripped; heat removal will be on the TBVs; SGFPs will continue to operate.
C.      The turbine will trip automatically; the operators will trip the reactor; heat removal will be on the ADVs; SGFPs will trip.
D.      The turbine will trip automatically; the operators will trip the reactor; heat removal will be on the TBVs; SGFPs will continue to operate.
Answer:         A Answer Explanation:
A. Correct These actions are specified, for the given conditions, in AOP-7G.
B. Incorrect - The turbine will trip automatically at & the TBVs will be shut due to Condenser vacuum being less than 22.5" C. Incorrect - The SGFPs will remain in operation (trip stpt     = 20")
D. Incorrect - Heat removal will be via the ADVs, the TBVs will be shut due to Condenser vacuum being less than 22.5".
Page: 25 of 150
 
EXAM;INATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 13 Info Topic:                     AOP-7G operator response(s).
Tier/Group:               1/2 051 - Loss of Condenser Vacuum
* AA2. Ability to determine and interpret the following KIA Info:                           as they apply to the Loss of Condenser Vacuum:
* AA2.02 Conditions requIring reactor and/or turbine trip                                  !
i RO Importance:             3.9 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:
Learning Objective:
C-------""" 10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: " Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
C-------"""
Comments:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:   55.41 (b)(5)
AOP-7G operator response(s).
Question source:          o Bank               Ik8J Modified      I New "Cognitive level:
1/2 051 -Loss of Condenser Vacuum
o Memory or Fundamental k8J Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:    N/A Exam Bank History:        None Technical references:      AOP-7G, Loss of Condenser Vacuum Comments:                  Modified version of Q50782 i
* AA2. Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of Condenser Vacuum: . . ..AA2.02 Conditions requIring reactor and/or turbine trip ! 3.9 None 55.41 (b)(5) o Bank I k8J Modified New I o Memory or Fundamental k8J Comprehension or Analysis N/A None AOP-7G, Loss of Condenser Vacuum Modified version of Q50782 i 14 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 10: Q9303QPoints: 1.00 A loss of Shutdown Cooling occurred on Unit-1. Heat removal has been restored using 1 'I LPSI Pump and 11 Shutdown Cooling Heat Exchanger (SDCHX). Which ONE of the following choices correctly identifies instruments that must be used to ensure Heat Exchanger limits are not exceeded in accordance with AOP-3B, Abnormal Shutdown COOling Conditions?
 
A. TR-351, SDC Temperatures AND FIC-306, SDC Flow Controller.
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 14                                            10: Q9303Q..                                Points: 1.00 A loss of Shutdown Cooling occurred on Unit-1. Heat removal has been restored using 1 'I LPSI Pump and 11 Shutdown Cooling Heat Exchanger (SDCHX).
B. ONLY TR-351, SDC Temperatures.
Which ONE of the following choices correctly identifies instruments that must be used to ensure Heat Exchanger limits are not exceeded in accordance with AOP-3B, Abnormal Shutdown COOling Conditions?
C. TI-303X, 11 SDCHX Outlet Temperature AND FIC-306, SDC Flow Controller.
A.       TR-351, SDC Temperatures AND FIC-306, SDC Flow Controller.
D. ONLY TI-303X, 11 SDCHX Outlet Temperature Answer: D Answer Explanation: Incorrect  
B.     ONLY TR-351, SDC Temperatures.
-TR-351, SDC Temperatures, provides indication of temperatures to/from the RCS 01-3B, Shutdown Cooling, contains a caution specifying use of TI-303X, 11 SDCHX Outlet Temperature, to ensure the 14&deg;F/min heatup rate limitation for the SDC HX is not exceeded.
C.     TI-303X, 11 SDCHX Outlet Temperature AND FIC-306, SDC Flow Controller.
FIC-306, SDC Flow Controller, provides indication of total LPSI flow to the core and is not indicative the temperature change occurring in the SDCH 3B, Shutdown Cooling, contains a caution specifying use of TI-303X, 11 SDCHX Outlet Temperature, to ensure the 14'F/min heatup rate limitation for the SDC HX is not exceeded. Incorrect 3B, Shutdown Cooling, contains a caution specifying use of TI-303X, 11 SDCHX Outlet Temperature, to ensure the 14'F/min heatup rate limitation for the SDC HX is not exceeded.
D.     ONLY TI-303X, 11 SDCHX Outlet Temperature Answer:         D Answer Explanation:
FIC-306, SDC Flow Controller, provides indication of total LPSI flow to the core and is not indicative the temperature change occurring in the SDCHX. Correct 3B, Shutdown Cooling, contains a caution specifying use of TI-303X, 11 SDCHX Outlet Temperature, to ensure the 14'F/min heatup rate limitation for the SDC HX is not exceeded.
A. Incorrect - TR-351, SDC Temperatures, provides indication of temperatures to/from the RCS 01-3B, Shutdown Cooling, contains a caution specifying use of TI-303X, 11 SDCHX Outlet Temperature, to ensure the 14&deg;F/min heatup rate limitation for the SDC HX is not exceeded. FIC-306, SDC Flow Controller, provides indication of total LPSI flow to the core and is not indicative the temperature change occurring in the SDCHX.
Page: 27 of 150 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 14 Info I Topic: Tier/Group:
B. Incorrect 3B, Shutdown Cooling, contains a caution specifying use of TI-303X, 11 SDCHX Outlet Temperature, to ensure the 14'F/min heatup rate limitation for the SDC HX is not exceeded.
KIA Info: RO Importance:
C. Incorrect 3B, Shutdown Cooling, contains a caution specifying use of TI-303X, 11 SDCHX Outlet Temperature, to ensure the 14'F/min heatup rate limitation for the SDC HX is not exceeded. FIC-306, SDC Flow Controller, provides indication of total LPSI flow to the core and is not indicative the temperature change occurring in the SDCHX.
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
D. Correct 3B, Shutdown Cooling, contains a caution specifying use of TI-303X, 11 SDCHX Outlet Temperature, to ensure the 14'F/min heatup rate limitation for the SDC HX is not exceeded.
Page: 27 of 150
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 14 Info I Topic:                     Monitoring RCS Cooldown on restoration of SDC Tier/Group:                 1/1 025 Loss of Residual Heat Removal System (RHRS)
* AA1. Ability to operate and / or monitor the following as they apply to the Loss of Residual KIA Info:
Heat Removal System:
* AA 1.08 RHR cooler inlet and outlet temperature indicators RO Importance:              2.9 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:        LOI-052-4-2 (slide 78) 10 CFR Part 55 Content:    55.41 (b )(7)
_Question source:
o Bank                1 0  Modified        I rgj New rgj Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:
o Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:      N/A Exam Bank History:          None Technical references:
* AOP-3B, Abnormal Shutdown Cooling Conditions;
* 01-3B, Shutdown Cooling Comments:                I None
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 15                                      10: Q24750 Which ONE of the following must be operable to ensure the Containment Purge System will be automatically secured should a fuel handling incident occur inside the Containment?
A.      Containment High Range Monitors (RE-5317 AlB)
B.      Main Vent Gaseous Monitor (RE-5415)
C.      Containment Area Radiation Monitors (RE-5316 A thru D)
D.      Wide Range Noble Gas Monitor (RIC-5415)
Answer:          C Answer Explanation:
A. Incorrect - The Containment High Range monitor has no connection to the Containment Purge System.
B. Incorrect - Main Vent Gaseous Monitor provides no automatic functions.
C. Correct - Per 01-36, Containment Purge System: IF moving irradiated fuel assemblies within the containment, THEN all four channels of Containment Area Radiation Monitors RI-5316A, B, C, and 0 are operable on the unit to be purged.
(Tech Spec 3.3.7).
D. Incorrect - WRNGM provides no automatic functions.
Page: 29 of 150
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam QuestioJ115 Info Which instrument ensures that Cntmt Purge will be secured Topic:
on a Fuel Handling Incident?
Tier/Group:                1/2 036 - Fuel Handling Incidents
* AA1. Ability to operate and / or monitor the following as they apply to the Fuel Handling KIA Info:
Incidents:
* AA1.01 Reactor building containment purge ventilation system RO Importance:            3.3 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:        CRO-134-1-5-36 10 CFR Part 55 Content:    55.41 (b)(7)
Question source:          rgj Bank            ID Modified          !DNew rgj Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:
D Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:    No record of use on an NRC exam Last use - LOI 2008 Panel Comprehensive Exam Exam Bank History:
(October, 2009)
Technical references:      Tech Spec 3.3.7, Containment Radiation Signal Comments:                  None
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KE&#xa5; LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 16                                          10: Q20295 Given a loss of Instrument Air on Unit-1 at 100% power.
Which ONE of the following alarms is expected to be received 10 PSIG BELOW the pressure at which a reactor trip is required?
A.      BACK-UP IA INITIATED B.      FRV PNEUMATIC PRESS LO C.      INSTR AIR SYS MALFUNCTION D.      CNTMT IA (SOL 1-IA-2085-CV CLOSED Answer:          B Answer Explanation:
A. Incorrect - This alarm indicates 1-PCV-6301 has opened as a result of IIA header pressure less than 85 PSIG (87 - 83 PSIG)
B. Correct - Alarms at approx. 40 PSIG. AOP-7D (LOSS OF INSTRUMENT AIR) directs tripping the reactor at 50 PSIG IA pressure.
C. Incorrect - Alarms at approx. 90 PSIG IA pressure.
D. Incorrect - Alarms at Approx. 75 PSIG IA pressure.
 
<'E)(AMINATIONANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 16 10fo Topic:                    Loss of Instrument Air effects Tier/Group:                1/1 065 - Loss of Instrument Air KIA Info:
* 2.4.45 Ability to prioritize and interpret the significance of each annunciator or alarm.
RO Importance:            4.1 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:        LOR-202-7 -S-01-1 10 CFR Part 55 Content:    55.4'1 (b)(10)
Question source:          [g] Bank            1 0  Modified          1 0 New Cognitive level:
o Memory or Fundamental
[g] Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:    No record of use on an NRC exam Exam Bank History:        No history of previous use
* 1C03-ALM, Window C-40 "FRV PNEUMATIC PRESS Technical references:          LO"
* AOP-7D, Loss of Instrument Air Comments:                  None
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC'RO Exam 17                                          10: Q92610 You are the CRO on Unit-1 when a plant trip occurs. While addressing the Vital Auxiliary safety function, you cannot verify CC flow to the RCPs. You attempt to stop 11A RCP by opening the normal feeder breaker from 1C06 but the breaker does not open.
Which ONE of the following actions will stop 11A RCP?
A      Open 252-1201 (RCP Bus Unit-1 feeder breaker), from 1C19.
B.      Open the Alternate feeder breaker for 11A RCP, on 1C06.
C.      Have the OSO open the RCP Bus Unit-1 feeder breaker in the Unit-2 Metalclad.
D.      Open 252-2202 (RCP Bus Unit-1 feeder breaker), from 1C20.
Answer:          A Answer Explanation:
A Correct - Opening breaker 252-1201 deenergizes the Unit-1 RCP Bus, securing all four Reps, and all Reps are being secured anyway.
B. Incorrect - If the normal feeder breaker is closed, the alternate feeder breaker would already be open.
C. Incorrect - Manual operation of the Rep Feeder versus remote operation is not preferred due to the industrial safety concerns with manual operation of a 13KV Breaker. Additionally, the Rep breaker needing to be opened is in the U-1 Metalclad, not the U-2 Metalclad.
D. Incorrect - Breaker 252-2202 is a normally open breaker.
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 17 Info Topic:                      RCP trip i Tier/Group:                2/1 I
003 Reactor Coolant Pump System KIA Info:
* 2.1.30 - Ability to locate and operate components, including local controls.
RO Importance:              4.4 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:
Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: _.. Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:     55.41 (b)(7)
Comments:
Question source:           o Bank              1 0  Modified        * [gl New
Monitoring RCS Cooldown on restoration of SDC 1/1 025 Loss of Residual Heat Removal System (RHRS) AA 1. Ability to operate and / or monitor the following as they apply to the Loss of Residual Heat Removal System: AA 1.08 RHR cooler inlet and outlet temperature indicators 2.9 None LOI-052-4-2 (slide 78) 55.41 (b )(7) o Bank 1 0 Modified I rgj New rgj Memory or Fundamental o Comprehension or Analysis N/A None AOP-3B, Abnormal Shutdown Cooling Conditions; 01-3B, Shutdown Cooling I None 15 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 10: Q24750 Which ONE of the following must be operable to ensure the Containment Purge System will be automatically secured should a fuel handling incident occur inside the Containment?
[gllVlemory or Fundamental Cognitive level:
A. Containment High Range Monitors (RE-5317 AlB) B. Main Vent Gaseous Monitor (RE-5415)
o Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:     N/A Exam Bank History:         None Technical references:       EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions Comments:                   None
C. Containment Area Radiation Monitors (RE-5316 A thru D) D. Wide Range Noble Gas Monitor (RIC-5415)
 
Answer: Answer Incorrect  
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRCRO Exam 18                                            ID: Q50164'                            ,polnts:i~oo Both Units were operating at 100% power when a rupture occurred on the Unit-1 Instrument Air header. Given the following events and conditions:
-The Containment High Range monitor has no connection to the Containment Purge System. Incorrect
* Plant air pressure dropped to 80 PSIG.
-Main Vent Gaseous Monitor provides no automatic functions. Correct -Per 01-36, Containment Purge System: IF moving irradiated fuel assemblies within the containment, THEN all four channels of Containment Area Radiation Monitors RI-5316A, B, C, and 0 are operable on the unit to be purged. (Tech Spec 3.3.7). Incorrect  
* The air leak was isolated by manual operator action
-WRNGM provides no automatic functions.
* Instrument air pressure increased to normal operating pressure Which ONE of the choices below correctly describes the automatic response, if any, of 1-PA-2059-CV (PA HDR ISOL VLV) to the following:
Page: 29 of 150 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam QuestioJ115 Info Topic: Tier/Group:
(1) Lowering Instrument Air header pressure on the rupture and; (2) Rising Instrument Air header pressure after thE~ leak is isolated?
KIA Info: RO Importance:
A.       (1) The valve will open.
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
(2) No automatic response.
B.       (1) The valve will open.
(2) The valve will close.
C.       (1) The valve will close.
(2) No automatic response.
D.      (1) The valve will close.
(2) The valve will open.
Answer:           C Answer Explanation:
A. Incorrect - Per AOP-7D, 1-PA-2059-CV automatically isolates PIA to PIA and must be manually opened.
B. Incorrect - Per AOP-7D, 1-PA-2059-CV automatically isolates PIA to PIA and must be manually opened.
C. Correct - Per AOP-7D, 1-PA-2059-CVautomatically isolates PIA to PIA and must be manually opened.
D. Incorrect - Per AOP-7D, 1-PA-2059-CV automatically isolates PIA to PIA and must be manually opened.
 
E~MINATION                              ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 18 Info Identify the design features that provide a backup for the Topic:
instrument air system during a partial or Tier/Group:                 2/2 079 - Station Air System (SAS)
* K1 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or KIA Info:                           cause effect relationships between the SAS and the following systems:
* K1.01 lAS .
RO Importance:             3.0 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:
Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:     55.41 (b)(4)
Comments:
Question source:           [gJ Bank            10 Modified          10New
Which instrument ensures that Cntmt Purge will be secured on a Fuel Handling Incident?
[gJ Memory or Fundamental i Cognitive level:
1/2 036 -Fuel Handling Incidents AA 1. Ability to operate and / or monitor the following as they apply to the Fuel Handling Incidents: AA 1.01 Reactor building containment purge ventilation system 3.3 None CRO-134-1-5-36 55.41 rgj Bank I D Modified rgj Memory or Fundamental D Comprehension or Analysis No record of use on an NRC exam Last use -LOI 2008 Panel Comprehensive Exam (October, 2009) Tech Spec 3.3.7, Containment Radiation Signal None 16 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 10: Q20295 Given a loss of Instrument Air on Unit-1 at 100% power. Which ONE of the following alarms is expected to be received 10 PSIG BELOW the pressure at which a reactor trip is required?
o Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:     No record of use on an NRC exam Exam Bank History:          Last use - 2006 Technical references:      AOP-7D, Loss of Instrument Air Comments:                  None
A. BACK-UP IA INITIATED B. FRV PNEUMATIC PRESS LO C. INSTR AIR SYS MALFUNCTION D. CNTMT IA (SOL 1-IA-2085-CV CLOSED Answer: Answer Incorrect  
 
-This alarm indicates 1-PCV-6301 has opened as a result of IIA header pressure less than 85 PSIG (87 -83 PSI G) Correct -Alarms at approx. 40 PSIG. AOP-7D (LOSS OF INSTRUMENT AIR) directs tripping the reactor at 50 PSIG IA pressure. Incorrect
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 19                                              10: Q50136 Unit-1 was operating at 100% power when a LOCA occurred. Given the following events and conditions:
-Alarms at approx. 90 PSIG IA pressure. Incorrect  
0200    LOCA occurred inside the Containment 0203    Containment pressure peaked at 20 PSIG 0240    Containment pressure dropped below 4 PSIG 0245    RWT level reached 0.75 feet but RAS failed to actuate
-Alarms at Approx. 75 PSIG IA pressure.
* Containment pressure is 3.5 PSIG and slowly lowering
<'E)(AMINATIONANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 16 KIA Info: RO Importance:
* Containment sump level is 40 inches and rising
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
* CSAS has NOT been reset Which ONE of the following statements correctly describes:
(1) Containment Spray (CS) pump configuration at the time of the RAS failure.
(2) Required Operator action, in EOP-5, to respond to the RAS failure.
A.       (1) CS pumps are running with suction from the RWT.
(2) No Operator Action required.
B.       (1) CS pumps are running with suction from the RWT.
(2) Align CS pump suctions to the Containment Sump.
C.       (1) CS pumps are stopped.
(2) Align CS pump suctions to the Containment Sump.
D.       (1) CS pumps are stopped.
(2) No Operator Action required.
Answer:           B Answer Explanation:
A. Incorrect - With RAS failure, Operator action is required to realign CS suction to the Cntmt Sump.
B. Correct - CS pumps should be running with suction aligned to the RWT. With RAS failure, Operator action is required to realign CS pump suction to the Cntmt Sump.
C. Incorrect - CS pumps are not secured on RAS or when containment pressure is less than CSAS.
D. Incorrect - CS pumps are not secured on RAS or when containment pressure is less than CSAS; With RAS failure, Operator action is required to realign CS suction to the Cntmt Sump.
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 19 Info RECALL the operation of ESFAS that includes: Failure of Topic:
RAS Tier/Group:                2/1 026 - Containment Spray System (CSS)
* K4 Knowledge of CSS design feature(s) and/or KIA Info:                           interlock(s) which provide for the following:
* K4.07 Adequate level in containment sump for suction (interlock)
RO Importance:             3.8 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:
Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:   55.41 (b)(7)
Comments:
Question source:          [gJ Bank             1 0 Modified       !ONew Cognitive level:
Loss of Instrument Air effects 1/1 065 -Loss of Instrument Air 2.4.45 Ability to prioritize and interpret the significance of each annunciator or alarm. 4.1 None LOR-202-7 -S-01-1 55.4'1 (b)(10) [g] Bank 1 0 Modified 1 0 New o Memory or Fundamental  
o Memory or Fundamental
[g] Comprehension or Analysis No record of use on an NRC exam No history of previous use 1C03-ALM, Window C-40 "FRV PNEUMATIC PRESS LO"
[gJ Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:    No record of use on an NRC exam Exam Bank History:        Last use - LOI 2006 RO Audit Exam I Technical references:      EOP-5, Loss of Coolant Accident nts:              None
* AOP-7D, Loss of Instrument Air None 17 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC'RO Exam 10: Q92610 You are the CRO on Unit-1 when a plant trip occurs. While addressing the Vital Auxiliary safety function, you cannot verify CC flow to the RCPs. You attempt to stop 11A RCP by opening the normal feeder breaker from 1 C06 but the breaker does not open. Which ONE of the following actions will stop 11A RCP? A Open 252-1201 (RCP Bus Unit-1 feeder breaker), from 1C19. B. Open the Alternate feeder breaker for 11A RCP, on 1C06. C. Have the OSO open the RCP Bus Unit-1 feeder breaker in the Unit-2 Metalclad.
 
D. Open 252-2202 (RCP Bus Unit-1 feeder breaker), from 1C20. Answer: A Answer Explanation:
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 20                                          10: Q25464                                  ~Oil1ts: 1.00 In addition to the "CSAS ACTUATED" annunciator alarm, which of the following conditions is verified to ensure Containment Spray Actuation has occurred per EOP-D, Post Trip Immediate Actions?
A Correct -Opening breaker 252-1201 deenergizes the Unit-1 RCP Bus, securing all four Reps, and all Reps are being secured anyway. Incorrect  
A.      Operable Containment Air Coolers have shifted to "LOW' speed, Containment Spray Valves have opened and required flow is indicated.
-If the normal feeder breaker is closed, the alternate feeder breaker would already be open. Incorrect  
B.     Containment Spray Valves open with flow indicated and Condensate Booster pumps tripped.
-Manual operation of the Rep Feeder versus remote operation is not preferred due to the industrial safety concerns with manual operation of a 13KV Breaker. Additionally, the Rep breaker needing to be opened is in the U-1 Metalclad, not the U-2 Metalclad. Incorrect
C.       Both MSIVs and MSIV Bypasses are shut, S/G Blowdown isolations are shut, and proper flow is indicated in each spray header.
-Breaker 252-2202 is a normally open breaker.
D.     SGFPs have tripped, MSIVs and MFW isolations are shut, and Containment Spray Pumps have started.
I EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 17 Info Topic:
Answer:         B Answer Explanation:
* i Tier/Group:
A. Incorrect - Containment Coolers shift to "Low" on SIAS Actuation (not CSAS).
KIA Info: RO Importance:
B. Correct - EOP-O Basis Doc states: If pressure continues to rise and exceeds 4.25 PSIG, then CSAS is verified to have actuated to control containment pressure. This check should consist of ensuring that the alarm is received, the Containment Spray Valves are open, Spray flow is indicated and the Condensate Booster Pumps have tripped.
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
C. Incorrect - These actions do occur, however, EOP-D Basis Doc states: If pressure continues to rise and exceeds 4.25 PSIG, then CSAS is verified to have actuated to control containment pressure. This check should consist of ensuring that the alarm is received, the Containment Spray Valves are open, Spray flow is indicated and the Condensate Booster Pumps have tripped.
Learning Objective:
D. Incorrect - These actions do occur, however, EOP-O Basis Doc states: If pressure continues to rise and exceeds 4.25 PSIG, then CSAS is verified to have actuated to control containment pressure. This check should consist of ensuring that the alarm is received, the Containment Spray Valves are open, Spray flow is indicated and the Condensate Booster Pumps have tripped.
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
 
Comments:
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 20 Info Topic:                     CSAS Verification Tier/Group:               2/1 022 Containment Cooling System (CCS)
RCP trip 2/1 003 Reactor Coolant Pump System 2.1.30 -Ability to locate and operate components, including local controls.
* A3 Ability to monitor automatic operation of the KIA Info:                               CCS, including:
4.4 None 55.41 (b)(7) o Bank 1 0 Modified * [gl New [gllVlemory or Fundamental o Comprehension or Analysis N/A None EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions None 18 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRCRO Exam ID:
* A3.01 Initiation of safeguards mode of operation RO Importance:             4.1                                                          I Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Both Units were operating at 100% power when a rupture occurred on the Unit-1 Instrument Air header. Given the following events and conditions: Plant air pressure dropped to 80 PSIG. The air leak was isolated by manual operator action Instrument air pressure increased to normal operating pressure Which ONE of the choices below correctly describes the automatic response, if any, of 1-PA-2059-CV (PA HDR ISOL VLV) to the following:
Learning Objective:       SRO-201-0-8 10 CFR Part 55 Content:   55.41 (b)(7)
(1) Lowering Instrument Air header pressure on the rupture and; (2) Rising Instrument Air header pressure after leak is isolated?
Question source:           [8J Bank            1 0  Modified        IONew
A. (1) The valve will open. (2) No automatic response.
[8J Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:
B. (1) The valve will open. (2) The valve will close. C. (1) The valve will close. (2) No automatic response.
o Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:     No record of use on an NRC exam I
D. (1) The valve will close. (2) The valve will open. Answer: Answer Incorrect
i Exam Bank History:         Last use - 2008 LOR Quiz Technical references:
-Per AOP-7D, 1-PA-2059-CV automatically isolates PIA to PIA and must be manually opened. Incorrect  
* EOP-O Technical Basis Doc;
-Per AOP-7D, 1-PA-2059-CV automatically isolates PIA to PIA and must be manually opened. Correct -Per AOP-7D, 1-PA-2059-CVautomatically isolates PIA to PIA and must be manually opened. Incorrect  
* NPOSSO 09-05, Standardization of Verifying ESFAS/AFAS Actuations Comments:                  None
-Per AOP-7D, 1-PA-2059-CV automatically isolates PIA to PIA and must be manually opened.
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 21                                          10: Q93000                                Points: 1.00 Unit-1 is at 100% power when 1-PT-1023, #12 S/G Pressure Channel "C* transmitter output fails high.
Which of the following is TRUE, regarding Channel "C", under this condition?
A.       SGIS Sensor will NOT actuate; SGIS Block Sensor will NOT actuate.
B.       ASGT Trip Unit will NOT actuate; SGIS Block Sensor will actuate.
C.       AFAS Block Sensor will actuate:
ASGT Trip Unit will NOT actuate.
D.       AFAS Block Sensor will actuate; SGIS Sensor will actuate.
Answer:           A Answer Explanation:
A. Correct - S/G Pressure is an input to both SGIS and SGIS Block which actuate on lowering S/G pressure.
B. Incorrect - S/G Pressure is an input to SGIS Block and ASGT. ASGT will actuate, SGIS Block will not actuate.
C. Incorrect - S/G Pressure is an input to AFAS Block and ASGT. AFAS Block will actuate, ASGT will actuate.
D. Incorrect - S/G Pressure is an input to AFAS Block and SGIS. AFAS Block will actuate, SGIS will not actuate.
Page: 41 of 150


ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 18 Info Topic: Tier/Group:
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 21 Info Topic:                     S/G pressure transmitter impact on ESFAS Tier/Group:                 2/1 013 - Engineered Safety Features Actuation System (ESFAS)
KIA Info: RO Importance:
KIA Info:
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: i Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
Comments:
Identify the design features that provide a backup for the instrument air system during a partial or 2/2 079 -Station Air System (SAS) K1 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause effect relationships between the SAS and the following systems: K1.01 lAS . 3.0 None 55.41 (b)(4) [gJ Bank 1 0 Modified 10New [gJ Memory or Fundamental o Comprehension or Analysis No record of use on an NRC exam Last use -2006 AOP-7D, Loss of Instrument Air None 19 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 10: Q50136 Unit-1 was operating at 100% power when a LOCA occurred.
Given the following events and conditions:
0200 LOCA occurred inside the 0203 Containment pressure peaked at 20 0240 Containment pressure dropped below 4 0245 RWT level reached 0.75 feet but RAS failed to Containment pressure is 3.5 PSIG and slowly lowering Containment sump level is 40 inches and rising
* CSAS has NOT been Which ONE of the following statements correctly (1) Containment Spray (CS) pump configuration at the time of the RAS failure. (2) Required Operator action, in EOP-5, to respond to the RAS failure. A. (1) CS pumps are running with suction from the RWT. (2) No Operator Action required.
B. (1) CS pumps are running with suction from the RWT. (2) Align CS pump suctions to the Containment Sump. C. (1) CS pumps are stopped. (2) Align CS pump suctions to the Containment Sump. D. (1) CS pumps are stopped. (2) No Operator Action required.
Answer: B Answer Explanation: Incorrect
-With RAS failure, Operator action is required to realign CS suction to the Cntmt Sump. Correct -CS pumps should be running with suction aligned to the RWT. With RAS failure, Operator action is required to realign CS pump suction to the Cntmt Sump. Incorrect
-CS pumps are not secured on RAS or when containment pressure is less than CSAS. Incorrect
-CS pumps are not secured on RAS or when containment pressure is less than CSAS; With RAS failure, Operator action is required to realign CS suction to the Cntmt Sump.
EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 19 Info Topic: Tier/Group:
KIA Info: RO Importance:
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: I Technical references:
,.. nts: RECALL the operation of ESFAS that includes:
Failure of RAS 2/1 026 -Containment Spray System (CSS) K4 Knowledge of CSS design feature(s) and/or
* interlock(s) which provide for the following: K4.07 Adequate level in containment sump for suction (interlock) 3.8 None 55.41 [gJ Bank 1 0 Modified o Memory or Fundamental
[gJ Comprehension or Analysis No record of use on an NRC exam Last use -LOI 2006 RO Audit Exam EOP-5, Loss of Coolant Accident None 20 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 10:
1.00 In addition to the "CSAS ACTUATED" annunciator alarm, which of the following conditions is verified to ensure Containment Spray Actuation has occurred per EOP-D, Post Trip Immediate Actions? Operable Containment Air Coolers have shifted to "LOW' speed, Containment Spray Valves have opened and required flow is indicated. Containment Spray Valves open with flow indicated and Condensate Booster pumps tripped. Both MSIVs and MSIV Bypasses are shut, S/G Blowdown isolations are shut, and proper flow is indicated in each spray header. SGFPs have tripped, MSIVs and MFW isolations are shut, and Containment Spray Pumps have started. Answer: B Answer Explanation: Incorrect
-Containment Coolers shift to "Low" on SIAS Actuation (not CSAS). Correct -EOP-O Basis Doc states: If pressure continues to rise and exceeds 4.25 PSIG, then CSAS is verified to have actuated to control containment pressure.
This check should consist of ensuring that the alarm is received, the Containment Spray Valves are open, Spray flow is indicated and the Condensate Booster Pumps have tripped. Incorrect
-These actions do occur, however, EOP-D Basis Doc states: If pressure continues to rise and exceeds 4.25 PSIG, then CSAS is verified to have actuated to control containment pressure.
This check should consist of ensuring that the alarm is received, the Containment Spray Valves are open, Spray flow is indicated and the Condensate Booster Pumps have tripped. Incorrect
-These actions do occur, however, EOP-O Basis Doc states: If pressure continues to rise and exceeds 4.25 PSIG, then CSAS is verified to have actuated to control containment pressure.
This check should consist of ensuring that the alarm is received, the Containment Spray Valves are open, Spray flow is indicated and the Condensate Booster Pumps have tripped.
EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 20 Info Topic: Tier/Group:
KIA Info: RO Importance:
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
Comments:
CSAS Verification 2/1 022 Containment Cooling System (CCS) A3 Ability to monitor automatic operation of the CCS, including: A3.01 Initiation of safeguards mode of operation I None SRO-201-0-8 55.41 (b)(7) [8J Bank 1 0 Modified IONew [8J Memory or Fundamental o Comprehension or Analysis No record of use on an NRC exam I i Last use -2008 LOR Quiz EOP-O Technical Basis Doc; NPOSSO 09-05, Standardization of Verifying ESFAS/AFAS Actuations None 21 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 10: Points: 1.00 Unit-1 is at 100% power when 1-PT-1023, #12 S/G Pressure Channel "C* transmitter output Which of the following is TRUE, regarding Channel "C", under this SGIS Sensor will NOT SGIS Block Sensor will NOT ASGT Trip Unit will NOT SGIS Block Sensor will AFAS Block Sensor will ASGT Trip Unit will NOT AFAS Block Sensor will SGIS Sensor will Answer: Answer Correct -S/G Pressure is an input to both SGIS and SGIS Block which actuate on lowering S/G pressure. Incorrect
-S/G Pressure is an input to SGIS Block and ASGT. ASGT will actuate, SGIS Block will not actuate. Incorrect
-S/G Pressure is an input to AFAS Block and ASGT. AFAS Block will actuate, ASGT will actuate. Incorrect
-S/G Pressure is an input to AFAS Block and SGIS. AFAS Block will actuate, SGIS will not actuate. Page: 41 of 150 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 21 Info Topic: S/G pressure transmitter impact on ESFAS Tier/Group:
2/1 013 -Engineered Safety Features Actuation System (ESFAS) KIA Info:
* K6 Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction on the following will have on the ESFAS:
* K6 Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction on the following will have on the ESFAS:
* K6.01 Sensors and detectors RO Importance:
* K6.01 Sensors and detectors RO Importance:             2.7 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
2.7 Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:         CRO-63-1-3-03 10 CFR Part 55 Content:     55.41 (b)(7)
None Learning Objective:
Question source:           D Bank               II2?J Modified       IDNew D Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:
CRO-63-1-3-03 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 (b)(7) Question source: D Bank II2?J Modified IDNew Cognitive level: D Memory or Fundamental I2?J Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: No record of use on an NRC exam Exam Bank History: Last use -LOI-2008 Panel Comp Remediation Exam (October, 2009) Technical references:
I2?J Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:     No record of use on an NRC exam Last use - LOI-2008 Panel Comp Remediation Exam Exam Bank History:
LD-58; Engineered Safety Features System Description (No. 48) Comments:
(October, 2009)
Modified version of Q20772 Page: 42 of 150 22 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 10:
Technical references:       LD-58; Engineered Safety Features System Description (No. 48)
Unit-1 is escalating in power, recovering from a mid-cycle forced outage. The reactor is at approximately 50% power with 11 SGFP in operation.
Comments:                   Modified version of Q20772 Page: 42 of 150
12 SGFP is out of service for maintenance.
 
Under these conditions, which ONE of the following sets of parameter values on 11 SGFP would support a decision to raise reactor power to 60% in accordance with OP-3, "Normal Power Operations" . Suction flow: 16,200 Turbine speed: 5160 Suction pressure:
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 22                                        10: Q23850                                  pointl~*'1.00 Unit-1 is escalating in power, recovering from a mid-cycle forced outage. The reactor is at approximately 50% power with 11 SGFP in operation. 12 SGFP is out of service for maintenance.
272 Suction flow: 17,200 Turbine speed: 5360 Suction pressure:
Under these conditions, which ONE of the following sets of parameter values on 11 SGFP would support a decision to raise reactor power to 60% in accordance with OP-3, "Normal Power Operations" .
262 Suction flow: 15,200 Turbine speed: 5060 Suction pressure:
A.      Suction flow: 16,200 GPM; Turbine speed: 5160 RPM; Suction pressure: 272 PSIG B.      Suction flow: 17,200 GPM; Turbine speed: 5360 RPM; Suction pressure: 262 PSIG C.      Suction flow: 15,200 GPM; Turbine speed: 5060 RPM; Suction pressure: 242 PSIG D.      Suction flow: 18,200 GPM; Turbine speed: 5260 RPM; Suction pressure: 252 PSIG Answer:         A Answer Explanation:
242 Suction flow: 18,200 Turbine speed: 5260 Suction pressure:
A. Correct - From AOP-3G: If ALL the following conditions are maintained, then one SGFP operation above 440 MWE is permitted:
252 Answer: A Answer Explanation: Correct -From AOP-3G: If ALL the following conditions are maintained, then one SGFP operation above 440 MWE is permitted: SGFP suction flow rate is below 18,000 GPM SGFP suction pressure is above 250 PSIG SGFP speed is below 5350 RPM Incorrect  
* SGFP suction flow rate is below 18,000 GPM
-SGFPT speed is above the limit. Incorrect  
* SGFP suction pressure is above 250 PSIG
-Suction pressure is below minimum limit. Incorrect  
* SGFP speed is below 5350 RPM B. Incorrect - SGFPT speed is above the limit.
-SGFP suction flow is out of spec hi. Page: 43 of 150 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 22 Info !Topic: Tier/Group:
C. Incorrect - Suction pressure is below minimum limit.
KIA Info: RO Importance:
D. Incorrect - SGFP suction flow is out of spec hi.
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
Page: 43 of 150
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 22 Info
!Topic:                     SGFP operating limitations Tier/Group:               2/1 059 - Main Feedwater System (MFW)
* A1 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits)
KIA Info:                           associated with operating the MFW controls including:
* A 1.03 - Power level restrictions for operation of MFW pumps and valves.
RO Importance:             2.7 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:
Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: *Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:   5S.4'I(b)(S)
Comments:
Question source:          [8J Bank             ID  Modified       IDNew
SGFP operating limitations 2/1 059 -Main Feedwater System (MFW) A1 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the MFW controls including: A 1.03 -Power level restrictions for operation of MFW pumps and valves. 2.7 None 5S.4'I(b)(S)  
[8J Memory or Fundamental
[8J Bank I D Modified IDNew [8J Memory or Fundamental D Comprehension or Analysis No record of use on an NRC exam No history of previous use OI-12A, Feedwater System None 23 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam ID: Q25461 When implementing EOP-O Alternate Actions for an A TWS, which of the parameters/indications are used to check the reactor has A. Delta-T power, Startup Rate, ReS Boron Concentration.
*Cognitive level:
B. NI power, CEA lower electrical limit lights, turbine load. C. TCB position, Delta-T power, CEAPDS. D. NI power, Startup Rate. Answer: Answer Incorrect  
D Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:    No record of use on an NRC exam Exam Bank History:        No history of previous use Technical references:      OI-12A, Feedwater System Comments:                  None
-Per EOP-O, a prompt drop in NI Power and a negative startup rate are used to verify the reactor is tripped for a normal trip and for an A TWS. Incorrect  
 
-Per EOP-O, a prompt drop in NI Power and a negative startup rate are used to verify the reactor is tripped for a normal trip and for an ATWS. Incorrect Per EOP-O, a prompt drop in NI Power and a negative startup rate are used to verify the reactor is tripped for a normal trip and for an A TWS. Correct -Per EOP-O, a prompt drop in NI Power and a negative startup rate are used to verify the reactor is tripped for a normal trip and for an A TWS.
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 23                                          ID: Q25461 When implementing EOP-O Alternate Actions for an A TWS, which of the following parameters/indications are used to check the reactor has tripped?
EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 23 Info Topic: Tier/Group:
A.     Delta-T power, Startup Rate, ReS Boron Concentration.
KIA Info: RO Importance:
B.     NI power, CEA lower electrical limit lights, turbine load.
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
C.     TCB position, Delta-T power, CEAPDS.
D.     NI power, Startup Rate.
Answer:           D Answer Explanation:
A. Incorrect - Per EOP-O, a prompt drop in NI Power and a negative startup rate are used to verify the reactor is tripped for a normal trip and for an A TWS.
B. Incorrect - Per EOP-O, a prompt drop in NI Power and a negative startup rate are used to verify the reactor is tripped for a normal trip and for an ATWS.
C. Incorrect Per EOP-O, a prompt drop in NI Power and a negative startup rate are used to verify the reactor is tripped for a normal trip and for an A TWS.
D. Correct - Per EOP-O, a prompt drop in NI Power and a negative startup rate are used to verify the reactor is tripped for a normal trip and for an A TWS.
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 23 Info Topic:                     Indications used to verify a reactor trip has occurred Tier/Group:                 1/1 029 Anticipated Transient Without Scram (ATWS)
KIA Info:
* EK3 Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as the apply to the A TWS:
* EK3.01 Verifying a reactor trip; methods RO Importance:              4.2 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:        SRO-201-0-8 10 CFR Part 55 Content:    55.41 (b)(5)
Question source:            [8J Bank            I D Modified          IDNew
[8J Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:
D Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:      No record of use on an NRC exam Exam Bank History:          Last use - 2003 Technical references:      EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions Comments:                  None Page: 46 of 150
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 24                                        10: Q93070 Unit-1 is operating at 100% power.
* The "CC HEAD TANK LEVEL" annunciator alarmed 5 minutes ago
* CC Head Tank level is 35 inches and lowering slowly Which ONE of the following would NOT be a possible location of Component Cooling system inventory loss?
A.      Reactor Vessel Support Cooler.
B.      Reactor Coolant Pump Seal Cooler.
C.      Component Cooling Heat Exchanger.
D.      Reactor Coolant Drain Tank Heat Exchanger.
Answer:        B Answer Explanation:
A. Incorrect - Reactor Vessel support cooler would be a possible source of the leakage from the CCW system.
B. Correct - RCP seal cooler is at higher pressure than CC Head Tank and would cause CC Head Tank level to rise.
C. Incorrect - The Component Cooling Heat Exchanger would be a possible source of the leakage from the CCW system. Salt Water system pressure on the tube side of the heat exchanger is considerably lower than shell side CCW pressure.
D. Incorrect - Reactor Coolant Drain Tank Heat Exchanger would be a possible source of the leakage from the CCW system. Even if the RCDT Pump were running its discharge pressure of 50 PSI max is lower than the normal operating pressure of the CCWsystem.
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY
                        . LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 24 Info Given any alarm, associated with the CCW system, identify I Topic:                        the most likely cause of the alarm ITie~G_ro_u_**~_:__________-r1_/1~ _____________________________________~
026 Loss of Component Cooling Water (CCW)
* AA1. Ability to operate and I or monitor the following as they apply to the Loss of Component I KIA    f Ino:                              C00 rmg W ater:
* AA1.05 The CCWS surge tank, including level control and level alarms, and radiation alarm RO Importance:                3.1 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:
Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
I 10 CFR Part 55 Content:       55.41 (b){7)
Comments:
Question source:             [gJ Bank             ! D Modified         !DNew
Indications used to verify a reactor trip has occurred 1/1 029 Anticipated Transient Without Scram (A TWS) EK3 Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as the apply to the A TWS: EK3.01 Verifying a reactor trip; methods 4.2 None SRO-201-0-8 55.41 (b)(5) [8J Bank I D Modified IDNew [8J Memory or Fundamental D Comprehension or Analysis No record of use on an NRC exam Last use -2003 EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions None Page: 46 of 150 24 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 10: Unit-1 is operating at 100% The "CC HEAD TANK LEVEL" annunciator alarmed 5 minutes ago CC Head Tank level is 35 inches and lowering slowly Which ONE of the following would NOT be a possible location of Component Cooling system inventory loss? A. Reactor Vessel Support Cooler. B. Reactor Coolant Pump Seal Cooler. C. Component Cooling Heat Exchanger.
                              ' D Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:
D. Reactor Coolant Drain Tank Heat Exchanger.
[gJ Comprehension or Analysis I Last NRC Exam used on:       No record of use on an NRC exam Exam Bank History:           Last use - LOI 2006 Audit Exam Technical references:         1C13-ALM; AOP-7C, Loss of Component Cooling Water Comments:                    Modified version of question #Q74575
Answer: Answer Incorrect
 
-Reactor Vessel support cooler would be a possible source of the leakage from the CCW system. Correct -RCP seal cooler is at higher pressure than CC Head Tank and would cause CC Head Tank level to rise. Incorrect
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 25                                        10: Q92150 A loss of P-13000-1 has occurred. DG's do NOT repower their respective 4 KV buses and respective 4 KV Bus Alternate Feeder Breakers cannot be closed.
-The Component Cooling Heat Exchanger would be a possible source of the leakage from the CCW system. Salt Water system pressure on the tube side of the heat exchanger is considerably lower than shell side CCW pressure. Incorrect
Which answer correctly identifies ALL HPSI pumps having the capability of being started from the Control Room?
-Reactor Coolant Drain Tank Heat Exchanger would be a possible source of the leakage from the CCW system. Even if the RCDT Pump were running its discharge pressure of 50 PSI max is lower than the normal operating pressure of the CCWsystem.
A.       ONLY 12 and 22 HPSl's B.       ONLY 13 and 23 HPSl's C.       12, 13,22, and 23 HPSl's D.       11,13,21, and 23 HPSl's Answer:         C Answer Explanation:
EXAMINATION ANSWER . LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 24 Info Given any alarm, associated with the CCW system, identify I Topic: the most likely cause of the alarm
A. Incorrect - 11 & 21 HPSls are powered from the Black Bus. Students may pick this answer if they don't recognize the disconnect/power alignment capability of 13 and 23 HPSl's.
__________
B. Incorrect - While 13 and 23 HPSI can be electrically aligned to the ZB train power supply via disconnect alignment performed remotely in the Control Room, 12 and 22 HPSl's are powered from the Red Bus via P13000-2 and still have power available as well. Students may select this answer if they don't understand the normal power supply alignment.
_____________________________________026 Loss of Component Cooling Water (CCW) AA 1. Ability to operate and I or monitor the following as they apply to the Loss of Component I KIA I f a er: C 00 r mg W t AA 1.05 The CCWS surge tank, including level control and level alarms, and radiation alarm RO Importance:
C. Correct - 12 and 22 HPSI's are powered from the Red Bus via P13000-2 and still have power available. 13 and 23 HPSI can be electrically aligned to the ZB train power supply via disconnect alignment performed remotely in the Control Room.
3.1 Proposed references to be None provided to Learning 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 Question source: [gJ Bank ! D Modified ' D Memory or Cognitive [gJ Comprehension or I Last NRC Exam used on: No record of use on an NRC exam Exam Bank History: Last use -LOI 2006 Audit Exam Technical references:
D. Incorrect While 13 and 23 HPSI can be electrically aligned to the ZB train power supply via disconnect alignment performed remotely in the Control Room, 11 & 21 HPSls are powered from 11 & 21 4KV Busses which are powered from the Black Bus. Students may select this answer if they don't understand the normal power supply alignment.
1C13-ALM; AOP-7C, Loss of Component Cooling Water Modified version of question #Q74575 I 25 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 10: Q92150 A loss of P-13000-1 has occurred.
 
DG's do NOT repower their respective 4 KV buses and respective 4 KV Bus Alternate Feeder Breakers cannot be closed. Which answer correctly identifies ALL HPSI pumps having the capability of being started from the Control Room? A. ONLY 12 and 22 HPSl's B. ONLY 13 and 23 HPSl's C. 12, 13,22, and 23 HPSl's D. 11,13,21, and 23 HPSl's Answer: C Answer Explanation: Incorrect  
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 25 Info Topic:                     Loss of 500KV Black Bus effects on HPSI Pumps Tier/Group:               2/1 062 A.C. Electrical Distribution KIA Info:
-11 & 21 HPSls are powered from the Black Bus. Students may pick this answer if they don't recognize the disconnect/power alignment capability of 13 and 23 HPSl's. Incorrect  
* K2 Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following:
-While 13 and 23 HPSI can be electrically aligned to the ZB train power supply via disconnect alignment performed remotely in the Control Room, 12 and 22 HPSl's are powered from the Red Bus via P13000-2 and still have power available as well. Students may select this answer if they don't understand the normal power supply alignment. Correct -12 and 22 HPSI's are powered from the Red Bus via P13000-2 and still have power available.
* K2.01 Major system loads RO Importance:             3.3 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
13 and 23 HPSI can be electrically aligned to the ZB train power supply via disconnect alignment performed remotely in the Control Room. Incorrect While 13 and 23 HPSI can be electrically aligned to the ZB train power supply via disconnect alignment performed remotely in the Control Room, 11 &21 HPSls are powered from 11 & 21 4KV Busses which are powered from the Black Bus. Students may select this answer if they don't understand the normal power supply alignment.
EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 25 Info Topic: Tier/Group:
KIA Info: RO Importance:
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:
Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:   55.41 (b )(7)
Question source:           o Bank              I L8J Modified    IONew Cognitive level:
o Memory or Fundamental L8J Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:     N/A Exam Bank History:         None Technical references:      OI-27C, 4.16 KV System Comments:                  Modified version of Q75490
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 26                                        10: Q93010                                    polht8:1.00 Using provided references:
After a control room evacuation due to a severe fire, the CRS directs you to commence boration on Unit-i.
* Initial RCS boron concentration is 350 ppm
* BAST concentration is 6.75%
* 11 BAST level is 129 inches
* 12 BAST level is 132.5 inches What is the MINIIVlUM boration time to reach the required RCS boron concentration in accordance with the appropriate AOP?
A.        147-157 minutes B.        168-178 minutes C.        303-313 minutes D.        330-340 minutes Answer:          0 Answer Explanation:
A. Incorrect - This value would be obtained if the student used the curve for two Charging Pumps borating at the stated BAST concentration. Only one Charging Pump would be in operation.
B. Incorrect - This value would be obtained if the student used the curve for two Charging Pumps borating with a BAST concentration of 6.25%. Only one Charging Pump would be in operation.
C. Incorrect - This value is obtained using AOP-9, Attachment 2, for one Charging Pump borating with a BAST concentration of 6.75%.
D. Correct - This value is obtained using AOP-9, Attachment 2, for one Charging Pump borating with a BAST concentration of 6.25%.
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 26 Info Topic:                      AOP-9A boration time **CALCLILATION**
Tier/Group:                Generic K & A 2.1.25 - Ability to interpret reference materials, such as KIA Info:
graphs, curves, tables, etc.
RO Importance:              3.9 I
Unit-1 Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
AOP-9 Attachments, ATTACHMENT 2 Learning Objective:        LOR -020060320-001 10 CFR Part 55 Content:    55.41(b)(10)
Question source:            o Bank                I [gJ Modified      I    New Cognitive level:
o Memory or Fundamental
[gJ Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:      No record of use on an NRC exam Exam Bank History:          Last use - LOI 2006 Panel Exam Technical references:      AOP-9A, Control Room Evacuation and Safe Shutdown Due to a Severe Control Room Fire Comments:                  Modified version of Q19202
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 27                                            ID: Q25102 A reactor trip with a SIAS occurred on Unit-2. While implementing EOP-O the following indications are noted:
* 2 stuck CEAs.
* One charging pump is operating
* 2-CVC-50B-MOV, 22 BAST Gravity Feed is open
* 2-CVC-501-MOV, VCT Outlet is closed
* Pressurizer level is 120 inches and stable
* Pressurizer pressure is 1925 PSIA and lowering
* 21 and 22 S/G levels are -120 inches and lowering
* 21 and 22 S/G pressures are 800 PSIA and lowering
* Containment pressure is 1.0 PSIG and rising
* Containment temperature is 165 OF and rising
* P-13000-2 is de-energized No additional actions have been taken.
Which ONE of the following groups of safety functions must be reported as "cannot be met"?
A.      Reactivity Control and RCS Pressurellnventory Control.
B.      Reactivity Control and Core/RCS Heat Removal.
C.      Vital Auxiliaries and Containment Environment.
D.      Core/RCS Heat Removal and Containment Environment.
Answer:          D Answer Explanation:
A. Incorrect - Boration is in progress. Reactivity Control is complete.
B. Incorrect - Boration is in progress. Reactivity Control is complete.
C. Incorrect - Vital Auxiliaries is complete.
D. Correct - S/G pressure and level are not trending in a positive manner, containment pressure and temperature are also trending in the wrong direction.
 
E)(AMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 27 Info A reactor trip and safe injection has occurred on Unit-2.
Topic:
While implementing EOP-O the following(2)
Tier/Group:                2/1 103 Containment System
* A1 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits)
KIA Info:                          associated with operating the containment system controls including:
* A1.01 Containment pressure, temperature, and humidity RO Importance:            3.7 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:        201-0-8-S-02 10 CFR Part 55 Content:    55.41 (b){5)
Question source:          [8J Bank                  Modified      IONew I
Cognitive level:
o Memory or Fundamental
[8J Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:    No record of use on an NRC exam
! Exam Bank History:        No history of previous use Technical references:
* EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions
* NO-1-201, Calvert Cliffs Operating Manual Comments:                  None
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KE&#xa5;.:
LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 28                                          10: Q20320 The Instrument Air compressors do not receive a permissive start signal from the LOCI sequencer.
Which of the following is the reason for this?
A.      Service Water cooling to the IA Compressors is isolated by SIAS.
B.      To prevent overloading the safety related DGs.
C.      The Instrument Air system is not required during a LOCA.
D.      During a LOCA, power is unavailable to the air compressors.
Answer:          A Answer Explanation:
A. Correct SRW is isolated, to the Turbine Building, by SIAS resulting in a loss of cooling to all Turbine Building loads including the itA and PIA Compressors. From System Description 19, Section 4.4, Compressed Air Operation during SIAS/UV, on page 48: "For a loss of coolant casualty, the instrument and plant air compressors will trip on high temperature because the SIAS signal isolates SRW water from the Turbine Building", "If there was SIAS concurrent with UV, the compressors will load shed but not restart (no cooling water available)"
B. Incorrect - SRW is isolated, to the Turbine Building, by SIAS resulting in a loss of cooling to all Turbine Building loads including the itA and PIA Compressors. The EDGs are capable of carrying the additional load imposed by the compressors.
C. Incorrect - SRW is isolated, to the Turbine Building, by SIAS resulting in a loss of cooling to all Turbine Building loads including the itA and PIA Compressors. Key Instrument Air loads are supplied by the SWACs which receive a start signal as a result of a SIAS D. Incorrect SRW is isolated, to the Turbine Building, by SIAS resulting in a loss of cooling to all Turbine Building loads including the IIA and PIA Compressors. Power remains available to the compressors as long busses are powered.
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 28 Info Why do the instrument air compressors receive a Topic:
permissive start signal from the Shutdown sequencer
*Tier/Group:                2/1 078 Instrument Air System
* K1 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or KIA Info:                            cause~effect        relationships between the lAS and the following systems:
* K1.04 Cooling water to compressor RO Importance:            2.6 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:        CRO~63~1-3~42 10 CFR Part 55 Content:    55.41 (b )(7)
Question source:          l8l Bank                  1 0  Modified        !ONew Cognitive level:
o Memory or Fundamental l8l Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:    No record of use on an NRC I
Exam Bank History:        Last use - LOI 2006 Panel Exam Technical references:                     IllfJ1C"''''CU        'Y"'"CIII'"
Comments:
Comments:
Loss of 500KV Black Bus effects on HPSI Pumps 2/1 062 A.C. Electrical Distribution K2 Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following: K2.01 Major system loads 3.3 None 55.41 (b )(7) o Bank I L8J Modified IONew o Memory or Fundamental L8J Comprehension or Analysis N/A None OI-27C, 4.16 KV System Modified version of Q75490 26 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 10: Q93010 polht8:1.00 Using provided references:
 
After a control room evacuation due to a severe fire, the CRS directs you to commence boration on Unit-i. Initial RCS boron concentration is 350 ppm BAST concentration is 6.75% 11 BAST level is 129 inches 12 BAST level is 132.5 inches What is the MINIIVlUM boration time to reach the required RCS boron concentration in accordance with the appropriate AOP? A. 147-157 minutes B. 168-178 minutes C. 303-313 minutes D. 330-340 minutes Answer: Answer Incorrect
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 29                                        10: Q92751                                    .pointSi}1.00 Which of the following sets:
-This value would be obtained if the student used the curve for two Charging Pumps borating at the stated BAST concentration.
(1) Represent the MINIMUM conditions requiring "Double Protection" when tagging a mechanical system and; (2) State the requirements, in accordance with CNG-OP-1.01-1007 Clearance and Safety Tagging, if "Double Protection" is not possible?
Only one Charging Pump would be in operation. Incorrect
A.       1) A piping system that contains fluids greater than 500 PSIG or 200 of;
-This value would be obtained if the student used the curve for two Charging Pumps borating with a BAST concentration of 6.25%. Only one Charging Pump would be in operation. Incorrect  
: 2) Shift Manager approval of single boundary isolation is required.
-This value is obtained using AOP-9, Attachment 2, for one Charging Pump borating with a BAST concentration of 6.75%. Correct -This value is obtained using AOP-9, Attachment 2, for one Charging Pump borating with a BAST concentration of 6.25%.
B.       1) A piping system that contains fluids greater than 500 PSIG or 200 of;
EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 26 Info Topic: Tier/Group:
: 2) GS-Ops Support approval of single boundary isolation is required.
KIA Info: RO Importance:
C.       1) A piping system that contains fluids greater than 350 PSIG or 200 of;
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
: 2) Shift Manager approval of single boundary isolation is required.
D.       1) A piping system that contains fluids greater than 350 PSIG or 200 of;
: 2) GS-Ops Support approval of single boundary isolation is required.
Answer:           A Answer Explanation:
A. Correct - Per CNG-OP-1.01-1007; the use of two isolation pOints in series to provide an added measure of protection when the energy source exceeds or could exceed 200 OF or 500 PSIG pressure or contains an explosive, oxidizing gas, or hazardous material for mechanical systems. Authorizing the isolation of equipment per this procedure. The Work Center Senior Reactor Operator (SRO), Fix It Now (FIN) SRO, or Control Room Supervisor (CRS) may perform the functions for the SM described in this procedure as his designee, when the individual is knowledgeable of current plant conditions and designated by the SM. The SM or designee shall: ... Approve the use of single boundary valve use when double valve isolation is required B. Incorrect - GS-Ops Support is incorrect.
C. Incorrect - 350 PSIG is incorrect D. Incorrect - 350 PSIG is incorrect GS-Ops Support is incorrect.
 
\~~EXAMINATION                         ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 29 Info Topic:                     Apply the Requirements of NO-1-112, Safety Tagging Tier/Group:               Generic K& A KIA Info:                                 ledge of tagging and clearance procedures RO Importance:             4.1 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:
Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:   5S.41(b)(10)
Comments:
Question source:           D Bank                lIS] Modified      ~
AOP-9A boration time **CALCLILATION**
I:2J Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:
Generic K & A 2.1.25 -Ability to interpret reference materials, such as graphs, curves, tables, etc. 3.9 *Unit-1 AOP-9 Attachments, ATTACHMENT 2 LOR -020060320-001 55.41(b)(10) o Bank I[gJ Modified New I o Memory or Fundamental  
D Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:     N/A Exam Bank History:         None Technical references:     CNG-OP-1.01-1007 Clearance and Safety Tagging Comments:                  Modified version of Q51180 Page: 58 of 150
[gJ Comprehension or Analysis No record of use on an NRC exam Last use -LOI 2006 Panel Exam AOP-9A, Control Room Evacuation and Safe Shutdown Due to a Severe Control Room Fire Modified version of Q19202 I 27 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam ID: Q25102 A reactor trip with a SIAS occurred on Unit-2. While implementing EOP-O the following indications are noted: 2 stuck CEAs. One charging pump is operating 2-CVC-50B-MOV, 22 BAST Gravity Feed is open 2-CVC-501-MOV, VCT Outlet is closed Pressurizer level is 120 inches and stable Pressurizer pressure is 1925 PSIA and lowering 21 and 22 S/G levels are -120 inches and lowering 21 and 22 S/G pressures are 800 PSI A and lowering Containment pressure is 1.0 PSIG and rising Containment temperature is 165 OF and rising P-13000-2 is de-energized No additional actions have been taken. Which ONE of the following groups of safety functions must be reported as "cannot be met"? A. Reactivity Control and RCS Pressurellnventory Control. B. Reactivity Control and Core/RCS Heat Removal. C. Vital Auxiliaries and Containment Environment.
 
D. Core/RCS Heat Removal and Containment Environment.
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 30                                          10: Q92632 .
Answer: D Answer Explanation: Incorrect  
Unit-1 is has just tripped. The following conditions exist:
-Boration is in progress.
* AFAS "A" has NOT actuated
Reactivity Control is complete. Incorrect  
* AFAS "B" has actuated
-Boration is in progress.
* 11 S/G pressure is 790 PSIA
Reactivity Control is complete. Incorrect  
* 12 S/G pressure is 895 PSIA Which of the following statements describes the expected plant response?
-Vital Auxiliaries is complete. Correct -S/G pressure and level are not trending in a positive manner, containment pressure and temperature are also trending in the wrong direction.
A.        AFW Flow of 300 GPM is initiated to each S/G.
E)(AMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 27 Info Topic: Tier/Group:
B.        AFW Flow of 300 GPM is initiated to 12 S/G only.
KIA Info: RO Importance:
C.        AFW Flow of 150 GPM is initiated to 12 S/G only.
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
D.      AFW Flow of 150 GPM is initiated to each S/G.
Answer:            D Answer Explanation:
A. Incorrect - AFAS "B" starts only the Steam Driven AFW Pump aligned for auto initiation. Flow will be regulated at 150 GPM each to 11 and 12 S/Gs. Candidate may choose this answer if he assumes the Motor Driven AFW Pump starts as well.
This answer would be correct for Unit-2. This answer would be correct if AFAS "A" initiated. This would provide an additional 150 GPM for a total AFW flow of 300 GPM.
B. Incorrect - AFAS "B" starts only the Steam Driven AFW Pump aligned for auto initiation. Flow will be regulated at 150 GPM each to 11 and 12 S/Gs. Candidate may choose this answer if he mista~;enly associates AFAS "B" with 12 S/G.
C. Incorrect - AFAS "B" starts only the Steam Driven AFW Pump aligned for auto initiation. Flow will be regulated at 150 GPM each to 11 and 12 S/Gs. Candidate may choose this answer if he mistakenly associates AFAS "B" with 12 S/G.
D. Correct - AFAS "B" starts only the Steam Driven AFW Pump aligned for auto initiation. Flow will be regulated at 150 GPM each to 11 and 12 S/Gs.
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 30 Info Assuming Middle of Cycle MTC, and the unit at 100%
Topic:
power, how does an inadvertent AFAS affect react Tier/Group:                2/1 061 Auxiliary I Emergency Feedwater (AFW) System KIA Info:
* K3 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the AFW will have on the following:
* K3.02 S/G RO Importance:            4.2
~  ......
Proposed references to be                                                              I None provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:        CRO-34-2-3-21 10 CFR Part 55 Content:    55.41 (b)(7)
Question source:          D Bank             I D Modified         I~New D Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:
                            ~ Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:    N/A
*Exam Bank History:        None Technical references:      SD-036, AFW System Description Comments:                  None
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 31                                        10: Q38849 With the ADVs in AUTO, how do they function following a Reactor Trip from 50% Reactor power?
A.       ADVs will Quick OPEN until TAVE is less than 535 OF then they will modulate to maintain temperature between 535 OF and 540 OF.
B.       ADVs will modulate to maintain TAVE between 535 OF and 540 OF.
C.       ADVs will modulate to maintain Main Steam Pressure less than 900 PSIG.
D.       ADVs will Quick OPEN until T AVE is less than 535 'F then they will modulate to maintain Main Steam pressure less than 900 PSIG.
Answer:           B Answer Explanation:
A. Incorrect - The ADVs will not quick open as the quick open override is not enabled until RRS T AVE exceeds 557 OF which equates to a reactor power of approximately 62%.
B. Correct - The ADVs are controlled by RRS T AVE with the valves beginning to open at a hVE of approximately 540 OF to lower TAVE to a value of approximately 535 OF.
C. Incorrect - This would be a correct statement for the TBVs. The ADVs are controlled by RRS T AVE with the valves beginning to open at a T AVE of approximately 540 OF to lower T AVE to a value of approximately 535 OF.
D. Incorrect - The ADVs will not quick open as the quick open override is not enabled until T AVE exceeds 557 OF which equates to a reactor power of approximately 62%.
Page: 61 of 150
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 31 Info ADV control, on a Reactor trip, with an initial Reactor power Topic:
of 50%
Tier/Group:                2/1 039 Main and Reheat Steam System (MRSS)
* K4 Knowledge of MRSS design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following:
KIA Info:
* K4.02 Utilization of T-ave. program control when steam dumping through atmospheric relief/dump valves, including T-ave. limits RO Importance:             3.1 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:
Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: ! Exam Bank History: Technical references:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:   55.41 (b)(7)
Comments:
Question source:           [8J Bank              1 0 Modified        1 0  New Cognitive level:
A reactor trip and safe injection has occurred on Unit-2. While implementing EOP-O the following(2) 2/1 103 Containment System A1 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the containment system controls including: A 1.01 Containment pressure, temperature, and humidity 3.7 None 201-0-8-S-02 55.41 (b){5) [8J Bank Modified IONew I o Memory or Fundamental  
o Memory or Fundamental
[8J Comprehension or Analysis No record of use on an NRC exam No history of previous use EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions NO-1-201, Calvert Cliffs Operating Manual None 28 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 10: Q20320 The Instrument Air compressors do not receive a permissive start signal from the LOCI sequencer.
[8J Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:     No record of use on an NRC exam Exam Bank History:         No history of previous use Technical references:     SD-056, Reactor Regulating System Comments:                 None Page: 62 of 150
Which of the following is the reason for this? A. Service Water cooling to the IA Compressors is isolated by SIAS. B. To prevent overloading the safety related DGs. C. The Instrument Air system is not required during a LOCA. D. During a LOCA, power is unavailable to the air compressors.
 
Answer: A Answer Explanation: Correct SRW is isolated, to the Turbine Building, by SIAS resulting in a loss of cooling to all Turbine Building loads including the itA and PIA Compressors.
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 32                                              10: Q24945                                  Points:1.00 During a reactor startup, as the RO commences withdrawing Regulating Group 2, he notices the reactor is critical.
From System Description 19, Section 4.4, Compressed Air Operation during SIAS/UV, on page 48: "For a loss of coolant casualty, the instrument and plant air compressors will trip on high temperature because the SIAS signal isolates SRW water from the Turbine Building", "If there was SIAS concurrent with UV, the compressors will load shed but not restart (no cooling water available)" Incorrect  
Which ONE of the following describes the actions necessary, per OP-2, Plant Startup from Hot Standby to Minimum Load, to restore shutdown margin?
-SRW is isolated, to the Turbine Building, by SIAS resulting in a loss of cooling to all Turbine Building loads including the itA and PIA Compressors.
A.        Insert all Shutdown CEAs.
The EDGs are capable of carrying the additional load imposed by the compressors. Incorrect  
B.        Trip the reactor.
-SRW is isolated, to the Turbine Building, by SIAS resulting in a loss of cooling to all Turbine Building loads including the itA and PIA Compressors.
C.        Insert all Regulating CEAs.
Key Instrument Air loads are supplied by the SWACs which receive a start signal as a result of a SIAS Incorrect SRW is isolated, to the Turbine Building, by SIAS resulting in a loss of cooling to all Turbine Building loads including the IIA and PIA Compressors.
D.        Initiate fast boration.
Power remains available to the compressors as long busses are powered.
Answer:              D Answer Explanation:
EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 28 Info Topic: *Tier/Group:
A. Incorrect - This action does not restore shutdown margin.
KIA Info: RO Importance:
B. Incorrect - This action does not restore shutdown margin.
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
C. Incorrect - This action does not restore shutdown margin.
D. Correct - Initiation of boration is the sole method available to restore SDM to within limit. Fast boration is the appropriate method for quickly reestablishing required Shutdown Margin.
Page: 63 of 150
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 32 Info During a reactor startup all shutdown groups are fully Topic:
withdrawn.
1/2 024 Emergency Boration
* AK3. Knowledge of the reasons for the following KIA Info:                          responses as they apply to Emergency Boration:
* AK3.01 When emergency boration is required RO Importance:            4.1 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:        203-1-S-06 10 CFR Part 55 Content:    55.41(b)(10)
Question source:          IZl Bank           1 0 Modified
                                                                  ~
IZl Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:
o Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:    No record of use on an NRC exam Exam Bank History:        Last use - LOR Quiz (February, 2010)
Technical references:      OP-2, Plant Startup from Hot Standby to Minimum Load Comments:                  None
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 33                                          10: Q92170 With Unit-1 at 100% power, the Control Room receives various panel alarms. A loss of 1Y09 is diagnosed.
Which ONE of the following responses will result from this loss of power?
A.     The process indicator on 1-HIC-100, Pressurizer Spray Valve Controller fails downscale.
R      All three Charging pumps will start and will NOT cycle automatically on PZR level signals.
C.     1-CC-3832-CV, Component Cooling Containment Supply, fails shut.
D.     1-CVC-501-MOV, VCT Outlet, shuts and 1-CVC-504-MOV, Charging Pump suction from the RWT, opens.
Answer:         A Answer Explanation:
A    Correct - Power is lost to HIC-100 resulting in its indication failing downscale. Its output also fails to zero, resulting in no signal to open the Pressurizer Spray Valves.
B. Incorrect - These actions result from a loss of 1Y10.
C. Incorrect - Component Cooling Containment Supply, 1-CC-3832-CV fails shut on a loss of 11 125V DC Bus.
D. Incorrect - These actions result from a loss of 1Y1 O.
 
EXAMI.NATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam f
Q ueslon  331 nof i
!T    .                      Loss of 1YOg effects on Pressurizer Pressure control
* OpIC:
Tier/Group:               2/1 010 Pressurizer Pressure Control System (PZR PCS)
KIA Info:
* K2 Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following:
* K2.02 Controller for PZR spray valve RO Importance:             2.5 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:
Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:   55.41 (b)(7)
Comments:
Question source:           o Bank              I Modified        lIZ] New Cognitive level:
Why do the instrument air compressors receive a permissive start signal from the Shutdown sequencer 2/1 078 Instrument Air System K1 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or
IZ] Memory or Fundamental o Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:     N/A i Exam Bank History:         None Technical references:
* relationships between the lAS and the following systems:
* AOP-71, Loss of 4KV, 480 V or 208/120 V Inst Bus Power
* K1.04 Cooling water to compressor 2.6 None 55.41 (b )(7) l8l Bank 1 0 Modified !ONew o Memory or Fundamental l8l Comprehension or Analysis No record of use on an NRC Last use -LOI 2006 Panel Exam I , IllfJ1C"''''CU
* Unit-1 Stabilizing Actions Plaque I
'Y"'"CIII'"
Comments:                 None
29 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 10: .pointSi}1.00 Which of the following sets: (1) Represent the MINIMUM conditions requiring "Double Protection" when tagging a mechanical system and; State the requirements, in accordance with CNG-OP-1.01-1007 Clearance and Safety Tagging, if "Double Protection" is not possible? 1) A piping system that contains fluids greater than 500 PSIG or 200 of; 2) Shift Manager approval of single boundary isolation is required. 1) A piping system that contains fluids greater than 500 PSIG or 200 of; 2) GS-Ops Support approval of single boundary isolation is required. 1) A piping system that contains fluids greater than 350 PSIG or 200 of; 2) Shift Manager approval of single boundary isolation is required. 1) A piping system that contains fluids greater than 350 PSIG or 200 of; 2) GS-Ops Support approval of single boundary isolation is required.
 
Answer: A Answer Explanation: Correct -Per CNG-OP-1.01-1007; the use of two isolation pOints in series to provide an added measure of protection when the energy source exceeds or could exceed 200 OF or 500 PSIG pressure or contains an explosive, oxidizing gas, or hazardous material for mechanical systems. Authorizing the isolation of equipment per this procedure.
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 34                                          10: Q92171                                  PointS:::~~oo Unit-2 has been operating at 100% power when a small RCS break occurs. The crew has just transitioned from EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions, to the appropriate Optimal Recovery Procedure.
The Work Center Senior Reactor Operator (SRO), Fix It Now (FIN) SRO, or Control Room Supervisor (CRS) may perform the functions for the SM described in this procedure as his designee, when the individual is knowledgeable of current plant conditions and designated by the SM. The SM or designee shall: ... Approve the use of single boundary valve use when double valve isolation is required Incorrect  
* RCS pressure is stable at 1200 PSIG.
-GS-Ops Support is incorrect. Incorrect  
* Containment Pressure peaked and stabilized at 4.0 PSIG.
-350 PSIG is incorrect Incorrect
Which of the following component indications will be found illuminated, on the Control Room panels?
-350 PSIG is incorrect GS-Ops Support is incorrect.
A.        21 Condensate Booster Pump green lamp; 21 Heater Drain Pump green lamp.
B.      21 Charging Pump red lamp; 21 Boric Acid Pump red lamp.
C.        2-SI-4150-CV, 21 CS HDR VLV, red lamp; 2-SI-4151-CV, 22 CS HDR VLV, red lamp.
D.       21 MSIV green lamp; 21 S/G Feedwater Isolation Valve green lamp.
Answer:           B Answer Explanation:
A. Incorrect - Condensate Booster Pumps and Heater Drain Pumps are verified on Attachment 3, CSAS Verification Checklist, and Attachment 7, SGIS Verification Checklist.
B. Correct - ATTACHMENT (2), Page 3 of 5, SIAS VERIFICATION CHECKLIST, verifies 11, 12 and 13 CHG PPs running and 11 and 12 BA PPs running C. Incorrect - CS HDR Vlvs are verified on Attachment 3, CSAS Checklist D. Incorrect - FW ISOL valves are verified on Attachment 3, CSAS Verification Checklist, and Attachment 7, SGIS Verification Checklist.


ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 29 Info KIA RO Proposed references to provided to Learning 10 CFR Part 55 Question Cognitive Last NRC Exam used Exam Bank Technical Apply the Requirements of NO-1-112, Safety Tagging Generic K& A ledge of tagging and clearance procedures 4.1 None 5S.41(b)(10)
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 34 Info Topic:                     SIAS Verification Checklist Tier/Group:               1/1 009 Small Break LOCA
D Bank lIS] Modified I:2J Memory or Fundamental D Comprehension or Analysis N/A None CNG-OP-1.01-1007 Clearance and Safety Tagging Modified version of Q51180 Page: 58 of 150 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 10: Q92632 . Unit-1 is has just tripped. The following conditions exist: AFAS "A" has NOT actuated AFAS "B" has actuated 11 S/G pressure is 790 PSIA 12 S/G pressure is 895 PSIA Which of the following statements describes the expected plant response?
* EA2 Ability to determine or interpret the following KIA Info:                          as they apply to a small break LOCA:
A. AFW Flow of 300 GPM is initiated to each S/G. B. AFW Flow of 300 GPM is initiated to 12 S/G only. C. AFW Flow of 150 GPM is initiated to 12 S/G only. D. AFW Flow of 150 GPM is initiated to each S/G. Answer: D Answer Explanation: Incorrect
* EA2.29 CVCS pump indicating lights for determining pump status RO Importance:             3.2 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
-AFAS "B" starts only the Steam Driven AFW Pump aligned for auto initiation.
Flow will be regulated at 150 GPM each to 11 and 12 S/Gs. Candidate may choose this answer if he assumes the Motor Driven AFW Pump starts as well. This answer would be correct for Unit-2. This answer would be correct if AFAS "A" initiated.
This would provide an additional 150 GPM for a total AFW flow of 300 GPM. Incorrect
-AFAS "B" starts only the Steam Driven AFW Pump aligned for auto initiation.
Flow will be regulated at 150 GPM each to 11 and 12 S/Gs. Candidate may choose this answer if he associates AFAS "B" with 12 S/G. Incorrect
-AFAS "B" starts only the Steam Driven AFW Pump aligned for auto initiation.
Flow will be regulated at 150 GPM each to 11 and 12 S/Gs. Candidate may choose this answer if he mistakenly associates AFAS "B" with 12 S/G. Correct -AFAS "B" starts only the Steam Driven AFW Pump aligned for auto initiation.
Flow will be regulated at 150 GPM each to 11 and 12 S/Gs.
EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 30 Info Topic: Tier/Group:
KIA Info: RO Importance: ...... Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: *Exam Bank History: Technical references:
Comments:
Assuming Middle of Cycle MTC, and the unit at 100% power, how does an inadvertent AF AS affect react 2/1 061 Auxiliary I Emergency Feedwater (AFW) System K3 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the AFW will have on the following: K3.02 S/G 4.2 None CRO-34-2-3-21 55.41 (b)(7) D Bank I D Modified D Memory or Fundamental Comprehension or Analysis N/A None SD-036, AFW System Description None I 31 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 10: Q38849 With the ADVs in AUTO, how do they function following a Reactor Trip from 50% Reactor power? ADVs will Quick OPEN until T AVE is less than 535 OF then they will modulate to maintain temperature between 535 OF and 540 OF. ADVs will modulate to maintain T AVE between 535 OF and 540 OF. ADVs will modulate to maintain Main Steam Pressure less than 900 PSIG. ADVs will Quick OPEN until T AVE is less than 535 'F then they will modulate to maintain Main Steam pressure less than 900 PSIG. Answer: Answer Incorrect
-The ADVs will not quick open as the quick open override is not enabled until RRS T AVE exceeds 557 OF which equates to a reactor power of approximately 62%. Correct -The ADVs are controlled by RRS T AVE with the valves beginning to open at a hVE of approximately 540 OF to lower TAVE to a value of approximately 535 OF. Incorrect
-This would be a correct statement for the TBVs. The ADVs are controlled by RRS T AVE with the valves beginning to open at a T AVE of approximately 540 OF to lower T AVE to a value of approximately 535 OF. Incorrect
-The ADVs will not quick open as the quick open override is not enabled until T AVE exceeds 557 OF which equates to a reactor power of approximately 62%. Page: 61 of 150 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 31 Info Topic: Tier/Group:
KIA Info: RO Importance:
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
Comments:
ADV control, on a Reactor trip, with an initial Reactor of 039 Main and Reheat Steam System K4 Knowledge of MRSS design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following: K4.02 Utilization of T-ave. program control when steam dumping through atmospheric relief/dump valves, including T-ave. limits 3.1 None 55.41 (b[8J Bank 0 Modified 1 0 1 o Memory or Fundamental
[8J Comprehension or Analysis No record of use on an NRC exam No history of previous use SD-056, Reactor Regulating System None Page: 62 of 150 32 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 10: Points:1.00 During a reactor startup, as the RO commences withdrawing Regulating Group 2, he notices the reactor is critical.
Which ONE of the following describes the actions necessary, per OP-2, Plant Startup from Hot Standby to Minimum Load, to restore shutdown margin? A. Insert all Shutdown CEAs. B. Trip the reactor. C. Insert all Regulating CEAs. D. Initiate fast boration.
Answer: Answer Incorrect
-This action does not restore shutdown margin. Incorrect
-This action does not restore shutdown margin. Incorrect
-This action does not restore shutdown margin. Correct -Initiation of boration is the sole method available to restore SDM to within limit. Fast boration is the appropriate method for quickly reestablishing required Shutdown Margin. Page: 63 of 150 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 32 Info Topic: KIA Info: RO Importance:
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
Comments:
During a reactor startup all shutdown groups are fully withdrawn.
1/2 024 Emergency Boration AK3. Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to Emergency Boration: AK3.01 When emergency boration is required 4.1 None 203-1-S-06 55.41(b)(10)
IZl Bank 1 0 Modified IZl Memory or Fundamental o Comprehension or Analysis No record of use on an NRC exam Last use -LOR Quiz (February, 2010) OP-2, Plant Startup from Hot Standby to Minimum Load None 33 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 10: Q92170 With Unit-1 at 100% power, the Control Room receives various panel alarms. A loss of 1Y09 is diagnosed.
Which ONE of the following responses will result from this loss of power? The process indicator on 1-HIC-100, Pressurizer Spray Valve Controller fails downscale. All three Charging pumps will start and will NOT cycle automatically on PZR level signals. 1-CC-3832-CV, Component Cooling Containment Supply, fails shut. 1-CVC-501-MOV, VCT Outlet, shuts and 1-CVC-504-MOV, Charging Pump suction from the RWT, opens. Answer: A Answer Explanation:
A Correct -Power is lost to HIC-100 resulting in its indication failing downscale.
Its output also fails to zero, resulting in no signal to open the Pressurizer Spray Valves. Incorrect
-These actions result from a loss of 1Y10. Incorrect
-Component Cooling Containment Supply, 1-CC-3832-CV fails shut on a loss of 11 125V DC Bus. Incorrect
-These actions result from a loss of 1Y1 O.
i EXAMI.NATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Q ueslon f 331 f no .
* OpIC: Tier/Group:
KIA Info: RO Importance:
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: i Exam Bank History: Technical references:
Comments:
Loss of 1 YOg effects on Pressurizer Pressure control 2/1 010 Pressurizer Pressure Control System (PZR PCS) K2 Knowledge of bus power supplies to
* K2.02 Controller for PZR spray valve 2.5 None 55.41 (b )(7) o Bank Modified lIZ] New I IZ] Memory or Fundamental o Comprehension or Analysis N/A None AOP-71, Loss of 4KV, 480 V or 208/120 V Inst Bus Power Unit-1 Stabilizing Actions Plaque
* None I 34 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 10:
Unit-2 has been operating at 100% power when a small RCS break occurs. The crew has just transitioned from EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions, to the appropriate Optimal Recovery Procedure. RCS pressure is stable at 1200 PSIG. Containment Pressure peaked and stabilized at 4.0 PSIG. Which of the following component indications will be found illuminated, on the Control Room panels? 21 Condensate Booster Pump green 21 Heater Drain Pump green 21 Charging Pump red 21 Boric Acid Pump red 2-SI-4150-CV, 21 CS HDR VLV, red 2-SI-4151-CV, 22 CS HDR VLV, red 21 MSIV green 21 S/G Feedwater Isolation Valve green Answer: B Answer Explanation: Incorrect
-Condensate Booster Pumps and Heater Drain Pumps are verified on Attachment 3, CSAS Verification Checklist, and Attachment 7, SGIS Verification Checklist. Correct -ATTACHMENT (2), Page 3 of 5, SIAS VERIFICATION CHECKLIST, verifies 11, 12 and 13 CHG PPs running and 11 and 12 BA PPs running Incorrect
-CS HDR Vlvs are verified on Attachment 3, CSAS Checklist Incorrect
-FW ISOL valves are verified on Attachment 3, CSAS Verification Checklist, and Attachment 7, SGIS Verification Checklist.
EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 34 Info Topic: Tier/Group:
KIA Info: RO Importance:
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
* Comments:
SIAS Verification Checklist 1/1 009 Small Break LOCA
* EA2 Ability to determine or interpret the following as they apply to a small break LOCA:
* EA2.29 CVCS pump indicating lights for determining pump status 3.2 None I 55.41(b)(10)
Bank Modified D Memory or Fundamental
[g] Comprehension or Analysis I[g] New I N/A None EOP Attachments, Attachment (2) None 35 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 10: Q92850 Following a Design Basis Large Break LOCA on Unit-2, RAS has actuated, and HPSI has been throttled to 250 GPM per header. One hour later, running HPSI pump amperage and flow indications are observed to be oscillating.
Which ONE of the following actions is preferred to mitigate the HPSI pump amp and flow oscillations per EOP-5, Loss of Coolant Accident? Shut Mini Flow Return to the RWT Isolation MOVs, 2-SI-659 and 2-SI-660. Throttle HPSI flow to minimum per EOP Attachment 10, HPSI Flow. Secure one of the operating HPSI Pumps. D. Stop both Containment Spray Pumps. Answer: B Answer Explanation: Incorrect
-Shutting these valves will reduce flow thru the HPSI Pumps, however, the Mini Flow Returns to the RWT, MOV's 2-SI-659 and 2-SI-660, are shut by the RAS signal assuming the lockouts are positioned as directed by the procedure in anticipation of RAS. No information is given to indicate the valves did not perform as designed. Correct -EOP-5, Step IV.S.1.j.(1) specifies:
Throttle HPSI flow equally among the four headers to the minimum allowed PER ATTACHMENT(10), HIGH PRESSURE SAFETY FLOW. Incorrect
-This action would be taken if throttling PER ATIACHMENT(10), HIGH PRESSURE SAFETY FLOW, and securing the Containment Spray Pumps were unsuccessful in eliminating indication of cavitation. Incorrect
-This action would be taken ifthrottling PER ATIACHMENT(10), HIGH PRESSURE SAFETY FLOW, was unsuccessful in eliminating indication of cavitation.
Y 0I ;;EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam I Question 35 Info Topic: I Tier/Group:
KIA Info: , : RO Importance:
I I Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
i ! Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: I Exam Bank History: Technical references:
Comments:
-Response to HPSI Cavitation 1/1 . 0 1 -Large Break LOCA EK2-Knowledge of the interrelations between the and the following Large Break LOCA. EK2.02 -Pumps (2.6, 2.7) 2.6 None 55.41 (b )(7) o Bank 1 0 Modified 1[8] [8] Memory or Fundamental o Comprehension or Analysis NIA None EOP-5, Loss of None i 36 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 10: Q92772 Why is Quench Tank pressure maintained less than 1.5 PSIG while drawing a Pressurizer bubble, per OP-7, Shutdown Operations?
A. Prevents Pressurizer Vent SVs from leaking by. B. Prevents Pressurizer Safety Valves from unseating.
C. Prevents Reactor Vessel Vent SVs from leaking by. D. Prevents Power Operated Relief Valves from unseating.
Answer: D Answer Explanation: Incorrect
-Per 01-1 B (Quench Tank Operations), Section 6.11 (Quench Tank Lineup for Plant Startup at Low RCS Pressure).
Quench Tank pressure is maintained less than 1.5 PSIG to help prevent the PORVs from leaking. Incorrect
-Per 01-1 B (Quench Tank Operations), Section 6.11 (Quench Tank Lineup for Plant Startup at Low RCS Pressure).
Quench Tank pressure is maintained less than 1.5 PSIG to help prevent the PORVs from leaking. Incorrect
-Per 01-1 B (Quench Tank Operations).
Section 6.11 (Quench Tank Lineup for Plant Startup at Low RCS Pressure).
Quench Tank pressure is maintained less than 1.5 PSIG to help prevent the PORVs from leaking. Correct -Per OP-7, Sect 6.1.2 Prepare RCS for Drawing Pressurizer Bubble contains a note that states maintaining Quench Tank pressure less than 1.5 PSIG helps prevent PORVs from leaking. Per 01-1 B (Quench Tank Operations).
Section 6.11 (Quench Tank Lineup for Plant Startup at Low RCS Pressure).
Quench Tank pressure is maintained less than 1.5 PSIG to help prevent the PORVs from leaking.
EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam I . *Question 36 Info I Topic: , Tier/Group:
KIA Info: RO Importance:
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
Comments:
Quench Tank parameters for drawing a bubble. 2/1 007 Pressurizer Relief Tank/Quench Tank System (PRTS) K5 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as the apply to PRTS: K5.02 Method of forming a steam bubble in the PZR i I 3.1 None 55.41 D Bank I D Modified I L8J L8J Memory or D Comprehension or N/A None OP-7, Shutdown Operations
* 01-1 B, Quench Tank operations iNone 37 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 10: Points: 1.00 With the Unit-1 in Mode 3, maintaining NOP/NOT conditions, an Instrument Air header rupture occurs in the Unit-1 27' East Piping Penetration Room. The leak has been isolated resulting in a complete loss of Instrument Air to all loads IN AND DOWNSTREAM of the Unit-1 27' East Piping Penetration Room. Which ONE of the following actions is required, in accordance with the Loss of Instrument Air Abnormal Operating Procedure?
A. Have the ABO manually override ADVs shut. B. Operate Auxiliary Spray as needed to control RCS pressure.
C. Stop all RCPs then verify Natural Circulation in at least one loop. D. Take actions for the 1 BOG being out of service, due to loss of cooling. Answer: C Answer Explanation: Incorrect
-ADVs fail shut and the manual override is only to open them (cannot be overridden shut). ADVs are in an adjacent room whose air supply would not be impacted by isolation of the leak. Incorrect
-The Auxiliary Spray CV would fail closed on the Loss of Instrument Air to the Unit-1 27' East Piping Penetration Room if that portion of the header is isolated.
If not, the normal spray CV's would be available until the RCPs are secured. The stem clarifies that Instrument Air is isolated to the containment, and therefore to the Auxiliary Spray valve, by making reference to I nstrument Air loads downstream of the 27' East Piping Penetration Room being isolated as well. Correct -AOP-7D, Loss of Instrument Air specifies:
IF EITHER of the CC CNTMT SUPPLY and RETURN valves begin to shut AND the "CCW FLOW LO" alarms are received on the RCPs, THEN Stop ALL RCPs THEN verify Natural Circulation in at least one loop. Incorrect -1 B DG SRW CV fails open. Cooling is not lost to the EDG. Page: 73 of 150 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 37 Info Topic: Tier/Group:
KIA Info: RO Importance:
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
Comments:
* Mode 3 IIA Header Rupture 2/1 008 Component Cooling Water System (CCWS) Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the CCWS, and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations: A2.05 -Effect of loss of instrument and control air on the position of the CCW valves that are air operated 3.3 None LOR-020400303-002 55.41 (b)(5) D Bank I D Modified I rgj New D Memory or Fundamental rgj Comprehension or Analysis NIA None AOP-7D, Loss of Instrument Air
* AOP-3E, Loss of All RCP Flow, Modes 3, 4, or 5 None Page: 74 of 150 Unit-2 is at 100% power with all 10 trip units bypassed on Channel 0 RPS for 1M Shop wiring modifications, lAW an approved maintenance order. 1M determines that the RPS channel must be de-energized to complete the modifications.
What statement best describes the RPS trip logic before and after Channel 0 RPS is energized? 2 of 3 when 1 of 3 when 2 of 4 when 2 of 3 when 2 of 3 when 2 of 3 when 2 of 4 when energized; 1 of 3 when de-energized.
J \ I t-o \C I &rt-(t A pavt -t-l'(JI.wI.
re..sol.u.--b'(M. Answer: Answer Explanation:
f f1C.Dr((! c:t' A. Gerl'eet Trip logic is 2 of 3 with the rip Units bypassed while the channel is still energized.
De-energizing a channel bypass function,'!f'eel:lltiF!&sect; iF! iR:ilt,..., oQj,aF!Flel beil'!\1 As a resultA' of 3 remaining Trip Units tripping will cause a reactor trip. 2. Incorrect
-Trip logic is 2 of 3 with the Trip Units bypassed while the channel is still energized. IR99FFeet
-Trip logic is 2 of 3 with t riP nits bypassed while the channel is still energized.
De-energizing a channe remove)Cthe bypass function, iF! that*
As a result/'of 3 remaining Trip Units tripping will cause a reactor trip. Incorrect
-Trip logic is 2 of 3 with the Trip Units bypassed while the channel is still energized.
i EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam I Question 38 Info Topic: I Tier/Group:
*KIA Info: I RO Importance:
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
I Learning Objective:
I Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
I 10 CFR Part 55 Content:   55.41(b)(10)
Comments:
Question source:               Bank                Modified        I[g] New D  Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:
RPS Trip Logic 2/1 012 Reactor Protection System (RPS) Ability to monitor automatic operation of the RPS, including: A3.01-Individual channel 3.8 None LOR-058-1-01 55.41 k8l Bank 1 0 Modified o Memory or Fundamental k8l Comprehension or Analysis No record of use on an NRC exam No history of previous use System Description 058, Reactor Protective System None i 39 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 10: Q9221 0 Which radiation monitor MUST be used to verify the Containment Environment safety function during EOP-O under ALL plant conditions (LOCA, Loss of offsite power, etc.) and what is the basis for use of this instrument? Containment Atmosphere Particulate Monitor (RI-5280);
[g] Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:     N/A Exam Bank History:         None Technical references:     EOP Attachments, Attachment (2)
With 1% failed fuel, will detect a 1 GPM RCS leak within 1 hour. Containment High Range Monitors RI-5317A & Availability during any combination of Containment Area Monitors RE-5316A -0; Powered from vital AC and will be available in all circumstances. Containment Atmosphere Gaseous Monitor Provides ability to promptly assess RCS Answer: B Answer Explanation: Incorrect Containment Atmosphere Particulate Monitor (RI-5280) is isolated on a SIAS. Correct -Any containment radiation monitor can be used to indicate the off normal event. However, as a minimum the Containment High Range Monitors should be checked, based on their availability during any combination of events, including SIAS actuations and LOOP events. Incorrect RE-5316 A-D are deenergized during power operation. Incorrect
Comments:                 None
-Containment Atmosphere Gaseous Monitor (RI-5281) is powered from MCC-1 03 which is not backed up by emergency DG power.
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 39 Info Topic: Tier/Group:
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 35                                          10: Q92850 Following a Design Basis Large Break LOCA on Unit-2, RAS has actuated, and HPSI has been throttled to 250 GPM per header.
KIA Info: RO Importance:
One hour later, running HPSI pump amperage and flow indications are observed to be oscillating.
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
Which ONE of the following actions is preferred to mitigate the HPSI pump amp and flow oscillations per EOP-5, Loss of Coolant Accident?
A. Shut Mini Flow Return to the RWT Isolation MOVs, 2-SI-659 and 2-SI-660.
B. Throttle HPSI flow to minimum per EOP Attachment 10, HPSI Flow.
C. Secure one of the operating HPSI Pumps.
D. Stop both Containment Spray Pumps.
Answer:          B Answer Explanation:
A. Incorrect - Shutting these valves will reduce flow thru the HPSI Pumps, however, the Mini Flow Returns to the RWT, MOV's 2-SI-659 and 2-SI-660, are shut by the RAS signal assuming the lockouts are positioned as directed by the procedure in anticipation of RAS. No information is given to indicate the valves did not perform as designed.
B. Correct - EOP-5, Step IV.S.1.j.(1) specifies: Throttle HPSI flow equally among the four headers to the minimum allowed PER ATTACHMENT(10), HIGH PRESSURE SAFETY FLOW.
C. Incorrect - This action would be taken if throttling PER ATIACHMENT(10), HIGH PRESSURE SAFETY FLOW, and securing the Containment Spray Pumps were unsuccessful in eliminating indication of cavitation.
D. Incorrect - This action would be taken ifthrottling PER ATIACHMENT(10), HIGH PRESSURE SAFETY FLOW, was unsuccessful in eliminating indication of cavitation.
 
  ;;EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY Y
0I LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam I Question  35 Info Topic:                      Response to HPSI Cavitation I Tier/Group:                  1/1
                                  . 0 1 - Large Break LOCA KIA Info:
* EK2- Knowledge of the interrelations between the and the following Large Break LOCA.
* EK2.02 - Pumps (2.6, 2.7)
: RO Importance:              2.6 I
I Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
i
    ! Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:      55.41 (b)(7)
Question source:            o Bank               10  Modified      1[8]
[8] Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:
o Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:      NIA I Exam  Bank History:        None Technical references:        EOP-5, Loss of Comments:                    None i
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 36                                        10: Q92772 Why is Quench Tank pressure maintained less than 1.5 PSIG while drawing a Pressurizer bubble, per OP-7, Shutdown Operations?
A.      Prevents Pressurizer Vent SVs from leaking by.
B.      Prevents Pressurizer Safety Valves from unseating.
C.      Prevents Reactor Vessel Vent SVs from leaking by.
D.     Prevents Power Operated Relief Valves from unseating.
Answer:         D Answer Explanation:
A. Incorrect - Per 01-1 B (Quench Tank Operations), Section 6.11 (Quench Tank Lineup for Plant Startup at Low RCS Pressure). Quench Tank pressure is maintained less than 1.5 PSIG to help prevent the PORVs from leaking.
B. Incorrect - Per 01-1 B (Quench Tank Operations), Section 6.11 (Quench Tank Lineup for Plant Startup at Low RCS Pressure). Quench Tank pressure is maintained less than 1.5 PSIG to help prevent the PORVs from leaking.
C. Incorrect - Per 01-1 B (Quench Tank Operations). Section 6.11 (Quench Tank Lineup for Plant Startup at Low RCS Pressure). Quench Tank pressure is maintained less than 1.5 PSIG to help prevent the PORVs from leaking.
D. Correct - Per OP-7, Sect 6.1.2 Prepare RCS for Drawing Pressurizer Bubble contains a note that states maintaining Quench Tank pressure less than 1.5 PSIG helps prevent PORVs from leaking. Per 01-1 B (Quench Tank Operations). Section 6.11 (Quench Tank Lineup for Plant Startup at Low RCS Pressure). Quench Tank pressure is maintained less than 1.5 PSIG to help prevent the PORVs from leaking.
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam I .
*Question 36 Info I Topic:                     Quench Tank parameters for drawing a bubble.
, Tier/Group:               2/1 007 Pressurizer Relief Tank/Quench Tank System (PRTS)
* K5 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as KIA Info:
the apply to PRTS:
* K5.02 Method of forming a steam bubble in the PZR i
RO Importance:             3.1                                                      I Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:
Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:   55.41 (b)(5)
Comments:
Question source:           D  Bank          ID Modified          IL8J New L8J Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:
Which rad monitor should be used to verify Containment Environment safety function during EOP O? 1/2 061 Area Radiation Monitoring (ARM) System Alarms Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Area Radiation Monitoring (ARM) System Alarms:
D Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:     N/A Exam Bank History:         None Technical references:
* AK1.01-Detector limitations 2.5 None CRO-122-1-3-37 55.41(b)(10)
* OP-7, Shutdown Operations
D Bank I D Modified I r8J New r8J Memory or Fundamental o Comprehension or Analysis N/A None EOP-O Technical Basis Document None 40 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2D10 NRC RO Exam 10: Q19477 The DC DG was slow started from the control room. What action is required to obtain speed control for synchronizing? Depress the Emergency Start Pushbutton. Insert the sync stick in Bkr 152-0701 (07 4KV Bus Tie) and momentarily go to raise or lower on the speed control handswitch. Place the Unit Parallel switch to Parallel. Insert the sync stick in Bkr 152-0703 (OC DG Output Bkr) and momentarily go to raise or lower on the speed control handswitch.
* 01-1 B, Quench Tank operations Comments:                 iNone
Answer: D Answer Explanation: Incorrect Pushing Emergency Start PB will put OC DG in Reset Mode. Incorrect  
 
-Bkr 152-0701 is not used in the control scheme for the OC DG. Incorrect  
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 37                                          10: Q92190                                    Points: 1.00 With the Unit-1 in Mode 3, maintaining NOP/NOT conditions, an Instrument Air header rupture occurs in the Unit-1 27' East Piping Penetration Room. The leak has been isolated resulting in a complete loss of Instrument Air to all loads IN AND DOWNSTREAM of the Unit-1 27' East Piping Penetration Room.
-There is no Unit Parallel Switch on the OC DG. Plausible because these controls do exist for the Fairbanks Morse DIGs and this would be the correct answer for the Fairbanks Morse DIGs. Correct -IF OC DG will be paralleled with 07 4KV BUS FDR, 152-0704, from the Control Room, THEN INSERT the Sync Stick for OC DG OUT BKR, 0-CS-152-0703, to put the governor in the parallel mode. MOMENTARILY PLACE OC DG SPEED CONTR, O-CS-0705, to RAISE OR LOWER. Momentary operation of the speed control handswitch is required, per the procedure, to obtain speed control of the engine.
Which ONE of the following actions is required, in accordance with the Loss of Instrument Air Abnormal Operating Procedure?
i EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 40 Info Topic: Tier/Group:  
A.        Have the ABO manually override ADVs shut.
*KIA Info: IRO 'fJU'lCl"wC.
B.        Operate Auxiliary Spray as needed to control RCS pressure.
I Proposed references to be i provided to applicant:
C.        Stop all RCPs then verify Natural Circulation in at least one loop.
D.        Take actions for the 1BOG being out of service, due to loss of cooling.
Answer:            C Answer Explanation:
A. Incorrect - ADVs fail shut and the manual override is only to open them (cannot be overridden shut). ADVs are in an adjacent room whose air supply would not be impacted by isolation of the leak.
B. Incorrect - The Auxiliary Spray CV would fail closed on the Loss of Instrument Air to the Unit-1 27' East Piping Penetration Room if that portion of the header is isolated.
If not, the normal spray CV's would be available until the RCPs are secured. The stem clarifies that Instrument Air is isolated to the containment, and therefore to the Auxiliary Spray valve, by making reference to Instrument Air loads downstream of the 27' East Piping Penetration Room being isolated as well.
C. Correct - AOP-7D, Loss of Instrument Air specifies: IF EITHER of the CC CNTMT SUPPLY and RETURN valves begin to shut AND the "CCW FLOW LO" alarms are received on the RCPs, THEN Stop ALL RCPs THEN verify Natural Circulation in at least one loop.
D. Incorrect - 1B DG SRW CV fails open. Cooling is not lost to the EDG.
Page: 73 of 150
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 37 Info Topic:                    Mode 3 IIA Header Rupture Tier/Group:                2/1 008 Component Cooling Water System (CCWS)
* Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the CCWS, and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to KIA Info:                          correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
* A2.05 - Effect of loss of instrument and control air on the position of the CCW valves that are air operated RO Importance:            3.3 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:        LOR-020400303-002 10 CFR Part 55 Content:    55.41 (b)(5)
Question source:          D Bank                ID Modified            Irgj New D  Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:
rgj Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:    NIA Exam Bank History:        None Technical references:
* AOP-7D, Loss of Instrument Air
* AOP-3E, Loss of All RCP Flow, Modes 3, 4, or 5 Comments:                  None Page: 74 of 150
 
Unit-2 is at 100% power with all 10 trip units bypassed on Channel 0 RPS for 1M Shop wiring modifications, lAW an approved maintenance order. 1M determines that the RPS channel must be de-energized to complete the modifications.
What statement best describes the RPS trip logic before and after Channel 0 RPS is de energized?
A.        2 of 3 when energized; 1 of 3 when de-energized.
B.        2 of 4 when energized; 2 of 3 when de-energized.
C.        2 of 3 when energized; 2 of 3 when de-energized.
D.        2 of 4 when energized; 1 of 3 when de-energized.                                J    ~      \    I t-o \C I
                                          &rt-(t ~~ c:L,~                                  A pavt - t-l'(JI.wI. to-~mu-d; re..sol.u.--b'(M.          ~
Answer:            ~~
Answer Explanation:
ff1C.Dr((! c:t '
A. Gerl'eet Trip logic is 2 of 3 with the rip Units bypassed while the channel is still energized. De-energizing a channel emove~the bypass function,'!f'eel:lltiF!&sect; iF! iR:ilt,...,
oQj,aF!Flel beil'!\1 tFi~,,~ As a resultA' of 3 remaining Trip Units tripping will cause a reactor trip.                            2.
B. Incorrect - Trip logic is 2 of 3 with the Trip Units bypassed while the channel is still energized.
              ~rt.~~.                                dOt~n~t C. IR99FFeet - Trip logic is 2 of 3 with t        riP nits bypassed while the channel is still energized. De-energizing a channe remove)Cthe bypass function, Fe8"'ltiFl~ iF! that*
            ~ftF!Flel beil'l~ tFi~"e&.' As a result/'of 3 remaining Trip Units tripping will cause a reactor trip.                          'Z D. Incorrect - Trip logic is 2 of 3 with the Trip Units bypassed while the channel is still energized.
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam I Question 38 Info Topic:                      RPS Trip Logic I Tier/Group:                2/1 012 Reactor Protection System (RPS)
*KIA Info:
* Ability to monitor automatic operation of the RPS, including:
* A3.01- Individual channel I RO Importance:              3.8 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
I Learning Objective:        LOR-058-1-01 10 CFR Part 55 Content:    55.41 (b)(7)
Question source:            k8l Bank              1 0 Modified        IONew Cognitive level:
o Memory or Fundamental k8l Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:      No record of use on an NRC exam Exam Bank History:          No history of previous use i
Technical references:      System Description 058, Reactor Protective System i
Comments:                  None
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 39                                          10: Q9221 0 Which radiation monitor MUST be used to verify the Containment Environment safety function during EOP-O under ALL plant conditions (LOCA, Loss of offsite power, etc.) and what is the basis for use of this instrument?
A.      Containment Atmosphere Particulate Monitor (RI-5280);
With 1% failed fuel, will detect a 1 GPM RCS leak within 1 hour.
B.      Containment High Range Monitors RI-5317A & B; Availability during any combination of events.
C.      Containment Area Monitors RE-5316A - 0; Powered from vital AC and will be available in all circumstances.
D.      Containment Atmosphere Gaseous Monitor (RI-5281);
Provides ability to promptly assess RCS leakage.
Answer:            B Answer Explanation:
A. Incorrect Containment Atmosphere Particulate Monitor (RI-5280) is isolated on a SIAS.
B. Correct - Any containment radiation monitor can be used to indicate the off normal event. However, as a minimum the Containment High Range Monitors should be checked, based on their availability during any combination of events, including SIAS actuations and LOOP events.
C. Incorrect    RE-5316 A-D are deenergized during power operation.
D. Incorrect - Containment Atmosphere Gaseous Monitor (RI-5281) is powered from MCC-1 03 which is not backed up by emergency DG power.
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 39 Info Which rad monitor should be used to verify Containment Topic:
Environment safety function during EOP O?
Tier/Group:                1/2 061 Area Radiation Monitoring (ARM) System Alarms
* Knowledge of the operational implications of the KIA Info:                          following concepts as they apply to Area Radiation Monitoring (ARM) System Alarms:
* AK1.01- Detector limitations RO Importance:            2.5 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:        CRO-122-1-3-37 10 CFR Part 55 Content:    55.41(b)(10)
Question source:          D   Bank           ID Modified         Ir8J New r8J Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:
o Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:    N/A Exam Bank History:        None Technical references:      EOP-O Technical Basis Document Comments:                  None
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2D10 NRC RO Exam 40                                            10: Q19477 The DC DG was slow started from the control room. What action is required to obtain speed control for synchronizing?
A.      Depress the Emergency Start Pushbutton.
B.      Insert the sync stick in Bkr 152-0701 (07 4KV Bus Tie) and momentarily go to raise or lower on the speed control handswitch.
C.      Place the Unit Parallel switch to Parallel.
D.      Insert the sync stick in Bkr 152-0703 (OC DG Output Bkr) and momentarily go to raise or lower on the speed control handswitch.
Answer:           D Answer Explanation:
A. Incorrect Pushing Emergency Start PB will put OC DG in Reset Mode.
B. Incorrect - Bkr 152-0701 is not used in the control scheme for the OC DG.
C. Incorrect - There is no Unit Parallel Switch on the OC DG. Plausible because these controls do exist for the Fairbanks Morse DIGs and this would be the correct answer for the Fairbanks Morse DIGs.
D. Correct - IF OC DG will be paralleled with 07 4KV BUS FDR, 152-0704, from the Control Room, THEN INSERT the Sync Stick for OC DG OUT BKR, 0-CS-152-0703, to put the governor in the parallel mode. MOMENTARILY PLACE OC DG SPEED CONTR, O-CS-0705, to RAISE OR LOWER. Momentary operation of the speed control handswitch is required, per the procedure, to obtain speed control of the engine.
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 40 Info Topic:                     OC DG speed control Tier/Group:               2/1 064 Emergency Diesel Generators (ED/G)
* Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the
*KIA Info:                           control room:
* A4.D6 Manual start, loading, and stopping.
of the ED/G i
IRO     'fJU'lCl"wC.
I Proposed references to be None i provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:        DIESELS-22 10 CFR Part 55 Content:    55.41 (b)(7)
Question source:          Ii$] Bank 1
Modified      1 0 New Ii$] Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:
o Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:    No record of use on an NRC exam
                                  -----~~                                    ~
Exam Bank History:        No history of previous use i
Technical references:      01-21 C DC Diesel Generator Comments:                  None
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 41                                          10: Q93020 Unit-1 is at 100% power when an instrument air leak on 1-CVC-515-CV, UD CNTMT ISOL, results in letdown being isolated.
Which ONE of the following describes:
(1) The immediate concern with continued operation of the plant in this condition and; (2) The preferred method to mitigate the consequences of this condition per the controlling procedure?
A        (1) Thermal transients on the Chemical and Volume Control system; (2) Place the backup charging pumps in pull to lock. Manually operate the selected Charging pump, as needed.
B.      (1) Continued operation of the charging system will result in exceeding the Pzr level operating band; (2) Place the selected Charging pump in pull to lock and allow the Backup Charging pump(s) to automatically operate as needed.
C.      (1) Thermal transients on the Chemical and Volume Control system; (2) Operate the Charging pumps, as necessary, and reduce power per OP-3, Normal Power Operation, as needed.
D.      (1) Continued operation of the charging system will result in exceeding the Pzr level operating band; (2) Place the backup charging pumps in pull to lock. Manually operate the selected Charging pump, as needed.
Answer:          B Answer Explanation:
A    Incorrect - OI-2A, Chemical & Volume Control System, specifies use of the Backup Charging Pumps to control Pressurizer Level.
B. Correct - Exceeding the 1.S. limit for Pressurizer Level is a concern with UO secured with Charging remaining in operation. OI-2A directs placing selected Charging Pump in PTL with Backup Charging pump(s) in auto to control Pressurizer level.
C. Incorrect - OI-2A, Chemical & Volume Control System, specifies use of the Backup Charging Pumps to control Pressurizer Level.
D. Incorrect - OI-2A, Chemical & Volume Control System, specifies use of the Backup Charging Pumps to control Pressurizer Level.
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 41 Info Topic:                        Loss of Letdown Flow Tier/Group:                  2/2 011 Pressurizer Level Control System (PZR LCS)
* A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the PZR LCS; and (b) based on those KJA Info:
predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
* A2.07 Isolation of letdown RO Importance:                3.0
! Proposed  references to be None provided to applicant:
                                            ,-~-      .....
Learning Objective:
Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:       55.41 (b)(5) 1'---
Comments:
! Question source:             D   Bank                         10 Modified       I    New I
OC DG speed control 2/1 064 Emergency Diesel Generators (ED/G) Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: A4.D6 Manual start, loading, and stopping.
D   Memory or Fundamental
of the ED/G None DIESELS-22 55.41 Ii$] Bank Modified 1 0 1 Ii$] Memory or Fundamental o Comprehension or Analysis No record of use on an NRC exam
*Cognitive level:
...... ! No history of previous use
L- _______-+__c_o_m_p_re_h_e_n_s_io_n_o_r,..A. ,_n_a_ly_S_iS-------~-----1 I Last NRC Exam used on:       No record of use on an NRC exam Exam Ban k H'IStory:         N/A I
* 01-21 C DC Diesel Generator None i 41 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 10: Q93020 Unit-1 is at 100% power when an instrument air leak on 1-CVC-515-CV, UD CNTMT ISOL, results in letdown being isolated.
Technical references:       ! 1C07-ALM;           OI-2A, Chemical and Volume Control System Comments:                    Modified version of Q14333
Which ONE of the following describes:
                                          .....-     -....   ~~
(1) The immediate concern with continued operation of the plant in this condition and; (2) The preferred method to mitigate the consequences of this condition per the controlling procedure? (1) Thermal transients on the Chemical and Volume Control system; (2) Place the backup charging pumps in pull to lock. Manually operate the selected Charging pump, as needed. (1) Continued operation of the charging system will result in exceeding the Pzr level operating band; (2) Place the selected Charging pump in pull to lock and allow the Backup Charging pump(s) to automatically operate as needed. (1) Thermal transients on the Chemical and Volume Control system; (2) Operate the Charging pumps, as necessary, and reduce power per OP-3, Normal Power Operation, as needed. (1) Continued operation of the charging system will result in exceeding the Pzr level operating band; (2) Place the backup charging pumps in pull to lock. Manually operate the selected Charging pump, as needed. Answer: B Answer Explanation: Incorrect
 
-OI-2A, Chemical & Volume Control System, specifies use of the Backup Charging Pumps to control Pressurizer Level. Correct -Exceeding the 1.S. limit for Pressurizer Level is a concern with UO secured with Charging remaining in operation.
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 42                                        10: Q92230                                   Poinl$jI~OO Given the following:
OI-2A directs placing selected Charging Pump in PTL with Backup Charging pump(s) in auto to control Pressurizer level. Incorrect
* Both Units are operating at 100% power when a Station Blackout occurs.
-OI-2A, Chemical &Volume Control System, specifies use of the Backup Charging Pumps to control Pressurizer Level. Incorrect
* 125 VDC Bus voltages are approaching 105 VDC Which, if any, DG combinations, when restored, will ultimately restore a Battery Charger to 11.
-OI-2A, Chemical &Volume Control System, specifies use of the Backup Charging Pumps to control Pressurizer Level.
12,21 and 22 125 VDC Busses?
I EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 41 Info Loss of Letdown Flow 2/2 Pressurizer Level Control System (PZR LCS) A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the PZR LCS; and (b) based on those KJA Info: predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations: A2.07 Isolation of letdown RO Importance:
A       1A; 2A B.      1B;2B C.      2A; 2B D.      None of the listed combinations will restore a Battery Charger to each 125 VDC Bus.
3.0 ! Proposed references to be None provided to applicant: ..... Learning Objective:
Answer:           C Answer Explanation:
.....__....10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 (b)(5) ! Question source: D Bank 10 Modified New I D Memory or Fundamental  
A   Incorrect - The 1A & 2A DGs power only the Battery Chargers associated with 11 and 22 125 VDC Busses B. Incorrect - The 1B & 2B DGs power only the Battery Chargers associated with 12 and 21 125 VDC Busses C. Correct - The 2A & 2B DGs power one Battery Charger associated with each of the four 125 VDC Busses D. Incorrect - The 2A & 2B DGs power one Battery Charger associated with each of the four 125 VDC Busses Page: 83 of 150
*Cognitive L-_______-+__c_o_m_p_re_h_e_n_s_io_n_o_r,....I Last NRC Exam used on: No record of use on an NRC exam E xam B an k H'IS t ory: N/ATechnical references:  
 
! 1C07-ALM; OI-2A, Chemical and Volume Control System Modified version of Q14333 .....--....
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 42 Info Topic:                     Relationship of DGs and 125 VDC Tier/Group:                 1/1 058 Loss of DC Power
42 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 10: Q92230 Given the following: Both Units are operating at 100% power when a Station Blackout occurs.
* AK1. Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Loss of DC KIA Info:
* 125 VDC Bus voltages are approaching 105 VDC Which, if any, DG combinations, when restored, will ultimately restore a Battery Charger to 11. 12,21 and 22 125 VDC A 1A; 1B;2B 2A; 2B None of the listed combinations will restore a Battery Charger to each 125 VDC Bus. Answer: C Answer Explanation:
Power:
A Incorrect  
* AK1,01 Battery charger equipment and instrumentation IRO Importance:             2.8 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
-The 1 A & 2A DGs power only the Battery Chargers associated with 11 and 22 125 VDC Busses Incorrect  
-The 1 B & 2B DGs power only the Battery Chargers associated with 12 and 21 125 VDC Busses Correct -The 2A & 2B DGs power one Battery Charger associated with each of the four 125 VDC Busses Incorrect  
-The 2A & 2B DGs power one Battery Charger associated with each of the four 125 VDC Busses Page: 83 of 150 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 42 Info Topic: Tier/Group:
KIA Info: I RO Importance:
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:
Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: 'Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: m Bank History: Technical references:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:     55.41 (b)(8)
Comments:
Question source:                Bank             ID  Modified       II2$J New
: Relationship of DGs and 125 VDC 1/1 058 Loss of DC Power AK1. Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Loss of DC Power: AK1,01 Battery charger equipment and instrumentation 2.8 None 55.41 (b)(8) Bank I D Modified II2$J New *D Memory or Fundamental  
                          *D Memory or Fundamental
*Comprehension or Analysis N/A None AOP-7 J, Loss of 120 Volt Vital AC or 125 Volt Vital DC Power EOP-7, None 43 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 10: Q92250 Points: 1.00 Given the following conditions: Unit-2 was at 100% power with 21 & 22 SRW pumps running 23 SRW pump was aligned per normal operation (electrical  
'Cognitive level:
& mechanical) 22 SRW pump tripped on overcurrent
                          * ~ Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:      N/A m Bank History:        None Technical references:
* A LOOP occurred and 2A & 2B EDG started and energized 21 & 244 KV buses One minute later, which SRW pumps, if any, would be operating? (Assume no operator action) A. None B. 21 and 23 SRW Pumps C. 21 SRW pump ONLY D. 23 SRW pump ONLY Answer: Answer Incorrect  
* AOP-7J, Loss of 120 Volt Vital AC or 125 Volt Vital DC Power
-SRW Pumps are started by the Shutdown Sequencer (SDS), on a LOOP. Correct -23 SRW Pump is normally aligned to 24 4KV Bus and that, with a LOOP, it will start 1 second after sensing the failure of 22 SRW Pump to start. Incorrect  
* EOP-7, Comments:                  None
-23 SRW Pump is normally aligned to 24 4KV Bus and that, with a LOOP, it will start 1 second after sensing the failure of 22 SRW Pump to start. Incorrect  
 
-21 SRW will start on the SDS, after 21A DG closes in on 21 4KV bus EXAMINATION ANSWER lOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 43 Info Topic: Tier/Group:
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 43                                        10: Q92250                                 Points: 1.00 Given the following conditions:
KIA Info: RO Importance:
* Unit-2 was at 100% power with 21 & 22 SRW pumps running
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
* 23 SRW pump was aligned per normal operation (electrical & mechanical)
* 22 SRW pump tripped on overcurrent
* A LOOP occurred and 2A & 2B EDG started and energized 21 & 244 KV buses One minute later, which SRW pumps, if any, would be operating? (Assume no operator action)
A.       None B.       21 and 23 SRW Pumps C.       21 SRW pump ONLY D.       23 SRW pump ONLY Answer:           B Answer Explanation:
A. Incorrect - SRW Pumps are started by the Shutdown Sequencer (SDS), on a LOOP.
B. Correct - 23 SRW Pump is normally aligned to 24 4KV Bus and that, with a LOOP, it will start 1 second after sensing the failure of 22 SRW Pump to start.
C. Incorrect - 23 SRW Pump is normally aligned to 24 4KV Bus and that, with a LOOP, it will start 1 second after sensing the failure of 22 SRW Pump to start.
D. Incorrect - 21 SRW will start on the SDS, after 21A DG closes in on 21 4KV bus
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY lOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 43 Info Topic:                     SRW Pp response to a lOOP Tier/Group:               2/1 076 Service Water System (SWS)
* Knowledge of SWS design feature(s) and/or KIA Info:                           interlock{s) which provide for the following:
* K4.02 Automatic start features associated with SWS pump controls RO Importance:             2.9 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
learning Objective:
learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: Cognitive level: *last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:   55.41 (b)(7)
Comments:
Question source:           D Bank               I[8j Modified       IDNew D Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:
SRW Pp response to a lOOP 2/1 076 Service Water System (SWS) Knowledge of SWS design feature(s) and/or interlock{s) which provide for the following: K4.02 Automatic start features associated with SWS pump controls 2.9 None 55.41 D Bank I[8j Modified D Memory or Fundamental  
[8j Comprehension or Analysis
[8j Comprehension or Analysis N/A None EOP-2, loss of Offsite Power/loss of Forced Circulation
*last NRC Exam used on:    N/A Exam Bank History:        None Technical references:
* SD-011 SRW System Description Modified version of Q20568 Page: 86 of 150 44 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC Exam 10:
* EOP-2, loss of Offsite Power/loss of Forced Circulation
Given the following: The 1A2-11 Starting Air Receiver is tagged out to repair an air leak The 1A1 Starting Air Compressor fails
* SD-011 SRW System Description Comments:                  Modified version of Q20568 Page: 86 of 150
* 1A1-11 and 1A1-12 Starting Air Receiver pressures are 500 PSIG and slowly lowering Which ONE of the following actions, if any, can be taken to maintain 1A DG operability? Emergency start the 1 A DG prior to the 1 A 1-11 and 1 A 1-12 Starting Air Receiver pressures falling below 290 PSIG, Cross-connect the 1A and OC DG Starting Air Systems prior to the 1A1-11 and 1A1-12 Starting Air Receiver pressures falling below 290 PSIG. No actions can be taken; declare the 1A DG inoperable when the 1A1-11 and 1A1-12 Starting Air Receiver pressures fall below 290 PSIG. Crosstie the 1A1 and 1A2 Starting Air Systems prior to the 1A1-11 and 1A1-12 Starting Air Receiver pressures falling below 290 PSIG. Answer: D Answer Explanation: Incorrect  
 
-Placing the system in its fail-safe condition (e.g., running) does not, in and of itself, maintain operability. Incorrect  
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC       f~O  Exam 44                                          10: Q92273                                    Points':1~OO Given the following:
-There is no physical means to cross-connect the 1A and OC DG Starting Air Systems. Plausible because, although there is no physical means to connect the starting air systems, the candidate may believe the design is similar to that of the Fairbanks Morse engines where the Starting Air Headers for all three DGs are cross-tied. Incorrect  
* The 1A2-11 Starting Air Receiver is tagged out to repair an air leak
-While this action could be considered at some point, the immediate response would be to crosstie the starting air systems. Correct -The 1 A 1 and 1 A2 Starting Air Systems can be cross tied with either compressor supplying all receivers.
* The 1A1 Starting Air Compressor fails
Page: 87 of 150 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 44 Info Topic: Tier/Group:
* 1A1-11 and 1A1-12 Starting Air Receiver pressures are 500 PSIG and slowly lowering Which ONE of the following actions, if any, can be taken to maintain 1A DG operability?
KIA Info: RO Importance:
A.      Emergency start the 1A DG prior to the 1A 1-11 and 1A 1-12 Starting Air Receiver pressures falling below 290 PSIG, B.      Cross-connect the 1A and OC DG Starting Air Systems prior to the 1A1-11 and 1A1-12 Starting Air Receiver pressures falling below 290 PSIG.
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
C.      No actions can be taken; declare the 1A DG inoperable when the 1A1-11 and 1A1-12 Starting Air Receiver pressures fall below 290 PSIG.
D.      Crosstie the 1A1 and 1A2 Starting Air Systems prior to the 1A1-11 and 1A1-12 Starting Air Receiver pressures falling below 290 PSIG.
Answer:           D Answer Explanation:
A. Incorrect - Placing the system in its fail-safe condition (e.g., running) does not, in and of itself, maintain operability.
B. Incorrect - There is no physical means to cross-connect the 1A and OC DG Starting Air Systems. Plausible because, although there is no physical means to cross connect the starting air systems, the candidate may believe the design is similar to that of the Fairbanks Morse engines where the Starting Air Headers for all three DGs are cross-tied.
C. Incorrect - While this action could be considered at some point, the immediate response would be to crosstie the starting air systems.
D. Correct - The 1A 1 and 1A2 Starting Air Systems can be cross tied with either compressor supplying all receivers.
Page: 87 of 150
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam
                                                    ~  c Question 44 Info 1A DG Starting Air Receiver Pressure impact on DG Topic:
operability
                                                    ~~
Tier/Group:                 2/1
                                                  -~
064 Emergency Diesel Generators (ED/G)
KIA Info:
* Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the ED/G system:
* K6 07 - Air receivers RO Importance:             2c7 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
                                                    ~,
Learning Objective:
Learning Objective:
Content: Question source: Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
Content:   55.41 (b)(7)
Comments: c 1A DG Starting Air Receiver Pressure impact on 2/1 064 Emergency Diesel Generators (ED/G) Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the ED/G system:
Question source:
* K6 07 -Air None 55.41 (b)(7) 1 0 Modified o Memory or rg] Comprehension or N/A .._. None 1C188-ALM, 1A DG Local Control Panel Alarm 45 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 10: Q92270 Given the following: Unit-1 was operating at 100% power, steady state A reactor trip occurred and EOP-1, Reactor Trip, has been implemented Pressurizer Level Control Channel 1-UC-11 OX is selected PZR Heater Low Level Cutout Switch is in the X + Y position A leak occurs on the variable leg for 1-L T-110X, causing an 80 inch indicated level error * "PZR CH X L VL" Annunciator is in Which ONE of the following The effect on the plant this condition would cause and; What is the preferred method to mitigate this event? A (1) All Back-up Charging Pumps stop, Pressurizer Heaters energize; (2) Shift to 1-UC-11 OY in service. B. (1) All Back-up Charging Pumps start, Pressurizer Heaters deenergize; (2) Shiftto 1-UC-11 OY in service. C. (1) All Back-up Charging Pumps start, Pressurizer Heaters energize; (2) Shift 1-LlC-11 OX to manual and establish level control. D. (1) All Back-up Charging Pumps stop, Pressurizer Heaters deenergize; (2) Shift 1-LlC-11 OX to manual and establish level control. Answer: B Answer Explanation: Incorrect -A leak on the variable leg of a transmitter would cause the indicated level to be lower than the actual level. A lower Pzr level would cause Chg Pumps to start and LID flow to go to minimum. If indicated level were below 101 inches then the Low Level cutout would deenergize all Pzr heaters. Correct -A leak on the variable leg of a transmitter would cause the indicated level to be lower than the actual level. A lower Pzr level would cause Chg Pumps to start and LID flow to go to minimum. If indicated level were below 101 inches then the Low Level cutout would deenergize all Pzr heaters. Reference EOP-1, Sect IV.O.1.1.
                          ~ o  Memory or Fundamental 1 0 Modified   ~w Cognitive level:
Although answer D may provide a technically viable option for addressing this Situation, answer B is "preferred" based on Alarm Manual guidance for this condition, associated procedure use standards (Le., use procedure guidance if available), and based on reinforcement in the LOI training program as the preferred method of recovery. Incorrect  
rg] Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:      N/A Exam Bank History:          None Technical references:      1C188-ALM, 1A DG Local Control Panel Alarm Manual Comments:                  None
-Pzr heaters would deenergize. Incorrect -A leak on Ule variable leg of a transmitter would cause the indicated level to be lower than the actual level. A lower Pzr level would cause Chg Pumps to start. Page: 89 of 150 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam ...._ .. Question 45 Info Topic: Predict the response to a Pzr Lvi Control channel failure. i Tier/Group:
 
1/2 :-.. -.....-------....
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 45                                          10: Q92270 Given the following:
* Unit-1 was operating at 100% power, steady state
* A reactor trip occurred and EOP-1, Reactor Trip, has been implemented
* Pressurizer Level Control Channel 1-UC-11 OX is selected
* PZR Heater Low Level Cutout Switch is in the X + Y position
* A leak occurs on the variable leg for 1-LT-110X, causing an 80 inch indicated level error
      *   "PZR CH X LVL" Annunciator is in alarm Which ONE of the following describes:
(1) The effect on the plant this condition would cause and; (2) What is the preferred method to mitigate this event?
A       (1) All Back-up Charging Pumps stop, Pressurizer Heaters energize; (2) Shift to 1-UC-11 OY in service.
B.       (1) All Back-up Charging Pumps start, Pressurizer Heaters deenergize; (2) Shiftto 1-UC-11 OY in service.
C.       (1) All Back-up Charging Pumps start, Pressurizer Heaters energize; (2) Shift 1-LlC-11 OX to manual and establish level control.
D.       (1) All Back-up Charging Pumps stop, Pressurizer Heaters deenergize; (2) Shift 1-LlC-11 OX to manual and establish level control.
Answer:           B Answer Explanation:
A    Incorrect - A leak on the variable leg of a transmitter would cause the indicated level to be lower than the actual level. A lower Pzr level would cause Chg Pumps to start and LID flow to go to minimum. If indicated level were below 101 inches then the Low Level cutout would deenergize all Pzr heaters.
B. Correct - A leak on the variable leg of a transmitter would cause the indicated level to be lower than the actual level. A lower Pzr level would cause Chg Pumps to start and LID flow to go to minimum. If indicated level were below 101 inches then the Low Level cutout would deenergize all Pzr heaters. Reference EOP-1, Sect IV.O.1.1.
Although answer D may provide a technically viable option for addressing this Situation, answer B is "preferred" based on Alarm Manual guidance for this condition, associated procedure use standards (Le., use procedure guidance if available), and based on reinforcement in the LOI training program as the preferred method of recovery.
C. Incorrect - Pzr heaters would deenergize.
D. Incorrect - A leak on Ule variable leg of a transmitter would cause the indicated level to be lower than the actual level. A lower Pzr level would cause Chg Pumps to start.
Page: 89 of 150
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 45 Info Topic:                     Predict the response to a Pzr Lvi Control channel failure.
i Tier/Group:                 1/2
              -            :     .. - .....- - - - - - -.... ~.-~
028 Pressurizer (PZR) Level Control Malfunction
028 Pressurizer (PZR) Level Control Malfunction
* 2.4.6 Knowledge of EOP mitigation strategies. 1 ! RO Importance:
* 2.4.6 Knowledge of EOP mitigation strategies.
3.7 Proposed references to be ! provided to applicant:
----~~-----------+-----
None Learning Objective:
1
LOI-064A2-1  
! RO Importance:             3.7 Proposed references to be
! 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41(b)(10)
! provided to applicant:     None Learning Objective:         LOI-064A2-1
Question source: 0 Bank o Memory or Fundamental Cognitive ! [8J Comprehension or Last NRC Exam used on: N/A Exam Bank History: None Technical references:
! 10 CFR Part 55 Content:     55.41(b)(10)
1COB-ALM, RCS Control Alarm Manual Comments:
Question source:           0     Bank Cognitive level:
None I 46 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam ID: Points: 1.00 During an excess steam demand event, the unaffected SG is maintained within 25 'F of CET temperature using its ADV What is the primary operational implication of this limit during the uncontrolled RCS cooldown? This minimizes the potential for pressurized thermal shock if a heatup of the RCS occurs following an excessive cooldown of the RCS. This minimizes the formation of tube voids, in the affected S/G, after blowdown is complete. This minimizes the RCS cooldown that takes place during blowdown of the affected S/G. This minimizes differential pressure between the S/Gs, thereby allowing reset of the AFAS Block signal. Answer: A Answer Explanation: Correct -See EOP-4 Technical Basis Document, Step IV.H.2 (page 27). The 25 'F limit is an operational limit associated with PTS mitigation during a cooldown event. Its basis supports the same basis as the broader concept of cooldown limits as referenced in the KA, under which this limit lies. This action sets up the operational controls to support PTS prevention when the uncontrolled cooldown has been completed. Incorrect  
o Memory or Fundamental
-SIG tube voiding is determined by RCS pressure being less than saturation pressure for that SIG, and once BID is complete S/G pressure will be zero. Incorrect  
                            ! [8J   Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:     N/A Exam Bank History:         None Technical references:       1COB-ALM, RCS Control Alarm Manual Comments:                   None I
-RCS cooldown during the blowdown phase is determined by the size of the leak. Incorrect  
 
-AFAS Block will occur, isolating Auxiliary Feedwater flow to the S/G with the lower pressure which is the affected S/G. Page 91 of 150 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 46 Info Topic: oup: KIA Info: RO Importance:
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 46                                            ID: Q18935                                  Points: 1.00 During an excess steam demand event, the unaffected SG is maintained within 25 'F of CET temperature using its ADV What is the primary operational implication of this limit during the uncontrolled RCS cooldown?
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
A.        This minimizes the potential for pressurized thermal shock if a heatup of the RCS occurs following an excessive cooldown of the RCS.
Learning Objective:
B.      This minimizes the formation of tube voids, in the affected S/G, after blowdown is complete.
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
C.        This minimizes the RCS cooldown that takes place during blowdown of the affected S/G.
Comments:
D.      This minimizes differential pressure between the S/Gs, thereby allowing reset of the AFAS Block signal.
-ESDE unaffected S/G temperature limits ..2/1 *039 Main and Reheat Steam System (MRSS) K5 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as the apply to the MRSS:
Answer:           A Answer Explanation:
* K5.05 Bases for RCS cooldown limits .. 2.7 None LOR-020 170410-002 55.41(b)(5) Bank D Modified IDNew D Memory or Comprehension or No record of use on an NRC exam No history of previous use -...._.-_.. EOP-4, Excess Steam Demand Event None I
A. Correct - See EOP-4 Technical Basis Document, Step IV.H.2 (page 27). The 25 'F limit is an operational limit associated with PTS mitigation during a cooldown event.
47 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 10: Q92290 Given the following: It is 0230 on a Saturday morning 21 125V DC Bus has an existing positive ground. Which ONE of the following statements best describes:  
Its basis supports the same basis as the broader concept of cooldown limits as referenced in the KA, under which this limit lies. This action sets up the operational controls to support PTS prevention when the uncontrolled cooldown has been completed.
(1) What could occur if a negative ground develops on 21 125V DC Bus and; (2) What actions, if any, are required? (1) Low voltage on system causing an undervoltage trip of 125V DC Bus feeder breakers; (2) Initiate maintenance to troubleshoot and correct issue. (1) Nothing will be detected, ungrounded systems can withstand multiple grounds with no adverse effects; (2) No actions are required. (1) Loss of a 125V DC Battery Charger; (2) Place the Reserve Battery Charger in service. (1) High current flow, caused by the second ground, can cause fuses to blow or protective devices to actuate; (2) Initiate maintenance to troubleshoot and correct issue. Answer: D Answer Explanation: Incorrect DC loads are protected by fused disconnects with fuse ratings that would protect against a battery drain of sufficient magnitude to lower DC Bus voltage. Incorrect  
B. Incorrect - SIG tube voiding is determined by RCS pressure being less than saturation pressure for that SIG, and once BID is complete S/G pressure will be zero.
-Ungrounded systems can withstand multiple grounds on the same phase with no affect, the question stem gives a positive and a negative ground. Maintenance is required to eliminate the grounds. Incorrect  
C. Incorrect - RCS cooldown during the blowdown phase is determined by the size of the leak.
-Depending on the location of the grounds it would be possible to cause a battery charger to trip off, however, the reserve battery charger would not/could not be placed in-service to replace the tripped one. Correct -A second ground on the opposite polarity creates a current-to-ground flowpath.
D. Incorrect - AFAS Block will occur, isolating Auxiliary Feedwater flow to the S/G with the lower pressure which is the affected S/G.
Uncertainty of operation if second ground occurs (component actuation)
---------------------------~------~~~~--------------------------------
-------EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 47 Info Topic: Effect of a ground on an Tier/Group:
Page 91 of 150
2/1 ..063 DC Electrical Distribution System A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the DC electrical KIA systems: and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct. control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
 
* A2.01 Grounds ._RO Importance:
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 46 Info Topic:                     ESDE unaffected S/G temperature limits oup:                2/1
2.5 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:  
                          *039 Main and Reheat Steam System (MRSS)
-. Learning Opjective:
KIA Info:
_ ..10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 Question source: D Bank .-Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level: Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: N/A .--... Exam Bank History: None _.. Technical references:
* K5 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as the apply to the MRSS:
* K5.05 Bases for RCS cooldown limits RO Importance:            2.7 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:        LOR-020 170410-002 10 CFR Part 55 Content:    55.41(b)(5)
Question source:          ~ Bank                       D Modified IDNew I
D Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:
                          ~ Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:    No record of use on an NRC exam Exam Bank History:        No history of previous use
                                            -~ - -~.~ ...._.-_..
Technical references:      EOP-4, Excess Steam Demand Event Comments:                  None
                                                        -----~
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 47                                            10: Q92290 Given the following:
* It is 0230 on a Saturday morning
* 21 125V DC Bus has an existing positive ground.
Which ONE of the following statements best describes:
(1) What could occur if a negative ground develops on 21 125V DC Bus and; (2) What actions, if any, are required?
A.        (1) Low voltage on system causing an undervoltage trip of 125V DC Bus feeder breakers; (2) Initiate maintenance to troubleshoot and correct issue.
B.        (1) Nothing will be detected, ungrounded systems can withstand multiple grounds with no adverse effects; (2) No actions are required.
C.        (1) Loss of a 125V DC Battery Charger; (2) Place the Reserve Battery Charger in service.
D.        (1) High current flow, caused by the second ground, can cause fuses to blow or protective devices to actuate; (2) Initiate maintenance to troubleshoot and correct issue.
Answer:             D Answer Explanation:
A. Incorrect DC loads are protected by fused disconnects with fuse ratings that would protect against a battery drain of sufficient magnitude to lower DC Bus voltage.
B. Incorrect - Ungrounded systems can withstand multiple grounds on the same phase with no affect, the question stem gives a positive and a negative ground.
Maintenance is required to eliminate the grounds.
C. Incorrect - Depending on the location of the grounds it would be possible to cause a battery charger to trip off, however, the reserve battery charger would not/could not be placed in-service to replace the tripped one.
D. Correct - A second ground on the opposite polarity creates a current-to-ground flowpath. Uncertainty of operation if second ground occurs (component actuation)
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 47 Info Topic:                     Effect of a ground on an Tier/Group:               2/1
                                ~-------    .. - -
063 DC Electrical Distribution System
* A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the DC electrical KIA Info:                          systems: and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct. control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
* A2.01 Grounds RO Importance:             2.5 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Learning Opjective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:   55.41 (b)(5)
Question source:           D
                            ~
Bank Modified
                                                                      ~
Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:
                          ~ Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:     N/A Exam Bank History:         None Technical references:
* System Description 002, 125V DC Distribution System
* System Description 002, 125V DC Distribution System
* Ground Training PPt Comments:
* Ground Training PPt Comments:                 None 150
None 150 48 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam PointS:*1.00 Unit-1 is operating at 100% power with a normal electrical alignment.
 
In response to a plant transient, the Reactor Trip push buttons at 1 C05 have been depressed, per EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions. The RO reports the reactor remains at 100% power and all trip breakers remain closed. Which ONE of the following sets of actions will mitigate this condition? Open 11A 480V BUS Open 12A 480V BUS Open 11A 480V BUS Open 14A 480V BUS Open 12A 480V BUS Open 13A 480V BUS Open 13A 480V BUS Open 14A 480V BUS Answer: C Answer Explanation: Incorrect  
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 48                                            ID:.Q93080                              PointS: *1.00 Unit-1 is operating at 100% power with a normal electrical alignment. In response to a plant transient, the Reactor Trip push buttons at 1C05 have been depressed, per EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions. The RO reports the reactor remains at 100% power and all trip breakers remain closed.
-11 and 12 CEOM MG Sets are powered from 480V Load Centers 12A and 13A. EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate fl.ctions direct deenergizing these busses to trip the reactor if the trip pushbuttons do not work. Incorrect  
Which ONE of the following sets of actions will mitigate this condition?
-11 and 12 CEOM MG Sets are powered from 480V Load Centers 12A and 13A. EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions direct deenergizing these busses to trip the reactor if the trip pushbuttons do not work. Correct -11 and 12 CEDM MG Sets are powered from 480V Load Centers 12A and 13A. EOP-D, Post Trip Immediate Actions direct deenergizing these busses to trip the reactor if the trip pushbuttons do not work. Incorrect  
A.      Open 11A 480V BUS FOR; Open 12A 480V BUS FOR B.      Open 11A 480V BUS FOR; Open 14A 480V BUS FOR C.      Open 12A 480V BUS FOR; Open 13A 480V BUS FOR O.      Open 13A 480V BUS FOR; Open 14A 480V BUS FOR Answer:         C Answer Explanation:
-11 and 12 CEOM MG Sets are powered from 480V Load Centers 12A and 13A. EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions direct deenergizing these busses to trip the reactor if the trip push buttons do not work.
A. Incorrect -11 and 12 CEOM MG Sets are powered from 480V Load Centers 12A and 13A. EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate fl.ctions direct deenergizing these busses to trip the reactor if the trip pushbuttons do not work.
EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Qu,estlon 48 Info Tier/Group:  
B. Incorrect - 11 and 12 CEOM MG Sets are powered from 480V Load Centers 12A and 13A. EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions direct deenergizing these busses to trip the reactor if the trip pushbuttons do not work.
*KIA Info: RO Importance: ...... Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
C. Correct - 11 and 12 CEDM MG Sets are powered from 480V Load Centers 12A and 13A. EOP-D, Post Trip Immediate Actions direct deenergizing these busses to trip the reactor if the trip pushbuttons do not work.
O. Incorrect - 11 and 12 CEOM MG Sets are powered from 480V Load Centers 12A and 13A. EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions direct deenergizing these busses to trip the reactor if the trip push buttons do not work.
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Qu,estlon 48 Info Tier/Group:               i 2/1 62 - AC Electrical Distribution System
* A4 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in
*KIA Info:                           the control room:
* A4.01 - All breakers (including available switchyard)
RO Importance:             3.3
......
Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:
Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content: _ ..... Question source: Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:     55.41 (b)(7)
Comments:
Question source:            o Bank           ~D Modified             I[8J New
i 2/1 62 -AC Electrical Distribution System A4 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: A4.01 -All breakers (including available switchyard) 3.3 None ._.. 55.41 (b)(7) o Bank Modified I[8J New [8J Memory or Fundamental o Comprehension or Analysis N/A None EOP-O, Post Trip None 49 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 10: Points.:.1
[8J Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:
:00 Given the following: RCS Tcold is 530 OF and constant RCS Pressure is 1550 PSIA and lowering slowly Pressurizer Level is 75 inches and lowering slowly Containment Rad Monitors are Clear
o Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:      N/A Exam Bank History:          None Technical references:      EOP-O, Post Trip Comments:                  None
* Condenser Off-Gas Alarm has actuated Which ONE of these indications can differentiate the event in progress as a S/G tube leak? A. Containment Rad Monitors alarms being clear. B. RCS T COLD is normal and not lowering.
 
C. RCS subcooling is slowly lowering.
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 49                                        10: Q26551                                  Points.:.1 :00 Given the following:
D. Receipt of the Condenser Off-gas alarm. Answer: D Answer Explanation: Incorrect  
* RCS Tcold is 530 OF and constant
-absence of Containment Radiation monitor alarms does nothing to confirm a S/G tube leak. Incorrect  
* RCS Pressure is 1550 PSIA and lowering slowly
-normal Tcold does not confirm a S/G tube leak. Incorrect  
* Pressurizer Level is 75 inches and lowering slowly
-loss of subcooling can be indicative of a LOCA and is not unique to S/G tube leaks. Correct EOP-6 Technical Basis document step IV.J
* Containment Rad Monitors are Clear
---EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 49 Info i Topic: Indication of a SGTR vice LOCA Tier/Group:
* Condenser Off-Gas Alarm has actuated Which ONE of these indications can differentiate the event in progress as a S/G tube leak?
2/1 Process Radiation Monitoring (PRM) System
A.       Containment Rad Monitors alarms being clear.
* 2.4.18 Knowledge of the specific bases for EOPs . i ! RO Importance:
B.       RCS T COLD is normal and not lowering.
3.3 Proposed references to be Steam Tables provided to applicant:
C.       RCS subcooling is slowly lowering.
I Learning Objective:
D.       Receipt of the Condenser Off-gas alarm.
SRO-201-6-1-01 I *10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41(b)(10)
Answer:         D Answer Explanation:
Question source: i [8J Bank Modified I 0 New___----, o Memory or Fundamental  
A. Incorrect - absence of Containment Radiation monitor alarms does nothing to confirm a S/G tube leak.
! Cognitive level: .[8J Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: No record of use on an Exam Bank History: Last used -LOI 2008 AOP I EOP Exam (April, 2010) Technical references:
B. Incorrect - normal Tcold does not confirm a S/G tube leak.
EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions Comments:
C. Incorrect - loss of subcooling can be indicative of a LOCA and is not unique to S/G tube leaks.
None I 50 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 10: Points: 1.00 Unit-2 is operating at 100% power. ESFAS Logic cabinet "BL" has been deenergized to support emergent maintenance.
D. Correct EOP-6 Technical Basis document step IV.J
What effect, if any, will this condition have on the Reactor Protective System and/or Main Turbine Trips? A. A Reactor trip will NOT cause a Turbine trip. B. The RPS / Turbine trip interface will function normally.
 
C. 2 out of 4 RPS trips on Loss of Load will cause a Turbine trip. D. Turbine trip logic is reduced to 2 out of 2 Reactor Trip Bus UN relay actuations.
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 49 Info i
Answer: A Answer Explanation: Correct -Per 01-34, Engineered Safety Features Actuation System, Appendix "A": De-energization of the BL Actuation Logic Cabinet renders the Reactor Trip Bus UV turbine trips inoperable. Incorrect  
Topic:                       Indication of a SGTR vice LOCA Tier/Group:                 2/1 Process Radiation Monitoring (PRM) System i
-Per 01-34, Engineered Safety Features Actuation System, Appendix "A": De-energization of the BL Actuation Logic Cabinet renders the Reactor Trip Bus UV turbine trips inoperable. Incorrect  
* 2.4.18 Knowledge of the specific bases for EOPs.
-The reactor will trip on a 2/4 logic caused by a turbine trip. Incorrect  
RO Importance:               3.3 Proposed references to be Steam Tables provided to applicant:
-Per 01-34, Engineered Safety Features Actuation System, Appendix "A": De-energization of the BL Actuation Logic Cabinet renders the Reactor Trip Bus UV turbine trips inoperable.
I Learning Objective:         SRO-201-6-1-01 I
Page: 99 of 150 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam I Question 50 Info iTopic: Tier/Group:
*10 CFR Part 55 Content:       55.41(b)(10)
i KIA Info: I RO Importance:
Question source:           i [8J Bank               Modified         I0  New_ _ _----,
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
! Cognitive level:
o Memory or Fundamental
                            . [8J Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:       No record of use on an Exam Bank History:           Last used - LOI 2008 AOP I EOP Exam (April, 2010)
Technical references:       EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions Comments:                   None
                                                ---                                    I
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 50                                            10: Q92631                                  Points: 1.00 Unit-2 is operating at 100% power. ESFAS Logic cabinet "BL" has been deenergized to support emergent maintenance.
What effect, if any, will this condition have on the Reactor Protective System and/or Main Turbine Trips?
A.     A Reactor trip will NOT cause a Turbine trip.
B.     The RPS / Turbine trip interface will function normally.
C.     2 out of 4 RPS trips on Loss of Load will cause a Turbine trip.
D.     Turbine trip logic is reduced to 2 out of 2 Reactor Trip Bus UN relay actuations.
Answer:           A Answer Explanation:
A. Correct - Per 01-34, Engineered Safety Features Actuation System, Appendix "A":
De-energization of the BL Actuation Logic Cabinet renders the Reactor Trip Bus UV turbine trips inoperable.
B. Incorrect - Per 01-34, Engineered Safety Features Actuation System, Appendix "A":
De-energization of the BL Actuation Logic Cabinet renders the Reactor Trip Bus UV turbine trips inoperable.
C. Incorrect - The reactor will trip on a 2/4 logic caused by a turbine trip.
D. Incorrect - Per 01-34, Engineered Safety Features Actuation System, Appendix "A":
De-energization of the BL Actuation Logic Cabinet renders the Reactor Trip Bus UV turbine trips inoperable.
Page: 99 of 150
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam I Question 50 Info iTopic:                       RPS/TG Tier/Group:                 2/1 1012 - System 012 Reactor Protection System i KIA Info:
* K3 - Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the RPS will have on the following:
* K3.02 - TIG I RO Importance:             3.2 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:
Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:     55.41 (b)(7)
Comments:
Question source:            o Bank             1 0 Modified       I[8J New
RPS/TG 2/1 1012 -System 012 Reactor Protection System K3 -Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the RPS will have on the following: K3.02 -TIG 3.2 None 55.41 (b)(7) o Bank 1 0 Modified I[8J New [8J Memory or Fundamental o Comprehension or Analysis NIA None 01-34, Engineered Safety Features Actuation System None Page: 100 of 150 i 51 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 10: Points: 1.00: The RCS is in a solid water condition, in preparation for drawing a Pressurizer bubble per OP-7, Shutdown Operations, with the following conditions: An RCS overpressure condition occurred Power Operated Relief Valves have lifted A "SOC PRESS HI" alarm has been received The cause of the high pressure condition has been corrected and the overpressure condition longer Which ONE of the following actions is required per the controlling A. Manually close the Power Operated Relief Valves. B. Manually close the Power Operated Relief Valve Block Valves. C. Check the Power Operated Relief Valves automatically closed. D. Check the SDC Suction Isolation Valves automatically closed. Answer: Answer Correct -When in L TOP conditions, PORVs must be manually closed using the OVERRIDE TO CLOSE handswitch, once opened due to an over-pressure condition, per OP-7. Incorrect  
[8J Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:
-Although plausible as an action for terminating discharge via the PORVs. closing the block valves is not a prescribed action for recovering from an pressure condition while in the L TOP mode. Incorrect  
o Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:      NIA Exam Bank History:          None Technical references:      01-34, Engineered Safety Features Actuation System Comments:                  None i
-PORVs do not automatically close when in L TOP conditions; PORVs must be manually closed using the OVERRIDE TO CLOSE handswitch.
Page: 100 of 150
once opened due to an over-pressure condition.
 
per OP-7. Incorrect  
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 51                                          10: Q93040                                    Points: 1.00:
-SOC Suction Isolation Valves are manually closed in response to an pressure condition, per Alarm Manual1C06.
The RCS is in a solid water condition, in preparation for drawing a Pressurizer bubble per OP-7, Shutdown Operations, with the following conditions:
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 51 Info i Actions for an overpressure condition when drawing a I Topic: bubble in the Pressurizer Tier/Group:
* An RCS overpressure condition occurred
m I 010 Pressurizer Pressure Control System i
* Power Operated Relief Valves have lifted
* 2.2.2 -Ability to manipulate the console controls as ' KIA required to operate the facility between and designated power levels. ,OP-7-1 ! 10 CFR Part 55 Content: I 55.41 (b)(7) f-Q_u_e_s_ti_o_n_s_o_u_rc_e_:
* A "SOC PRESS HI" alarm has been received The cause of the high pressure condition has been corrected and the overpressure condition no longer exists.
___-+1 O__B_a_n_k___
Which ONE of the following actions is required per the controlling procedure?
___LI
A.       Manually close the Power Operated Relief Valves.
___-l Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level: . 0 Comprehension or Analysis f-L_a_s_t_N_R_C_E_x_a_m
B.       Manually close the Power Operated Relief Valve Block Valves.
__
C.       Check the Power Operated Relief Valves automatically closed.
_________
D.       Check the SDC Suction Isolation Valves automatically closed.
Exam Bank History: I None Technical references:
Answer:         A Answer Explanation:
IOP-7, Shutdown Comments:
A. Correct - When in LTOP conditions, PORVs must be manually closed using the OVERRIDE TO CLOSE handswitch, once opened due to an over-pressure condition, per OP-7.
I i 52 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam ID: PointS: 1.00 Which of the following sets represents BOTH an available indication AND control capability during a SSO on Unit-1? ADVs cannot be operated from CEA ADVs cannot be operated from ADVs cannot be operated from 1 CEA ADVs cannot be operated from 1 Answer: C Answer Explanation: Incorrect-RVLMS (PAMS) Channels "Au & "B" are powered from 120VVitai Instrument Busses 11 (1Y01) and 12 (1Y02). They will remain energized.
B. Incorrect - Although plausible as an action for terminating discharge via the PORVs.
1Y01 and 1Y02 are powered, via inverters, from 125V DC Busses 11 and 21. 1Y09 is deenergized during an SBO resulting in a loss of control to the Atmospheric Dump Valves. Local control, at 1 C43, l.&sect;. established to operate the ADVs to control RCS temperature. Incorrect  
closing the block valves is not a prescribed action for recovering from an over pressure condition while in the LTOP mode.
-The loss of 1 YOg, during an SBO, results in a loss of the CEA Mimic. The loss of 1Y09 also results in a loss of control to the Atmospheric Dump Valves. The valves will operate on a quick open signal only. Local control at 1C43 is established to operate the ADVs. Correct -RVLMS (PAMS) Channels "AU & "B" are powered from 120VVitai Instrument Busses 11 (1Y01) and 12 (1Y02) and will remain energized.
C. Incorrect - PORVs do not automatically close when in LTOP conditions; PORVs must be manually closed using the OVERRIDE TO CLOSE handswitch. once opened due to an over-pressure condition. per OP-7.
1Y01 and 1Y02 are powered, via inverters, from 125V DC Busses 11 and 21. 1Y09 is deenergized during an SBO resulting in a loss of control to the Atmospheric Dump Valves. Local control, at 1 C43, is established to operate the ADVs to control RCS temperature. Incorrect  
D. Incorrect - SOC Suction Isolation Valves are manually closed in response to an over pressure condition, per Alarm Manual1C06.
-The loss of 1 Y09, during an SBO, results in a loss of the CEA Mimic. The loss of 1Y09 also results in a loss of control to the Atmospheric Dump Valves. The valves will operate on a quick open signal only. Local control at 1C43l.&sect;. established to operate the ADVs.
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 52 Info Topic: Tier/Group:
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 51 Info i
KIA Info: RO Importance:
Topic:
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
Actions for an overpressure condition when drawing a           I bubble in the Pressurizer                           ~
Learning Objective:
Tier/Group:                               m                                                               I 010 Pressurizer Pressure Control System                         i KIA Info:
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: *Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
* 2.2.2 - Ability to manipulate the console controls as '
Comments:
required to operate the facility between shutdown and designated power levels.
DC powered loads available during a SBO 1/1 055 Loss of Offsite and Onsite Power (Station Blackout) EA2 Ability to determine or interpret the following as they apply to a Station Blackout: EA2.04 Instruments and controls operable with only dc battery power available 3.7 None LOI-002-1-2 55.41 (b)(1 0) Bank I D Modified II25J New D Memory or Fundamental I25J Comprehension or Analysis N/A None EOP-7, Station Blackout
                                          ,OP-7-1 10 CFR Part 55 Content:                 I55.41 (b)(7) f-Q_u_e_s_ti_o_n_s_o_u_rc_e_:_ _ _-+1O      _ _B_a_n_k_ _ _    -~~~~i_fi_ed_ _ _ ~_N_e_w_~___
* 53 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 10: Q20053 Points: 1.00 Wide Range Nuclear Instrumentation (WRNI) Channel "A" experiences a loss of power. Which ONE of the following describes the impact to RPS Channel "A"? A SUR trip is enabled. B. Zero Power Mode Bypass is enabled. C. CEAPOS POlL is inhibited.
LI                -l
                                            ~ Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:
                                          .0   Comprehension or Analysis f-L_a_s_t_N_R_C_E_x_a_m __ u_s_e_d_o_n_:~IN_/_A_________ -----------------------~
Exam Bank History:                     I None Technical references:                   IOP-7, Shutdown Operations Comments:                               I None                                                            i
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 52                                        ID: Q92312                                    PointS: 1.00 Which of the following sets represents BOTH an available indication AND control capability during a SSO on Unit-1?
A.      RVLMS; ADVs cannot be operated from 1C43.
B.      CEA Mimic; ADVs cannot be operated from 1C03.
C.      RVLMS; ADVs cannot be operated from 1C03.
D.      CEA Mimic; ADVs cannot be operated from 1C43.
Answer:         C Answer Explanation:
A. Incorrect- RVLMS (PAMS) Channels "Au & "B" are powered from 120VVitai Instrument Busses 11 (1Y01) and 12 (1Y02). They will remain energized. 1Y01 and 1Y02 are powered, via inverters, from 125V DC Busses 11 and 21. 1Y09 is deenergized during an SBO resulting in a loss of control to the Atmospheric Dump Valves. Local control, at 1C43, l.&sect;. established to operate the ADVs to control RCS temperature.
B. Incorrect - The loss of 1YOg, during an SBO, results in a loss of the CEA Mimic. The loss of 1Y09 also results in a loss of control to the Atmospheric Dump Valves. The valves will operate on a quick open signal only. Local control at 1C43 is established to operate the ADVs.
C. Correct - RVLMS (PAMS) Channels "AU & "B" are powered from 120VVitai Instrument Busses 11 (1Y01) and 12 (1Y02) and will remain energized. 1Y01 and 1Y02 are powered, via inverters, from 125V DC Busses 11 and 21. 1Y09 is deenergized during an SBO resulting in a loss of control to the Atmospheric Dump Valves. Local control, at 1C43, is established to operate the ADVs to control RCS temperature.
D. Incorrect - The loss of 1Y09, during an SBO, results in a loss of the CEA Mimic. The loss of 1Y09 also results in a loss of control to the Atmospheric Dump Valves. The valves will operate on a quick open signal only. Local control at 1C43l.&sect;. established to operate the ADVs.
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 52 Info Topic:                     DC powered loads available during a SBO Tier/Group:                1/1 055 Loss of Offsite and Onsite Power (Station Blackout)
* EA2 Ability to determine or interpret the following as KIA Info:                            they apply to a Station Blackout:
* EA2.04 Instruments and controls operable with only dc battery power available
                                                      ~
RO Importance:              3.7 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:        LOI-002-1-2 10 CFR Part 55 Content:    55.41 (b)(1 0)
Question source:                Bank             I D Modified         II25J New D   Memory or Fundamental
*Cognitive level:
I25J Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:      N/A Exam Bank History:          None Technical references:      EOP-7, Station Blackout Comments:                  None
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 53                                      10: Q20053                                   Points: 1.00 Wide Range Nuclear Instrumentation (WRNI) Channel "A" experiences a loss of power.
Which ONE of the following describes the impact to RPS Channel "A"?
A       SUR trip is enabled.
B. Zero Power Mode Bypass is enabled.
C.     CEAPOS POlL is inhibited.
O. TM/LP signal to CWP is inhibited.
O. TM/LP signal to CWP is inhibited.
Answer: A Answer Explanation:
Answer:         A Answer Explanation:
A Correct -The Flux Trip 2 relay fails to >E-4% on a loss of power, enabling SUR trip. Incorrect  
A   Correct - The Flux Trip 2 relay fails to >E-4% on a loss of power, enabling SUR trip.
-The Flux Trip 1 relay fails to >E-4% on a loss of power, removing the Zero Power Mode Bypass. Incorrect  
B. Incorrect - The Flux Trip 1 relay fails to >E-4% on a loss of power, removing the Zero Power Mode Bypass.
-The Flux Trip 1 relay fails to >E-4% on a loss of power, enabling the CEAPDS POlL. Incorrect  
C. Incorrect - The Flux Trip 1 relay fails to >E-4% on a loss of power, enabling the CEAPDS POlL.
-The Flux Trip 1 relay fails to >E-4% on a loss of power, enabling the TM/LP signal to CWP.
O. Incorrect - The Flux Trip 1 relay fails to >E-4% on a loss of power, enabling the TM/LP signal to CWP.
EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 !\IRC RO Exam Question 53 Info Topic: Tier/Group:
 
KIA Info: RO Importance:
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 !\IRC RO Exam Question 53 Info Topic:                     Effects on loss of power to the W. R. flux trip relays 1 & 2 Tier/Group:                1/2
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
                                                ~.~
Learning Objective:
032 Loss of Source Range Nuclear Instrumentation
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: Cognitive level: Last !\IRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
* AK2. Knowledge of the interrelations between the Loss of Source Range Nuclear Instrumentation and KIA Info:
Comments:
the following:
Effects on loss of power to the W. R. flux trip relays 1 & 2 1/2 032 Loss of Source Range Nuclear Instrumentation AK2. Knowledge of the interrelations between the Loss of Source Range Nuclear Instrumentation and the following: AK2.01 Power supplies, including proper switch positions 2.7 None CRO-57 5-09 55.41 lSI Bank Modified o Memory or Fundamental lSI Comprehension or Analysis No record of use on an !\IRC exam Last use -LOI 2008 Nuclear Instrumentation Exam (May, 2009) SO-078A, Nuclear Instrumentation None Page: 106 of 150 54 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 10: Points: 1.00 During a feed system auto transfer from low to high power, reactor power reaches 19% before the FRV Bypass valve signal reaches 40%. Which of the following will occur? A. FRV position freezes with FBV contrOlling.
* AK2.01 Power supplies, including proper switch positions RO Importance:            2.7
B. FBV position freezes, FRV controls, and the FBV must be manually driven shut. C. The transfer is completed with feed system in High power mode. D. The transfer is completed with feed system in Low power mode. Answer: C Answer Explanation: Incorrect  
                                                ~-~
-FRV would only "freeze" if there were a Transfer Inhibit Signal present. Also, in the High Power Mode the FRV is controlling S/G Level. Incorrect  
Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
-FRV Bypass would only "freeze" if there were a Transfer Inhibit Signal present. Also, in the High Power Mode the FRV is controlling S/G Level. FRV Bypass is only manually driven shut when performing a Manual Transfer. Correct -System shifts to High Power Mode between 17 & 19% Incorrect  
Learning Objective:        CRO-57 5-09 10 CFR Part 55 Content:    55.41 (b)(7)
-System will be in High Power Mode at 19%, shifts to Low Power between 15 & 13% (Transfer is forced to completion at 13%)
Question source:          lSI Bank             ~ID Modified         IONew Cognitive level:
EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 54 Info I KIA RO Importance:
o Memory or Fundamental lSI Comprehension or Analysis Last !\IRC Exam used on:  No record of use on an !\IRC exam
Proposed references to be provided to applicant: . Learning Objective:
                                                  -~---
10 CFR Part 55 Content: _.... Question source: Cognitive level: i Last NRC Exam used on: I Exam Bank History: Technical references:
Last use - LOI 2008 Nuclear Instrumentation Exam (May, Exam Bank History:
Comments:
2009)
DFWCS transfer from low to high power 2/2 035 Steam Generator System (SGS) A3 Ability to monitor automatic operation of the S/G including: A3.01 S/G water level control 4.0 None LO-045E-1-1 55.41 [8J Bank I D Modified I [8J Memory or Fundamental D Comprehension or Analysis No record of use on an NRC exam Last use -2004 LOR Quiz OI-12A, Feedwater System SD-045A, Main Feedwater System Description
Technical references:      SO-078A, Nuclear Instrumentation Comments:                  None Page: 106 of 150
_ ....None 55 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC Exam 10: Points: 1.00 Given the following conditions
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 54                                        10: Q19395                                    Points: 1.00 During a feed system auto transfer from low to high power, reactor power reaches 19% before the FRV Bypass valve signal reaches 40%.
Which of the following will occur?
A.       FRV position freezes with FBV contrOlling.
B.       FBV position freezes, FRV controls, and the FBV must be manually driven shut.
C.       The transfer is completed with feed system in High power mode.
D.       The transfer is completed with feed system in Low power mode.
Answer:         C Answer Explanation:
A. Incorrect - FRV would only "freeze" if there were a Transfer Inhibit Signal present.
Also, in the High Power Mode the FRV is controlling S/G Level.
B. Incorrect - FRV Bypass would only "freeze" if there were a Transfer Inhibit Signal present. Also, in the High Power Mode the FRV is controlling S/G Level. FRV Bypass is only manually driven shut when performing a Manual Transfer.
C. Correct - System shifts to High Power Mode between 17 & 19%
D. Incorrect - System will be in High Power Mode at 19%, shifts to Low Power between 15 & 13% (Transfer is forced to completion at 13%)
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 54 Info
!Topic:                       DFWCS transfer from low to high power I Tier/Group:                2/2 035 Steam Generator System (SGS)
KIA Info:
* A3 Ability to monitor automatic operation of the S/G including:
* A3.01 S/G water level control RO Importance:              4.0 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
. Learning Objective:        LO-045E-1-1
_10 CFR Part 55 Content:
55.41 (b)(7)
Question source:            [8J Bank                     I D Modified       New I
[8J Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:
D Comprehension or Analysis i Last NRC Exam used on:      No record of use on an NRC exam I Exam Bank History:          Last use - 2004 LOR Quiz Technical references:
* OI-12A, Feedwater System
* SD-045A, Main Feedwater System Description Comments:                  None
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC     I~O  Exam 55                                          10: Q92830                              Points: 1.00 Given the following conditions
* Unit-2 is operating at 100% power
* Unit-2 is operating at 100% power
* A Loss of Offsite Power occurs coincident with a LOCA
* A Loss of Offsite Power occurs coincident with a LOCA
* The 2B DG fails to start Which ONE of the following groups of components will operate in response to the stated conditions? 21 Containment Air 22 Charging 21 Component Cooling Water 23 Charging 21 Containment 22 Containment Air 23 Containment 23 Containment Air 21 Component Cooling Water 21 Charging 22 Containment 23 Component Cooling Water Answer: B Answer Explanation: Incorrect  
* The 2B DG fails to start Which ONE of the following groups of components will operate in response to the stated conditions?
-22 Charging Pump is aligned to 480V Bus 24 Correct -These loads are normally aligned to 21 480V bus and would receive start signals as the LOCI Sequencer went through its progression Incorrect  
A.      21 Containment Air Cooler; 22 Charging Pump; 21 Component Cooling Water Pump B.      23 Charging Pump; 21 Containment Filter; 22 Containment Air Cooler C.      23 Containment Filter; 23 Containment Air Cooler; 21 Component Cooling Water Pump D.      21 Charging Pump; 22 Containment Filter; 23 Component Cooling Water Pump Answer:         B Answer Explanation:
-23 CAC is aligned to 480V Bus 24 D. Incorrect  
A. Incorrect - 22 Charging Pump is aligned to 480V Bus 24 B. Correct - These loads are normally aligned to 21 480V bus and would receive start signals as the LOCI Sequencer went through its progression C. Incorrect - 23 CAC is aligned to 480V Bus 24 D. Incorrect - 22 IRU is aligned to 480V Bus 24 Page: 109 of 150
-22 IRU is aligned to 480V Bus 24 Page: 109 of 150 I EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam ! Question 55 Info iTopic: U-2 IRU Power Supplies 2/2027 -Containment Iodine Removal System (CIRS)
 
* K2 Knowledge of bus power supplies to the KIA Info: following:
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam
* K2.01 Fans ...... ._.". r
! Question 55 Info iTopic:                       U-2 IRU Power Supplies ITier/Gro~                    2/2
* RO Importance:
                                    ~
3.1 I Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
I 027 - Containment Iodine Removal System (CIRS)
None : Learning Objective:
KIA Info:
CRO-7-1-5-85  
* K2 Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following:
....._. 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 (b)(7) -, Question source: o Bank o Modified ..... Cognitive level: Memory or Fundamental o Comprehension or Analysis . ..i Last NRC Exam used on: NIA , Exam Bank History: None ---_._._. Technical references:
K2.01 Fans r
01-270-2 Station Power 480 Volt System Breaker Lineup I---..--------+--
                                      -~
------.---
* RO Importance:             3.1 I
....------------l Comments:
Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
None 56 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 10: Points: 1.00 Unit-2 is operating normally at 80% reactor power when a Letdown line leak occurs immediately upstream of the Containment penetration.
Learning Objective:         CRO-7-1-5-85 10 CFR Part 55 Content:     55.41 (b)(7)
Which set of the following automatic features could actuate to promptly terminate this event? High Regenerative HX outlet temperature Chemical Yolume Control Isolation Signal (CYCIS) Containment Isolation Signal (CIS) Excess Flow Check Valve shuts A. 1,2 B. 3, 4 C. 1,4 D. 2, 3 Answer: C Answer Explanation: Incorrect  
                                  ~
-CVCIS would not actuate on a Letdown line break in the Containment. Incorrect  
Question source:           o Bank                               o Modified I~New
-CIS does not promptly provide a shut signal to the Letdown Stops to terminate the event. Correct -Per 2C07 -ALM, 2-CVC-515-CV will automatically close on a High Regenerative Heat Exchanger outlet temperature of 470 of and the Excess Flow Check valve Will shut at -200 GPM to isolate a break .. Incorrect CIS does not promptly provide a shut signal to the Letdown Stops to terminate the event. 50 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 56 Info Topic: Tier/Group:
                              ~ Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:
KIA Info: RO Importance:
o Comprehension or Analysis               . -~ ..
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
i Last NRC Exam used on:     NIA
, Exam Bank History:         None Technical references:       01-270-2 Station Power 480 Volt System Breaker Lineup I - - - ..- - - - - - - - + - -       - - - - - - . - - -.. .-                   -----------l Comments:                   None
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 56                                          10: Q14531                                  Points: 1.00 Unit-2 is operating normally at 80% reactor power when a Letdown line leak occurs immediately upstream of the Containment penetration.
Which set of the following automatic features could actuate to promptly terminate this event?
: 1. High Regenerative HX outlet temperature
: 2. Chemical Yolume Control Isolation Signal (CYCIS)
: 3. Containment Isolation Signal (CIS)
: 4. Excess Flow Check Valve shuts A.     1,2 B.     3, 4 C.     1,4 D.     2, 3 Answer:         C Answer Explanation:
A. Incorrect - CVCIS would not actuate on a Letdown line break in the Containment.
B. Incorrect - CIS does not promptly provide a shut signal to the Letdown Stops to terminate the event.
C. Correct - Per 2C07 -ALM, 2-CVC-515-CV will automatically close on a High Regenerative Heat Exchanger outlet temperature of 470 of and the Excess Flow Check valve Will shut at - 200 GPM to isolate a break ..
D. Incorrect CIS does not promptly provide a shut signal to the Letdown Stops to terminate the event.
50
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 56 Info Topic:                     Plant response to a LID line break in the West Pen Rm Tier/Group:                1/2 Combustion Engineeri ng A 16 Excess RCS Leakage
* AK2. Knowledg e of the interrelations between the (Excess RCS Leakage) and the following:
KIA Info:
                                          .AK2.1 Compon ents, and functions of control and safety syste ms, Including instrumentation, signals, interlocks, fai lu: e modes, and automatic and manual features.
RO Importance:             3.2 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:
Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references.
10 CFR Part 55 Content:   55.41 (b)(7)
Comments:
                                ~------.
Plant response to a LID line break in the West Pen Rm 1/2 Combustion Engineeri ng A 16 Excess RCS Leakage AK2. Knowledg e of the interrelations between the (Excess RCS L eakage) and the following: .AK2.1 Compon ents, and functions of control and safety syste ms, Including instrumentation, signals, interlocks, fai lu: e modes, and automatic and manual features.
Question source:          [gJ Bank                           Modified       IONew Cognitive level:
3.2 None 55.41 (b)(7)  
o Memory or Fund arr1ental
[gJ Bank Modified IONew o Memory or Fund arr 1ental [gJ Comprehension or Analysis No record of use on an NRC exam Last use -LOI 200 6 Panel Exam .. AOP-2A, Excessive Reactor Coolant Leakage 1C08-ALM, ESFAS 11 Alarm Manual (Windows G-17 & G-18) 1C07-ALM, Chemical and Volume Control Manual None Page: 112 of 150 57 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 10: Points: 1.00 Unit-2 is at 30% power MOC when a load rejection occurs. RCS pressure rises to 2420 PSIA, resulting in a reactor trip. The following conditions exist: Acoustic Monitor indicates flow through a PORV RCS pressure is 2185 PSIA with a lowering trend Pressurizer level is 180 inches with a rising trend Which ONE of the following lists actions directed by EOP-O for regaining control of Pressurizer level and pressure? Place PORV Override handswitches in the "Override To Close" position; Start all available Charging Pumps. Close PORV block Lower RCS Pressure to less than 1800 Lower RCS Pressure to less than 1800 Start all available Charging Shut PORV Block valves; Place PORV Override handswitches in the "Override To Close" position.
[gJ Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:    No record of use on an NRC exam Exam Bank History:        Last use - LOI 200 6 Panel Exam Technical references.
Answer: D Answer Explanation: Incorrect  
* AOP-2A, Excessive Reactor Coolant Leakage
-Starting all available Charging Pumps with Pressurizer level at 180 inches would help offset the inventory loss due to the leaking PORV but would be a deviation to EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions. Incorrect  
                          '. 1C08-ALM, ESFAS 11 Alarm Manual (Windows G-17 &
-Lowering RCS pressure to 1800 PSIA would be a deviation to EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions. Plausible because this is an action, directed by EOP-5 Loss of Coolant Accident, designed to reseat a leaking Pressurizer Safety valve. 1, Plant Startup from Cold Shutdown, also contains a step to soak the RCS at -1900 PSIA to ensure proper operation of the Pressurizer Safety valves. Incorrect  
G-18)
-Starting all available Charging Pumps with Pressurizer level at 180 inches would help offset the inventory loss due to the leaking PORV but would be a deviation to EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions. Correct -With pressure lowering due to PORV leakage, the PORV block MOV must be verified closed, and the PORV Override HS must be placed in "Override to Close". Page: 113 of 150 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 57 Info Topic: Tier/Group:
* 1C07-ALM, Chemical and Volume Control Alarm Manual (Window Comments:                  None Page: 112 of 150
KIA Info: RO Importance:
 
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 57                                            10: Q92350                                  Points: 1.00 Unit-2 is at 30% power MOC when a load rejection occurs. RCS pressure rises to 2420 PSIA, resulting in a reactor trip. The following conditions exist:
I Learning Objective:
* Acoustic Monitor indicates flow through a PORV
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
* RCS pressure is 2185 PSIA with a lowering trend
Comments:
* Pressurizer level is 180 inches with a rising trend Which ONE of the following lists actions directed by EOP-O for regaining control of Pressurizer level and pressure?
Controlling PORV Leakage 1/1 008 Pressurizer (PZR) Vapor Space Accident (Relief Valve Stuck Open) -M 1. Ability to operate and I or monitor the following as they apply to the Pressurizer Vapor Space Accident: -M 1.06 Control of PZR level 3.6 None LOR-058-1-01 55.41 (b}(7) o Bank II:8J Modified 1 0 New 121 Memory or Fundamental o Comprehension or Analysis N/A None EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions Modified version of Q19362 58 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 10: Points: 1.00 With the Unit operating at 100%, which of the conditions would ONLY trip the RPS Channel "A" trip units listed below: Thermal Margin I Low Pressure Axial Power Distribution Loss of a Channel "A" Linear Range Nuclear Instrumentation subchannel (fails to zero). Loss of the Channel "A" Wide Range Nuclear Instrumentation channel HV power supply. Loss of a single Channel "A" T COLD input (fails low). Loss of a single Channel "A" T HOT input (fails high). Answer: A Answer Explanation: Correct -Loss of a Channel "A" LRNI sub channel (upper or lower) would cause indicated NI power to go to approximately 50% resulting in trips on Trip Units 7 (TM/LP) and 10 (APD) (because the calculated ASI is extremely high). Incorrect  
A.      Place PORV Override handswitches in the "Override To Close" position; Start all available Charging Pumps.
-Loss of the WRNI HV power supply, while causing alarms and abnormal indications, would not cause actuation of any trip units Incorrect  
B.      Close PORV block MOVs; Lower RCS Pressure to less than 1800 PSIA.
-The T COLD inputs to the RPS channel are auctioneered high. Loss of a single Tcold measurement channel would not cause actuation of any trip units Incorrect  
C.      Lower RCS Pressure to less than 1800 PSIA; Start all available Charging pumps.
-The T HOT inputs to the RPS channel are averaged.
D.      Shut PORV Block valves; Place PORV Override handswitches in the "Override To Close" position.
A single Thot measurement channel, failing high, will result in an indicated DeltaT power of approximately 180%. This will cause Trip Units 1 (Hi Pwr), 7 (TM/LP), & 10 (APD) to trip in addition to causing multiple alarms. Page: 115 of 150 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 58 Info Topic: ! Tier/Group: . KIA Info: RO Importance:
Answer:           D Answer Explanation:
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
A. Incorrect - Starting all available Charging Pumps with Pressurizer level at 180 inches would help offset the inventory loss due to the leaking PORV but would be a deviation to EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions.
B. Incorrect - Lowering RCS pressure to 1800 PSIA would be a deviation to EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions. Plausible because this is an action, directed by EOP-5 Loss of Coolant Accident, designed to reseat a leaking Pressurizer Safety valve. OP 1, Plant Startup from Cold Shutdown, also contains a step to soak the RCS at - 1900 PSIA to ensure proper operation of the Pressurizer Safety valves.
C. Incorrect - Starting all available Charging Pumps with Pressurizer level at 180 inches would help offset the inventory loss due to the leaking PORV but would be a deviation to EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions.
D. Correct - With pressure lowering due to PORV leakage, the PORV block MOV must be verified closed, and the PORV Override HS must be placed in "Override to Close".
Page: 113 of 150
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 57 Info Topic:                     Controlling PORV Leakage Tier/Group:                 1/1 008 Pressurizer (PZR) Vapor Space Accident (Relief Valve Stuck Open)
KIA Info:                      -   M 1. Ability to operate and I or monitor the following as they apply to the Pressurizer Vapor Space Accident:
                                    -M 1.06 Control of PZR level RO Importance:              3.6 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
I Learning Objective:        LOR-058-1-01 10 CFR Part 55 Content:    55.41 (b}(7)
Question source:            o Bank               II:8J Modified       1 0 New 121 Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:
o Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:      N/A Exam Bank History:          None Technical references:      EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions Comments:                  Modified version of Q19362
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 58                                            10: Q92351                                  Points: 1.00 With the Unit operating at 100%, which of the conditions would ONLY trip the RPS Channel "A" trip units listed below:
* Thermal Margin I Low Pressure
* Axial Power Distribution A.        Loss of a Channel "A" Linear Range Nuclear Instrumentation subchannel (fails to zero).
B.        Loss of the Channel "A" Wide Range Nuclear Instrumentation channel HV power supply.
C.        Loss of a single Channel "A" T COLD input (fails low).
D.        Loss of a single Channel "A" T HOT input (fails high).
Answer:             A Answer Explanation:
A. Correct - Loss of a Channel "A" LRNI sub channel (upper or lower) would cause indicated NI power to go to approximately 50% resulting in trips on Trip Units 7 (TM/LP) and 10 (APD) (because the calculated ASI is extremely high).
B. Incorrect - Loss of the WRNI HV power supply, while causing alarms and abnormal indications, would not cause actuation of any trip units C. Incorrect - The TCOLD inputs to the RPS channel are auctioneered high. Loss of a single Tcold measurement channel would not cause actuation of any trip units D. Incorrect - The T HOT inputs to the RPS channel are averaged. A single Thot measurement channel, failing high, will result in an indicated DeltaT power of approximately 180%. This will cause Trip Units 1 (Hi Pwr), 7 (TM/LP), & 10 (APD) to trip in addition to causing multiple alarms.
Page: 115 of 150
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 58 Info Topic:                     LRNI Subchannel failure
! Tier/Group:               2/2 015 - Nuclear Instrumentation System
. KIA Info:
* K6 - Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction on the following will have on the NIS:
* K6.01 - Sensors, detectors, and indicators RO Importance:            2.9 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:        LOI-78A-1-2 10 CFR Part 55 Content:    55.41 {b )(7)
Question source:          o Bank                ID Modified          IIZI New Cognitive level:
o Memory or Fundamental I:8:l Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:    N/A Exam Bank History:        None
* 1C05-ALM, Reactivity Control Alarm Manual Technical references:
* 1C06-ALM, RCS Control Alarm Manual
* SD-058, Reactor Protective System Comments:                  None Page: 1160f150
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 59                                          10: Q93090                                  Points: 1't40~
Unit-2 is in Mode 2 with a reactor startup in progress. Chemistry reports an unexpected decrease of 30 ppm RCS boron concentration. AOP-1A, Inadvertent Boron Dilution, has been implemented.
Which ONE of the following system alignments will result in sustained boration of the RCS at greater than or equal to 40 GPM?
A      Open SI TO CHG HDR, 2-CVC-269-MOV; Shut REGENERATIVE HX CHARGING INLET, 2-CVC-183; Open AUX HPSI HDR, 2-SI-61l-MOV; Start 21 Charging Pump.
B.      Open BA DIRECT M/U, 2-CVC~514-MOV; Open 22B LOOP CHARGING, 2-CVC-518-CV; Start 21 Charging Pump; Start 21 BA Pump.
C.      Open 21 BAST GRAVITY FD, 2-CVC-508-CV; Shut RWT CHG PP SUCT, 2-CVC-504-MOV, Open 22B LOOP CHARGING, 2-CVC-518-CV; Start 21 Charging Pump.
D.      Open 21 RWT OUT, 2-SI-4143-MOV; Open HPSI HDR XCONN, 2-SI-653-MOV; Open MAIN HPSI HDR, 2-SI-616-MOV; Start 23 HPSI Pump.
Answer:          B Answer Explanation:
A  Incorrect - The line-up described is a flowpath from the VCT to the RCS. Additional component manipulation would be required to establish boration.
B. Correct - The line-up described establishes a boration flowpath from the BAST to the RCS.
C. Incorrect - The line-up described would not establish a boration flowpath. The VCT outlet MOV must be closed to borate of the RCS.
D. Incorrect - The line-up described would not establish a boration flowpath. RCS normal operating pressure is well above the discharge head of the HPSI Pump.
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 59 Info Topic:                    AOP-1 A, preferred boration methodology Tier/Group:                2/1
                            *004 Chemical and Volume Control System (CVCS)
KIA Info:
* A4 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room:
* A4.10 Boric acid pumps
                                  ..  ~
RO Importance:             3.6 i Proposed references to be None                                                              !
provided to applicant:
I Learning Objective:        LOR 202-1A1B-S-07 110 CFR Part  5~ Content:  155.41 (b)(7)
Question source:          o Bank                  10 Modified        I[8J New Cognitive level:
o Memory or Fundamental
[8J Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:    *N/A Exam Bank Technical references:      AOP-1A, Inadvertent Boron Dilution (Att 1)
Comments:                  None
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 60                                          10: Q92372                                    Points: 1.00 Unit-1 was operating at 100% power when a LOCA occurred. The following conditions exist:
* 12 HPSI Pump was OOS prior to the event
* RCS pressure is 1400 PSIA and slowly lowering
* Containment Pressure is 1.8 PSIG and slowly rising
* EAST ECCS PP RM LVL HI alarm has annunciated on 1C10.
* The ABO reports water level in the East ECCS Pp Room is approximately 10 inches and rising and the source appears to be in the area of the LPSI pump.
* 11 RWT LVL I TEMP Alarm has annunciated on 1COg (1) What actions must be taken to address these conditions and; (2) What impact will these actions have on the performance of the Emergency Core Cooling System?
A.        (1) Place both LPSI pump, both HPSI pump and both Containment Spray Pump handswitches in PTL and shut both RWT Outlets; (2) ECCS flow is lost. S/G heat removal remains sufficient.
B.        (1) Place 11 LPSI pump, 11 HPSI pump, and 11 Containment Spray Pump handswitches in PTL and shut the associated RWT Outlet; (2) ECCS flow is reduced to approximately one-half, heat removal capability is inadequate.
C.        ((1) Place both LPSI pump, both HPSI pump and both Containment Spray Pump handswitches in PTL and shut both RWT Outlets; (2) ECCS flow is lost, S/G heat removal capability is inadequate.
D.        (1) Place 11 LPSI pump, 11 HPSI pump, 11 Containment Spray Pump handswitches in PTL and shut the associated RWT Outlet; (2) ECCS flow is reduced to approximately one-half, heat removal capability remains sufficient.
Answer:            D Answer Explanation:            t A. Incorrect - Level provided in stem for ECCS Pump room indicates RWT still has sufficient level to support unaffected train. Securing ALL ECCS Pumps would be a wrong choice.
B. Incorrect - Heat removal capability of one SI train meets design criteria.
C. Incorrect - See "A" justification. Based on given conditions, S/G heat removal is adequate.
D. Correct - With given indications the leak is from the RWT (low level alarm with RCS pressure still above pump shutoff head and Containment pressure below CSAS actuation). Pumps taking suction from the affected RWT suct hdr need to be secured to prevent damage. RWT outlet needs to be shut, to isolate the leak.
Page: 119 of 150
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 60 Info Topic:                      Loss of ECCS flowpath Tier/Group:                2/1 006 Emergency Core Cooling System (ECCS)
* A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the ECCS; and (b)
KIA Info:                          based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
* A2.02 Loss of flow path RO Importance:              3.9 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:
Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:     55.41 (b)(5)
Comments:
Question source:            o Bank               1 0 Modified         1 [8l New Cognitive level:
LRNI Subchannel failure 2/2 015 -Nuclear Instrumentation System K6 -Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction on the following will have on the NIS:
o Memory or Fundamental
* K6.01 -Sensors, detectors, and indicators 2.9 None LOI-78A-1-2 55.41 {b )(7) o Bank I D Modified IIZI New o Memory or Fundamental I:8:l Comprehension or Analysis N/A None 1C05-ALM, Reactivity Control Alarm Manual 1C06-ALM, RCS Control Alarm Manual
[8l Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:      N/A Exam Bank History:          None Technical references:      1C10-ALM, ESFAS 13 Alarm Manual Comments:                  None
* SD-058, Reactor Protective System None Page: 1160f150 59 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 10: Points:
 
Unit-2 is in Mode 2 with a reactor startup in progress.
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 61                                          10: Q14512                                      Points: 1.00 You are performing the duties of the Refueling Control Room Operator (RCRO).
Chemistry reports an unexpected decrease of 30 ppm RCS boron concentration.
* A core shuffle is in progress
AOP-1A, Inadvertent Boron Dilution, has been implemented.
* A series of core-to-core fuel moves is being performed
Which ONE of the following system alignments will result in sustained boration of the RCS at greater than or equal to 40 GPM? Open SI TO CHG HDR, 2-CVC-269-MOV; Shut REGENERATIVE HX CHARGING INLET, 2-CVC-183; Open AUX HPSI HDR, 2-SI-61l-MOV; Start 21 Charging Pump. Open BA DIRECT M/U, Open 22B LOOP CHARGING, Start 21 Charging Start 21 BA Open 21 BAST GRAVITY FD, Shut RWT CHG PP SUCT, Open 22B LOOP CHARGING, Start 21 Charging Open 21 RWT OUT, Open HPSI HDR XCONN, Open MAIN HPSI HDR, Start 23 HPSI Answer: B Answer Explanation: Incorrect
* The Spent Fuel Handling Machine operator is performing a series of steps, moving ONLY new fuel, to set up for later portions of the core load sequence Which ONE of the listed conditions would require core alterations be suspended?
-The line-up described is a flowpath from the VCT to the RCS. Additional component manipulation would be required to establish boration. Correct -The line-up described establishes a boration flowpath from the BAST to the RCS. Incorrect
A.       Containment Purge is placed in service.
-The line-up described would not establish a boration flowpath.
B.       Audible count rate is lost in the Control Room.
The VCT outlet MOV must be closed to borate of the RCS. Incorrect
C.      Spent Fuel Pool Ventilation Charcoal filter is bypassed.
-The line-up described would not establish a boration flowpath.
D.      One of 3 available WRNI channels is declared out of service.
RCS normal operating pressure is well above the discharge head of the HPSI Pump.
Answer:           B Answer Explanation:
EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 59 Info Topic: Tier/Group:
A. Incorrect      Placing Containment Purge does not require suspension of Core Alterations. Plausible because there are conditions (operation of purge with Containment Radiation Monitors inoperable) under which purge operation could cause suspension of Core Alts.
KIA Info: RO Importance:
B. Correct - The RCRO verifies audible count rate in the Containment and the Control Room as part of the RCRO turnover process in accordance with NO-1-200, Control of Shift Activities. His responsibilities include monitoring for reactivity changes in the Control Room which is accomplished via monitoring of audible count rate and observation of the two required WRNI channels.
i Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
C. Incorrect - The Spent Fuel Pool Ventilation Charcoal filter is only required in service to support movement of recently irradiated fuel assemblies in the Auxiliary Building.
I Learning Objective:
The stem of the question clearly states "only" new fuel is being moved in the Spent Fuel Pool Area.
110 CFR Part Content: Question source: Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank Technical references:
D. Incorrect - The RCRO verifies at least two WRNI channels operable as part of the RCRO turnover process in accordance with NO-1-200, Control of Shift Activities.
Comments:
Tech Specs require 2 source range (WRNI) channels operable during Core Alts ..
AOP-1 A, preferred boration methodology 2/1 *004 Chemical and Volume Control System (CVCS) A4 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: A4.10 Boric acid pumps .. 3.6 ! LOR 202-1A1B-S-07 155.41 (b)(7) o Bank 1 0 Modified I[8J New o Memory or
Page: 121
[8J Comprehension or
 
*N/A AOP-1A, Inadvertent Boron Dilution (Att 1) None 60 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 10: Points: 1.00 Unit-1 was operating at 100% power when a LOCA occurred.
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 61 Info Topic:                     Neutron monitoring during refueling evolutions Tier/Group:                 2/2 034 Fuel Handling Equipment System (FHES)
The following conditions exist: 12 HPSI Pump was OOS prior to the event RCS pressure is 1400 PSIA and slowly lowering Containment Pressure is 1.8 PSIG and slowly rising EAST ECCS PP RM LVL HI alarm has annunciated on 1C10. The ABO reports water level in the East ECCS Pp Room is approximately 10 inches and rising and the source appears to be in the area of the LPSI pump. 11 RWT LVL I TEMP Alarm has annunciated on 1 COg (1) What actions must be taken to address these conditions and; (2) What impact will these actions have on the performance of the Emergency Core Cooling System? (1) Place both LPSI pump, both HPSI pump and both Containment Spray Pump handswitches in PTL and shut both RWT Outlets; (2) ECCS flow is lost. S/G heat removal remains sufficient. (1) Place 11 LPSI pump, 11 HPSI pump, and 11 Containment Spray Pump handswitches in PTL and shut the associated RWT Outlet; (2) ECCS flow is reduced to approximately one-half, heat removal capability is inadequate. ((1) Place both LPSI pump, both HPSI pump and both Containment Spray Pump handswitches in PTL and shut both RWT Outlets; (2) ECCS flow is lost, S/G heat removal capability is inadequate. (1) Place 11 LPSI pump, 11 HPSI pump, 11 Containment Spray Pump handswitches in PTL and shut the associated RWT Outlet; (2) ECCS flow is reduced to approximately one-half, heat removal capability remains sufficient.
KIA Info:
Answer: D Answer Explanation:
* A4 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room:
t Incorrect  
* A4.02 Neutron levels RO Importance:             3.5 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
-Level provided in stem for ECCS Pump room indicates RWT still has sufficient level to support unaffected train. Securing ALL ECCS Pumps would be a wrong choice. Incorrect
-Heat removal capability of one SI train meets design criteria. Incorrect
-See "A" justification.
Based on given conditions, S/G heat removal is adequate. Correct -With given indications the leak is from the RWT (low level alarm with RCS pressure still above pump shutoff head and Containment pressure below CSAS actuation).
Pumps taking suction from the affected RWT suct hdr need to be secured to prevent damage. RWT outlet needs to be shut, to isolate the leak. Page: 119 of 150 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 60 Info Topic: Tier/Group:
KIA Info: RO Importance:
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:
Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:     55.41 (b)(7)
Comments:
Question source:           ~ Bank                     1 0 Modified   1 0 New
Loss of ECCS flowpath 2/1 006 Emergency Core Cooling System (ECCS) A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the ECCS; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations: A2.02 Loss of flow path 3.9 None 55.41 (b)(5) o Bank 1 0 Modified 1[8l New o Memory or Fundamental
                            ~ Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:
[8l Comprehension or Analysis N/A None 1C10-ALM, ESFAS 13 Alarm Manual None 61 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 10: Points: 1.00 You are performing the duties of the Refueling Control Room Operator (RCRO). A core shuffle is in progress A series of core-to-core fuel moves is being performed The Spent Fuel Handling Machine operator is performing a series of steps, moving ONLY new fuel, to set up for later portions of the core load sequence Which ONE of the listed conditions would require core alterations be suspended?
o Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:     N/A Exam Bank History:         None Technical references:       NO-1-200, Control of Shift Activities, Attachment 26 Comments:                  None
A. Containment Purge is placed in service. B. Audible count rate is lost in the Control Room. C. Spent Fuel Pool Ventilation Charcoal filter is bypassed.
                              ._--        -.~-
D. One of 3 available WRNI channels is declared out of service. Answer: B Answer Explanation: Incorrect Placing Containment Purge does not require suspension of Core Alterations.
Page: 122 of 150
Plausible because there are conditions (operation of purge with Containment Radiation Monitors inoperable) under which purge operation could cause suspension of Core Alts. Correct -The RCRO verifies audible count rate in the Containment and the Control Room as part of the RCRO turnover process in accordance with NO-1-200, Control of Shift Activities.
 
His responsibilities include monitoring for reactivity changes in the Control Room which is accomplished via monitoring of audible count rate and observation of the two required WRNI channels. Incorrect
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 62                                          10: Q28783                                  Points: 1.00 Which of the following is directed by EOP-D, Post Trip Immediate Actions, to prevent an uncontrolled cooldown, in the event of an uncomplicated reactor and turbine trip on Unit-2?
-The Spent Fuel Pool Ventilation Charcoal filter is only required in service to support movement of recently irradiated fuel assemblies in the Auxiliary Building.
A.       Depress the "Reset" button on the MSR control panel.
The stem of the question clearly states "only" new fuel is being moved in the Spent Fuel Pool Area. Incorrect
B.       Ensure MSR 2nd Stage Steam Source MOVs shut.
-The RCRO verifies at least two WRNI channels operable as part of the RCRO turnover process in accordance with NO-1-200, Control of Shift Activities.
C.       Shut Upstream Drain MOVs.
Tech Specs require 2 source range (WRNI) channels operable during Core Alts .. Page: 121 
D.       Trip the S/G Feed Pumps Answer:           A Answer Explanation:
---------EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 61 Info Topic: Neutron monitoring during refueling evolutions Tier/Group:
A. Correct - Per U-2 EOP-O step 0.3 basis B. Incorrect - This verification is directed when performing EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions, on Unit-1.
2/2 034 Fuel Handling Equipment System (FHES)
C. Incorrect - There is no direction to situt Upstream drain valves in EOP-O and leaking drain valves will have a small effect on RCS temperature immediately after a trip.
* A4 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the KIA Info: control room:
This is a mitigating strategy in EOP-1 for contrOlling cooldown.
* A4.02 Neutron levels . RO Importance:
D. Incorrect - This is an EOP-O mitigating action for excessive feeding of the Steam Generators, not for controlling cooldown.
3.5 Proposed references to be None provided to Learning 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 . Question source: Bank 0 Modified 1 0 New 1 Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level: o Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: N/A Exam Bank History: None Technical references:
 
NO-1-200, Control of Shift Activities, Attachment 26 -_. --Comments:
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 62 Info Topic:                         Preventing an uncontrolled cooldown on a U-2 Rx trip Tier/Group:                   2/2
None Page: 122 of 150 62 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 10: Points: 1.00 Which of the following is directed by EOP-D, Post Trip Immediate Actions, to prevent an uncontrolled cooldown, in the event of an uncomplicated reactor and turbine trip on Unit-2? A. Depress the "Reset" button on the MSR control panel. B. Ensure MSR 2nd Stage Steam Source MOVs shut. C. Shut Upstream Drain MOVs. D. Trip the S/G Feed Pumps Answer: A Answer Explanation: Correct -Per U-2 EOP-O step 0.3 basis Incorrect  
                              ...... --.-~      .~ ..... ----~~    ...
-This verification is directed when performing EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions, on Unit-1. Incorrect  
045 Main Turbine Generator (MT/G) System
-There is no direction to situt Upstream drain valves in EOP-O and leaking drain valves will have a small effect on RCS temperature immediately after a trip. This is a mitigating strategy in EOP-1 for contrOlling cooldown. Incorrect  
* A 1 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits)
-This is an EOP-O mitigating action for excessive feeding of the Steam Generators, not for controlling cooldown.
KIA Info:                               associated with operating the MT/G system controls including:
EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 62 Info Topic: Tier/Group:
* A 1. 06 Expected response of secondary plant parameters following T/G trip
KIA Info: ! RO Importance:  
! RO Importance:             .3.3
!;oposed references to be provided to applicant:  
!;oposed references to be None provided to applicant:
*Learning Objective:
*Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:
Comments:
Question source:                                         --..LIHO_M_O_d_if_i_e_d_ _----'--10_ N~~_W_ _ _--1 i I2?J Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:
Preventing an uncontrolled cooldown on a U-2 Rx trip 2/2 ...... ..... ...
                                &deg;     Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:    . No record of use on an NRC exam Last use - LOI 2008 OP, AOP-3B, EOP-O & EOP-1 Exam Exam Bank History:
045 Main Turbine Generator (MT/G) System A 1 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the MT/G system controls including: A 1. 06 Expected response of secondary plant parameters following T/G trip .3.3 None --..LIHO_M_O_d_if_i_e_d
(Nov, 2009) i Technical references:          EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions Comments:                      None
__----'--1 0_
 
___--1 i &deg;I2?J Comprehension or Analysis Memory or Fundamental . No record of use on an NRC exam Last use -LOI 2008 OP, AOP-3B, EOP-O & EOP-1 (Nov, EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate i 63 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 10: Q92410 Points:
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 63                                        10: Q92410                                     Points: 1~00 With both Units operating at 100% power a sustained loss of Spent Fuel Pool Cooling occurs.
With both Units operating at 100% power a sustained loss of Spent Fuel Pool Cooling occurs. Which ONE of the following actions is taken per the appropriate Abnormal Operating Procedure?
Which ONE of the following actions is taken per the appropriate Abnormal Operating Procedure?
A Place a second Control Room H & V fan in operation.
A       Place a second Control Room H & V fan in operation.
B. Place a second Spent Fuel Pool Exhaust fan in operation.
B.     Place a second Spent Fuel Pool Exhaust fan in operation.
C. Place Unit-1 Shutdown Cooling in service on the SFP. O. Place the Spent Fuel Pool Charcoal Filters in service. Answer: D Answer Explanation: Incorrect  
C.     Place Unit-1 Shutdown Cooling in service on the SFP.
-Per 01-22F, the system is NOT to be operated with two supply fans running simultaneously. Incorrect Per AOP-6F, Section VIII, Step A7.d, Maintain a negative pressure in the Fuel Handling Area by checking that ONE of the SFP EXH FANs is running. Incorrect While 01-3B does have a procedure section to align SDC to the SFP, the prerequisite for doing so is Unit-1 is defueled. Correct -Per AOP-6F, Section VIII, Step A7.e, Place SFP Charcoal Filters in service. Applicants are expected to recognize need for ventilation filtration in the event of a sustained loss of SFP Cooling.
O.     Place the Spent Fuel Pool Charcoal Filters in service.
-----------------------EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam ._-_... Question 63 Info Topic: Sustained loss of SFP Clg impact on ventilation systems Tier/Group:
Answer:         D Answer Explanation:
2/2 033 Spent Fuel Pool Cooling System (SFPCS)
Incorrect - Per 01-22F, the system is NOT to be operated with two supply fans running simultaneously.
* K3 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or KIA malfunction of the Spent Fuel Pool Cooling System will have on the following:
B. Incorrect Per AOP-6F, Section VIII, Step A7.d, Maintain a negative pressure in the Fuel Handling Area by checking that ONE of the SFP EXH FANs is running.
* K3.01 Area ventilation systems RO Importance:
C. Incorrect While 01-3B does have a procedure section to align SDC to the SFP, the prerequisite for doing so is Unit-1 is defueled.
2.6 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
D. Correct - Per AOP-6F, Section VIII, Step A7.e, Place SFP Charcoal Filters in service. Applicants are expected to recognize need for ventilation filtration in the event of a sustained loss of SFP Cooling.
... Learning 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 (b Question source: o Bank __ 1 0 Modified 11:8:1 New 1:8:1 Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level: o Comprehension or Analysis -_..Last NRC Exam used on: N/A Exam Bank History: None Technical references:
 
AOP-6F, Spent Fuel Pool Cooling System Malfunctions Comments:
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 63 Info Topic:                     Sustained loss of SFP Clg impact on ventilation systems Tier/Group:                 2/2 033 Spent Fuel Pool Cooling System (SFPCS)
None Page: 126 of 150 64 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 10: Points: 1.00 At what RCS Cold Leg temperature must MPT protection be enabled per Technical Specifications? Unit-2 A. Less than or equal to 369 of Less than or equal to 306 OF B. Less than or equal to 365 of Less than or equal to 301&deg;F C. Less than or equal to 306 of Less than or equal to 369 OF D. Less than or equal to 301&deg;F Less than or equal to 365 of Answer: B Answer Explanation: Incorrect
* K3 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or KIA Info:                            malfunction of the Spent Fuel Pool Cooling System will have on the following:
-These values represent the alarm setpoints for enabling (at setpoint and lowering) or disabling (at setpoint and rising) MPT Relief Protection.
* K3.01 Area ventilation systems RO Importance:             2.6 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
They are correct for their respective Units. Correct -These values represent the correct values, per T.S. 3.4.12, Low Temperature Overpressure Protection (LTOP) System, at which MPT Relief Protection must be enabled. They are correct for their respective Units. This question matches the KIA as follows: the design feature for L TOP MPT Enable is for the operator to recognize that the required plant conditions are met (operator equivalent of a sensing switch), and then manually enable the protection circuit through the use of keyswitches. Incorrect
-These values represent the alarm setpoints for enabling (at setpoint and lowering) or disabling (at setpoint and rising) MPT Relief Protection.
Unit-1 and 2 values are reversed. Incorrect
-These values represent the correct values, per T.S. 3.4.12, Low Temperature Overpressure Protection (L TOP) System, at which MPT Relief Protection must be enabled. Unit-1 and Unit-2 values are reversed.
Page: 127of150 EXAMINATION
'ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 64 Info Topic: Tier/Group:
KIA Info: RO Importance:
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:
Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content Question source: Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:    55.41 (b )(7)
Comments:
Question source:           o Bank          __        1 0  Modified        11:8:1 New 1:8:1 Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:
RCS Overpressure 002 Reactor Coolant System K4 Knowledge of RCS design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following: K4.10 Overpressure protection . 4.2 None ......55.41 (b )(7) ._-_..... o Bank I D Modified IDNew o Memory or Fundamental D Comprehension or Analysis No record of use on an f\IRC exam -------------... LOI Panel Comp (April, 2009) .....-----------OP-5, Plant Shutdown From Hot Standby To Cold Shutdown None 150 65 EXAMINATION AIIISWER LOI 2010 NRCRO Exam 10: Q931Points: 1.00 Unit-1 is operating in Mode 1. Per the associated Alarm Response Procedures, which ONE of the following conditions REQUIRES implementation of an Abnormal Operating Procedure? "QUENCH TK -TEMP -LVL -PRESS" annunciates; Safety Injection System Recirc line relief lifts. "12B RCP SEAL -TEMP HI -PRESS" annunciates; 12B Reactor Coolant Pump Upper Seal indicates failed. "LIQUID WASTE DISCH" annunciates; A Liquid Waste Discharge terminates due to high activity. "NON-ESSENTIAL
o Comprehension-_ _
'4KV -13KV MOTOR OVERLOAD" annunciates; One of the running Condensate Booster Pumps trips. Answer: D Answer Explanation: Incorrect  
or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:     N/A Exam Bank History:         None Technical references:       AOP-6F, Spent Fuel Pool Cooling System Malfunctions Comments:                   None Page: 126 of 150
-RCS Control Alarm Manual, ALM-1C06 contains guidance for evaluating and responding to off-normal Quench Tank parameters, none of which include implementation of an AOP. Incorrect
 
-RCS Control Alarm Manual, ALM-1C06 contains criteria for diagnosing seal failure(s) and corresponding actions, none of which include implementation of an AOP. Incorrect RMS Alarm Manual, ALM-1C22 specifies verification that discharge valves automatically terminate the release. Implementation of an AOP is not required unless the discharge valves fail to terminate the release. Correct -Condensate
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 64                                          10: Q14479                                  Points: 1.00 At what RCS Cold Leg temperature must MPT protection be enabled per Technical Specifications?
& Feedwater Control Alarm Manual, 1 (2) C03-ALM, refers the user to AOP-3G, Malfunction of Main Feedwater System, which has actions to be performed.
Unit-1                                     Unit-2 A. Less than or equal to 369 of               Less than or equal to 306 OF B. Less than or equal to 365 of               Less than or equal to 301&deg;F C. Less than or equal to 306 of              Less than or equal to 369 OF D. Less than or equal to 301&deg;F                Less than or equal to 365 of Answer:           B Answer Explanation:
As a minimum, the operator would ensure the standby Condensate Booster Pump automatically started and was not affected by a common mode failure. Page:
A. Incorrect - These values represent the alarm setpoints for enabling (at setpoint and lowering) or disabling (at setpoint and rising) MPT Relief Protection. They are correct for their respective Units.
--EXAMINATIOiNANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam *Question 65 Info Topic: *Tier/Group:
B. Correct - These values represent the correct values, per T.S. 3.4.12, Low Temperature Overpressure Protection (LTOP) System, at which MPT Relief Protection must be enabled. They are correct for their respective Units. This question matches the KIA as follows: the design feature for LTOP MPT Enable is for the operator to recognize that the required plant conditions are met (operator equivalent of a sensing switch), and then manually enable the protection circuit through the use of keyswitches.
I KIA Info: RO Importance:  
C. Incorrect - These values represent the alarm setpoints for enabling (at setpoint and lowering) or disabling (at setpoint and rising) MPT Relief Protection. Unit-1 and Unit 2 values are reversed.
*Proposed references to be *provided to applicant:
D. Incorrect - These values represent the correct values, per T.S. 3.4.12, Low Temperature Overpressure Protection (L TOP) System, at which MPT Relief Protection must be enabled. Unit-1 and Unit-2 values are reversed.
Page: 127of150
 
EXAMINATION 'ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 64 Info Topic:                     RCS Overpressure Protection Tier/Group:               2/2 002 Reactor Coolant System (RCS)
KIA Info:
* K4 Knowledge of RCS design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following:
* K4.10 Overpressure protection .
RO Importance:             4.2 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:
Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content: i Question source: Cognitive level: *Last NRC Exam used on: I Exam Bank History: _Technical references:
10 CFR Part 55 Content     55.41 (b )(7)
.. General AOP entry Generic K & A 2.4 Emergency Procedures I Plan 2.4.4 Ability to recognize abnormal indications for system operating parameters that are entry-level conditions for emergency and abnormal operating procedures. 4.5 -_... None ---... 55.41(b)(10) o Bank __ 10 Modified I[8J New o Memory or Fundamental  
Question source:          o Bank                         ID Modified           IDNew Cognitive level:
[8J Comprehension or Analysis No record of use on an t\IRC exam -Last use -LOI 2C03-ALM; AOP-3G, Malfunction of Main r-System None _....I 66 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Points: 1.00 Which ONE of the following is NOT an expectation, during EOP-O implementation, per NO-1-201, Calvert Cliffs Operating Manual? Promptly tying underlying instrument busses or MCCs per appropriate controlling procedures as a parallel action. Valves or pumps not operating upon receipt of an automatic signal may be locally operated to properly position the valve or operate the pump. Draining of the containment sump should be coordinated with the STA to ensure appropriate leakrate data is obtained. If responding to an ATWS, the RO opens the four blue-handled breakers on 2C 17 without reference to the procedure.
o Memory or Fundamental D Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:    No record of use on an f\IRC exam Exam Bank History:        LOI Panel Comp (April, 2009)
Answer: C Answer Explanation: Incorrect  
Technical references:      OP-5, Plant Shutdown From Hot Standby To Cold Shutdown Comments:                  None 150
-Per NO-1-201, Calvert Cliffs Operating Manual, Attachment 9, EOP/ERPIP Implementation Expectations, it is permissible to promptly tie underlying instrument busses or MCCs as a parallel action. Incorrect  
 
-Per NO-1-201, Calvert Cliffs Operating Manual, Attachment 9, EOP/ERPIP Implementation Expectations, valves or pumps not operating upon receipt of an automatic signal may be locally operated to properly position the valve or operate the pump. Correct -Per NO-1-201, Calvert Cliffs Operating Manual, Attachment 9, EOP/ERPIP Implementation Expectations, Do not drain the containment sump during EOP-O, this should be coordinated after the post-EOP-O procedure is implemented. Incorrect
EXAMINATION AIIISWER KEY LOI 2010 NRCRO Exam 65                                            10:  Q93100                                Points: 1.00 Unit-1 is operating in Mode 1. Per the associated Alarm Response Procedures, which ONE of the following conditions REQUIRES implementation of an Abnormal Operating Procedure?
-Per NO-1-201, Calvert Cliffs Operating Manual, Attachment 9, EOP/ERPIP Implementation Expectations, If responding to an ATWS in EOP-O, the RO is expected to immediately open the four blue-handled breakers on 1C17(2C17).
A.      "QUENCH TK -TEMP -LVL -PRESS" annunciates; Safety Injection System Recirc line relief lifts.
This should be done without reference to the EOP-O plaque. Page: 131 of 150 
B.      "12B RCP SEAL -TEMP HI -PRESS" annunciates; 12B Reactor Coolant Pump Upper Seal indicates failed.
-----EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 66 Info Topic: Tier/Group:
C.     "LIQUID WASTE DISCH" annunciates; A Liquid Waste Discharge terminates due to high activity.
KIA Info: RO Importance:
D.     "NON-ESSENTIAL '4KV -13KV MOTOR OVERLOAD" annunciates; One of the running Condensate Booster Pumps trips.
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
Answer:         D Answer Explanation:
A. Incorrect - RCS Control Alarm Manual, ALM-1C06 contains guidance for evaluating and responding to off-normal Quench Tank parameters, none of which include implementation of an AOP.
B. Incorrect - RCS Control Alarm Manual, ALM-1C06 contains criteria for diagnosing seal failure(s) and corresponding actions, none of which include implementation of an AOP.
C. Incorrect RMS Alarm Manual, ALM-1C22 specifies verification that discharge valves automatically terminate the release. Implementation of an AOP is not required unless the discharge valves fail to terminate the release.
D. Correct - Condensate & Feedwater Control Alarm Manual, 1(2) C03-ALM, refers the user to AOP-3G, Malfunction of Main Feedwater System, which has actions to be performed. As a minimum, the operator would ensure the standby Condensate Booster Pump automatically started and was not affected by a common mode failure.
--------------------------~---~.--~~~~-------------------------------
Page:
 
EXAMINATIOiNANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam
*Question 65 Info Topic:                     General AOP entry
*Tier/Group:                 Generic K & A I
2.4 Emergency Procedures I Plan KIA Info:
* 2.4.4 Ability to recognize abnormal indications for system operating parameters that are entry-level conditions for emergency and abnormal operating procedures.
RO Importance:             4.5
*Proposed references to be None
*provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:
Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content: I Question source: Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:   55.41(b)(10) i Question source:           o Bank __ 10 Modified                  I[8J New Cognitive level:
Comments:
o Memory or Fundamental
NO-1-201 Guidelines for implementation of Generic K& 2.4 Emergency Procedures I Plan 2A 14 Knowledge of general guidelines for EOP usage . . 3.8 .. None LOI-201-8-8 55.41 (b)(10) _. Modified IONew -Memory or Comprehension or No record of use on an NRC exam Last use -LOI 2006 Audit Exam _. .. ..*.*NO-1-201, Calvert Cliffs Operating None 67 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Points: 1.00 Unit-1 just completed a Refueling Outage: Reactor power is 30% and holding for required testing No CEA motion or boration/dilution operations are in progress TBV Controller, 1-PIC-4056, is in auto and the setpoint is set at 900 PSIA Turbine Bypass Valve, 1-MS-3944-CV, has failed open What actions are taken to stabilize the plant and Reactor power per AOP-7K, Overcooling Event? Maintain turbine load constant and isolate the TBV to restore T COLD to program; Withdraw CEAs, as necessary, to maintain Reactor power. Lower turbine load to restore T COLD to program; Withdraw CEAs, as necessary, to maintain Reactor power. Maintain turbine load constant and isolate the TBV to restore T COLD to program; Insert CEAs, as necessary, to return Reactor power to the required value. Lower turbine load to restore T COLD to program; Insert CEAs, as necessary, to return Reactor power to the required value. Answer: B Answer Explanation: Incorrect Turbine load would be adjusted to bring T COLD on program. Correct -Per AOP-7K, Overcooling Event in Mode 1 or Two, CEAs should be withdrawn, as necessary, to maintain reactor power if early in core cycle and the overcooling event has been compensated for by adjusting turbine load. Incorrect Turbine load would be adjusted to bring T COLD on program and CEAs should be withdrawn, as necessary, to maintain reactor power if early in core cycle and the overcooling event has been compensated for by adjusting turbine load. Incorrect  
[8J Comprehension or Analysis
-Unit-1 would have a positive MTC given the conditions stated in the stem. CEAs should be withdrawn, as necessary, to maintain reactor power if early in core cycle and the overcooling event has been compensated for by adjusting turbine load. Page:
*Last NRC Exam used on:     No record of use on an t\IRC exam                          I I Exam Bank History:         Last use - LOI
EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam . Question 67 Info Initial response to an overcooling event Tier/Group:
_Technical references:       2C03-ALM; AOP-3G, Malfunction of Main      r-Icomm~nts:
I KIA Info: ! RO Importance:
System None
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:  
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 66                                            10:.93050                                    Points: 1.00 Which ONE of the following is NOT an expectation, during EOP-O implementation, per NO-1-201, Calvert Cliffs Operating Manual?
A.        Promptly tying underlying instrument busses or MCCs per appropriate controlling procedures as a parallel action.
B.        Valves or pumps not operating upon receipt of an automatic signal may be locally operated to properly position the valve or operate the pump.
C.        Draining of the containment sump should be coordinated with the STA to ensure appropriate leakrate data is obtained.
D.        If responding to an ATWS, the RO opens the four blue-handled breakers on 2C 17 without reference to the procedure.
Answer:            C Answer Explanation:
A. Incorrect - Per NO-1-201, Calvert Cliffs Operating Manual, Attachment 9, EOP/ERPIP Implementation Expectations, it is permissible to promptly tie underlying instrument busses or MCCs as a parallel action.
B. Incorrect - Per NO-1-201, Calvert Cliffs Operating Manual, Attachment 9, EOP/ERPIP Implementation Expectations, valves or pumps not operating upon receipt of an automatic signal may be locally operated to properly position the valve or operate the pump.
C. Correct - Per NO-1-201, Calvert Cliffs Operating Manual, Attachment 9, EOP/ERPIP Implementation Expectations, Do not drain the containment sump during EOP-O, this should be coordinated after the post-EOP-O procedure is implemented.
D. Incorrect - Per NO-1-201, Calvert Cliffs Operating Manual, Attachment 9, EOP/ERPIP Implementation Expectations, If responding to an ATWS in EOP-O, the RO is expected to immediately open the four blue-handled breakers on 1C17(2C17).
This should be done without reference to the EOP-O plaque.
Page: 131 of 150
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 66 Info Topic:                    NO-1-201 Guidelines for implementation of EOPs Tier/Group:                Generic K& A 2.4 Emergency Procedures I Plan KIA Info:
* 2A 14 Knowledge of general guidelines for EOP usage .
                                                  . ~
RO Importance:            3.8 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:        LOI-201-8-8 10 CFR Part 55 Content:    55.41 (b)(10) o Modified
                            ~
I Question source:                                                      IONew
                            ~ Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:
Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:    No record of use on an NRC exam
                                                  -~.
Exam Bank History:        Last use - LOI 2006 Audit Exam
                                                "'... _.
Technical references:      NO-1-201, Calvert Cliffs Operating Manual
                                                  .-~---
Comments:                  None
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 67                                        ID:QS!l252                                    Points: 1.00 Unit-1 just completed a Refueling Outage:
* Reactor power is 30% and holding for required testing
* No CEA motion or boration/dilution operations are in progress
* TBV Controller, 1-PIC-4056, is in auto and the setpoint is set at 900 PSIA
* Turbine Bypass Valve, 1-MS-3944-CV, has failed open What actions are taken to stabilize the plant and Reactor power per AOP-7K, Overcooling Event?
A.      Maintain turbine load constant and isolate the TBV to restore TCOLD to program; Withdraw CEAs, as necessary, to maintain Reactor power.
B.      Lower turbine load to restore T COLD to program; Withdraw CEAs, as necessary, to maintain Reactor power.
C.      Maintain turbine load constant and isolate the TBV to restore T COLD to program; Insert CEAs, as necessary, to return Reactor power to the required value.
D.      Lower turbine load to restore TCOLD to program; Insert CEAs, as necessary, to return Reactor power to the required value.
Answer:         B Answer Explanation:
A. Incorrect   Turbine load would be adjusted to bring T COLD on program.
B. Correct - Per AOP-7K, Overcooling Event in Mode 1 or Two, CEAs should be withdrawn, as necessary, to maintain reactor power if early in core cycle and the overcooling event has been compensated for by adjusting turbine load.
C. Incorrect Turbine load would be adjusted to bring TCOLD on program and CEAs should be withdrawn, as necessary, to maintain reactor power if early in core cycle and the overcooling event has been compensated for by adjusting turbine load.
D. Incorrect - Unit-1 would have a positive MTC given the conditions stated in the stem.
CEAs should be withdrawn, as necessary, to maintain reactor power if early in core cycle and the overcooling event has been compensated for by adjusting turbine load.
Page:
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 67 Info Topic:                      Initial response to an overcooling event
;--------------1----
Tier/Group:                 Generic K & A 2.4 - Emergency procedures I Plan I KIA Info:
* 2.4.11 - Knowledge of abnormal condition procedures.
! RO Importance:
Proposed references to be iNone provided to applicant:
*Learning Objective:
*Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:     55.41 (b)(10)
Comments:
Question source:            ~ Bank                   Modified       IONew Cognitive level:
Generic K & A 2.4 -Emergency procedures I Plan 2.4.11 -Knowledge of abnormal condition procedures.
o Memory or Fundamental
iNone 55.41 (b)(10) Bank Modified IONew o Memory or Fundamental Compreh ension or Analysis No record of use on an NRC Last use -L 012006 Comprehensive Exam (May, AOP-7K, Overcooling Event in Mode 1 or Two None _._---
                              ~ Comprehension or Analysis ILast NRC Exam used on:      No record of use on an NRC exam Exam Bank History:          Last use - L012006 Comprehensive Exam (May, 2008)
150 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 10: Points: 1.00 Unit-2 is in Mode 1 and the latest leakage reports are:
Technical references:      AOP-7K, Overcooling Event in Mode 1 or Two Comments:                  None 150
* 7.6 GPM -Pressurizer safety valve leakage
 
* 1.8 GPM -leakage past check valves from the RCS to the SI system
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 68                                          10:                                       Points: 1.00 Unit-2 is in Mode 1 and the latest leakage reports are:
* 0.1 GPM -21 Steam Generator primary-to-secondary leakage
* 7.6 GPM - Pressurizer safety valve leakage
* 10.6 GPM -total leakage Which of the following Technical Specification leakage limits are exceeded?
* 1.8 GPM - leakage past check valves from the RCS to the SI system
A. Pressure Boundary leakage and Identified leakage B. Primary to Secondary leakage and Pressure Boundary leakage C. Primary to Secondary leakage and Unidentified leakage O. Identified leakage and Unidentified leakage Answer: C Answer Explanation: Incorrect Tech Specs define Pressure Boundary leakage as "LEAKAGE (except primary to secondary LEAKAGE) through a nonisolable fault in an RCS component body, pipe wall, or vessel wall". No Pressure Boundary leakage exists. Identified leakage of 9.5 GPM is within the T.S. limit of 10 GPM. Incorrect 21 S/G Primary to secondary leakage (0.1 GPM x 60 x 24 = 144 GPO) exceeds the T.S. limit of 100 GPO; however no pressure boundary leakage exists. Tech Specs define Pressure Boundary leakage as "LEAKAGE (except primary to secondary LEAKAGE) through a nonisolable fault in an RCS component body, pipe wall, or vessel wall" Correct -21 S/G Primary to secondary leakage (0.1 GPM x 60 x 24 = 144 GPO) exceeds the T.S. limit of 100 GPO. Total leakage of 10.6 GPM minus Identified leakage of 9.5 GPM c::: 1.1 GPM which exceeds the T.S. limit of 1 GPM unidentified leakage. Incorrect  
* 0.1 GPM - 21 Steam Generator primary-to-secondary leakage
-Total leakage of '10.6 GPM minus Identified leakage of 9.5 GPM =1.1 GPM which exceeds the T.S. limit of 1 GPM unidentified leakage, however, identified leakage of 9.5 GPM IS witllin the T.S. limit of 10 GPM. Page:
* 10.6 GPM - total leakage Which of the following Technical Specification leakage limits are exceeded?
EXAMINATION ,ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 68 Info Topic: Tier/Group:
A.       Pressure Boundary leakage and Identified leakage B.       Primary to Secondary leakage and Pressure Boundary leakage C.       Primary to Secondary leakage and Unidentified leakage O.       Identified leakage and Unidentified leakage Answer:           C Answer Explanation:
KIA Info: I RO Importance:
A. Incorrect Tech Specs define Pressure Boundary leakage as "LEAKAGE (except primary to secondary LEAKAGE) through a nonisolable fault in an RCS component body, pipe wall, or vessel wall". No Pressure Boundary leakage exists. Identified leakage of 9.5 GPM is within the T.S. limit of 10 GPM.
I Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
B. Incorrect 21 S/G Primary to secondary leakage (0.1 GPM x 60 x 24 = 144 GPO) exceeds the T.S. limit of 100 GPO; however no pressure boundary leakage exists.
Tech Specs define Pressure Boundary leakage as "LEAKAGE (except primary to secondary LEAKAGE) through a nonisolable fault in an RCS component body, pipe wall, or vessel wall" C. Correct - 21 S/G Primary to secondary leakage (0.1 GPM x 60 x 24 = 144 GPO) exceeds the T.S. limit of 100 GPO. Total leakage of 10.6 GPM minus Identified leakage of 9.5 GPM c::: 1.1 GPM which exceeds the T.S. limit of 1 GPM unidentified leakage.
                                                                                          =
O. Incorrect - Total leakage of '10.6 GPM minus Identified leakage of 9.5 GPM 1.1 GPM which exceeds the T.S. limit of 1 GPM unidentified leakage, however, identified leakage of 9.5 GPM IS witllin the T.S. limit of 10 GPM.
Page:
 
EXAMINATION ,ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 68 Info Topic:                     T.S. RCS Lea kage - S/G Tube leak & unidentified Tier/Group:               1/2 037 Steam Generator (S/G) Tube Leak KIA Info:
* 2.2.40 Ability to apply Technical Specifications for a syste m.
r-I RO Importance:           3.4 I Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:
Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: Cognitive level: . Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: I Technical references:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:   55.4'I(b)(10)
T.S. RCS Lea kage -S/G Tube leak &unidentified 1/2 037 Steam G enerator (S/G) Tube Leak 2.2.40 Ability to apply Technical Specifications for a syste m. ._...... 3.4 None ..55.4'I(b)(10)  
Question source:          [gJ Bank             D Modified         IDNew D Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:
[gJ Bank D Modified IDNew D Memory or Funda mental [gJ Comprehe nsion 0 r Analysis No record of u S8 on an NRC exam No history of previou S use 69 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 10: Points: 1.00 A Fire Protection System actuation occurs as evidenced by Control Room annunciation and reports from the field. The appropriate response procedure is implemented and the response team is fully manned. Which ONE of the following is an Operations Technical Advisor (OTA) responsibility at the scene of the fire in accordance with SA-1-1 01, Fire Fighting?
[gJ Comprehension 0 r Analysis
A. Determine the appropriate fire fighting strategy for plant conditions.
. Last NRC Exam used on:    No record of uS8 on an NRC exam Exam Bank History:        No history of previou S use
B. Report status of conditions in the area to the Control Room. C. Make potential EAL declaration recommendations to Shift Manager. D. Advise the Fire Brigade Leader on use of fire fighting agents. Answer: B Answer Explanation: Incorrect  
~.
-This is a responsibility of the Fire Brigade Leader as defined in SA-1-1 01, FIRE FIGHTING Correct -This is a responsibility of the Operations Technical Advisor as defined in SA-1-101, FIRE FIGHTING Incorrect  
I Technical references:
-This is a not a specific responsibility of the OTA. The OTA mayor may not be an SRO. This is generally the responsibility of the Control Room Supervisor and lor Shift Technical Advisor (STA) with the STA providing a peer-check for any EAL declarations the SM might make. Incorrect  
 
-This is a responsibility of the Fire Marshal, if present, as defined in 101, FIRE FIGHTING Page: 137 of 150 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 69 Info !Topic: I Tier/Group:
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 69                                            10: Q50731                                      Points: 1.00 A Fire Protection System actuation occurs as evidenced by Control Room annunciation and reports from the field. The appropriate response procedure is implemented and the response team is fully manned.
KJA Info: RO Importance:
Which ONE of the following is an Operations Technical Advisor (OTA) responsibility at the scene of the fire in accordance with SA-1-1 01, Fire Fighting?
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
A.       Determine the appropriate fire fighting strategy for plant conditions.
B.       Report status of conditions in the area to the Control Room.
C.       Make potential EAL declaration recommendations to Shift Manager.
D.       Advise the Fire Brigade Leader on use of fire fighting agents.
Answer:           B Answer Explanation:
A. Incorrect - This is a responsibility of the Fire Brigade Leader as defined in SA-1-1 01, FIRE FIGHTING B. Correct - This is a responsibility of the Operations Technical Advisor as defined in SA-1-101, FIRE FIGHTING C. Incorrect - This is a not a specific responsibility of the OTA. The OTA mayor may not be an SRO. This is generally the responsibility of the Control Room Supervisor and lor Shift Technical Advisor (STA) with the STA providing a peer-check for any EAL declarations the SM might make.
D. Incorrect - This is a responsibility of the Fire Marshal, if present, as defined in SA-1 101, FIRE FIGHTING Page: 137 of 150
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 69 Info
!Topic:                     Operations Technical Advisor responsibilities I Tier/Group:               2/2 086 Fire Protection System (FPS)
KJA Info:
* 2.4.31 Knowledge of annunciator alarms, indications, or response procedures.
RO Importance:             4.2 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:
Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:   55.41 (b)(10)
Comments:
Question source:          I:8l Bank           I D Modified       IDNew I:8l Memory or Fundamental                     I Cognitive level:
Operations Technical Advisor responsibilities 2/2 086 Fire Protection System (FPS)
D Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:    No record of use on an NRC exam Exam Bank History:        Last use   LOI 2008 ESFAS Exam (August, 2009)
* 2.4.31 Knowledge of annunciator alarms, indications, or response procedures.
Technical references:      SA-1~ 101, Fire Fighting Comments:                  None I
4.2 None 55.41 (b)(10) I:8l Bank I D Modified I:8l Memory or Fundamental D Comprehension or Analysis No record of use on an NRC exam IDNew I Last use LOI 2008 ESFAS Exam (August, 2009) SA-1 101, Fire Fighting None I 70 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 10: Points: 1.00 Unit-2 tripped 3 minutes ago. The following conditions exist: A loss of Offsite Power has occurred. 21 AFW Pump is Tagged out 22 AFW Pump tripped on AFAS Actuation S/G levels are at (-) 220 inches and lowering Pressurizer Level is 95 inches and lowering T COLD is 515 'F and lowering RCS subcooling is 40 'F and slowly lowering ONLY the 1 Band 2A EDGs started and loaded Containment pressure is 2.2 PSIG and rising Which of the following is the appropriate Emergency Operating Procedure to mitigate this event upon completion of EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions?
 
A. EOP-5, Loss Of Coolant Accident B. EOP-3, Loss of All Feedwater.
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 70                                          10: Q549S7                                  Points: 1.00 Unit-2 tripped 3 minutes ago. The following conditions exist:
C. EOP-8, Functional Recovery Procedure.
* A loss of Offsite Power has occurred.
D. EOP-4, Excess Steam Demand Event. Answer: C Answer Explanation: Incorrect -A LOCA is occurring making selection of EOP-5 plausible.
* 21 AFW Pump is Tagged out
In addition to the LOCA a Loss of All Feedwater is occurring.
* 22 AFW Pump tripped on AFAS Actuation
A single event diagnosis is not possible requiring implementation of EOP-8. Incorrect A Loss of All Feedwater is occurring making selection of EOP-3 plausible.
* S/G levels are at (-) 220 inches and lowering
In addition to the Loss of All Feedwater a LOCA is occurring.
* Pressurizer Level is 95 inches and lowering
A single event diagnosis is not possible requiring implementation of EOP-8. Correct -Loss of Feed and a LOCA are occurring.
* TCOLD is 515 'F and lowering
No Main or Aux Feed available due to LOOP and loss of AFW flow. A single event diagnosis is not possible requiring implementation of EOP-8. Incorrect  
* RCS subcooling is 40 'F and slowly lowering
-Listed indications could represent an Excess Steam Demand. However, a LOCA and a LOAF are also occurring necessitating implementation of EOP-8 because a single event diagnosis is not possible.
* ONLY the 1Band 2A EDGs started and loaded
I EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 70 Info Use plant conditions to select the appropriate procedure
* Containment pressure is 2.2 PSIG and rising Which of the following is the appropriate Emergency Operating Procedure to mitigate this event upon completion of EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions?
* 1/2 CE/E09 -Functional Recovery EA2 -Ability to determine and interpret the following
A.     EOP-5, Loss Of Coolant Accident B.     EOP-3, Loss of All Feedwater.
* as they apply to the (Functional Recovery):  
C.     EOP-8, Functional Recovery Procedure.
*KIA Info: EA2.1 -Facility conditions and selection of appropriate procedures during abnormal and emergency operations.
D.     EOP-4, Excess Steam Demand Event.
RO 3.2 Proposed references to be None provided to Learning 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
Answer:         C Answer Explanation:
Question source: [gJ Bank 1 0 Modified o Memory or Fundamental I Cognitive level: [gJ Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used No record of use on an NRC exam Exam Bank Last use LOI 2006 Audit Exam Technical EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate EOP-8, Functional Recovery None Page: 140 of 150 71 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 10: Points: 1.00 Which ONE of the following choices contains conditions, ALL of which require declaring Fairbanks-Morse diesel generator inoperable?
A. Incorrect - A LOCA is occurring making selection of EOP-5 plausible. In addition to the LOCA a Loss of All Feedwater is occurring. A single event diagnosis is not possible requiring implementation of EOP-8.
All conditions need not occur Starting air pressure 220 SRW CV manual hand wheel Voltage regulator in 120VAC Vital Bus 11 inverter in INV 2; Voltage regulator in MANUAL; LOCAL-REMOTE keyswitch in LOCAL. ESFAS test handswitch in NORMAL; Starting Air pressure 215 PSIG; Diesel Room Ventilation Fan handswitch in AUTO. Fuel Oil Transfer pump in SRW PDIC in Jacket Cooling Water Temperature 80 Answer: D Answer Explanation: Incorrect
B. Incorrect A Loss of All Feedwater is occurring making selection of EOP-3 plausible.
-Starting Air Receiver pressure is in the normal range and well above the alarm setpoint of 125 PSIG Incorrect
In addition to the Loss of All Feedwater a LOCA is occurring. A single event diagnosis is not possible requiring implementation of EOP-8.
-Having the Inverter selector switch in INV 2 does not inop the DG Incorrect
C. Correct - Loss of Feed and a LOCA are occurring. No Main or Aux Feed available due to LOOP and loss of AFW flow. A single event diagnosis is not possible requiring implementation of EOP-8.
-None of the conditions presented will inop the DG Correct -Per OI-21A, Fairbanks Morse DG shall be considered inoperable for any of the following: 1 B DG Voltage Regulator is selected to MANUAL. The 1 B DG Room Ventilation Fan is inoperable. 1-SRW-1588-PDIC is NOT in AUTOMATIC or 1-SRW-1588-CV Manual Hand wheel is engaged. 1 B DG Fuel Oil Transfer Pump is inoperable. 1B DG Jacket Water System temperature is less than 90'F. Page: 141 of 150 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam I Question 71 Info iTopiC: I Tier/Group:
D. Incorrect - Listed indications could represent an Excess Steam Demand. However, a LOCA and a LOAF are also occurring necessitating implementation of EOP-8 because a single event diagnosis is not possible.
KIA Info: RO Importance:
 
I Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 70 Info Topic:                      Use plant conditions to select the appropriate procedure
*Tier/Group:                  1/2 CE/E09 - Functional Recovery
* EA2 - Ability to determine and interpret the following *
*KIA Info:                            as they apply to the (Functional Recovery):
* EA2.1 - Facility conditions and selection of appropriate procedures during abnormal and I
emergency operations.
RO Importance:              3.2 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:
Learning Objective:
i 10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: Cognitive level: I Last NRC Exam used on: I Exam Bank History: Technical references:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:     55.41{b){10)
Comments:
Question source:           [gJ Bank              10 Modified          10New I Cognitive level:
Conditions that result in the DG being declared OOS Generic K & A 2.2 -Equipment Control 2.2.37 Ability to determine operability availability of safety related 3.6 None CRO-48-1-2-12 55.41 (b)(7) [8l Bank 1 0 Modified 10New o Memory or Fundamental  
o Memory or Fundamental
[8l Comprehension or Analysis No record of use on an NRC exam Last use -LOI 2008 Diesel Generators Exam (May, 2009) 01-21 B, 1 B Diesel Improved version of Bank question Q24997 (not Page: 142 of 150 72 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exarn "';,Points:
[gJ Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:     No record of use on an NRC exam Exam Bank History:         Last use    LOI 2006 Audit Exam Technical references:       EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions EOP-8, Functional Recovery Procedure Comments:                  None Page: 140 of 150
1.00 Unit-1 was operating at 100% power when a Loss of Offsite Power (LOOP) and Steam Generator Tube Rupture (SGTR) occurred.
 
Given the following events and conditions: The operators implemented the appropriate Optimal Recovery procedure The affected SIG has been Identified
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 71                                        10: Q15947                                  Points: 1.00 Which ONE of the following choices contains conditions, ALL of which require declaring a Fairbanks-Morse diesel generator inoperable? All conditions need not occur simultaneously.
A.      Starting air pressure 220 PSIG; SRW CV manual hand wheel engaged; Voltage regulator in MANUAL.
B.      120VAC Vital Bus 11 inverter in INV 2; Voltage regulator in MANUAL; LOCAL-REMOTE keyswitch in LOCAL.
C.      ESFAS test handswitch in NORMAL; Starting Air pressure 215 PSIG; Diesel Room Ventilation Fan handswitch in AUTO.
D.      Fuel Oil Transfer pump in STOP; SRW PDIC in MANUAL; Jacket Cooling Water Temperature 80 'F.
Answer:          D Answer Explanation:
A. Incorrect - Starting Air Receiver pressure is in the normal range and well above the alarm setpoint of 125 PSIG B. Incorrect - Having the Inverter selector switch in INV 2 does not inop the DG C. Incorrect - None of the conditions presented will inop the DG D. Correct - Per OI-21A, Fairbanks Morse DG shall be considered inoperable for any of the following:
* 1B DG Voltage Regulator is selected to MANUAL.
* The 1B DG Room Ventilation Fan is inoperable.
* 1-SRW-1588-PDIC is NOT in AUTOMATIC or 1-SRW-1588-CV Manual Hand wheel is engaged.
* 1B DG Fuel Oil Transfer Pump is inoperable.
* 1B DG Jacket Water System temperature is less than 90'F.
Page: 141 of 150
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam I Question 71 Info iTopiC:                        Conditions that result in the DG being declared OOS I Tier/Group:                  Generic K & A 2.2 - Equipment Control KIA Info:
* 2.2.37 Ability to determine operability and/or availability of safety related equipment.
RO Importance:              3.6 I Proposed  references to be None provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:          CRO-48-1-2-12 i 10 CFR Part 55 Content:      55.41 (b)(7)
Question source:            [8l Bank               1 0 Modified         10New Cognitive level:
o Memory or Fundamental
[8l Comprehension or Analysis I Last NRC Exam used on:      No record of use on an NRC exam I Exam Bank History:          Last use - LOI 2008 Diesel Generators Exam (May, 2009)
Technical references:        01-21 B, 1B Diesel Generator Comments:                    Improved version of Bank question Q24997 (not modified)
Page: 142 of 150
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exarn 72                                                                                      "';,Points: 1.00 Unit-1 was operating at 100% power when a Loss of Offsite Power (LOOP) and Steam Generator Tube Rupture (SGTR) occurred. Given the following events and conditions:
* The operators implemented the appropriate Optimal Recovery procedure
* The affected SIG has been Identified
* T HOT is 516 'F (slowly lowering)
* T HOT is 516 'F (slowly lowering)
Why does the optimal recovery procedure direct cooldown to T HOT less than 515&deg;F? Minimizes the differential pressure across the break thereby reducing the leakrate. Establishes natural circulation cooling as soon as possible during the event. Minimizes radiation release to the environment via the affected SIG Main Steam Safety valves. Prevents dilution of tre RCS by maintaining SIG pressure lower than RCS pressure.
Why does the optimal recovery procedure direct cooldown to T HOT less than 515&deg;F?
Answer: Answer Incorrect  
A.        Minimizes the differential pressure across the break thereby reducing the leakrate.
-DP across the break would increase as a result of the cooldown unless RCS pressure was lowered simultaneously. Incorrect -A cooldown to 515'F is not necessary to establish natural circulation conditions Correct -Per the EOP-6 Technical Basis document:
: 8.        Establishes natural circulation cooling as soon as possible during the event.
The initial cooldown is done prior to isolating the affected S/G. This action reduces the risk of challenging the steam generator safety valves of the affected SIG after it is isolated. Incorrect  
C.        Minimizes radiation release to the environment via the affected SIG Main Steam Safety valves.
-Flow from the SIG to the RCS is not a concern. In fact, backflow from the SIG to the RCS is an avail3ble method for controlling affected SIG level. Page:
D.        Prevents dilution of tre RCS by maintaining SIG pressure lower than RCS pressure.
-------EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 72 Info Topic: Tier/Group:
Answer:             C Answer Explanation:
KIA Info: RO Importance:
A. Incorrect - DP across the break would increase as a result of the cooldown unless RCS pressure was lowered simultaneously.
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
B. Incorrect - A cooldown to 515'F is not necessary to establish natural circulation conditions C. Correct - Per the EOP-6 Technical Basis document: The initial cooldown is done prior to isolating the affected S/G. This action reduces the risk of challenging the steam generator safety valves of the affected SIG after it is isolated.
D. Incorrect - Flow from the SIG to the RCS is not a concern. In fact, backflow from the SIG to the RCS is an avail3ble method for controlling affected SIG level.
Page:
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 72 Info Basis for coo!c.lawn to < 515 of prior to isolating affected Topic:
S/G Tier/Group:               Generic K & !\
2.3 Radiati on C antrol KIA Info:
* 2.3 1 ~ Ability to control radiation releases.
RO Importance:             3.8 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Objective:
Objective:
Part 55 Content: Question source: Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
Part 55 Content: 55.41 (b){1   'I Question source:          D   Bank JD    Modified       ILZl New LZl Memory       (\i Fundamental Cognitive level:
Comments:
D Compre             sion or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:    N/A Exam Bank History:        None Technical references:      EOP-6, Ste           Generator Tube Rupture Technical Basis Document Comments:                  None of 1 ;;0
Basis for coo!c.lawn to < 515 of prior to isolating affected S/G Generic K & !\ 2.3 Radiati on C antrol
 
* 2.3 1Ability to control radiation releases.
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 73                                            10: Q17948                                  /~~oints: 1.00 The following emergency situations may warrant an individual dose in excess of the established regulatory limit of 5 REM per year:
3.8 -None -55.41 (b){1 'I D Bank J D Modified I LZl New LZl Memory (\i Fundamental D Compre sion or Analysis -N/A None EOP-6, Ste Generator Tube Rupture Technical Basis Document -None -of 1 ;;0 73 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 10:
* Life Saving (voluntary)
1.00 The following emergency situations may warrant an individual dose in excess of the established regulatory limit of 5 REM per year: Life Saving (voluntary) Facility Protection Which ONE of the following represents the limits for dose accumulated by an individual during these emergency situations? Greater than 25 REM for Lifesaving, no upper limit (voluntary);
* Facility Protection Which ONE of the following represents the limits for dose accumulated by an individual during these emergency situations?
10 REM for Facility Protection. Greater than 10 REM, not to exceed 25 REM, for Lifesaving (voluntary);
A.      Greater than 25 REM for Lifesaving, no upper limit (voluntary);
10 REM for Facility Protection. Greater than 25 REM, 110t to exceed 75 REM, for Lifesaving (voluntary);
10 REM for Facility Protection.
25 REM for Facility Protection. Greater than 25 REM for Lifesaving, no upper limit (voluntary);
B.      Greater than 10 REM, not to exceed 25 REM, for Lifesaving (voluntary);
10 REM for Facility Protection.
C.      Greater than 25 REM, 110t to exceed 75 REM, for Lifesaving (voluntary);
25 REM for Facility Protection.
D.      Greater than 25 REM for Lifesaving, no upper limit (voluntary);
25 REM for Facility Protection.
25 REM for Facility Protection.
Answer: A Answer Explanation: Correct Dose limits speci i!ed are those outlined in ERPI P 831, Emergency Radiation Exposure Guidance. Incorrect  
Answer:         A Answer Explanation:
-Dose limits specified in ERPIP 831are: Greater than 25 REM for Lifesaving (voluntary), 10 R EM for Facility Protection, and 25 REM for Lifesaving (assigned). Incorrect  
A. Correct Dose limits speci i!ed are those outlined in ERPI P 831, Emergency Radiation Exposure Guidance.
-Dose limits speCified in ERPIP 831are: Greater than 25 REM for Lifesaving (voluntary), 10 F-< EM for Facility Protection, and 25 REM for Lifesaving (assigned). Incorrect  
B. Incorrect - Dose limits specified in ERPIP 831are: Greater than 25 REM for Lifesaving (voluntary), 10 R EM for Facility Protection, and 25 REM for Lifesaving (assigned).
-Dose limits specified in ERPIP 831are: Greater than 25 REM for Lifesaving (voluntary), 10 REM for Facility Protection, and 25 REM for Lifesaving (assigned).
A. Incorrect - Dose limits speCified in ERPIP 831are: Greater than 25 REM for Lifesaving (voluntary), 10 F-< EM for Facility Protection, and 25 REM for Lifesaving (assigned).
-----EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 73 Info Topic: Emergency dose limits Tier/Group:
B. Incorrect - Dose limits specified in ERPIP 831are: Greater than 25 REM for Lifesaving (voluntary), 10 REM for Facility Protection, and 25 REM for Lifesaving (assigned).
Generic K & /, 2.3 Radiation Control KIA Info: 2.3.<1 Knowledge of radiation exposure limits under norm::]1 or emergency conditions.  
 
-RO Importance:
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 73 Info Topic:                     Emergency dose limits Tier/Group:               Generic K & /,
3.2 Proposed references to be None provided to Learning 10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: Bank Modified IONew Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level: o Comprehc;nsion or Analysis -Last NRC Exam used on: No record of use on an NRC exam Exam Bank History: No record of previolls use
2.3 Radiation Control KIA Info:
--_.... Technical references:
* 2.3.<1 Knowledge of radiation exposure limits under norm::]1 or emergency conditions.
ERPIP 831, t:mergency Radiation Exposure Guidance.
RO Importance:             3.2 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
None Page: 146 of 1 CiO 74 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 10: Points: 1.00 What limitations, if any, does NO-1-201, Calvert Cliffs Operating Manual, pi e on the use of "Working Copies" of technical procedures?
Working copies: . A. Must be verified current prior to use on subse B. Must be verified current at least once ev C. Must NOT be used for evolutions la ng longer than one shift. g Copy Coversheet prior to use. Answer: A Answer Explanation: Correct -Per No-1-1 Section 5.1.D.2.E.2 (Working Copies) specifies; Evolutions lasting greater th one shift do not require an Attach 7 as long as the procedure user verifies th current Working Copy is still the current approved revision prior to using the pro edure at the beginning of the next shift. Otherwise, the procedure user shall comp, te an Attach 7 for the Working Copy generated.
Matches KIA because the abilit 0 verify use of controlled procedures includes knowledge of when a proce re must be verified as a controlled version. In rrect -Per No-1-201 Section 5.1.D.2.E.2 (Working Copies), Procedure users are sponsible for verifying current revision of procedures, if an Attach 7 is not used. Plausible because Attachment 7, Procedure Working Copy Coversheet, if used, must be placed in the PDU basket in the Control Room Incorrect
-Per No-1-201 Section 5.1.D.2.E.2 (Working Copies), procedure users are responsible for verifying current revision of procedures, if an Attach 7 is not used. Incorrect
-Per No-1-201 Section 5.1.D.2.E.2 (Working Copies), procedure users are responsible for verifying current revision of procedures, if an Attach 7 is not used. te
-e--xPage: 147 of 150 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 74 Info KIA RO Proposed references to provided to Learning 10 CFR Part 55 Question Cognitive Last NRC Exam used Exam Bank Technical Use of NO-1-201 Working Copy Attachment Generic K &A 2.1 .21 Ability to verify the controlled procedure copy. 3.5 None 55.41 (b)(1 0) o Bank 1 0 Modified 112$1 New 12$1 Memory or Fundamental o Comprehension or Analysis N/A None NO-1-201, Calvert Cliffs Operating Manual None 75 KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam'; ID: Points: 1.00 For each of the post-trip plant conditions listed in Column "A", match the actions required, associated with RCP operation, from Column "B" in accordance with the applicable controlling procedure.
Assume ALL RCPs are initially operating and RCS TcoLD is 530 of for each condition listed. (Choices in Column B may be used once, more than once, or not all) Column A (Plant conditions)
Column B (Actions Required for the RCPs) A. LOCA with RCS pressure at 1700 1. No action required PSIA 2. Trip Two RCPs (one in each loop) B. CNTMT pressure is 5.0 PS G 3. Trip Three RCPs 4. Trip All Four RCPs C. SGTR with RCS pressure at 1475 PSIA 5. Trip Two RCPs (in the same loop) D. No source of Feed Flow A. 2,2,5,4 B. 1,2,2,1 C. 2,4,2,4 D. 1,4, 5, 1 Answer: C Answer Explanation: Incorrect CCW flow would be automatically isolated to the Containment with the stated conditions requiring all four RCPs be secured. SGTR RCP operation strategy is same as EOP-O and stated RCS pressure is well above the minimum pump operating limits. Incorrect
-RCS pressure dropping to < 1725 PSIA requires implementation of the Trip Two/Leave Two strategy ending up with One RCP in each loop. Correct -RCS pressure dropping to < 1725 PSIA requires implementation of the Trip Two/Leave Two strategy ending up with One RCP in each loop. CCW flow would be automatically isolated to the Containment with the stated conditions requiring all four RCPs be secured. SGTR operation strategy is same as the LOCA strategy and stated RCS pressure is well above the minimum pump operating limits. Loss of all feed flow requires tripping all RCPs to eliminate their heat input to the RCS. Incorrect
-RCS pressure dropping to < 1725 PSIA requires implementation of the Trip Two/Leave Two strategy ending up with One RCP in each loop .. Page: 149 1 
-------EXAMINA1]ON ANSWER >L.OI 2010 NRC RO Exam i.Question 75 Info Topic: i Tier/Group:
KIA Info: RO Importance:
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:
Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: *Exam Bank History: , Technical references:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:   55.41(b)(12)
Comments:
Question source:           ~ Bank                      Modified    IONew
Interpret proc edure guidance for RCP operation  
                          ~ Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:
& take appropriate a ction Generic K & A 2.1.20 Ability to Interpret and execute procedure steps. 4.6 None 55.4'1 lZJ Bank Modified I D Memory or Fundamental lZJ Comprehe n sian or Analysis -No record of u se on an NRC exam No record of p revious use
o Comprehc;nsion or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:     No record of use on an NRC exam Exam Bank History:         No record of previolls use
* EOP-O, P o st Trip Immediate Actions
                                    ---~
* EOP-3, L o ss of All Feedwater
Technical references:      ERPIP 831, t:mergency Radiation Exposure Guidance.
* EOP-5, L o S5 of Coolant Accident None 150 76 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam 10: Points: 1.00 Resin transfer from 21 CVCS IX to the SRMT is in progress.
                                    ~.---~
U-2 Waste Processing Ventilation RMS (2-RI-5410) begins to rise. The RMS is in alarm at 700 CPM and steady. Similar trends are noted on U-2 WRI\lGM (2-RIC-5415), now reading 4700 !-lci/sec and U-2 Main Vent Gaseous (2-RI-5415), reading 20,000 CPM. Neither 2-RIC-5415 nor 2-RI-5415 has reached its alarm setpoint.
Comments:                  None Page: 146 of 1CiO
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 74                                          10: Q92570                                      Points: 1.00 What limitations, if any, does NO-1-201, Calvert Cliffs Operating Manual, pi      e on the use of "Working Copies" of technical procedures?
Working copies:    .
A.        Must be verified current prior to use on subse B.        Must be verified current at least once ev C.        Must NOT be used for evolutions la      ng longer than one shift.
D.                                            g Copy Coversheet prior to use.
Answer:            A Answer Explanation:
A. Correct - Per No 1 Section 5.1.D.2.E.2 (Working Copies) specifies; Evolutions lasting greater th one shift do not require an Attach 7 as long as the procedure user verifies th current Working Copy is still the current approved revision prior to using the pro edure at the beginning of the next shift. Otherwise, the procedure user shall comp, te an Attach 7 for the Working Copy generated. Matches KIA because the abilit 0 verify use of controlled procedures includes knowledge of when a proce re must be verified as a controlled version.
B. In  rrect - Per No-1-201 Section 5.1.D.2.E.2 (Working Copies), Procedure users are sponsible for verifying current revision of procedures, if an Attach 7 is not used.
Plausible because Attachment 7, Procedure Working Copy Coversheet, if used, must be placed in the PDU basket in the Control Room Incorrect - Per No-1-201 Section 5.1.D.2.E.2 (Working Copies), procedure users are responsible for verifying current revision of procedures, if an Attach 7 is not used.
D. Incorrect - Per No-1-201 Section 5.1.D.2.E.2 (Working Copies), procedure users are responsible for verifying current revision of procedures, if an Attach 7 is not used.
dviL~J ~ te s-d'~~
                            ~dS--t - e--x ~ C4-Yn~T: ~
Page: 147 of 150
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 74 Info Topic:                      Use of NO-1-201 Working Copy Attachment Tier/Group:                Generic K &A KIA Info:                  2.1 .21 Ability to verify the controlled procedure copy.
RO Importance:              3.5 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:    55.41 (b)(1 0)
Question source:            o Bank                1 0  Modified        112$1 New 12$1 Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:
o Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:      N/A Exam Bank History:          None Technical references:       NO-1-201, Calvert Cliffs Operating Manual Comments:                  None
 
EXAMINATION~ANSWER                                                KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam';
75                                            ID: 026059                                    Points: 1.00 For each of the post-trip plant conditions listed in Column "A", match the actions required, associated with RCP operation, from Column "B" in accordance with the applicable controlling procedure. Assume ALL RCPs are initially operating and RCS TcoLD is 530 of for each condition listed. (Choices in Column B may be used once, more than once, or not all)
Column A (Plant conditions)                Column B (Actions Required for the RCPs)
: 1. A. LOCA with RCS pressure at 1700          1.      No action required PSIA
: 2.      Trip Two RCPs (one in each loop)
: 2. B. CNTMT pressure is 5.0 PS G              3.      Trip Three RCPs
: 4.      Trip All Four RCPs
: 3. C. SGTR with RCS pressure at 1475 PSIA                                        5.      Trip Two RCPs (in the same loop)
: 4. D. No source of Feed Flow is available A.      2,2,5,4 B.      1,2,2,1 C.      2,4,2,4 D.      1,4, 5, 1 Answer:            C Answer Explanation:
A. Incorrect    CCW flow would be automatically isolated to the Containment with the stated conditions requiring all four RCPs be secured. SGTR RCP operation strategy is same as EOP-O and stated RCS pressure is well above the minimum pump operating limits.
B. Incorrect - RCS pressure dropping to < 1725 PSIA requires implementation of the Trip Two/Leave Two strategy ending up with One RCP in each loop.
C. Correct - RCS pressure dropping to < 1725 PSIA requires implementation of the Trip Two/Leave Two strategy ending up with One RCP in each loop. CCW flow would be automatically isolated to the Containment with the stated conditions requiring all four RCPs be secured. SGTR r~cp operation strategy is same as the LOCA strategy and stated RCS pressure is well above the minimum pump operating limits. Loss of all feed flow requires tripping all RCPs to eliminate their heat input to the RCS.
D. Incorrect - RCS pressure dropping to < 1725 PSIA requires implementation of the Trip Two/Leave Two strategy ending up with One RCP in each loop ..
Page: 149  1
 
EXAMINA1]ON ANSWER KEY
                          >L.OI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 75 Info          i.
Interpret proc edure guidance for RCP operation & take Topic:
appropriate a ction i Tier/Group:                  Generic K & A KIA Info:                    2.1.20 Ability to Interpret and execute procedure steps.
RO Importance:                4.6 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:      55.4'1 (b)(10)
Question source:              lZJ Bank I
Modified       ~ew D Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:
lZJ Comprehe n sian or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:        No record of use on an NRC exam
  *Exam Bank History:            No record of previous use Technical references:
* EOP-O, Po st Trip Immediate Actions
* EOP-3, Loss of All Feedwater
* EOP-5, Lo S5 of Coolant Accident Comments:                    None 150
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam 76                                              10: Q92771                                    Points: 1.00 Resin transfer from 21 CVCS IX to the SRMT is in progress. U-2 Waste Processing Ventilation RMS (2-RI-5410) begins to rise. The RMS is in alarm at 700 CPM and steady.
Similar trends are noted on U-2 WRI\lGM (2-RIC-5415), now reading 4700 !-lci/sec and U-2 Main Vent Gaseous (2-RI-5415), reading 20,000 CPM. Neither 2-RIC-5415 nor 2-RI-5415 has reached its alarm setpoint.
Based on these conditions, which of the following describes the required actions in accordance with the appropriate controlling procedure?
Based on these conditions, which of the following describes the required actions in accordance with the appropriate controlling procedure?
A. Verify HP coverage per RWP. B. Secure Air Sparging of the SRMT. C. Declare a Radiological Event. D. Initiate a Reportability Notification.
A.     Verify HP coverage per RWP.
Answer: C Answer Explanation: Incorrect  
B.     Secure Air Sparging of the SRMT.
-AOP-6C, Accidental Gaseous Waste Release, would be implemented for the elevated RMS readings.
C.     Declare a Radiological Event.
Included in the AOP is the direction to involve Radiation Safety but not to verify compliance with requirements of the RWP Incorrect  
D.     Initiate a Reportability Notification.
-Action is directed by 01-17 A, Solid Waste, but Air Sparging would not be in progress at this point. Correct -AOP-6C, Accidental Gaseous Waste Release, would be implemented for the elevated RMS readings.
Answer:           C Answer Explanation:
Included in the AOP is the direction to declare a Radiological Event, as a minimum. Additionally, the criteria for declaring a Radiological Event in ERPIP 3.0 Attachment (19) would be met for an unplanned RMS in alarm indicating significantly different conditions from normal resin transfers Incorrect-A radioactive release is not reportable based on CNG-NL-101-1 004. Only releases that exceed Part 20, Table 2, Column 1 limits would need to be submitted as a 60-day LER. Both the WRNGM and the Main Vent RMS are not in alarm. indicating a regulatory limit has not yet been exceeded. OPERATIONS Page: 1 of 06 May 2010 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 !\IRC SRO Exam Question 76 Info Topic: Tier/Group:
A. Incorrect - AOP-6C, Accidental Gaseous Waste Release, would be implemented for the elevated RMS readings. Included in the AOP is the direction to involve Radiation Safety but not to verify compliance with requirements of the RWP B. Incorrect - Action is directed by 01-17 A, Solid Waste, but Air Sparging would not be in progress at this point.
KIA Info: SRO Importance:
C. Correct - AOP-6C, Accidental Gaseous Waste Release, would be implemented for the elevated RMS readings. Included in the AOP is the direction to declare a Radiological Event, as a minimum. Additionally, the criteria for declaring a Radiological Event in ERPIP 3.0 Attachment (19) would be met for an unplanned RMS in alarm indicating significantly different conditions from normal resin transfers D. Incorrect- A radioactive release is not reportable based on CNG-NL-101-1 004. Only releases that exceed Part 20, Table 2, Column 1 limits would need to be submitted as a 60-day LER. Both the WRNGM and the Main Vent RMS are not in alarm.
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
indicating a regulatory limit has not yet been exceeded.
OPERATIONS                                       Page: 1 of 50                                  06 May 2010
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 !\IRC SRO Exam Question 76 Info Topic:                     Determine the appropriate actions for a Waste Gas leak Tier/Group:                 Generic K & A 2.3 - Radiation Control KIA Info:
* 2.3.14 - Knowledge of radiation or contamination hazards that may arise during normal, abnormal, or emergency conditions or activities.
SRO Importance:             3.8 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:
Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:     55.43(b)(4)
Comments:
Question source:            o Bank               1 0 Modified         IC8l New Cognitive level:
Determine the appropriate actions for a Waste Gas leak Generic K & A 2.3 -Radiation Control 2.3.14 -Knowledge of radiation or contamination hazards that may arise during normal, abnormal, or emergency conditions or activities.
o Memory or Fundamental C8l Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:      N/A Exam Bank History:          None Technical references:      AOP-6C, Accidental Gaseous Waste Release Comments:                  Modified version of Q74607 OPERATIONS                               Page: 2 of 50                                    06 May 2010
3.8 None 55.43(b)(4) o Bank 1 0 Modified I C8l New o Memory or Fundamental C8l Comprehension or Analysis N/A None AOP-6C, Accidental Gaseous Waste Release Modified version of Q74607 OPERATIONS Page: 2 of 06 May 2010 77 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam 10: Points: 1.00 Unit-1 is operating at 100% power with P-13000-2 feeding 13KV Service Bus 11. A Unit-1 Reactor trip occurs due to 11A RCP experiencing a locked rotor. Immediately thereafter, P-13000-2 deenergizes due to a fault and a steam leak occurs in the turbine building.
 
The crew has implemented EOP-O. The following conditions exist: 11 SG level is -80 inches and slowly rising 12 SG level is -120 inches and slowly rising RCS pressure is 1875 PSIA and rising PZR level is 95 inches and rising MSIVs are closed per EOP-O Alternate Action steps 1 B DG did not start Based on existing plant conditions, which ONE of the following is the correct procedure to implement?
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam 77                                            10: Q50857                                    Points: 1.00 Unit-1 is operating at 100% power with P-13000-2 feeding 13KV Service Bus 11.
A. EOP-1, Reactor Trip B. EOP-2, Loss of Offsite Power/Loss of Forced Circulation C. EOP-6, Steam Generator Tube Rupture D. EOP-8, Functional Recovery Procedure Answer: A Answer Explanation: Correct -Based on the information given, a reactor trip has occurred due to low RCS flow. Per the EOP-O Technical Basis Document the HR safety function is met when "at least one RCP is checked to be operating in a loop with an S/G available for heat removal".
A Unit-1 Reactor trip occurs due to 11A RCP experiencing a locked rotor. Immediately thereafter, P-13000-2 deenergizes due to a fault and a steam leak occurs in the turbine building. The crew has implemented EOP-O. The following conditions exist:
EOP-1 would be implemented since all safety functions are met. Incorrect  
* 11 SG level is -80 inches and slowly rising
-EOP-2 is implemented during a loss of all forced circulation.
* 12 SG level is -120 inches and slowly rising
Since both Loop 12 RCPs are still operating, natural circulation does not exist and EOP-2 is not desired. Plausible due to loss of P-13000-2. Incorrect  
* RCS pressure is 1875 PSIA and rising
-Plausible because the candidate may associate the S/G level mismatch with a S/G Tube Leak when in fact the S/G level mismatch is due to the pump configuration of one RCP in Loop 11 and two RCPs in Loop 12. EOP-6 identifies S/G level mismatch as one of the ways to identify the ruptured generator. Incorrect  
* PZR level is 95 inches and rising
-EOP-8, Functional Recovery Procedure would be implemented if single event diagnosis were not possible.
* MSIVs are closed per EOP-O Alternate Action steps
Information given supports diagnosis of an uncomplicated Reactor Trip making selection of EOP-1, Reactor Trip, appropriate.
* 1B DG did not start Based on existing plant conditions, which ONE of the following is the correct procedure to implement?
OPERATIONS Page: 06 May 2010 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 77 Info Topic: Tier/Group:
A.       EOP-1, Reactor Trip B.       EOP-2, Loss of Offsite Power/Loss of Forced Circulation C.       EOP-6, Steam Generator Tube Rupture D.       EOP-8, Functional Recovery Procedure Answer:         A Answer Explanation:
KIA Info: SRO Importance:
A. Correct - Based on the information given, a reactor trip has occurred due to low RCS flow. Per the EOP-O Technical Basis Document the HR safety function is met when "at least one RCP is checked to be operating in a loop with an S/G available for heat removal". EOP-1 would be implemented since all safety functions are met.
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
B. Incorrect - EOP-2 is implemented during a loss of all forced circulation. Since both Loop 12 RCPs are still operating, natural circulation does not exist and EOP-2 is not desired. Plausible due to loss of P-13000-2.
C. Incorrect - Plausible because the candidate may associate the S/G level mismatch with a S/G Tube Leak when in fact the S/G level mismatch is due to the pump configuration of one RCP in Loop 11 and two RCPs in Loop 12. EOP-6 identifies S/G level mismatch as one of the ways to identify the ruptured generator.
D. Incorrect - EOP-8, Functional Recovery Procedure would be implemented if single event diagnosis were not possible. Information given supports diagnosis of an uncomplicated Reactor Trip making selection of EOP-1, Reactor Trip, appropriate.
OPERATIONS                                     Page: 30f50                                      06 May 2010
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 77 Info Topic:                     EOP Transition with 11A secured Tier/Group:                 1/1 CElE02 - Reactor Trip Recovery
* EA2 - Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the (Reactor Trip KIA Info:                           Recovery)
* EA2.1 - Facility conditions and selection of appropriate procedures during abnormal and emergency operations.
SRO Importance:            3.7 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:        LESSON PLAN 202-2AS-08 10 CFR Part 55 Content:    55.43(b)(5)
Question source:          ~ Bank                10 Modified          10New Cognitive level:
o Memory or Fundamental
                                        ~ Comprehension or Analysis I Last NRC Exam used on:    No history of use on previous NRC exams Used by LOR during 2008, Session III (average score Exam Bank History:
97% for 36 student encounters)
Technical references:      EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions Comments:                  None OPERATIONS                                Page: 4of50                                      06 May 2010
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam 78                                            10: Q26669                                Points: 1.00 Given the following plant conditions:
* A reactor trip has occurred
* All CEAs are inserted with reactor power lowering
* RCS pressure is 1900 PSIA and lowering
* Pzr Level is 140 inches and lowering
* RCS T COLD is 512&deg;F and lowering
* RCS Subcooling is 118 of and rising slowly
* 11 S/G Pressure is 700 PSIA and lowering
* 12 S/G Pressure is 830 PSIA and steady
* 11 S/G Level is -180 inches and lowering
* 12 S/G Level is -70 inches and rising with AFW feeding 12 S/G
* 11 4KV bus is energized
* 14 4KV bus is deenergized Based on the information provided, which ONE of the following is the correct Optimal Recovery Procedure for this event?
A        EOP-1, Reactor Trip B.      EOP-2, Loss of Offsite Power/Loss of Forced Circulation C.      EOP-4, Excess Steam Demand Event D.      EOP-5, Loss of Coolant Accident Answer:          C Answer Explanation:
A. Incorrect - Information provided (Core and RCS Heat Removal Safety Function not met) makes it clear something more than an uncomplicated trip has occurred.
B. Incorrect - Information provided does not support a LOOP or Natural Circulation condition.
C. Correct - An Excess Steam Demand Event is indicated by the S/G differential pressure and the high subcooled margin value.
D. Incorrect - Subcooled Margin is well in excess of the values expected for a LOCA condition.
OPERATIONS                                    Page: 50f50                                  06 May 2010
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam IQuestion_7_8_ln_f_o_ _ _--,--_ _ _ _ _~_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ____..,
I Topic:                      Given conditions determine the optimal recovery procedure .
Tier/Group:                  111 CE/E05 - Excess Steam Demand
* EA2 - Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the (Excess Steam i KIA Info:                            Demand)
* EA2.1 - Facility conditions and selection of appropriate procedures during abnormal and emergency operations.
i SRO Importance:              4.0 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:
Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: Cognitive level: I Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:     55.43(b)(5)
Comments:
Question source:             t8l Bank             I D Modified         IDNew i D Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:
EOP Transition with 11A secured 1/1 CElE02 -Reactor Trip Recovery EA2 -Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the (Reactor Trip Recovery) EA2.1 -Facility conditions and selection of appropriate procedures during abnormal and emergency operations.
t8l Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:       No history of use on previous NRC exams i Exam Bank History:           No history of previous use Technical references:       EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions Comments:                   None OPERATIONS                                 Page: 6of50                                      06 May 2010
3.7 None LESSON PLAN 202-2AS-08 55.43(b)(5) Bank 1 0 Modified 10New o Memory or Fundamental Comprehension or Analysis No history of use on previous NRC exams Used by LOR during 2008, Session III (average score 97% for 36 student encounters)
 
EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions None OPERATIONS Page: 06 May 2010 78 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam 10: Points: 1.00 Given the following plant conditions: A reactor trip has occurred All CEAs are inserted with reactor power lowering RCS pressure is 1900 PSIA and lowering Pzr Level is 140 inches and lowering RCS T COLD is 512&deg;F and lowering RCS Subcooling is 118 of and rising slowly 11 S/G Pressure is 700 PSIA and lowering 12 S/G Pressure is 830 PSIA and steady 11 S/G Level is -180 inches and lowering 12 S/G Level is -70 inches and rising with AFW feeding 12 S/G 11 4KV bus is energized 14 4KV bus is deenergized Based on the information provided, which ONE of the following is the correct Optimal Recovery Procedure for this event? A EOP-1, Reactor Trip B. EOP-2, Loss of Offsite Power/Loss of Forced Circulation C. EOP-4, Excess Steam Demand Event D. EOP-5, Loss of Coolant Accident Answer: C Answer Explanation: Incorrect
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam 79                                          10: Q92473                                      Points: 1.00 Both units are operating at 100% power. Due to voltage regulator concerns on U-1, the generator is operating with a 1.0 Power Factor. Additionally, STP O-SA-1 is in progress with the 1A DG paralleled to its respective 4KV bus and has been at full load for 30 minutes.
-Information provided (Core and RCS Heat Removal Safety Function not met) makes it clear something more than an uncomplicated trip has occurred. Incorrect
A system event occurs resulting in a "11 SRW HDR PRESS LO" and "U-1 4KV ESF MOTOR OVERLOAD" alarms. 11 SRW header pressure indicates 30 PSIG and steady. The appropriate procedure has been implemented.
-Information provided does not support a LOOP or Natural Circulation condition. Correct -An Excess Steam Demand Event is indicated by the S/G differential pressure and the high subcooled margin value. Incorrect
-Subcooled Margin is well in excess of the values expected for a LOCA condition.
OPERATIONS Page: 06 May 2010 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam I Question_7_8_ln_f_o
___--,--___________________
___.., I Topic: Given conditions determine the optimal recovery procedure .
111 CE/E05 -Excess Steam Demand EA2 -Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the (Excess Steam i KIA Info: Demand) EA2.1 -Facility conditions and selection of appropriate procedures during abnormal and emergency operations.
i SRO 4.0 Proposed references to be None provided to Learning 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
Question source: t8l Bank I D Modified i D Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level: t8l Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: No history of use on previous NRC exams i Exam Bank History: No history of previous use Technical references:
EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions Comments:
None OPERATIONS Page: 06 May 2010 79 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam 10: Points: 1.00 Both units are operating at 100% power. Due to voltage regulator concerns on U-1, the generator is operating with a 1.0 Power Factor. Additionally, STP O-SA-1 is in progress with the 1A DG paralleled to its respective 4KV bus and has been at full load for 30 minutes. A system event occurs resulting in a "11 SRW HDR PRESS LO" and "U-1 4KV ESF MOTOR OVERLOAD" alarms. 11 SRW header pressure indicates 30 PSIG and steady. The appropriate procedure has been implemented.
The following conditions exist
The following conditions exist
* Main Turbine Thrust Bearing Metal temperature is 193 of and slowly rising Main Turbine Journal Bearing Metal temperature is 225 'F and slowly riSing Generator Hydrogen temperature is 50 *C and slowly rising What action(s) should you, as the CRS, direct be taken for the event? A. Shutdown the 1A DG. B. Trip the reactor and implement EOP-O, Post-Trip Immediate Actions. C. Reduce MVAR load to "0" to reduce Main Transformer heat loads. D. Reduce MVAR load, as necessary, to maintain generator temperature.
* Main Turbine Thrust Bearing Metal temperature is 193 of and slowly rising
Answer: B Answer Explanation: Incorrect  
* Main Turbine Journal Bearing Metal temperature is 225 'F and slowly riSing
-The 1A DG is cooled by a self-contained cooling system, so is unaffected. Correct -Per AOP-7B Section V.A.1 exceeding the Main Turbine Thrust Bearing metal temperature limit of 190 'F is criteria for tripping the reactor and implementing EOP-O. AOP-7B specifies "with the approval of the SM/CRS" for tripping the reactor and implementation of EOP-O. Incorrect  
* Generator Hydrogen temperature is 50 *C and slowly rising What action(s) should you, as the CRS, direct be taken for the event?
-MVARS are required to be reduced zero to "reduce Main Generator Heating".
A.       Shutdown the 1A DG.
With the generator operating with a 1.0 Power Factor, there is no reactive load being carried by the machine. There is no need to lower MVARs since they are already zero. Incorrect  
B.       Trip the reactor and implement EOP-O, Post-Trip Immediate Actions.
-MVARS are required to be reduced zero to "reduce Main Generator Heating" with power reduced as required to maintain Main Generator temperatures.
C.       Reduce MVAR load to "0" to reduce Main Transformer heat loads.
D.       Reduce MVAR load, as necessary, to maintain generator temperature.
Answer:           B Answer Explanation:
A. Incorrect - The 1A DG is cooled by a self-contained cooling system, so is unaffected.
B. Correct - Per AOP-7B Section V.A.1 exceeding the Main Turbine Thrust Bearing metal temperature limit of 190 'F is criteria for tripping the reactor and implementing EOP-O. AOP-7B specifies "with the approval of the SM/CRS" for tripping the reactor and implementation of EOP-O.
C. Incorrect - MVARS are required to be reduced zero to "reduce Main Generator Heating". With the generator operating with a 1.0 Power Factor, there is no reactive load being carried by the machine. There is no need to lower MVARs since they are already zero.
D. Incorrect - MVARS are required to be reduced zero to "reduce Main Generator Heating" with power reduced as required to maintain Main Generator temperatures.
With the generator operating with a 1.0 Power Factor, there is no reactive load being carried by the machine. There is no need to lower MVARs since they are already zero.
With the generator operating with a 1.0 Power Factor, there is no reactive load being carried by the machine. There is no need to lower MVARs since they are already zero.
EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 79 Info I _ ........ Actions necessary on a loss of 11 SRW header Tier/Group:
 
1/1 I ! 062 -Loss of Nuclear Service Water AA2 -Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of KIA Info: Service AA2.04 -The normal values and upper limits for the temperatures of the components cooled by SWS SRO Importance:
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 79 Info Actions necessary on a loss of 11 SRW header
2.9 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
_Topic: ........
I Tier/Group:                 1/1 I
062 - Loss of Nuclear Service Water
* AA2 - Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of Nuclear KIA Info:                           Service Water:
* AA2.04 - The normal values and upper limits for the temperatures of the components cooled by SWS SRO Importance:           2.9 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:        202-7-S-05 I
I 10 CFR Part 55 Content:    55.43(b)(5)
Question source:                Bank              I k8J Modified      IONew Cognitive level:
o Memory or Fundamental k8J Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:    NIA Exam Bank History:        None Technical references:      AOP-7B, LOSS OF SERVICE WATER Comments:                  Modified version of Q39867 OPERATIONS                                Page: 8of50                                        06 May 2010
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam 80                                            10: Q92790                                    Points: 1.00 Unit-1 has just been shutdown to Mode 3 at NOP/NOT. Unit- 2 is operating at 100% power.
A fault occurs. isolating the Red Bus.
Which ONE of the following describes a correct procedure selection and strategy?
A.      On Unit-2. complete EOP-O. Post Trip Immediate Actions then implement EOP
: 2. Loss of Offsite Power/Loss of Forced Circulation; Manually control ADVs. from 2C03. to establish an RCS heat sink.
B.      On Unit-1. implement AOP-7I, Loss of 4KV. 480 Volt or 208/120 Volt Instrument Bus Power; Tie 1Y09 to 1Y10.
C.      On Unit-1. implement AOP-3E. Loss of All RCP Flow. Modes 3. 4. or 5; Use TBVs to maintain T COLD between 525 'F and 535 'F.
D.      On Unit-2. complete EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions, then implement EOP 1, Reactor Trip; Use TBVs or ADVs to maintain TCOLD between 525 'F and 535 'F.
Answer:          A Answer Explanation:
A. Correct - EOP-2 is implemented due to the loss of forced circulation. TBVs will not be available, only ADVs will be available for heat removal.
B. Incorrect - Tying 1Y09 to 1Y1 0 is an action for loss of 11 4KV Bus. 11 4KV Bus remains energized.
C. Incorrect RCPs will remain running and AOP-71, Loss of 4KV, 480 Volt or 208/120 Volt Instrument Bus Power will be implemented for the loss of 14 4KV Bus.
D. Incorrect - EOP-2 is implemented due to the loss of forced circulation. TBVs will not be available, only ADVs will be available for heat removal. EOP-1 Safety Functions were not all met.
OPERATIONS                                    Page: 90f50                                    06 May 2010
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 80 Info I Topic:                        RCS Heat Removal status Tier/Group:                  1/2 CE/A13 - Natural Circulation Operations
* AA2 - Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the (Natural KIA Info:                                    Circulation Operations)
* AA2.1 Facility conditions and selection of appropriate procedures during abnormal and emergency operations.
          *SRO Importance:                3.7 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:      55.43(b)(5)
Question source:              D Bank                ID Modified          1L81 New D Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:
L8l Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:        N/A Exam Bank History:            None
          *Technical references:      I EOP-2, LOSS OF OFFSITE POWER I LOSS OF FORCED I CIRCULATION i
Comments:                    None OPERATIONS                                  Page: 10 of 50                                    06 May 2010
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC SRO Exam 81                                            10: Q92474                                  Points: 1.00 Given both units operating at full power, which ONE of the following conditions results in the shortest duration Technical Specification Limiting Condition for Operation Completion Time and is the required action?
A.      Unit-1 CNTMT PAL inner door seal leakage exceeds the T.S. limit; Verify the outer door is closed.
B.      Unit-1 RCS leak rate unidentified leakage is above the T.S. limit:
Reduce LEAKAGE to within limits.
C.      Unit-2 CNTMT avg temperature is steady at 121&deg;F; Reduce CNTMT avg temperature to less than or equal to 120&deg;F.
D.       Unit-2 BL ESFAS Logic Cabinet is removed from service; Restore affected Logic channel to OPERABLE status.
Answer:          A Answer Explanation:
A. Correct - The Unit-1 CNTMT PAL inner door seal leakage is covered by T.S. 3.6.2.
Action "A.1" requires "Verify the OPERABLE door is closed in the affected air lock" with a com pletion time of 1 hour.
B. Incorrect - RCS Operational Leakage is governed by T.S. 3.4.13. Action "A" requires "Reduce RCS Leakage to within limits" with a completion time of 4 hours.
C. Incorrect - Containment Air Temperature is governed by T.S. 3.6.5.Action "A" requires "Restore containment average air temperature to within limit" with a completion time of 8 hours.
D. Incorrect - The ESFAS System Logic Cabinet is governed by T.S. 3.3.5. Action "c" requires "Restore affected Manual Actuation channel and Actuation Logic channel to OPERABLE status" with a completion time of 48 hours.
OPERATIONS                                    Page: 11 of 50                                  06 May 2010
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 81 Info Topic:                      Loss of Cntmt Integrity 1 1 Hour Tech Specs Tier/Group:                1/2 069 - Loss of Containment Integrity KJA Info:
* 2.2.39 - Knowledge of less than or equal to one hour Technical Specification action statements for systems.
SRO Importance:            4.5 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:
Learning Objective:
202-7-S-05 I 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.43(b)(5)
10 CFR Part 55 Content:     55.43(b )(2)
I Question source: Bank I k8J Modified IONew o Memory or Fundamental Cognitive k8J Comprehension or Last NRC Exam used on: NIA Exam Bank History: None Technical references:
Question source:           o Bank               1 0 Modified        I[gI New
AOP-7B, LOSS OF SERVICE WATER Modified version of Q39867 OPERATIONS Page: 06 May 2010 80 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam 10: Points: 1.00 Unit-1 has just been shutdown to Mode 3 at NOP/NOT. Unit-2 is operating at 100% power. A fault occurs. isolating the Red Bus. Which ONE of the following describes a correct procedure selection and strategy? On Unit-2. complete EOP-O. Post Trip Immediate Actions then implement 2. Loss of Offsite Power/Loss of Forced Manually control ADVs. from 2C03. to establish an RCS heat On Unit-1. implement AOP-7I, Loss of 4KV. 480 Volt or 208/120 Volt Instrument Bus Power; Tie 1Y09 to 1Y10. On Unit-1. implement AOP-3E. Loss of All RCP Flow. Modes 3. 4. or 5; Use TBVs to maintain T COLD between 525 'F and 535 'F. On Unit-2. complete EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions, then implement 1, Reactor Trip; Use TBVs or ADVs to maintain T COLD between 525 'F and 535 'F. Answer: A Answer Explanation: Correct -EOP-2 is implemented due to the loss of forced circulation.
[gI Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:
TBVs will not be available, only ADVs will be available for heat removal. Incorrect  
o Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:     N/A Exam Bank History:         None Technical references:       Tech Spec Sections: 3.4, RCS; 3.5, ECCS & 3.6, Containment Systems Comments:                  None OPERATIONS                               Page: 12 of 50                                  06 May 2010
-Tying 1 Y09 to 1 Y1 0 is an action for loss of 11 4KV Bus. 11 4KV Bus remains energized. Incorrect RCPs will remain running and AOP-71, Loss of 4KV, 480 Volt or 208/120 Volt Instrument Bus Power will be implemented for the loss of 14 4KV Bus. Incorrect
 
-EOP-2 is implemented due to the loss of forced circulation.
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam 82                                              10: Q51174                                    Points: 1.00 Given the following:
TBVs will not be available, only ADVs will be available for heat removal. EOP-1 Safety Functions were not all met. OPERATIONS Page: 06 May 2010 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 80 Info I Topic: Tier/Group:
* A major transient occurred, resulting in an automatic reactor trip and SIAS
KIA Info: *SRO Importance:
* EOP-5, Loss of Coolant Accident, has been entered
* Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
* RCS pressure is 1550 PSIA and lowering slowly
* RCS temperature is 515 of and stable Five minutes later, the following conditions are observed:
* SG 11 pressure is 450 PSIA and lowering
* RCS temperature is 440 of and lowering
* RCS pressure is 1350 PSIA and lowering Which ONE of the following describes the correct strategy for the current plant conditions?
A.     Remain in EOP-5, Loss of Coolant Accident. Refer to EOP-4, Excess Steam Demand Event, for actions required to isolate 11 S/G and terminate the RCS cooldown.
B.     Transition to EOP-4, Excess Steam Demand Event, to isolate the SG 11 and stabilize RCS temperature.
C.     Implement EOP-8, Functional Recovery Procedure, and isolate 11 S/G by use of the appropriate Core and RCS Heat Removal Success Path.
D.     Implement EOP-8, Functional Recovery Procedure, and isolate 11 S/G by use of the appropriate RCS Pressure and Inventory Control Success Path.
Answer:           C Answer Explanation:
A. Incorrect - Conditions stated (multiple events in progress) are entry criteria for the Functional Recovery Procedure which will correctly assess and prioritize actions to address jeopardized safety functions. EOP-8 will provide the actions required to address both the LOCA and the ESDE.
B. Incorrect - Conditions stated (multiple events in progress) are entry criteria for the Functional Recovery Procedure which will correctly assess and prioritize actions to address jeopardized safety functions. Transitioning to EOP-4 will not address the in progress LOCA.
C. Correct - Conditions stated (multiple events in progress) are entry criteria for the Functional Recovery Procedure which will correctly assess and prioritize actions to address jeopardized safety functions. The appropriate Core & RCS Heat Removal success path will provide direction for this event.
D. Incorrect - Conditions stated (multiple events in progress) are entry criteria for the Functional Recovery Procedure which will correctly assess and prioritize actions to address jeopardized safety functions. The appropriate Core & RCS Heat Removal success path will provide direction for this event.
OPERATIONS                                     Page: 13 of 50                                  06 May 2010
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 82 Info Given plant conditions recognize the success paths and
          *Topic:
order of their priority.
Tier/Group:                   1/2 CE/E09 - Functional Recovery
* EA2 - Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the (Functional Recovery)
KIA Info:
* EA2.2 - Adherence to appropriate procedures and operation within the limitations in the facility's license and amendments.
SRO Importance:               4.0 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:
Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: *Technical references:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:       55.43(b){5)
Comments:
Question source:               I:8l Bank            10 Modified            10New Cognitive level:
RCS Heat Removal CE/A 13 -Natural Circulation AA2 -Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the (Natural Circulation Operations) AA2.1 Facility conditions and selection of appropriate procedures during abnormal and emergency operations.
o Memory or Fundamental I:8l Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:       I No history of use on previous NRC exams Exam Bank History:             No history of previous use Technical references:         NO-1-201, CALVERT CLIFFS OPERATING MANUAL; EOp-a, Functional Recovery Procedure Comments:                      None
3.7 None 55.43(b)(5)
-- -  =-:c:::---------~          ----=---:-:--::-=-::----------------=c~____:c_=_:_:_
D Bank I D Modified 1L81 New D Memory or Fundamental L8l Comprehension or Analysis N/A None I EOP-2, LOSS OF OFFSITE POWER I LOSS OF FORCED I CIRCULATION i None OPERATIONS Page: 10 of 06 May 2010 81 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC SRO Exam 10: Points: 1.00 Given both units operating at full power, which ONE of the following conditions results in the shortest duration Technical Specification Limiting Condition for Operation Completion Time and is the required action? Unit-1 CNTMT PAL inner door seal leakage exceeds the T.S. limit; Verify the outer door is closed. Unit-1 RCS leak rate unidentified leakage is above the T.S. limit: Reduce LEAKAGE to within limits. Unit-2 CNTMT avg temperature is steady at 121&deg;F; Reduce CNTMT avg temperature to less than or equal to 120&deg;F. Unit-2 BL ESFAS Logic Cabinet is removed from service; Restore affected Logic channel to OPERABLE status. Answer: A Answer Explanation: Correct -The Unit-1 CNTMT PAL inner door seal leakage is covered by T.S. 3.6.2. Action "A.1" requires "Verify the OPERABLE door is closed in the affected air lock" with a com pletion time of 1 hour. Incorrect
OPERATIONS                                  Page: 14 of 50                                      06 May 2010
-RCS Operational Leakage is governed by T.S. 3.4.13. Action "A" requires "Reduce RCS Leakage to within limits" with a completion time of 4 hours. Incorrect
 
-Containment Air Temperature is governed by T.S. 3.6.5.Action "A" requires "Restore containment average air temperature to within limit" with a completion time of 8 hours. Incorrect  
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC SRO Exam 83                                              10: Q92490                                        Points: 1.00 Unit-2 was operating at 100% power when an event occurred. The following conditions exist 10 minutes into the event:
-The ESFAS System Logic Cabinet is governed by T.S. 3.3.5. Action "c" requires "Restore affected Manual Actuation channel and Actuation Logic channel to OPERABLE status" with a completion time of 48 hours. OPERATIONS Page: 11 of 06 May 2010 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 81 Info Topic: Tier/Group:
* RCS pressure is 37 PSIA
KJA Info: SRO Importance:
* Pressurizer level is 0 inches
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
* CETs indicate 265 of
* S/G levels are -40 inches and rising slowly
* S/G pressures are 900 PSIA and steady
* Containment pressure is 12 PSIG and slowly rising
* RWT level is 28 feet and lowering 45 minutes into the event, you are giving another Transient Brief for the EOP in use. Which ONE of the following is the primary heat removal strategy to brief with the crew?
A.      Steam Generators with AFW and ADVs B.      LPSI flow, from the RWT C.      Containment Spray flow, through the Shutdown Cooling Heat Exchanger D.      HPSI flow, from the Containment Sump Answer:          D Answer Explanation:
A. Incorrect - Given plant conditions, a LOCA is in progress. EOP, Loss of Coolant Accident; directs that the SGs be cooled to below RCS pressure, but this is not the primary heat removal method.
B. Incorrect - Given plant conditions, a LOCA is in progress. Based on RWT trend, the RWT is lowering at -1 'Imin (Initial level of 38' and level at 28' in 10 mins). With low RCS pressure, SI flow will not significantly vary as time continues. At 45 mins, the RWT should be empty and RAS actuated. This will trip the LPSI pumps and they will not be available for heat removal.
C. Incorrect - Given plant conditions, a LOCA is in progress. EOP, Loss of Coolant Accident; does not direct the alignment of CS pumps through the SDC HX. CS pumps are verified in operation, but their function is not to provide the primary heat removal method, but rather to minimize containment pressure.
D. Correct - Given plant conditions, a LOCA is in progress. EOP, Loss of Coolant Accident; directs that the HPSI pumps be aligned to the containment sump once RAS has actuated. Based on RWT trend, the RWT is lowering at -1 'Imin (Initial level of 38' and level at 28' in 10 mins). With low RCS pressure, SI flow will not significantly vary as time continues. At 45 mins, the RWT should be empty and RAS actuated.
OPERATIONS                                      Page: 15 of 50                                      06 May 2010
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 83 Info I Topic:                      HPSI Pump cavitation question for SRO Tier/Group:                1/1 011 - Large Break LOCA
* 2.2.44 - Ability to interpret control room indications to KIA Info:                          verify the status and operation of a system, and understand how operator actions and directives affect plant and system conditions.
SRO Importance:            4.4 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:        LOR-033480602-002 10 CFR Part 55 Content:    55.43(b)(5)
Question source:          D   Bank             ID lVIodified          I[8J New D   Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:
[8J Comprehension or Analysis
          *Last NRC Exam used on:      NIA Exam Bank History:        None Technical references:      EOP-5, Loss of Coolant Accident Comments:                  None OPERATIONS                               Page: 16 of 50                                      06 May 2010
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam 84                                                10: Q92510                                    Points: 1.00 Unit-1 was operating at 100% power when Instrument Air (IA) header pressure began lowering due to a rupture of the IA header in the turbine building. IA header pressure continued to lower and has stabilized at 35 PSIG as read on 1C13. All systems operated as designed and Operator actions, if needed, were taken.
Which ONE of the following describes the appropriate controlling procedure and necessary actions to mitigate the event?
A.        OP-3, Normal Power Operation, and isolate the Turbine Bypass Valves to prevent an excessive cooldown.
B.        AOP-3G, Malfunction of Main Feedwater System, and pin the Feedwater Regulating Valve to maintain SG levels.
C.        AOP-7D, Loss of Instrument Air, and close both Steam Generator Feed Pump Miniflow manual isolation valves.
D.        EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions, initiate Auxiliary Feedwater Water, and operate ADVs.
Answer:            D Answer Explanation:
A. Incorrect - The TBVs are not isolated during a loss of IA as the valves due to fail open.
B. Incorrect - The FRVs are not pinned when IA pressure lowers to 35 PSIG as the unit is tripped. SG levels are maintained by taking EOP-O actions to isolate MFW and initiate AFW.
C. Incorrect - AOP-7D is the correct procedure that is implemented immediately as IA pressure is lowering. However, once IA pressure reaches 50 PSIG, AOP-7D directs that the unit be tripped and EOP-O be implemented.
D. Correct - AOP-7D is the correct procedure that is implemented immediately as IA pressure is lowering. However, once IA pressure reaches 50 PSIG, AOP-7D directs that the unit be tripped and EOP-O be implemented. In EOP-O, alternate actions are required for Core and RCS Heat Removal since MFW is excessive due to FRV valves failing as is or lost as IA impacts various high level dumps, requiring initiation of AFW. ADVs are available since the stem indicates that actions were taken as IA pressure lowered, which includes starting the SWACs. This would provide IA supply to the ADVs.
OPERATIONS                                        Page: 17 of 50                                  06 May 2010
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 84 Info Topic:                      ADVs supplied by SWACs I
I Tier/Group:                12/2 041 - Steam Dump System (SDS)/Turbine Bypass Control
* A2 - AbTt II Y t0 ()              .
a pred'ICt th e Impac  s 0 fthe following malfunctions or operations on the SDS; KIA Info:
and (b) based on those predictions or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
I
* A2.03 - Loss of lAS I
I SRO Importance:             3.1 IProposed references to be    None provided to applicant:
I Learning Objective:
I
          ~    ......
10 CFR Part 55 Content:    55.43(b)(5)
Question source:            D Bank              IDModified              118:1 New 18:1 Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:
D Comprehension or Analysis
          ! Last    NRC Exam used on:  N/A Exam Bank History:          None Technical references:
* AOP-7D, Loss of Instrument Air
* EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions 1 Comments:                  None OPERATIONS                                Page: 18 of 50                                        06 May 2010
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam 85                                                10: 40688                                      Points: 1~00 Unit-1 is at 100% power, EOC, when the following occur:
* Reactor power promptly lowers to 92% and continues to slowly lower
* PZR Pressure simultaneously lowered to 2200 PSIA
* RCS TCOLD has dropped to 541&deg;F
* No CVCS operations are in progress Of the provided options:
: 1. Which of the following procedures would address this set of plant conditions, and;
: 2. Which of the actions is required, by the selected procedure?
A.  (1) AOP-7K, Overcooling Event in Mode One or Two (2) Adjust Turbine to restore T COLD to program B.  (1) AOP-1 B, CEA Malfunction (2) Adjust Turbine to restore T COLD to program C. (1) AOP-7K, Overcooling Event in Mode One or Two (2) Withdraw CEAs, as necessary, to restore T COLD to program D. (1) AOP-1 B, CEA Malfunction (2) Withdraw CEAs, as necessary, to restore T COLD to program Answer:           B Answer Explanation:
A. Incorrect - For the given plant conditions, boration, as allowed by the AOP, would be ineffective in restoring T COLD to program given the initial conditions. Dilution operations are not directed by the procedure as a method of restoring T COLD to program.
B. Correct -This action is directed by the AOP and would be effective in restoring T COLD to program.
C. Incorrect - AOP-1 B cautions "Do NOT use CEAs to control RCS temperature".
Plausible because AOP-1B allows use of CEAs, to adjust power, during realignment of the dropped CEA.
D. Correct - For the given plant conditions, TBVoperation, as allowed by the AOP, would be ineffective in restoring T COLD to program given the initial conditions.
OPERATIONS                                        Page: 19 of 50                                    06 May 2010
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 85 Info Topic:                      SID CEA Alignment Tier/Group:                1/2 003 - Dropped Control Rod KIA Info:
* 2.4.11 - Knowledge of abnormal condition procedures.
SRO Importance:            4.2
          . Proposed references to be None I provided to applicant:
I Learning Objective:
I 10 CFR Part 55 Content:    55.43(b}(5)
          *Question source:            [gJ Bank            1 0 Modified      [DNew Cognitive level:
Last NRC Exam used on:
o Memory or Fundamental
[gJ Comprehension or Analysis No history of use on previous NRC exams i
Exam Bank History:          Last used in May, 2009 LOR quiz Technical references:      AOP-1 B, CEA Malfunction                                    !
r-Comments:                  None I
OPERATIONS                                Page: 20 of 50                                06 May 2010
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam 86                                              ID:Q38119                                        Points: 1.00 Using provided references Given the following plant conditions:
* A lightning strike in the switchyard results in loss of all three high lines and a dual unit trip @ 1035.
* 1B DG failed to start
* The OC DG was started @ 1039.
* SMECO is in a normal line-up.
* At 1051 the PPO reports they are ready to close the OC disconnects to 14 4KV Bus.
What, if any, EAL classification is warranted for Unit-1?
A.      Unusual Event B.      Alert C.      Site Area Emergency D.      No EAL classification is warranted Answer:          B Answer Explanation:
A. Incorrect - Per ERPIP 3.0, Attachment (1), Emergency Action Level Criteria, an Alert per H.A.2.1.2 is the appropriate call for AC power capability to 4KV Vital busses on either Unit being reduced to ONLY one DG for >15 minutes. An Unusual Event would be appropriate if both Vital 4 KV Busses were powered by their respective DGs. In this case only 11 4KV Bus was powered by its respective DG for a period of at least 16 minutes.
B. Correct - Per ERPIP 3.0, Attachment (1), Emergency Action Level Criteria, an Alert per H.A.2.1.2 is the appropriate call for AC power capability to 4KV Vital busses on either Unit being reduced to ONLY one DG for >15 minutes.
C. Incorrect - Per ERPIP 3.0, Attachment (1), Emergency Action Level Criteria, an Alert per H.A.2.1.2 is the appropriate call for AC power capability to 4KV Vital busses on either Unit being reduced to ONLY one DG for >15 minutes. To reach Site Area Emergency criteria, both 4KV Vital Busses would have to be deenergized for >15 minutes.
D. Incorrect - Per ERPIP 3.0, Attachment (1), Emergency Action Level Criteria, an Alert per H.A.2.1.2 is the appropriate call for AC power capability to 4KV Vital busses on either Unit being reduced to ONLY one DG for >15 minutes.
OPERATIONS                                      Page: 21 of 50                                    06 May 2010
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam i Question 86 Info Topic:                    LOOP EAL Declaration ITierf~roup:                1/1 055 - Loss of Offsite and Onsite Power (Station Blackout)
KIA Info:
* 2.4.40 - Knowledge of SRO responsibilities in emergency plan implementation.
i
          *SRO Importance:            4.5                                                          i IProposed ~~ferences to be  ERPIP 3.0, Attachment (1)
          *provided to applicant:
          ~-   ....
i Learning Objective:
1 10 CFR Part 55 Content:    55.43(b)(5)
I Question source:          o Bank              1 0 ~odified      I~New Cognitive level.
o Memory or Fundamental I:AcomprehenSion or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:
Exam Bank History:
Technical references:      ERPIP 3.0 Comments:                  None OPERATIONS                              Page: 22 of 50                                  06 May 2010
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam "87                                              10: Q927aQ/                                      . Points: 1.00 SFP Charcoal Filters have been declared inoperable. Fuel movement within the SFP is desired.
What is the MINIMUM time that the fuel to be moved must have been out of a critical reactor before fuel movement per OI-25A, Spent Fuel Handling Machine, may commence?
A.        Greater than 100 hours.
B.        Greater than 32 days.
C.        Greater than 92 days.
D.        Greater than 184 days.
Answer:            B Answer Explanation:
A. Incorrect - A candidate, unsure of the correct duration, may be familiar with 100 hours (minimum time shutdown before fuel movement) and consider this a reasonable choice as an answer.
B. Correct - As defined in the Tech Spec Bases for T.S. 3.7.11, Spent Fuel Pool Exhaust Ventilation System (SFPEVS). "The SFPEVS is designed to mitigate the consequences of a fuel handling accident involving handling recently irradiated fuel (i.e., fuel that has occupied part of a critical reactor core within the previous 32 days)".
C. Incorrect - A candidate, unsure of the correct duration, may be familiar with 92 days (quarterly surveillance interval from the Tech Specs) and consider this a reasonable choice as an answer.
D. Incorrect - A candidate, unsure of the correct duration, may be familiar with 184 days (semi-annual surveillance interval from the Tech Specs) and consider this a reasonable choice as an answer.
OPERATIONS                                     Page: 23 of 50                                      06 May 2010
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 87 Info Topic:                     Definition of Recently Irradiated Fuel Tier/Group:               Generic K & A 2.1 - Conduct of Operations KIA Info:
* 2.1.42 - Knowledge of new and spent fuel movement procedures.
SRO Importance:             3.4 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:
Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:   55.43(b )(7)
Comments:
Question source:          o Bank               1 0 Modified     I [8J New
Loss of Cntmt Integrity 1 1 Hour Tech Specs 1/2 069 -Loss of Containment Integrity 2.2.39 -Knowledge of less than or equal to one hour Technical Specification action statements for systems. 4.5 None 55.43(b )(2) o Bank 1 0 Modified I[gI New [gI Memory or Fundamental o Comprehension or Analysis N/A None Tech Spec Sections:
[8J Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:
3.4, RCS; 3.5, ECCS & 3.6, Containment Systems None OPERATIONS Page: 12 of 06 May 2010 82 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam 10: Points: 1.00 Given the following: A major transient occurred, resulting in an automatic reactor trip and SIAS EOP-5, Loss of Coolant Accident, has been entered RCS pressure is 1550 PSIA and lowering slowly RCS temperature is 515 of and stable Five minutes later, the following conditions are observed: SG 11 pressure is 450 PSIA and lowering RCS temperature is 440 of and lowering RCS pressure is 1350 PSIA and lowering Which ONE of the following describes the correct strategy for the current plant conditions? Remain in EOP-5, Loss of Coolant Accident.
o Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:    N/A Exam Bank History:        None Technical references:      Tech Spec 3.7.11 Comments:                  None OPERATIONS                             Page: 24 of 50                                  06 May 2010
Refer to EOP-4, Excess Steam Demand Event, for actions required to isolate 11 S/G and terminate the RCS cooldown. Transition to EOP-4, Excess Steam Demand Event, to isolate the SG 11 and stabilize RCS temperature. Implement EOP-8, Functional Recovery Procedure, and isolate 11 S/G by use of the appropriate Core and RCS Heat Removal Success Path. Implement EOP-8, Functional Recovery Procedure, and isolate 11 S/G by use of the appropriate RCS Pressure and Inventory Control Success Path. Answer: C Answer Explanation: Incorrect  
 
-Conditions stated (multiple events in progress) are entry criteria for the Functional Recovery Procedure which will correctly assess and prioritize actions to address jeopardized safety functions.
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam 88                                            10: Q44148                                    Points: 1.00 Why must Linear Heat Rate be maintained less than 22 KW/FT, as described in the BASIS for T.S. Safety Limit 2.1.1.2, Linear Heat Rate?
EOP-8 will provide the actions required to address both the LOCA and the ESDE. Incorrect
A.      Limits fuel clad temperature to 2200 OF.
-Conditions stated (multiple events in progress) are entry criteria for the Functional Recovery Procedure which will correctly assess and prioritize actions to address jeopardized safety functions.
B.      Prevents exceeding fuel centerline temperature limits.
Transitioning to EOP-4 will not address the progress LOCA. Correct -Conditions stated (multiple events in progress) are entry criteria for the Functional Recovery Procedure which will correctly assess and prioritize actions to address jeopardized safety functions.
C.      Prevents exceeding DNBR limits.
The appropriate Core & RCS Heat Removal success path will provide direction for this event. Incorrect
D.      Maintains Site Boundary dose within limits.
-Conditions stated (multiple events in progress) are entry criteria for the Functional Recovery Procedure which will correctly assess and prioritize actions to address jeopardized safety functions.
Answer:           B Answer Explanation:
The appropriate Core & RCS Heat Removal success path will provide direction for this event. OPERATIONS Page: 13 of 06 May 2010 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 82 Info *Topic: Tier/Group:
A. Incorrect - Per the Technical Specification Bases for T.S. 3.2.1, Liner Heat Rate (LHR), "The limitation on the LHR ensures that, in the event of a LOCA, the peak temperature of the fuel cladding does not exceed 2200&deg;F".
KIA Info: SRO Importance:
B. Correct - Per the Technical Specification Bases for T.S. 2.1.1, Reactor Core SLs, "the restrictions of this SL prevent overheating of the fuel and cladding and possible cladding perforation that would result in the release of fission products to the reactor coolant. Overheating of the fuel is prevented by maintaining the steady state peak linear heat rate below the level at which fuel centerline melting occurs". The Safety limit of 22 KW/FT is significantly less conservative than the COLR limit of 14.3 KW/FT.
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
C. Incorrect - Per the Technical Specification Bases for T.S. 3.4.1, RCS Pressure, Temperature, and Flow Departure from Nucleate Boiling (DNB) Limits, "the limits placed on departure from nucleate boiling (DNB) related parameters ensure that these parameters will not be less conservative than were assumed in the analyses, and thereby provide assurance that the minimum departure from nucleate boiling ratio (DNBR) will meet the required criteria for each of the transients analyzed".
D. Incorrect - Per the Technical Specification Bases for T.S. 3.4.15, RCS Specific Activity, "the RCS specific activity LCO limits the allowable concentration level of radionuclides in the reactor coolant. The LCO limits are established to minimize the offsite radioactivity dose consequences in the event of a SGTR accident".
OPERATIONS                                     Page: 25 of 50                                    06 May 2010
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam i Question   88 Info Topic:                     Basis for COLR LHR limit Tier/Group:                 1/1 2.2 - Equipment Control i KIA   Info:
* 2.2.38 - Knowledge of conditions and limitations in the facility license.
I SRO Importance:           4.5 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:
Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:   55,43(b)(1)
Comments:
_Question source:
Given plant conditions recognize the success paths and order of their priority.
f8J Bank                ID~odified      I New f8J Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:
1/2 CE/E09 -Functional Recovery EA2 -Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the (Functional R ecovery) EA2.2 -Adherence to appropriate procedures and operation within the limitations in the facility's license and amendments.
Comprehension or Analysis i Last NRC Exam used on:     N/A Exam Bank History:         None Technical references:     Tech Spec 2.1.1, Reactor Core Safety Limits Comments:                  None I
4.0 None 55.43(b){5)
OPERATIONS                                Page: 26 of 50                                  06 May 2010
I:8l Bank 1 0 Modified 10New o Memory or Fundamental I:8l Comprehension or Analysis I No history of use on previous NRC exams No history of previous use NO-1-201, CALVERT CLIFFS OPERATING MANUAL; EOp-a, Functional Recovery Procedure None ---
 
OPERATIONS Page: 14 of 06 May 2010 83 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC SRO Exam 10: Points: 1.00 Unit-2 was operating at 100% power when an event occurred.
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC SRO Exam 89                                                ID:Q92614                                  Points: 1.00 A fire exists in the Unit-2 45' West Electrical Penetration Room. Which of the following lists documents that must be reviewed, per ERPIP 3.0, to assist the Fire Brigade in firefighting efforts?
The following conditions exist 10 minutes into the event: RCS pressure is 37 PSIA Pressurizer level is 0 inches CETs indicate 265 of S/G levels are -40 inches and rising slowly S/G pressures are 900 PSIA and steady Containment pressure is 12 PSIG and slowly rising RWT level is 28 feet and lowering 45 minutes into the event, you are giving another Transient Brief for the EOP in use. Which ONE of the following is the primary heat removal strategy to brief with the crew? A. Steam Generators with AFW and ADVs B. LPSI flow, from the RWT C. Containment Spray flow, through the Shutdown Cooling Heat Exchanger D. HPSI flow, from the Containment Sump Answer: D Answer Explanation: Incorrect  
A.        AOP-11 Series; Fire Strategies Manual; Interactive Cable Analysis.
-Given plant conditions, a LOCA is in progress.
B.        AOP-11 Series; Interactive Cable Analysis; ES-013, Loss of Power Effects ILoad List.
EOP, Loss of Coolant Accident; directs that the SGs be cooled to below RCS pressure, but this is not the primary heat removal method. Incorrect
C.        AOP-9 Series; Fire Strategies Manual; Plant Area Fire Strategy Templates (Maps).
-Given plant conditions, a LOCA is in progress.
D.        AOP-9 Series; Plant Area Fire Strategy Templates (Maps);
Based on RWT trend, the RWT is lowering at -1 'Imin (Initial level of 38' and level at 28' in 10 mins). With low RCS pressure, SI flow will not significantly vary as time continues.
ES-013, Loss of Power Effects ILoad List.
At 45 mins, the RWT should be empty and RAS actuated.
Answer:            C Answer Explanation:
This will trip the LPSI pumps and they will not be available for heat removal. Incorrect  
A. Incorrect - AOP-11 is not a series and is for Control Room Evacuation for non-fires.
-Given plant conditions, a LOCA is in progress.
It is not included in the list of documents to review contained in ERPIP 3.0, Attachment 16.
EOP, Loss of Coolant Accident; does not direct the alignment of CS pumps through the SDC HX. CS pumps are verified in operation, but their function is not to provide the primary heat removal method, but rather to minimize containment pressure. Correct -Given plant conditions, a LOCA is in progress.
B. Incorrect - AOP-11 is not a series and is for Control Room Evacuation for non-fires.
EOP, Loss of Coolant Accident; directs that the HPSI pumps be aligned to the containment sump once RAS has actuated.
AOP-11 is not included in the list of documents to review contained in ERPIP 3.0, Attachment 16. ES-013, Loss of Power Effects ILoad List, while a good potential reference, is not included in the list of documents to review contained in ERPIP 3.0, Attachment 16.
Based on RWT trend, the RWT is lowering at -1 'Imin (Initial level of 38' and level at 28' in 10 mins). With low RCS pressure, SI flow will not significantly vary as time continues.
C. Correct - All listed resources are listed in ERPIP 3.0 Attachment 16 and are available in the Control Room.
At 45 mins, the RWT should be empty and RAS actuated.
D. Incorrect - ES-013, Loss of Power Effects ILoad List, while a good potential reference, is not included in the list of documents to review contained in ERPIP 3.0, Attachment 16.
OPERATIONS Page: 15 of 06 May 2010 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 83 Info I Topic: Tier/Group:
OPERATIONS                                        Page: 27 of 50                                06 May 2010
KIA Info: SRO Importance:
 
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 89 Info Topic:                      Resources to assist the CR in firefighting efforts Tier/Group:                Generic K& A i
2.4 - Emergency Procedures I Plan KIA Info:
* 2.4.26 - Knowledge of facility protection requirements, including fire brigade and portable firefighting equipment usage.
I i SRO Importance:            3.6 I Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
          , Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:    55.43(b)(5}
Question source:           o Bank                 1 0 Modified       lIZ! New ...
Cognitive level:
IZ! Memory or Fundamental o Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:      N/A Exam Bank History:        None Technical references:
* SA-1-10,  1 FI RE FIGHTING
* ERPIP 3.0, Attachment (16), Fire in the Protected Area, ISFSI, or MPF IComments:                  None OPERATIONS                               Page: 28 of 50                                      06 May 2010
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC SRO Exam 90                                            10: Q93060                                  Points: 1.00 Unit-1 has implemented EOP-5, Loss of Coolant Accident, due to a small break LOCA inside the containment concurrent with a loss of oftsite power. 14 4KV Bus failed to energize from its respective DG.
Which ONE of the following describes:
(1) The impact of these events on the Steam Generators and; (2) The strategy for managing current plant conditions per EOP-5?
A.       (1) The ADVs are NOT available remotely to support RCS heat removal; (2) Operate 13 HPSI on 11 4KV Bus, to establish adequate heat removal.
B.       (1) Condensate Booster Pumps are NOT available as a feed source; (2) Operate 13 HPSI on 11 4KV Bus, to establish adequate heat removal.
C.       (1) Motor Driven AFW Pump is NOT available to support RCS heat removal; (2) Establish RCS heat removal via natural circulation.
D.       (1) Main Feedwater Pumps are NOT available as a feed source; (2) Establish RCS heat removal via natural circulation.
Answer:           D Answer Explanation:
A. Incorrect - The ADVs are available for heat removal. HPSI flow out the break maintains RCS inventory with heat removal via the S/Gs providing the ability to cooldown the RCS to SDC entry conditions.
B. Incorrect - Forced circulation is not available for RCS heat removal, however HPSI flow out the break maintains RCS inventory with heat removal via the S/Gs providing the ability to cooldown the RCS to SDC entry conditions. EOP-5 does not drive starting 13 HPSI pump if 11 HPSI pump starts and functions properly. No information is provided stating 11 HPSI pump is not operating correctly.
C. Incorrect - The motor driven AFW Pump is available. AFW and the ADVs are used to establish heat removal and cooldown the RCS to SDC entry conditions.
D. Correct - Main Feedwater Pumps are not available as a feed source, AFW and the ADVs are used to establish heat removal and cooldown the RCS to SDC entry conditions.
OPERATIONS                                   Page: 29 of 50                                06 May 2010
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 90 Info Topic:                     Small Break LOCA heat removal Tier/Group:                 2/2 035 - Steam Generator
* A2 - Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the SG; KIA Info:                           and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
* A2.06 - Small Break LOCA SRO Importance:           4.6 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:
Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: Cognitive level: *Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:   55.43(b)(5)
Comments:
Question source:           o Bank                ID Modified          11:8] New Cognitive level:
HPSI Pump cavitation question for SRO 1/1 011 -Large Break LOCA 2.2.44 -Ability to interpret control room indications to verify the status and operation of a system, and understand how operator actions and directives affect plant and system conditions.
o Memory or Fundamental 1:8] Comprehension or Analysis
4.4 None LOR-033480602-002 55.43(b)(5)
          *Last NRC Exam used on:     N/A Exam Bank History:         None Technical references:     EOP-5, Loss of Coolant Accident Comments:
D Bank I D lVIodified I[8J New D Memory or Fundamental
OPERATIONS                               Page: 30 of 50                                      06 May 2010
[8J Comprehension or Analysis NIA None EOP-5, Loss of Coolant Accident None OPERATIONS Page: 16 of 06 May 2010 84 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam 10: Points: 1.00 Unit-1 was operating at 100% power when Instrument Air (IA) header pressure began lowering due to a rupture of the IA header in the turbine building.
 
IA header pressure continued to lower and has stabilized at 35 PSIG as read on 1C13. All systems operated as designed and Operator actions, if needed, were taken. Which ONE of the following describes the appropriate controlling procedure and necessary actions to mitigate the event? OP-3, Normal Power Operation, and isolate the Turbine Bypass Valves to prevent an excessive cooldown. AOP-3G, Malfunction of Main Feedwater System, and pin the Feedwater Regulating Valve to maintain SG levels. AOP-7D, Loss of Instrument Air, and close both Steam Generator Feed Pump Miniflow manual isolation valves. EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions, initiate Auxiliary Feedwater Water, and operate ADVs. Answer: D Answer Explanation: Incorrect
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam 91                                              10: Q926Sf                                    Points: 1.00 Unit-1 is operating at 100% power with Group 5 CEAs at 131 inches when the pulse counting position indication system is lost due to a power supply malfunction. It has become apparent the TRM restoration time will not be met.
-The TBVs are not isolated during a loss of IA as the valves due to fail open. Incorrect
Which ONE of the following actions is required?
-The FRVs are not pinned when IA pressure lowers to 35 PSIG as the unit is tripped. SG levels are maintained by taking EOP-O actions to isolate MFW and initiate AFW. Incorrect
A.     Initiate a Condition Report for a Reactivity Management event.
-AOP-7D is the correct procedure that is implemented immediately as IA pressure is lowering.
B.     Contact Systems Engineering to complete a Functionality Assessment.
However, once IA pressure reaches 50 PSIG, AOP-7D directs that the unit be tripped and EOP-O be implemented. Correct -AOP-7D is the correct procedure that is implemented immediately as IA pressure is lowering.
C.     Initiate the Event Notification Worksheet for a Licensee Event Report.
However, once IA pressure reaches 50 PSIG, AOP-7D directs that the unit be tripped and EOP-O be implemented.
D.      Contact Generation Dispatcher to inform of plant status.
In EOP-O, alternate actions are required for Core and RCS Heat Removal since MFW is excessive due to FRV valves failing as is or lost as IA impacts various high level dumps, requiring initiation of AFW. ADVs are available since the stem indicates that actions were taken as IA pressure lowered, which includes starting the SWACs. This would provide IA supply to the ADVs. OPERATIONS Page: 17 of 06 May 2010 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 84 Info Topic: I I Tier/Group:
Answer:           B Answer Explanation:
KIA Info: I I I SRO Importance: Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
A. Incorrect - Loss of the pulse counting position indication system does not classify as a Reactivity Management event per CNG-OP-3.01-1000, Reactivity Management.
I Learning Objective:
B. Correct - For SSCs that are not expressly subject to Tech Specs and that are determined to be degraded, assess the reasonable expectation of functionality.
I ...... 10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: Cognitive level: ! Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
C. Incorrect - There are no criteria stated that meet the threshold for notification of a LER D. Incorrect - There is not enough information given to ascertain whether a power reduction is imminent.
1 Comments:
OPERATIONS                                     Page: 31 of 50                                  06 May 2010
ADVs supplied by SWACs 12/2 041 -Steam Dump System (SDS)/Turbine Bypass Control
 
* A2 AbTt II Y t 0 () pre IC .-a d' t th e Impac s 0 fth e following malfunctions or operations on the SDS; and (b) based on those predictions or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 91 Info Topic:                     TRM requirements for OOS CEA Position Indication Tier/Group:               2/2 014 - Rod Position Indication System (RPIS)
* A2.03 -Loss of lAS 3.1 None 55.43(b)(5)
* 2.4.30 - Knowledge of events related to system KIA Info:                             operation/status that must be reported to internal organizations or external agencies, such as the State, the NRC, or the transmission system operator.
D Bank I DModified 118:1 New 18:1 Memory or Fundamental D Comprehension or Analysis N/A None
SRO Importance:           4.1 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
* AOP-7D, Loss of Instrument Air
* EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions None OPERATIONS Page: 18 of 06 May 2010 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam 10: 40688 Points:
Unit-1 is at 100% power, EOC, when the following occur: Reactor power promptly lowers to 92% and continues to slowly lower PZR Pressure simultaneously lowered to 2200 PSIA RCS TCOLD has dropped to 541&deg;F
* No CVCS operations are in Of the provided Which of the following procedures would address this set of plant conditions, and; Which of the actions is required, by the selected procedure? (1) AOP-7K, Overcooling Event in Mode One or Two (2) Adjust Turbine to restore T COLD to program (1) AOP-1 B, CEA Malfunction (2) Adjust Turbine to restore T COLD to program (1) AOP-7K, Overcooling Event in Mode One or Two (2) Withdraw CEAs, as necessary, to restore T COLD to program (1) AOP-1 B, CEA Malfunction (2) Withdraw CEAs, as necessary, to restore T COLD to program Answer: B Answer Explanation: Incorrect  
-For the given plant conditions, boration, as allowed by the AOP, would be ineffective in restoring T COLD to program given the initial conditions.
Dilution operations are not directed by the procedure as a method of restoring T COLD to program. Correct -This action is directed by the AOP and would be effective in restoring T COLD to program. Incorrect
-AOP-1 B cautions "Do NOT use CEAs to control RCS temperature".
Plausible because AOP-1B allows use of CEAs, to adjust power, during realignment of the dropped CEA. Correct -For the given plant conditions, TBVoperation, as allowed by the AOP, would be ineffective in restoring T COLD to program given the initial conditions.
OPERATIONS Page: 19 of 06 May 2010 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 85 Info Topic: Tier/Group:
KIA Info: SRO Importance: . Proposed references to be I provided to applicant:
I Learning I 10 CFR Part 55
*Question source: Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references: Comments:
SID CEA Alignment 1/2 003 -Dropped Control Rod 2.4.11 -Knowledge of abnormal 4.2 None 55.43(b}(5)
! [gJ Bank 1 0 Modified [DNew o Memory or Fundamental
[gJ Comprehension or Analysis i No history of use on previous NRC exams -Last used in May, 2009 LOR quiz !AOP-1 B, CEA Malfunction None OPERATIONS Page: 20 of 06 May 2010 I 86 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam Points: 1.00 Using provided references Given the following plant conditions: A lightning strike in the switchyard results in loss of all three high lines and a dual unit trip @ 1035. 1 B DG failed to start The OC DG was started @ 1039. SMECO is in a normal line-up. At 1051 the PPO reports they are ready to close the OC disconnects to 14 4KV Bus. What, if any, EAL classification is warranted for Unit-1? A. Unusual Event B. Alert C. Site Area Emergency D. No EAL classification is warranted Answer: B Answer Explanation: Incorrect  
-Per ERPIP 3.0, Attachment (1), Emergency Action Level Criteria, an Alert per H.A.2.1.2 is the appropriate call for AC power capability to 4KV Vital busses on either Unit being reduced to ONLY one DG for >15 minutes. An Unusual Event would be appropriate if both Vital 4 KV Busses were powered by their respective DGs. In this case only 11 4KV Bus was powered by its respective DG for a period of at least 16 minutes. Correct -Per ERPIP 3.0, Attachment (1), Emergency Action Level Criteria, an Alert per H.A.2.1.2 is the appropriate call for AC power capability to 4KV Vital busses on either Unit being reduced to ONLY one DG for >15 minutes. Incorrect
-Per ERPIP 3.0, Attachment (1), Emergency Action Level Criteria, an Alert per H.A.2.1.2 is the appropriate call for AC power capability to 4KV Vital busses on either Unit being reduced to ONLY one DG for >15 minutes. To reach Site Area Emergency criteria, both 4KV Vital Busses would have to be deenergized for >15 minutes. Incorrect
-Per ERPIP 3.0, Attachment (1), Emergency Action Level Criteria, an Alert per H.A.2.1.2 is the appropriate call for AC power capability to 4KV Vital busses on either Unit being reduced to ONLY one DG for >15 minutes. OPERATIONS Page: 21 of 06 May 2010 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam i Question 86 Info Topic: I KIA Info: *SRO Importance:
I Proposed to be *provided to applicant: .... i Learning Objective:
1 10 CFR Part 55 Content: I Question source: ..Cognitive level. Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
Comments:
LOOP EAL Declaration 1/1 -055 -Loss of Offsite and Onsite Power (Station Blackout) 2.4.40 -Knowledge of SRO responsibilities in emergency plan implementation.
i i ERPIP 3.0, Attachment (1) 55.43(b)(5) o Bank 1 0 o Memory or Fundamental I:AcomprehenSion or Analysis ERPIP 3.0 None OPERATIONS Page: 22 of 06 May 2010 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam "87 10: Q927aQ/ . Points: 1.00 SFP Charcoal Filters have been declared inoperable.
Fuel movement within the SFP is desired. What is the MINIMUM time that the fuel to be moved must have been out of a critical reactor before fuel movement per OI-25A, Spent Fuel Handling Machine, may commence?
A. Greater than 100 hours. B. Greater than 32 days. C. Greater than 92 days. D. Greater than 184 days. Answer: B Answer Explanation: Incorrect -A candidate, unsure of the correct duration, may be familiar with 100 hours (minimum time shutdown before fuel movement) and consider this a reasonable choice as an answer. Correct -As defined in the Tech Spec Bases for T.S. 3.7.11, Spent Fuel Pool Exhaust Ventilation System (SFPEVS). "The SFPEVS is designed to mitigate the consequences of a fuel handling accident involving handling recently irradiated fuel (i.e., fuel that has occupied part of a critical reactor core within the previous 32 days)". Incorrect -A candidate, unsure of the correct duration, may be familiar with 92 days (quarterly surveillance interval from the Tech Specs) and consider this a reasonable choice as an answer. Incorrect -A candidate, unsure of the correct duration, may be familiar with 184 days (semi-annual surveillance interval from the Tech Specs) and consider this a reasonable choice as an answer. OPERATIONS Page: 23 of 06 May 2010 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 87 Info Topic: Tier/Group:
KIA Info: SRO Importance:
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:
Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:   55.43(b)(5)
Comments:
Question source:          D    Bank             1D  Modified       11:8:1 New 1:8:1 Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:
Definition of Recently Irradiated Fuel Generic K & A -Conduct of Operations 2.1.42 -Knowledge of new and spent fuel movement procedures.
D Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:     N/A Exam Bank History:         None Technical references:     Technical Requirements Manual; CNG-OP-1.01-1 002, Conduct of Operability Determination/Functionality Assessments Comments:                 None OPERATIONS                               Page: 32 of 50                                    06 May 2010
3.4 None 55.43(b )(7) 1 o Bank 0 Modified I [8J New [8J Memory or Fundamental o Comprehension or Analysis N/A None Tech Spec 3.7.11 None OPERATIONS Page: 24 of 06 May 2010 88 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam 10: Points: 1.00 Why must Linear Heat Rate be maintained less than 22 KW/FT, as described in the BASIS for T.S. Safety Limit 2.1.1.2, Linear Heat Rate? A. Limits fuel clad temperature to 2200 OF. B. Prevents exceeding fuel centerline temperature limits. C. Prevents exceeding DNBR limits. D. Maintains Site Boundary dose within limits. Answer: B Answer Explanation: Incorrect
 
-Per the Technical Specification Bases for T.S. 3.2.1, Liner Heat Rate (LHR), "The limitation on the LHR ensures that, in the event of a LOCA, the peak temperature of the fuel cladding does not exceed 2200&deg;F". Correct -Per the Technical Specification Bases for T.S. 2.1.1, Reactor Core SLs, "the restrictions of this SL prevent overheating of the fuel and cladding and possible cladding perforation that would result in the release of fission products to the reactor coolant. Overheating of the fuel is prevented by maintaining the steady state peak linear heat rate below the level at which fuel centerline melting occurs". The Safety limit of 22 KW/FT is significantly less conservative than the COLR limit of 14.3 KW/FT. Incorrect
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam 92                                              ID:Q92670                                    Points: 1.00 During a Reactor startup, with power at 1 x 10-4%, a Turbine Bypass valve fails partially open.
-Per the Technical Specification Bases for T.S. 3.4.1, RCS Pressure, Temperature, and Flow Departure from Nucleate Boiling (DNB) Limits, "the limits placed on departure from nucleate boiling (DNB) related parameters ensure that these parameters will not be less conservative than were assumed in the analyses, and thereby provide assurance that the minimum departure from nucleate boiling ratio (DNBR) will meet the required criteria for each of the transients analyzed". Incorrect
TCOLD approaches the Technical Specification limit.
-Per the Technical Specification Bases for T.S. 3.4.15, RCS Specific Activity, "the RCS specific activity LCO limits the allowable concentration level of radionuclides in the reactor coolant. The LCO limits are established to minimize the offsite radioactivity dose consequences in the event of a SGTR accident".
Which ONE of the following:
OPERATIONS Page: 25 of 06 May 2010 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam i Question 88 Info Topic: Basis for COLR LHR limit Tier/Group:
(1) Is the basis for the TCOLD Tech Spec temperature limit and; (2) Describes the correct procedure to address this event?
1/1 2.2 -Equipment Control i KIA Info: 2.2.38 -Knowledge of conditions and limitations in the facility license. I SRO Importance:
A.       (1) Ensures operation within the bounds of the existing accident analyses; (2) Enter the EOP for excess steam demand events.
4.5 Proposed references to be None provided to Learning 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
B.       (1) Minimizes the possibility of violating DNB limits; (2) Enter the AOP for overcooling events.
Question source: f8J Bank ..I f8J Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level: Comprehension or Analysis i Last NRC Exam used on: N/A Exam Bank History: None Technical references:
C.       (1) Ensures operation within the existing instrumentation ranges and accuracies; (2) Enter the EOP for excess steam demand events.
Tech Spec 2.1.1, Reactor Core Safety Limits Comments:
D.       (1) Ensures operation within the bounds of the existing accident analyses; (2) Enter the AOP for overcooling events.
None OPERATIONS Page: 26 of 06 May 2010 I 89 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC SRO Exam Points: 1.00 A fire exists in the Unit-2 45' West Electrical Penetration Room. Which of the following lists documents that must be reviewed, per ERPIP 3.0, to assist the Fire Brigade in firefighting efforts? AOP-11 Fire Strategies Interactive Cable AOP-11 Interactive Cable ES-013, Loss of Power Effects ILoad AOP-9 Fire Strategies Plant Area Fire Strategy Templates AOP-9 Plant Area Fire Strategy Templates ES-013, Loss of Power Effects ILoad Answer: C Answer Explanation: Incorrect
Answer:           D Answer Explanation:
-AOP-11 is not a series and is for Control Room Evacuation for non-fires.
A. Incorrect - The basis for the minimum temperature for criticality is correct T.S. Bases 3.4.2, however, the correct procedure to implement would be AOP-7K which would ultimately direct tripping the reactor and implementing EOP-O. EOP-4 would be the correct choice if the plant was operating in Mode-3 B. Incorrect - The basis for the minimum temperature for criticality is incorrect, however, the correct procedure to implement would be AOP-7K which would ultimately direct tripping the reactor and implementing EOP-O C. Incorrect - The basis for the minimum temperature for criticality is incorrect.
It is not included in the list of documents to review contained in ERPIP 3.0, Attachment
Additionally, the correct procedure to implement would be AOP-7K which would ultimately direct tripping the reactor and implementing EOP-O D. Correct - The basis for the minimum temperature for criticality is correct per T.S.
: 16. Incorrect
Bases 3.4.2 and the correct procedure to implement would be AOP-7K which would ultimately direct tripping the reactor and implementing EOP-O.
-AOP-11 is not a series and is for Control Room Evacuation for non-fires.
OPERATIONS                                       Page: 33 of 50                                  06 May 2010
AOP-11 is not included in the list of documents to review contained in ERPIP 3.0, Attachment
 
: 16. ES-013, Loss of Power Effects ILoad List, while a good potential reference, is not included in the list of documents to review contained in ERPIP 3.0, Attachment
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 92 Info                                                                             I
: 16. Correct -All listed resources are listed in ERPIP 3.0 Attachment 16 and are available in the Control Room. Incorrect
          *Topic:                      Minimum temperature for criticality I Tier/Group:                Generic K & A
-ES-013, Loss of Power Effects ILoad List, while a good potential reference, is not included in the list of documents to review contained in ERPIP 3.0, Attachment
                                        *2.1 - Conduct of Operations KIA Info:
: 16. OPERATIONS Page: 27 of 06 May 2010 i EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 89 Info Topic: Tier/Group:
* 2.1.32 - Ability to explain and apply system limits and precautions.
KIA Info: I i SRO Importance:
SRO Importance:             4.0 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
I Proposed references to be provided to applicant: , Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
I Comments:
Resources to assist the CR in firefighting efforts Generic K& ! ! 2.4 -Emergenc y Procedures I Plan 2.4.26 -Knowledge of facility protection requirements, including fire brigade and portable firefighting equipment usage. 3.6 None 55.43(b)(5}
o Bank 1 0 Modified lIZ! New IZ! Memory or Fundamental
... o Comprehension or Analysis N/A None SA 1 --10, 1 FI RE FIG H TING ERPIP 3.0, Attachment (16), Fire in the Protected Area, ISFSI, or MPF None OPERATIONS Page: 28 of 06 May 2010 90 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC SRO Exam 10: Points: 1.00 Unit-1 has implemented EOP-5, Loss of Coolant Accident, due to a small break LOCA inside the containment concurrent with a loss of oftsite power. 14 4KV Bus failed to energize from its respective DG. Which ONE of the following describes: The impact of these events on the Steam Generators and; The strategy for managing current plant conditions per EOP-5? A. (1) The ADVs are NOT available remotely to support RCS heat removal; (2) Operate 13 HPSI on 11 4KV Bus, to establish adequate heat removal. B. (1) Condensate Booster Pumps are NOT available as a feed source; (2) Operate 13 HPSI on 11 4KV Bus, to establish adequate heat removal. C. (1) Motor Driven AFW Pump is NOT available to support RCS heat removal; (2) Establish RCS heat removal via natural circulation.
D. (1) Main Feedwater Pumps are NOT available as a feed source; (2) Establish RCS heat removal via natural circulation.
Answer: D Answer Explanation: Incorrect  
-The ADVs are available for heat removal. HPSI flow out the break maintains RCS inventory with heat removal via the S/Gs providing the ability to cooldown the RCS to SDC entry conditions. Incorrect  
-Forced circulation is not available for RCS heat removal, however HPSI flow out the break maintains RCS inventory with heat removal via the S/Gs providing the ability to cooldown the RCS to SDC entry conditions.
EOP-5 does not drive starting 13 HPSI pump if 11 HPSI pump starts and functions properly.
No information is provided stating 11 HPSI pump is not operating correctly. Incorrect  
-The motor driven AFW Pump is available.
AFW and the ADVs are used to establish heat removal and cooldown the RCS to SDC entry conditions. Correct -Main Feedwater Pumps are not available as a feed source, AFW and the ADVs are used to establish heat removal and cooldown the RCS to SDC entry conditions.
OPERATIONS Page: 29 of 06 May 2010 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 90 Info KIA Info: SRO Importance:
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:
Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: Cognitive level: *Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:     55.43(b)(2)
Comments:
Question source:            D Bank                 I D Modified       II:8J New D Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:
Small Break LOCA heat removal 2/2 035 -Steam Generator A2 -Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the SG; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
I:8J Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:      N/A
* A2.06 -Small Break LOCA 4.6 None 55.43(b)(5) o Bank I D Modified 11:8] New o Memory or Fundamental 1:8] Comprehension or Analysis N/A None EOP-5, Loss of Coolant Accident OPERATIONS Page: 30 of 06 May 2010 91 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam 10: Points: 1.00 Unit-1 is operating at 100% power with Group 5 CEAs at 131 inches when the pulse counting position indication system is lost due to a power supply malfunction.
          *Exam Bank History:          None Technical references:      T.S. 3.4.2, RCS Minimum Temperature for Criticality I Comments:                  None OPERATIONS                                 Page: 34 of 50                                    06 May 2010
It has become apparent the TRM restoration time will not be met. Which ONE of the following actions is required?
 
A. Initiate a Condition Report for a Reactivity Management event. B. Contact Systems Engineering to complete a Functionality Assessment.
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam 93                                              10: Q15858                                  Points: 1.00 Using references provided:
C. Initiate the Event Notification Worksheet for a Licensee Event Report. D. Contact Generation Dispatcher to inform of plant status. Answer: B Answer Explanation: Incorrect
Unit-1 is in Mode 1. System Engineering has determined that 4KV Bus 14 Normal and Alternate Feeder breakers may not trip on an undervoltage when required. What action is required?
-Loss of the pulse counting position indication system does not classify as a Reactivity Management event per CNG-OP-3.01-1000, Reactivity Management. Correct -For SSCs that are not expressly subject to Tech Specs and that are determined to be degraded, assess the reasonable expectation of functionality. Incorrect
A.       Enter TS 3.8.1, Action B, for 1B DG out of service.
-There are no criteria stated that meet the threshold for notification of a LER Incorrect  
B.       Enter TS 3.8.9, Action A, for both breakers out of service.
-There is not enough information given to ascertain whether a power reduction is imminent.
C.       Enter TS 3.8.9, Action B, for both breakers out of service.
OPERATIONS Page: 31 of 06 May 2010 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 91 Info Topic: Tier/Group:
D.       Enter TS 3.8.1, Action E, for 1B DG being out of service.
KIA Info: SRO Importance:
Answer:           A Answer Explanation:
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
A. Correct - The 'I B DG would be inoperable to 4KV Bus 14. Normal and Alternate Feeder Breakers being open are part of the logic circuit that must be completed for the 1B DG to close in on and power up 4KV Bus 14.
B. Incorrect - T.S. 3.8.9 requires OPERABLE AC electrical power distribution subsystems. From the Basis doc: "OPERABLE AC electrical power distribution subsystems require the associated buses, load centers, motor control centers, and distribution panels to be energized to their proper voltages". By this definition 4KV Bus 14 is operable.
C. Incorrect - T.S. 3.8.9, Condition B represents one or more 120V AC vital buses without power.
D. Incorrect - LCO 3.8.1.E is not applicable to 4KV Bus 14. CREVS and CRETS components are powered from 4 KV Busses 11 & 24.
OPERATIONS                                       Page: 35 of 50                                  06 May 2010
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 93 Info Evaluate T.S. for 4kv feeder breaker problem (References Topic:
required)
I Tier/Group:                 Generic K & A i
2.2 - Equipment Control                                          I KIA Info:
* 2.2.36 - Abifity to analyze the effect of maintenance activities, such as degraded power sources, on the I status of limiting conditions for operations.
SRO Importance:             4.2 Proposed references to be T.S.3.8.1 & 3.8.9 & associated Bases provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:
Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:     55,43(b)(2)
Comments:
Question source:           IZI Bank              1 0  Modified 1
TRM requirements for OOS CEA Position Indication 2/2 014 -Rod Position Indication System (RPIS) 2.4.30 -Knowledge of events related to system operation/status that must be reported to internal organizations or external agencies, such as the State, the NRC, or the transmission system operator.
0 Cognitive level:
4.1 None 55.43(b)(5)
o Memory or Fundamental IZI Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:     No history of use on previous NRC exams Last used for May, 2009 panel comp (average score - 71 %
D Bank 1 D Modified 11:8:1 New 1:8:1 Memory or Fundamental D Comprehension or Analysis N/A None Technical Requirements Manual; CNG-OP-1.01-1 002, Conduct of Operability Determination/Functionality Assessments None OPERATIONS Page: 32 of 06 May 2010 92 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam Points: 1.00 During a Reactor startup, with power at 1 x 10-4%, a Turbine Bypass valve fails partially open. T COLD approaches the Technical Specification limit. Which ONE of the following:  
Exam Bank History:
(1) Is the basis for the TCOLD Tech Spec temperature limit and; (2) Describes the correct procedure to address this event? A. (1) Ensures operation within the bounds of the existing accident analyses; (2) Enter the EOP for excess steam demand events. B. (1) Minimizes the possibility of violating DNB limits; (2) Enter the AOP for overcooling events. (1) Ensures operation within the existing instrumentation ranges and accuracies; (2) Enter the EOP for excess steam demand events. D. (1) Ensures operation within the bounds of the existing accident analyses; (2) Enter the AOP for overcooling events. Answer: D Answer Explanation: Incorrect  
over 38 student encounters since 2002)
-The basis for the minimum temperature for criticality is correct T.S. Bases 3.4.2, however, the correct procedure to implement would be AOP-7K which would ultimately direct tripping the reactor and implementing EOP-O. EOP-4 would be the correct choice if the plant was operating in Mode-3 Incorrect  
Technical references:       Tech Specs 3.8.1, AC Sources-Operating & 3.8.9 Distribution Systems-Operating Comments:                  None OPERATIONS                                 Page: 36 of 50                                    06 May 2010
-The basis for the minimum temperature for criticality is incorrect, however, the correct procedure to implement would be AOP-7K which would ultimately direct tripping the reactor and implementing EOP-O Incorrect  
 
-The basis for the minimum temperature for criticality is incorrect.
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam 94                                            10: Q92690                                  Points: 1.00 Unit -1 was operating at 100% power when the following events and conditions occurred:
Additionally, the correct procedure to implement would be AOP-7K which would ultimately direct tripping the reactor and implementing EOP-O Correct -The basis for the minimum temperature for criticality is correct per T.S. Bases 3.4.2 and the correct procedure to implement would be AOP-7K which would ultimately direct tripping the reactor and implementing EOP-O. OPERATIONS Page: 33 of 06 May 2010 I EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 92 Info *Topic: I Tier/Group:
* 1-RE-1752A1B/C/O (11/12/13/14 CAR Suction RAO MONs) are in alarm and indicating a leakrate of 28 GPO and stable
KIA Info: SRO Importance:
* 1-RIC-5421A (N16 RAO MONITOR) indicates a leakrate of 31 GPO and stable
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
* 1-RI-4014 (Unit 1 SIG BID RMS) is elevated
* 1-RIC-4095 (Unit 1 SIG BID Recovery RMS) is elevated As Control Room Supervisor, which ONE of the following are you required to direct?
A.     Implement AOP-2A, ExceSSive RCS Leakage B.     Secure SIG Slowdown per Ol-SA, Slowdown System C.      Implement AOP-1 0, Abnormal Secondary Chemistry Conditions O.     Trip the reactor, perform EOP-O, Reactor Trip and implement EOP-6, Steam Generator Tube Rupture Answer:         C Answer Explanation:
A. Incorrect - An RCS leak of 31 GPO (.02 GPM) is below the threshold for implementation of AOP-2A, Excessive RCS Leakage. AOP-10, Abnormal Secondary Chemistry Conditions, speCifies implementation of AOP-2A IF the SG tube leakage reaches the operational limit of 50 GPO through anyone SG.
B. Incorrect - The SIG Slowdown System RMSs, while elevated, have yet to reach a value where manual or automatic action is required per plant procedure. The decision to secure Slowdown under these circumstances would be based on recommendations from the Chemistry folks.
C. Correct - AOP-1 0, Abnormal Secondary Chemistry Conditions, Attachment 1 (UNIT 1 ACTIONS FOR SG TUSE LEAKAGE GREATER THAN 5 GPO) is written to address SG tube leakage of between 5 GPO and 50 GPO.
O. Incorrect - An RCS leak of 31 GPO (.02 GPM) is below the threshold for implementation of AOP-2A, ExceSSive RCS Leakage. AOP-2A, Excessive RCS Leakage is the procedure that would direct shutdown and/or a reactor trip for SIG tube leakage reaching the appropriate threshold.
OPERATIONS                                     Page: 37 of 50                                06 May 2010
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 94 Info Topic:                     Use RMS indications to evaluate RCS leakage Tier/Group:                 Generic K & A 2.3 - Radiation Control KIA Info:
* 2.3.5 - Ability to use radiation monitoring systems, such as fixed radiation monitors and alarms, portable survey instruments, personnel monitoring equipment, etc.
SRO Importance:           2.9 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:
Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content: ! Question source: Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: *Exam Bank History: Technical references:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:   55.43(b)(4)
I Comments:
Question source:           o Bank                 10 Modified         I[8J New Cognitive level:
Minimum temperature for criticality Generic K & A *2.1 -Conduct of Operations 2.1.32 -Ability to explain and apply system limits and precautions.
o Memory or Fundamental
4.0 None 55.43(b)(2)
[8J Comprehension or Analysis
D Bank I D Modified II:8J New D Memory or Fundamental I:8J Comprehension or Analysis N/A None T.S. 3.4.2, RCS Minimum Temperature for Criticality None OPERATIONS Page: 34 of 06 May 2010 93 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam 10: Points: 1.00 Using references provided:
          ! Last NRC Exam used on:     N/A Exam Bank History:         None Technical references:
Unit-1 is in Mode 1. System Engineering has determined that 4KV Bus 14 Normal and Alternate Feeder breakers may not trip on an undervoltage when required.
* 1C22-ALM, RMS Alarm Manual
What action is required?
A. Enter TS 3.8.1, Action B, for 1 B DG out of service. B. Enter TS 3.8.9, Action A, for both breakers out of service. C. Enter TS 3.8.9, Action B, for both breakers out of service. D. Enter TS 3.8.1, Action E, for 1 B DG being out of service. Answer: A Answer Explanation: Correct -The 'I B DG would be inoperable to 4KV Bus 14. Normal and Alternate Feeder Breakers being open are part of the logic circuit that must be completed for the 1 B DG to close in on and power up 4KV Bus 14. Incorrect
-T.S. 3.8.9 requires OPERABLE AC electrical power distribution subsystems.
From the Basis doc: "OPERABLE AC electrical power distribution subsystems require the associated buses, load centers, motor control centers, and distribution panels to be energized to their proper voltages".
By this definition 4KV Bus 14 is operable. Incorrect
-T.S. 3.8.9, Condition B represents one or more 120V AC vital buses without power. Incorrect
-LCO 3.8.1.E is not applicable to 4KV Bus 14. CREVS and CRETS components are powered from 4 KV Busses 11 & 24. OPERATIONS Page: 35 of 06 May 2010 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 93 Info Topic: Evaluate T.S. for 4kv feeder breaker problem (References required)
I Tier/Group:
Generic K & A i 2.2 -Equipment Control I KIA Info:
* 2.2.36 -Abifity to analyze the effect of maintenance activities, such as degraded power sources, on the I status of limiting conditions for operations.
SRO Importance:
4.2 Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
T.S.3.8.1
& 3.8.9 & associated Bases Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55,43(b)(2)
Question source: IZI Bank 1 0 Modified 0 1 Cognitive level: o Memory or Fundamental IZI Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: No history of use on previous NRC exams Exam Bank History: Last used for May, 2009 panel comp (average score -71 % over 38 student encounters since 2002) Technical references:
Tech Specs 3.8.1, AC Sources-Operating
& 3.8.9 Distribution Systems-Operating Comments:
None OPERATIONS Page: 36 of 50 06 May 2010 94 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam 10: Points: 1.00 Unit -1 was operating at 100% power when the following events and conditions occurred: 1-RE-1752A1B/C/O (11/12/13/14 CAR Suction RAO MONs) are in alarm and indicating a leakrate of 28 GPO and stable 1-RIC-5421A (N16 RAO MONITOR) indicates a leakrate of 31 GPO and stable 1-RI-4014 (Unit 1 SIG BID RMS) is elevated
* 1-RIC-4095 (Unit 1 SIG BID Recovery RMS) is elevated As Control Room Supervisor, which ONE of the following are you required to direct? Implement AOP-2A, ExceSSive RCS Leakage Secure SIG Slowdown per Ol-SA, Slowdown System Implement AOP-1 0, Abnormal Secondary Chemistry Conditions Trip the reactor, perform EOP-O, Reactor Trip and implement EOP-6, Steam Generator Tube Rupture Answer: C Answer Explanation: Incorrect
-An RCS leak of 31 GPO (.02 GPM) is below the threshold for implementation of AOP-2A, Excessive RCS Leakage. AOP-10, Abnormal Secondary Chemistry Conditions, speCifies implementation of AOP-2A IF the SG tube leakage reaches the operational limit of 50 GPO through anyone SG. Incorrect
-The SIG Slowdown System RMSs, while elevated, have yet to reach a value where manual or automatic action is required per plant procedure.
The decision to secure Slowdown under these circumstances would be based on recommendations from the Chemistry folks. Correct -AOP-1 0, Abnormal Secondary Chemistry Conditions, Attachment 1 (UNIT 1 ACTIONS FOR SG TUSE LEAKAGE GREATER THAN 5 GPO) is written to address SG tube leakage of between 5 GPO and 50 GPO. Incorrect
-An RCS leak of 31 GPO (.02 GPM) is below the threshold for implementation of AOP-2A, ExceSSive RCS Leakage. AOP-2A, Excessive RCS Leakage is the procedure that would direct shutdown and/or a reactor trip for SIG tube leakage reaching the appropriate threshold.
OPERATIONS Page: 37 of 06 May 2010 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 94 Info KIA Info: SRO Importance:
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
Learning 10 CFR Part 55 Question source: Cognitive level: ! Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
Comments:
Use RMS indications to evaluate RCS leakage Generic K & A 2.3 -Radiation Control 2.3.5 -Ability to use radiation monitoring systems, such as fixed radiation monitors and alarms, portable survey instruments, personnel monitoring equipment, etc. 2.9 None 55.43(b)(4) o Bank 10 Modified I[8J New o Memory or Fundamental
[8J Comprehension or Analysis N/A None 1C22-ALM, RMS Alarm Manual *
* AOP-10, Abnormal Secondary Chemistry Conditions
* AOP-10, Abnormal Secondary Chemistry Conditions
* AOP-2A, Excessive RCS Leakage None OPERATIONS Page: 38 of 06 May 2010 95 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC SRO Exam 10: Points: 1.00 U-1 is operating at 100% power when a plant trip occurs. All safety functions of EOP-O have been reported.
* AOP-2A, Excessive RCS Leakage Comments:                  None OPERATIONS                               Page: 38 of 50                                    06 May 2010
The following conditions exist: All CEAs are fully inserted. All electrical busses are energized from their normal power supplies. Pressurizer level is 88 inches and lowering slowly Pressurizer pressure is 1875 PSIA and lowering slowly T AVG is 530 F and lowering slowly ADVs and TBVs are shut RCS subcooling is 100 . F and rising slowly Main feedwater is being supplied to both steam generators 11 S/G level is -90 inches and lowering slowly 12 S/G level is -50 inches and rising Containment pressure is 1.5 PSIG and rising slowly 11 Main Steam Une Radiation Monitor reads 4.6 E-6 Rlhr 12 Main Steam Line Radiation Monitor reads 2.2 E-4 R/hr Which ONE of the following must be implemented based on existing plant conditions?
 
A. EOP-4, Excess Steam Demand Event B. EOP-5, Loss of Coolant Accident C. EOP-6, Steam Generator Tube Rupture D. EOP-8, Functional Recovery Procedure Answer D Answer Explanation: Incorrect  
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC SRO Exam 95                                            10: Q92810                                  Points: 1.00 U-1 is operating at 100% power when a plant trip occurs. All safety functions of EOP-O have been reported. The following conditions exist:
-Plant conditions indicate a steam leak or an RCS leak is removing decay heat. Containment parameters indicate the location of this leak. A SG tube leak also exists on 12 SG based on MSLRM indications.
* All CEAs are fully inserted.
Based on a tube leak occurring with either an RCS leak or a steam leak in containment.
* All electrical busses are energized from their normal power supplies.
EOP-8 would be implemented  
* Pressurizer level is 88 inches and lowering slowly
.. Incorrect  
* Pressurizer pressure is 1875 PSIA and lowering slowly
-Plant conditions indicate a steam leak or an RCS leak is removing decay heat. Containment parameters indicate the location of this leak. A SG tube leak also exists on 12 SG based on MSLRM indications.
* T AVG is 530 F and lowering slowly
Based on a tube leak occurring with either an RCS leak or a steam leak in containment, EOP-8 would be implemented  
* ADVs and TBVs are shut
.. Incorrect  
* RCS subcooling is 100 .F and rising slowly
-Plant conditions indicate a steam leak or an RCS leak is removing decay heat. Containment parameters indicate the location of this leak. A SG tube leak also exists on 12 SG based on MSLRM indications.
* Main feedwater is being supplied to both steam generators
Based on a tube leak occurring with either an RCS leak or a steam leak in containment, EOP-8 would be implemented  
* 11 S/G level is -90 inches and lowering slowly
.. OPERATIONS Page: 39 of 06 May 2010 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC SRO Exam Correct -Plant conditions indicate a steam leak or an RCS leak is removing decay heat. Containment parameters indicate the location of this leak. A SG tube leak also exists on 12 SG based on MSLRM indications.
* 12 S/G level is -50 inches and rising
Based on a tube leak occurring with either an RCS leak or a steam leak in containment, EOP-8 would be implemented  
* Containment pressure is 1.5 PSIG and rising slowly
.. Question 95 Info Topic: SRO responsibilities for AOPs during Tier/Group: 2.1 -Conduct of Operations KIA Info: 2.1 .23 -Ability to perform specific system integrated plant procedures during all modes plant SRO Importance:
* 11 Main Steam Une Radiation Monitor reads 4.6 E-6 Rlhr
4.4 Proposed references to be None provided to Learning 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.43(b Question source: D Bank I D Modified I[8J D Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level: [8J Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: N/A Exam Bank History: None Technical references: NO-1-200, Control of Shift Activities; NO-1-201, Calvert Cliffs Operating Manual
* 12 Main Steam Line Radiation Monitor reads 2.2 E-4 R/hr Which ONE of the following must be implemented based on existing plant conditions?
A.       EOP-4, Excess Steam Demand Event B.       EOP-5, Loss of Coolant Accident C.       EOP-6, Steam Generator Tube Rupture D.       EOP-8, Functional Recovery Procedure Answer           D Answer Explanation:
A. Incorrect - Plant conditions indicate a steam leak or an RCS leak is removing decay heat. Containment parameters indicate the location of this leak. A SG tube leak also exists on 12 SG based on MSLRM indications. Based on a tube leak occurring with either an RCS leak or a steam leak in containment. EOP-8 would be implemented ..
B. Incorrect - Plant conditions indicate a steam leak or an RCS leak is removing decay heat. Containment parameters indicate the location of this leak. A SG tube leak also exists on 12 SG based on MSLRM indications. Based on a tube leak occurring with either an RCS leak or a steam leak in containment, EOP-8 would be implemented ..
C. Incorrect - Plant conditions indicate a steam leak or an RCS leak is removing decay heat. Containment parameters indicate the location of this leak. A SG tube leak also exists on 12 SG based on MSLRM indications. Based on a tube leak occurring with either an RCS leak or a steam leak in containment, EOP-8 would be implemented ..
OPERATIONS                                     Page: 39 of 50                                06 May 2010
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC SRO Exam D. Correct - Plant conditions indicate a steam leak or an RCS leak is removing decay heat. Containment parameters indicate the location of this leak. A SG tube leak also exists on 12 SG based on MSLRM indications. Based on a tube leak occurring with either an RCS leak or a steam leak in containment, EOP-8 would be implemented ..
Question 95 Info Topic:                       SRO responsibilities for AOPs during C/D Tier/Group:                 2/1 2.1 - Conduct of Operations KIA Info:
* 2.1 .23 - Ability to perform specific system and integrated plant procedures during all modes of plant operation.
SRO Importance:             4.4 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:     55.43(b )(5)
Question source:             D Bank                 ID Modified           I[8J New D Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:
[8J Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:       N/A Exam Bank History:           None Technical references:
* NO-1-200, Control of Shift Activities; NO-1-201, Calvert Cliffs Operating Manual
* EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions
* EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions
* None OPERATIONS Page: 40 of 06 May 2010 96 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam 10: Points: 1.00 Unit-2 is operating at 100% power. 23 HPSI pump has been declared inoperable due to a on phases A & C of the What T.S. action, if any, is Align 22 HPSI pump to the Main HPSI header, within 1 hour, and declare the ECCS subsystem operable. Enter the applicable T.S. LCO and restore 23 HPSI pump to service within the allowed completion time. Align 22 HPSI pump to the Aux HPSI header, within 1 hour, and declare the ECCS subsystem operable. No T.S. LCO action is required as at least 100% of the ECCS flow equivalent to a single operable ECCS train is available.
          *Comments:                    None OPERATIONS                                 Page: 40 of 50                                      06 May 2010
Answer: Answer Incorrect  
 
-22 HPSI is not an acceptable substitute for 23 HPSI because it shares a common suction header with 21 HPSI. Redundancy would remain compromised. Correct -Tech Spec 3.5.2, Action A, allows an out of service time of 72 hours assuming 21 HPSI remains operable. Incorrect  
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam 96                                            10: Q20870                                    Points: 1.00 Unit-2 is operating at 100% power. 23 HPSI pump has been declared inoperable due to a ground on phases A & C of the motor.
-22 HPSI is not an acceptable substitute for 23 HPSI because it shares a common suction header with 21 HPSI. Redundancy would remain compromised. Incorrect  
What T.S. action, if any, is required?
-Tech Specs require the redundancy of two 100% capable trains with an allowed out of service time, for one train, of 72 hours providing 100% of the ECCS flow equivalent to a single operable ECCS train is available.
A.      Align 22 HPSI pump to the Main HPSI header, within 1 hour, and declare the ECCS subsystem operable.
Plausible because the applicant may believe having 100% of the ECCS flow equivalent to a single OPERABLE ECCS train available in the form of 21 HPSI Pump satisfies the LCO. OPERATIONS Page: 41 of 06 May 2010 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 96 Info Topic: Tier/Group:
B.      Enter the applicable T.S. LCO and restore 23 HPSI pump to service within the allowed completion time.
KIA Info: SRO Importance:
C.      Align 22 HPSI pump to the Aux HPSI header, within 1 hour, and declare the ECCS subsystem operable.
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
D.      No T.S. LCO action is required as at least 100% of the ECCS flow equivalent to a single operable ECCS train is available.
Answer:         B Answer Explanation:
A. Incorrect - 22 HPSI is not an acceptable substitute for 23 HPSI because it shares a common suction header with 21 HPSI. Redundancy would remain compromised.
B. Correct - Tech Spec 3.5.2, Action A, allows an out of service time of 72 hours assuming 21 HPSI remains operable.
C. Incorrect - 22 HPSI is not an acceptable substitute for 23 HPSI because it shares a common suction header with 21 HPSI. Redundancy would remain compromised.
D. Incorrect - Tech Specs require the redundancy of two 100% capable trains with an allowed out of service time, for one train, of 72 hours providing 100% of the ECCS flow equivalent to a single operable ECCS train is available. Plausible because the applicant may believe having 100% of the ECCS flow equivalent to a single OPERABLE ECCS train available in the form of 21 HPSI Pump satisfies the LCO.
OPERATIONS                                     Page: 41 of 50                                  06 May 2010
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 96 Info Topic:                       Determine actions for 23 HPSI OOS Tier/Group:                 2/1 006 - Emergency Core Cooling System (ECCS)
KIA Info:
* 2.2.22 - Knowledge of limiting conditions for operations and safety limits.
SRO Importance:              4.7 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:          CRO-7-1-5-94 10 CFR Part 55 Content:      55.43(b)(2)
Question source:            cgj Bank            10 Modified        10New cgj Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:
o Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:      No history of use on previous NRC exams September, 2005 Panel comp (average score - 86% for 7 Exam Bank History:
student encounters)
Technical references:        Tech Spec 3.5.2, ECCS - Operating Comments:                  I None
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam 97                                              10: Q9'2692                                Points: 1.00 During a Large Break LOCA:
(1) How is the Main Steam system affected and; (2) What is the EOP strategy for the condition where S/G pressure is greater than RCS pressure?
A.      (1) CSAS actuation will cause the MSIVs to shut; (2) Cool the S/Gs using the ADVs.
B.      (1) CSAS actuation will cause the MSIVs to shut; (2) Bypass the MSIVs and cool the S/Gs using the TBVs.
C.      (1) CIS actuation will cause the MSIVs to shut; (2) Cool the S/Gs using the ADVs.
D.      (1) SGIS actuation will cause the MSIVs to shut; (2) Bypass the MSIVs and cool the S/Gs using the TBVs.
Answer:          A Answer Explanation:
A. Correct - CSAS will actuate on a Large Break LOCA and provides an automatic closure signal to the MSIVs. EOP-5, Loss of Coolant Accident, specifies: IF S/G pressure is greater than RCS pressure, THEN commence S/G cooldown using TURB BYP valves OR ADVs.
B. Incorrect - EOP-5, Loss of Coolant Accident, specifies "IF S/G pressure is greater than RCS pressure, THEN commence S/G cooldown using TURB BYP valves OR ADVs".
Plausibility - EOP-8, Functional Recovery Procedure (HR-2, S/G Heat Sink with SIS Operation), provides direction for bypassing the MSIVs and use of the TBVs in the event the ADVs are not available.
C. Incorrect - CIS does not provide a signal to automatically close the Main Steam Isolation Valves (MSIVs).
D. Incorrect - EOP-5, Loss of Coolant Accident, specifies "IF S/G pressure is greater than RCS pressure, THEN commence S/G cooldown using TURB BYP valves OR ADVs". MSIV Bypasses are not an option provided in EOP-5.
Plausibility - EOP-8, Functional Recovery Procedure (HR-2, S/G Heat Sink with SIS Operation), provides direction for bypassing the MSIVs and use of the TBVs in the event the ADVs are not available.
OPERATIONS                                      Page: 43 of 50                                06 May 2010
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 97 Info Topic:                    Affect of LOCA on Main Steam Tier/Group:                2/1 039 - Main and Reheat Steam System (MRSS)
* A2 - Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the MRSS; and (b) based on predictions, use procedures to KIA Info:
correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations
* A2.01 - Flow paths of steam during a LOCA I SRO Importance:            3.2 I Proposed references to be None
          , provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:
Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:   55.43(b}(5)
Comments:
Question source:          o Bank                 1 0 Modified         I~New
Determine actions for 23 HPSI OOS 2/1 006 -Emergency Core Cooling System (ECCS) 2.2.22 -Knowledge of limiting conditions for operations and safety limits. 4.7 None CRO-7-1-5-94 55.43(b)(2) cgj Bank 1 0 Modified 10New cgj Memory or Fundamental o Comprehension or Analysis No history of use on previous NRC exams September, 2005 Panel comp (average score -86% for 7 student encounters)
                                        ~ Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:
Tech Spec 3.5.2, ECCS -Operating I None 97 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam 10: Points: 1.00 During a Large Break LOCA: (1) How is the Main Steam system affected and; (2) What is the EOP strategy for the condition where S/G pressure is greater than RCS pressure?
r-.. .
A. (1) CSAS actuation will cause the MSIVs to shut; (2) Cool the S/Gs using the ADVs. B. (1) CSAS actuation will cause the MSIVs to shut; (2) Bypass the MSIVs and cool the S/Gs using the TBVs. C. (1) CIS actuation will cause the MSIVs to shut; (2) Cool the S/Gs using the ADVs. D. (1) SGIS actuation will cause the MSIVs to shut; (2) Bypass the MSIVs and cool the S/Gs using the TBVs. Answer: A Answer Explanation: Correct -CSAS will actuate on a Large Break LOCA and provides an automatic closure signal to the MSIVs. EOP-5, Loss of Coolant Accident, specifies:
o Comprehenslon or Ana IYSls
IF S/G pressure is greater than RCS pressure, THEN commence S/G cooldown using TURB BYP valves OR ADVs. Incorrect
          , Last NRC Exam used on:     NIA I Exam Bank History:         None i Technical references:     EOP-5, Loss of Coolant Accident Icomme_n_ts_:_ _ _ _ _'---N_o_n_e_~_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _---'
-EOP-5, Loss of Coolant Accident, specifies "IF S/G pressure is greater than RCS pressure, THEN commence S/G cooldown using TURB BYP valves OR ADVs". Plausibility
OPERATIONS                               Page: 44 of 50                                      06 May 2010
-EOP-8, Functional Recovery Procedure (HR-2, S/G Heat Sink with SIS Operation), provides direction for bypassing the MSIVs and use of the TBVs in the event the ADVs are not available. Incorrect
 
-CIS does not provide a signal to automatically close the Main Steam Isolation Valves (MSIVs). Incorrect
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC SRO Exam 98                                              10: Q92693                                    Points: 1.00 Unit 1 is in MODE 3. The following conditions exist:
-EOP-5, Loss of Coolant Accident, specifies "IF S/G pressure is greater than RCS pressure, THEN commence S/G cooldown using TURB BYP valves OR ADVs". MSIV Bypasses are not an option provided in EOP-5. Plausibility
-EOP-8, Functional Recovery Procedure (HR-2, S/G Heat Sink with SIS Operation), provides direction for bypassing the MSIVs and use of the TBVs in the event the ADVs are not available.
OPERATIONS Page: 43 of 06 May 2010 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 97 Info KIA I SRO I Proposed references to , provided to Learning 10 CFR Part 55 Question Cognitive r-.... , Last NRC Exam used on: I Exam Bank History: i Technical references:
Affect of LOCA on Main Steam 2/1 039 -Main and Reheat Steam System (MRSS) A2 -Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the MRSS; and (b) based on predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations A2.01 -Flow paths of steam during a LOCA 3.2 None 55.43(b}(5) o Bank 1 0 Modified Memory or Fundamental h I o Compre enslon or Ana YSls NIA None EOP-5, Loss of Coolant Accident I comme_n_ts_:
_____
_________________
---' OPERATIONS Page: 44 of 06 May 2010 98 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC SRO Exam 10: Points: 1.00 Unit 1 is in MODE 3. The following conditions exist:
* RCS Pressure is 2250 PSIA
* RCS Pressure is 2250 PSIA
* T COLD is 530 OF
* T COLD is 530 OF
* S/G pressure is 880 PSIG
* S/G pressure is 880 PSIG
* 13 AFW Pump out of service
* 13 AFW Pump out of service
* A loss of Instrument Air is in progress (1 ) What effect will there be on the AFW system? (2) What is the correct action to address this condition?
* A loss of Instrument Air is in progress (1 ) What effect will there be on the AFW system?
A. (1) There would be no remote speed control of 11 or 12 AFW Pp; (2) Station an Operator locally to control the steam driven AFW pump speed, to maintain AFW Pp speed at a constant 4500 rpm. (1) All AFW components are supplied by the Salt Water Air system, thus there is no impact on the AFW system; (2) Direct an Operator at 1 C04 to operate a steam driven AFW pump to maintain S/G level. C. (1) There would be no remote speed control of 11 or 12 AFW Pp; (2) Station an Operator locally to control the steam driven AFW pump speed, to maintain AFW discharge pressure at approximately 980 PSIG. D. (1) There would be no control of the AFW Flow Control Valves from 1 C04; (2) Direct an Operator at 1 C43 to operate the AFW Flow Control Valves to maintain S/G level. Answer: C Answer Explanation: Incorrect  
(2) What is the correct action to address this condition?
-11 & 12 AFW Pump speed cannot be controlled from the Control Room, due to the loss of Instrument Air, requiring an operator be stationed to manually control AFW Pump speed to maintain AFW Pump discharge pressure 100 PSI greater than S/G pressure per AOP-7D. Incorrect  
A.       (1) There would be no remote speed control of 11 or 12 AFW Pp; (2) Station an Operator locally to control the steam driven AFW pump speed, to maintain AFW Pp speed at a constant 4500 rpm.
-The Salt Water Air Compressors due not provide a backup supply of air to 11 & 12 AFW Pumps. 11 & 12 AFW Pump speed cannot be controlled from the Control Room, due to the loss of Instrument Air, requiring an operator be stationed to manually control AFW Pump speed to maintain AFW Pump discharge pressure 100 PSI greater than S/G pressure per AOP-7D. Correct -11 & 12 AFW Pump speed cannot be controlled from the Control Room, due to the loss of Instrument Air, requiring an operator be stationed to manually control AFW Pump speed to maintain AFW Pump discharge pressure 100 PSI greater than S/G pressure per AOP-7D. Incorrect  
B.      (1) All AFW components are supplied by the Salt Water Air system, thus there is no impact on the AFW system; (2) Direct an Operator at 1C04 to operate a steam driven AFW pump to maintain S/G level.
-AOP-7D, Loss of Instrument Air specifies:
C.       (1) There would be no remote speed control of 11 or 12 AFW Pp; (2) Station an Operator locally to control the steam driven AFW pump speed, to maintain AFW discharge pressure at approximately 980 PSIG.
Control the AFW Pump speed with the Local Speed Adjust Knob, to maintain AFW Pump discharge approximately 100 PSIG greater than SG pressure.
D.       (1) There would be no control of the AFW Flow Control Valves from 1C04; (2) Direct an Operator at 1C43 to operate the AFW Flow Control Valves to maintain S/G level.
Adjust the SG FLOW CONTRs (IA supplied by the Sal Water Air Compressors) to maintain SG level between (-) 24 and (+) 30 inches and trending to zero inches. OPERATIONS Page: 45 of 06 May 2010 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 98 Info Topic: Tier/Group:  
Answer:           C Answer Explanation:
! KIA Info: SRO Importance:
A. Incorrect - 11 & 12 AFW Pump speed cannot be controlled from the Control Room, due to the loss of Instrument Air, requiring an operator be stationed to manually control AFW Pump speed to maintain AFW Pump discharge pressure 100 PSI greater than S/G pressure per AOP-7D.
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
B. Incorrect - The Salt Water Air Compressors due not provide a backup supply of air to 11 & 12 AFW Pumps. 11 & 12 AFW Pump speed cannot be controlled from the Control Room, due to the loss of Instrument Air, requiring an operator be stationed to manually control AFW Pump speed to maintain AFW Pump discharge pressure 100 PSI greater than S/G pressure per AOP-7D.
C. Correct - 11 & 12 AFW Pump speed cannot be controlled from the Control Room, due to the loss of Instrument Air, requiring an operator be stationed to manually control AFW Pump speed to maintain AFW Pump discharge pressure 100 PSI greater than S/G pressure per AOP-7D.
D. Incorrect - AOP-7D, Loss of Instrument Air specifies: Control the AFW Pump speed with the Local Speed Adjust Knob, to maintain AFW Pump discharge approximately 100 PSIG greater than SG pressure. Adjust the SG FLOW CONTRs (IA supplied by the Sal Water Air Compressors) to maintain SG level between (-) 24 and (+) 30 inches and trending to zero inches.
OPERATIONS                                       Page: 45 of 50                                06 May 2010
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 98 Info Topic:                     AFW Pp speed controlled wlo instrument air Tier/Group:                 2/1 061 - Auxiliary I Emergency Feedwater (AFW) System
* A2 - Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the AFW;
          ! KIA Info:                           and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
* A2.07 - Air or MOV failure SRO Importance:             3.5 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Learning Objective:
Learning Objective:
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:   5S.43(b)(S)
Comments:
Question source:           o Bank                1 0 Modified          I~New Cognitive level:
AFW Pp speed controlled wlo instrument air 2/1 061 -Auxiliary I Emergency Feedwater (AFW) System A2 -Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the AFW; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations: A2.07 -Air or MOV failure 3.5 None 5S.43(b)(S) o Bank 1 0 Modified
o Memory or Fundamental                                            !
!o Memory or Fundamental
[2J Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:     NIA Exam Bank History:         None Technical references:     AOP-7D, Loss of Instrument Air Comments:                 None OPERATIONS                                Page: 46 of 50                                      06 May 2010
[2J Comprehension or Analysis NIA None AOP-7D, Loss of Instrument Air None OPERATIONS Page: 46 of 06 May 2010 99 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC SRO Exam 10:. Q9271 0 Points: 1.00 Unit-1 is operating at 60% power when a loss of 4KV Bus 13 occurs. (1) What effect, if any, does this condition have on plant operation?
 
(2) What is the correct action to address this condition? (1) Loss of 12 and 13 Condensate Pumps; (2) Commence a Rapid Power Reduction, to lower Condensate Header flow to less than 8000 GPM. B. (1) Loss of 13 Condensate Pump and 13 Condensate Booster Pump; (2) Bypass the Condensate Precoat Filters and Condensate Demineralizers and Verify 11 or 12 Condensate Pump and 11 or 12 Condensate Booster Pumps running. (1) Loss of lube oil to both SGFPs; (2) Immediately trip the Reactor and implement EOP-O. After completion of the Reactivity Safety Function, trip both SGFPs. (1) Loss of 12 Heater Drain Pump, 13 Condensate Booster Pump and 13 & 14 CAR Pumps; (2) No Stabilizing actions are necessary Answer: A Answer Explanation: Correct -12and 13 Condensate Pps are lost necessitating a power reduction to get Condensate Header flow to less than the capacity of a single Condensate Pp. Incorrect
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC SRO Exam 99                                              10:. Q9271 0                                  Points: 1.00 Unit-1 is operating at 60% power when a loss of 4KV Bus 13 occurs.
-While 13 Condensate Pp and 13 Condensate Booster Pump are lost, 12 Condensate Pp is also lost; necessitating a power reduction to get Condensate Header flow to less than the capacity of a single Condensate Pp. Incorrect
(1) What effect, if any, does this condition have on plant operation?
-Each SGFP has an Oil Pp powered from MCC-106 and one powered from MCC-116; therefore lube oil will not be lost with a loss of MCC-116 (13 4KV bus). Incorrect
(2) What is the correct action to address this condition?
-While the listed loads are in fact lost, the loss of two Condensate Pumps necessitates reducing power to get Condensate Header flow to less than the capacity of a single Condensate Pump. OPERATIONS Page: 47 of 06 May 2010 EXAMINATION ANSWER LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 99 Info Topic: Tier/Group:
A.     (1) Loss of 12 and 13 Condensate Pumps; (2) Commence a Rapid Power Reduction, to lower Condensate Header flow to less than 8000 GPM.
KIA Info: SRO Importance:
B.      (1) Loss of 13 Condensate Pump and 13 Condensate Booster Pump; (2) Bypass the Condensate Precoat Filters and Condensate Demineralizers and Verify 11 or 12 Condensate Pump and 11 or 12 Condensate Booster Pumps running.
Proposed references to be provided to applicant:
C.     (1) Loss of lube oil to both SGFPs; (2) Immediately trip the Reactor and implement EOP-O. After completion of the Reactivity Safety Function, trip both SGFPs.
Learning Objective:
D.      (1) Loss of 12 Heater Drain Pump, 13 Condensate Booster Pump and 13 & 14 CAR Pumps; (2) No Stabilizing actions are necessary Answer:          A Answer Explanation:
10 CFR Part 55 Content: Question source: ! Cognitive level: Last NRC Exam used on: Exam Bank History: Technical references:
A. Correct - 12and 13 Condensate Pps are lost necessitating a power reduction to get Condensate Header flow to less than the capacity of a single Condensate Pp.
Comments:
B. Incorrect - While 13 Condensate Pp and 13 Condensate Booster Pump are lost, 12 Condensate Pp is also lost; necessitating a power reduction to get Condensate Header flow to less than the capacity of a single Condensate Pp.
Loss of a non-vital 4KV Bus 13 at 60% power 2/1 062 -AC Electrical Distribution System A2 -Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the ac distribution system; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or.operations: A2.01 -T yp es of loads that, if de-energized, would degrade or hinder plant operation I i None AOP-71-03 55.43(b)( 5) rEI Bank 1 0 Modified 10New rEI Memory or Fundamental o Com prehension or Analysis No history of use on previous NRC exams AOP-71, Loss of 4KV. 480 Volt or 208/120 Volt Instrument Bus Power Unit-1 Immediate Actions From 100% Power (Stabilizing Actions Plaque) Operator Aid None OPERATIONS Page: 48 of 06 May 2010 EXAMINAT.ION ANSWER LOI 2010 NRC SRO Exam Points:
C. Incorrect - Each SGFP has an Oil Pp powered from MCC-106 and one powered from MCC-116; therefore lube oil will not be lost with a loss of MCC-116 (13 4KV bus).
At 0800, EOP-8 was entered and a Site Area Emergency was declared.
D. Incorrect - While the listed loads are in fact lost, the loss of two Condensate Pumps necessitates reducing power to get Condensate Header flow to less than the capacity of a single Condensate Pump.
Because no Optimal Recovery Procedure was appropriate, the Technical Support Center staff was asked to provide a new procedure for this situation.
OPERATIONS                                      Page: 47 of 50                                  06 May 2010
It is now 1452. When may you: Exit the current procedure and; (2) Implement the new procedure developed by the Technical Support Center? (1) When the new procedure's Intermediate Safety Function Acceptance Criteria are met and the new procedure has been approved; (2) At the Shift Manager's direction.
 
B. (1) When the EOP-8 Safety Function Acceptance Criteria are met; (2) Upon direction by the Technical Support Center-Director. (1) The new procedure has been approved; (2) Upon direction by the Technical Support Center-Director (1) When the EOP-8 Safety Function Acceptance Criteria are met and the new procedure has been approved; (2) At the Shift Manager's direction.
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 99 Info Topic:                     Loss of a non-vital 4KV Bus 13 at 60% power Tier/Group:                2/1 062 - AC Electrical Distribution System
Answer: D Answer Explanation: Incorrect
* A2 - Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the ac distribution system; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or KIA Info:
-When the EOP-8 Safety Function Acceptance Criteria are met is correct per EOP-8 Rev 29, step V.G.1. Incorrect
mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
-Part (1) is partially correct. An approved procedure is required along with direction from the SM or TSC Director to implement it. Incorrect
* A2.01 - T ypes of loads that, if de-energized, would degrade or hinder plant operation I
-Part (1) is partially correct EOP-8 Safety Function Acceptance Criteria must be met as well. Part (2) is correct. Correct -Per EOP-8 Rev 29, step V.G.1. OPERATIONS Page: 49 of 06 May 2010 EXAMINATION LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 100 Info Tech Supported generated procedures I
SRO Importance:            3.9                                                                i Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:
Generic K&A 2.2 -Equipment Control 1 KIA Info:
Learning Objective:        AOP-71-03 10 CFR Part 55 Content:    55.43(b)( 5)
* 2.2.5 -Knowledge of the process for making design or operating changes to the facility.
Question source:          rEI Bank              1 0 Modified        10New rEI Memory or Fundamental
: SRO Importance:
          ! Cognitive level:
1302 . Proposed references to be N provided to applicant:
o Com prehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:    No history of use on previous NRC exams Exam Bank History:
* one *Learning LOR-042040404-001 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.43(b)(3)
Technical references:
Question source: I:8J Bank !OModified  
* AOP-71, Loss of 4KV. 480 Volt or 208/120 Volt Instrument Bus Power
!ONew .-----..... I:8J Memory or Cognitive o Comprehension or Analysis ,Last NRC Exam used history of use on previous NRC exams Exam Bank History: No record of previous use Technical references:
* Unit-1 Immediate Actions From 100% Power (Stabilizing Actions Plaque) Operator Aid Comments:                 None OPERATIONS                                Page: 48 of 50                                      06 May 2010
EOP-8, Functional Recovery Procedure Comments:
 
None OPERATIONS Page: 50 of 06 May 2010 I NRC Written RO Exam Key for Calvert Cliffs Nuclear Power Plant Exam Administered on August 11,2010 1. A 36. 0 2. B 37. e 3. A 38. 4. C 39. B 5. B 40. 0 6. e 41. B 7. 0 42. C 8. A 43. B 9. B 44. 0 10. 0 45. B 11. C 46. A 12. 0 47. 0 13. A 48. e 14. D 49. 0 15. C 50. A 16. B 51. A 17. A 52. C 18. e 53. A 19. B 54. C 20. B 55. B 21. A 56. e 22. A 57. 0 23. D 58. A 24. B 59. B 25. C 60. 0 26. 0 61. B 27. 0 62. A 28. A 63. D 29. A 64. B 30. 0 65. D 31. B 66. e 32. 0 67. B 33. A 68. e 34. B 69. B 35. B 70. e 71. 0 72. C 73. A..74. A. d.J..e -&:-.L 75. C NRC Written SRO Exam Key for Calvert Cliffs Nuclear Power Plant Exam Administered on August 11, 2010 1. A 36. 71. D 2. 37. e 72. C 3. 38. -A-(!.. 73. A4. 39. B :;4. A  
EXAMINAT.ION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC SRO Exam 100.:                                                                                         Points: 1;OO~
: 5. 40. 0 75. C 6. C 41. 76. e 7. 42. C 77. A 8. A 43. 78. C 9. B 44. 79. B 10. 0 45. 80. A 11. 46. A 81. A 12. D 47. 82. C 13. 48. C 83. D 14. D 49. 84. D 15. 50. A 85. 8 16. B 51. 86. B 17. A 52. 87. B 18. e 53. 88. B 19. B 54. 89. C 20. B 55. 90. 0 21. 56. C 91. 8 22. A 57. 92. D 23. 58. A 93. A 24. 59. B 94. C 25. C 60. 95. D 26. 0 61. 96. B 27. 62. A 97. A 28. 63. D 98. C 29. A 64. 99. A 30. 65. D 100. 0 31. 66. C 32. 67. B A 68. C Note: Questions 76 thru 100 are SRO-only.  
At 0800, EOP-8 was entered and a Site Area Emergency was declared. Because no Optimal Recovery Procedure was appropriate, the Technical Support Center staff was asked to provide a new procedure for this situation. It is now 1452.
: 34. 69. B 35. 70. C}}
When may you:
(1) Exit the current procedure and; (2) Implement the new procedure developed by the Technical Support Center?
A.     (1) When the new procedure's Intermediate Safety Function Acceptance Criteria are met and the new procedure has been approved; (2) At the Shift Manager's direction.
B.     (1) When the EOP-8 Safety Function Acceptance Criteria are met; (2) Upon direction by the Technical Support Center-Director.
C.     (1) The new procedure has been approved; (2) Upon direction by the Technical Support Center-Director D.     (1) When the EOP-8 Safety Function Acceptance Criteria are met and the new procedure has been approved; (2) At the Shift Manager's direction.
Answer:          D Answer Explanation:
A. Incorrect - When the EOP-8 Safety Function Acceptance Criteria are met is correct per EOP-8 Rev 29, step V.G.1.
B. Incorrect - Part (1) is partially correct. An approved procedure is required along with direction from the SM or TSC Director to implement it.
C. Incorrect - Part (1) is partially correct EOP-8 Safety Function Acceptance Criteria must be met as well. Part (2) is correct.
D. Correct - Per EOP-8 Rev 29, step V.G.1.
OPERATIONS                                      Page: 49 of 50                                  06 May 2010
 
EXAMINATION ANSWER'KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 100 Info Topic:                      Tech Supported generated procedures I Tier/Group:                Generic K&A 2.2 - Equipment Control 1KIA Info:
* 2.2.5 - Knowledge of the process for making design or operating changes to the facility.
: SRO Importance:            1302
          . Proposed references to be N provided to applicant:
* one
          *Learning Objective:          LOR-042040404-001 10 CFR Part 55 Content:     55.43(b)(3)
Question source:           I:8J Bank             !OModified           !ONew I:8J Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:
o Comprehension or Analysis
          ,Last NRC Exam used on:~o history of use on previous NRC exams Exam Bank History:         No record of previous use Technical references:       EOP-8, Functional Recovery Procedure                           I Comments:                   None OPERATIONS                                 Page: 50 of 50                                  06 May 2010
 
NRC Written RO Exam Key for Calvert Cliffs Nuclear Power Plant Exam Administered on August 11,2010
: 1. A                       36.     0                     71. 0
: 2. B                       37.     e                     72. C
: 3. A                       38.     -A:-C I'~            73. A
: 4. C                       39.     B                   ..74. A. d.J..e -&:-.L ~
: 5. B                       40.     0                     75. C
: 6. e                        41.     B
: 7. 0                        42.     C
: 8. A                       43.      B
: 9. B                        44.     0
: 10. 0                        45.      B
: 11. C                        46.      A
: 12. 0                        47.      0
: 13. A                       48.     e
: 14. D                       49.     0
: 15. C                       50.     A
: 16. B                       51.     A
: 17. A                       52.     C
: 18. e                       53.     A
: 19. B                       54.     C
: 20. B                       55.     B
: 21. A                       56.     e
: 22. A                       57.     0
: 23. D                       58.     A
: 24. B                       59.     B
: 25. C                       60.     0
: 26. 0                       61.     B
: 27. 0                       62.     A
: 28. A                       63.     D
: 29. A                       64.     B
: 30. 0                       65.     D
: 31. B                       66.     e
: 32. 0                       67.     B
: 33. A                       68.     e
: 34. B                       69.     B
: 35. B                       70.     e
 
NRC Written SRO Exam Key for Calvert Cliffs Nuclear Power Plant Exam Administered on August 11, 2010
: 1. A                         36. 0                        71. D
: 2. 8                        37. e                       72. C
: 3. A                        38. -A-(!.. ~                  73. A
: 4. C                        39. B                       :;4. A         cIJ.t_JcL~
: 5. 8                        40. 0                       75. C
: 6. C                         41. 8                        76. e
: 7. 0                        42. C                       77. A
: 8. A                         43. 8                        78. C
: 9. B                         44. D                        79. B
: 10. 0                         45. 8                        80. A
: 11. C                        46. A                       81. A
: 12. D                         47. 0                        82. C
: 13. A                        48. C                       83. D
: 14. D                         49. 0                        84. D
: 15. C                        50. A                       85. 8
: 16. B                         51. A                        86. B
: 17. A                         52. C                        87. B
: 18. e                         53. A                        88. B
: 19. B                         54. C                        89. C
: 20. B                         55. 8                        90. 0
: 21. A                        56. C                       91. 8
: 22. A                         57. 0                        92. D
: 23. D                        58. A                       93. A
: 24. 8                        59. B                       94. C
: 25. C                         60. 0                        95. D
: 26. 0                         61. 8                        96. B
: 27. 0                        62. A                       97. A
: 28. A                        63. D                       98. C
: 29. A                         64. 8                        99. A
: 30. 0                        65. D                       100. 0
: 31. 8                        66. C
: 32. D                        67. B
: 33. A                         68. C                     Note: Questions 76 thru 100 are SRO-only.
: 34. 8                        69. B
: 35. 8                        70. C}}

Latest revision as of 19:18, 11 March 2020

Final Written Examination with Answer Key (401-5 Format)
ML102670496
Person / Time
Site: Calvert Cliffs  Constellation icon.png
Issue date: 07/13/2010
From: Mark Draxton
Constellation Energy Nuclear Group
To: Peter Presby
Operations Branch I
Hansell S
Shared Package
ML100560028 List:
References
TAC U01770
Download: ML102670496 (202)


Text

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 1 10: Q20176 PolnfS:i.OO Which ONE of the following sequences occurs to open the Reactor Trip Circuit Breakers for an automatic reactor trip (consider only the components stated)?

A. Trip unit relays deenergize; Matrix relays deenergize; Shunt trip coils energize.

B. Trip unit relays energize; Matrix relays energize; Shunt trip coils deenergize.

C. Trip unit relays deenergize; Matrix relays deenergize; UV trip coils energize.

D. Trip unit relays energize; Matrix relays energize; UV trip coils deenergize.

Answer: A Answer Explanation:

A. Correct - This is the only sequence provided that will result in a reactor trip.

B. Incorrect - Trip Unit and Matrix Relays deenergize to trip. Shunt Trip Coils energize to trip.

C. Incorrect - The UV Trip Coils must cleenergize to cause a reactor trip.

D. Incorrect - The Trip Unit relays and Matrix relays deenergize to cause a trip.

EXAMINATION<ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam IQuestion 1 Info Topic: Which RPS response is correct for a reactor trip?

I Tier/Group: 1/1 EPE - 007 Reactor Trip KIA Info:

  • EK2 Knowledge of the interrelations between a reactor trip and the following:
  • EK2.02 Breakers, relays and disconnects RO Importance: 2.6 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

i Learning Objective: LOI-58-1-01 I

1 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 (b)(7)

Question source: [8J Bank I I

[8J Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:

o Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: No record of use on an NRC exam Last use - LOI 2008 RPS, AOP-7H, Power Distribution T.S.

i Exam Bank History:

Exam (June, 2009) i Technical references: System Description 058, Reactor Protective System i

/comments: None

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 2 10: Q921:'1 Points: 1.00 Which ONE of the following conditions specifically requires notification of Site personnel via plant wide announcement, In accordance with CNG-OP-1 01-2001, Communications and Briefings?

A. A Containment entry is made when the reactor is critical.

B. EOP-6, Steam Generator Tube Rupture, is implemented.

C. Regulating CEA withdrawal is commenced for reactor startup.

D. Tech Spec LCO 3.6.1 is entered for Containment inoperability.

Answer: B Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - Containment entry is not specifically called out for announcement to the Site by CNG-OP-1.01-2001, Communications and Briefings.

B. Correct - Implementation of an EOP is specifically called out for announcement to the Site by CNG-OP-101-2001, Communications and Briefings.

C. Incorrect - Commencing withdrawal of Regulating CEAs is not specifically called out for announcement to the Site by CNG-OP-1 01-2001, Communications and Briefings.

D. Incorrect - Entry into a T.S. LCO, with a completion time of 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> is not specifically called out for announcement to the Site by CNG-OP-1.01-2001, Communications and Briefings. This condition is plausible because it requires prompt notification of site management personnel via the Pager system in accordance with CNG-OP-1.01 2001, Communications and Briefings.

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 2 Info Topic: Plant page announcements during AOP I EOP conditions.

Tier/Group: 1/1 038 - Steam Generator Tube Rupture (SGTR)

KJA Info:

  • 2.1.14 - Knowledge of criteria or conditions that require plant-wide announcements, such as pump starts, reactor trips, mode changes, etc.

RO Importance: 3.1 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective:

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41(b)(10)

Question source: D Bank ID Modified 11:'81 New 1:'81 Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:

D Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: N/A Exam Bank History: None Technical references:

  • NO-1-200, Conduct of Operations
  • CNG-OP-1 01-2001, Communications and Briefings I,., None Page: 4 of 150

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY~

LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 3 10: Q25950 Points: 1~OO Which ONE of the following is the minimum allowable RCS flow during dilution operations per the Technical Requirements Manual?

A 3000 GPM B. 1700 GPM C. 1500 GPM O. 1000 GPM Answer: A Answer Explanation:

A Correct - TRM 15.1.1 speCifies Reactor Coolant System (RCS) flow rate shall be ~

3,000 GPM. APPLICABILITY Modes 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6, whenever a reduction in RCS boron concentration is being made from a source whose boron concentration is less than the present Shutdown Margin requirements (Refueling Boron for Mode 6) per COLR.

B. Incorrect - Per OP-7; Maximum SOC Flow is 1700 GPM when the Reactor is defueled and the UGS is installed. This will prevent damage to the ICI Thimbles.

C. Incorrect - The bases for T.S. SR 3.9.4.1 states; the flow rate is determined by the flow rate necessary to provide sufficient decay heat removal capability, and to prevent thermal and boron stratification in the core.

O. Incorrect Per OP-7; When entering reduced inventory two LPSI header stops are shut and the remaining two LPSI loop header stops are throttled to limit flow to a maximum of 1000 GPM per loop.

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 3 Info Topic: Required flow for dilution Tier/Group: 2/1 005 - Residual Heat Removal System (RHRS)

  • K5 Knowledge of the operational implications of the KIA Info: following concepts as they apply the RHRS:
  • K5.09 - Dilution and boration considerations RO Importance: 3.2 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective: CRO-203-5-3-009 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 (b)(5)

Question source: I:8J Bank Modified I IONew I:8J Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:

D Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: No record of use on an NRC exam Exam Bank History: I Last use - 2002 Technical references: Technical Requirements Manual, T.N.C. 15.1.1 Comments: None

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 4 10: Q92611 Reactor power is currently stable at 88%. Current Burnup is 10,000 MWD/MTU.

A malfunction occurs, causing the Letdown HX CCW Temperature Control valve to close.

Which of the choices below correctly identifies the initial response of T COLD and reactor power to this failure? Assume no operator action.

A. T COLD lowers, reactor power rises.

B. T COLD rises, reactor power rises.

C. TCOLD lowers, reactor power lowers.

D. T COLD rises, reactor power lowers.

Answer: C Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - TIC-223, failing to 100%, causes CCW flow to be secured to the LID Hx.

As LID temperature raises the CVCS Ion Exchangers slough boron. The rise in Boron concentration will cause reactor power to lower.

B. Incorrect - TIC-223, failing to 100%, causes CCW flow to be secured to the LID Hx.

As LID temperature raises the CVCS Ion Exchangers slough boron. The rise in Boron concentration will cause reactor power to lower with a resultant lowering of TCOlD .

e. Correct - TIC-223, failing to 100%, causes CCW flow to be secured to the LID Hx. As LID temperature raises the cves Ion Exchangers slough boron. The rise in Boron concentration will cause Reactor power to lower, lowering T COLD.

D. Incorrect - TIC-223, failing to 100%, causes ecw flow to be secured to the LID Hx.

As LID temperature raises the eves Ion Exchangers slough boron. The rise in Boron concentration will cause reactor power to lower, lowering T COLD.

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 4 Info Explain the effects of increasing/decreasing Letdown Topic:

temperature Tier/Group: 2/1 004 - Chemical and Volume Control System

  • K3 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the CVCS will have on the KIA Info:

following:

  • K3.06 - RCS temperature and pressure I RO Importance: 3.4 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective:

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 (b)(7)

Question source: [2J Bank 1 0 Modified 10New I Cognitive level:

o Memory or Fundamental

[2J Comprehension or Analysis I Last NRC Exam used on: No record of use on an NRC exam Last use - LOI 2008 Nuclear Instrumentation Exam (May, Exam Bank History:

2009)

Technical references: 01-16, Component Cooling System, Precaution "C" Comments: Adaptation of Bank question "Q14535"

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 5 JD:Q28840 Points: 1.00 Match each of the RCP seal pressure conditions in column A to the RCP seal status in column B.

RCS pressure is 2250 psia.

Column "An - Seal Parameters Column "B" - Seal status Middle Seal Upper Seal VCT Pressure Press Press i Case 1 1100 50 45 1 Normal I Case 2 1400 700 48 2 Lower Seal Failed

. Case 3 1050 1050 50 3 Middle Seal Failed Case 4 2250 1100 51 4 Upper Seal Failed A. 3.2,4,1 B. 4,1,3.2 C. 1,4,3,2 D. 3,1,2,4 Answer: B Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - See explanation for correct answer.

B. Correct - Parameters indicate:

  • Case 1 - Middle Seal failure with expected RCP Seal pressure breakdown on remaining seals
  • Case 2 - Normal RCP Seal pressure breakdown
  • Case 3 - Upper Seal failure with expected RCP Seal pressure breakdown on remaining seals
  • Case 4 - Lower Seal failure with expected RCP Seal pressure breakdown on remaining seals.

C. Incorrect - See explanation for correct answer.

D. Incorrect - See explanation for correct answer.

Page: 9 of 150

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 5 Info Topic: 11 B RCP seal status Tier/Group: 2/1 003 Reactor Coolant Pump System (RCPS)

  • K1 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or KIA Info: cause-effect relationships between the RCPS and the following systems:

I

  • K1.03 RCP seal system RO Importance: 3.3 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective:

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 (b)(3)

I Question source: ~ Bank dified !ONew I

Cognitive level:

o Memory or Fundamental

~ Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: No record of use on an NRC exam Exam Bank History: Last use - LOI 2008 Diesel Generators Exam (May, 2009)

Technical references: 01-1 A, Reactor Coolant System And Pump Operations I Comments: None Page: 10 of 150

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 6 10: Q28439 Points: 1.00 A caution within EOP-3, Loss of All Feedwater, states that Once Through Core Cooling (OTCC) must be initiated before CETs reach or exceed 560 OF.

What is the basis for this temperature limit?

A. Ensures the RCS is maintained subcooled throughout OTCC.

B. Ensures the inventory in the core will not be displaced into the Pressurizer.

C. Ensure RCS core flow is sufficient to lower core temperature.

D. Ensures RCS pressure remains high enough to prevent HPSI Pump damage.

Answer: C Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - The RCS will be in a saturated condition due to the PORVs being opened B. Incorrect - The RCS will be in a saturated condition due to the PORVs being opened.

Water will be displaced into the low pressure area (the Pressurizer).

C. Correct - Per the EOP-3 Basis Doc. If OTCC initiated above this value the HPSI pump flow may be insufficient for core cooling flow.

D. Incorrect - Runout of the HPSI pumps is not probable (DBA). Would also be prevented by complying with procedure direction to verify HPSI flow PER EOP ATTACHMENT(10). HIGH PRESSURE SAFETY INJECTION FLOW.

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam

  • Question 6 Info

'TOPic: Basis for initiating OTCC prior to 560 OF

! Tier/Group: 1/1 CE/E06 - Loss of Feedwater

  • EK3 - Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the (Loss of Feedwater)

KIA Info:

  • EK3.2 - Normal, abnormal and emergency operating procedures associated with (Loss of Feedwater).

RO Importance: 3.2

  • Proposed references to be None
  • provided to applicant:

Learning Objective: SRO-201-3-1-14

  • 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 155.41 {b )(7)

Question source: I2J Bank 1 0 Modified /0 New I2J Memory or Fundamental

  • Cognitive level:

o Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: No record of use on an NRC exam

, Exam Bank History: Last use - 2006 Technical references: EOP-3, Loss of All Feedwater i Comments: None I

Page: 12 of 150

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 7 10: Q28803 Points: 1.00 A Charging header leak could be positively identified by which ONE of the following?

A. Lowering Pressurizer level with minimum letdown flow and one charging pump operating.

B. Charging header pressure greater than RCS pressure with two charging pumps operating.

C. Charging header flow equals letdown flow with one charging pump operating and VCT level lowering.

D. RCS pressure greater than charging header pressure with one charging pump operating.

Answer: D Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - This would be true for any leak greater than about 12 GPM but does not distinguish a charging header leak.

B. Incorrect - A charging header leak can be disguised with 2 CHG pumps running.

C. Incorrect - Is true for any small leak and would not distinguish a leak on the charging header.

D. Correct - per AOP-2A, a leak on the Charging header which exceeds the capacity of the charging pumps can be identified by Charging header pressure indicating less than RCS pressure. Identification of the leak may be missed if more than one charging pump is running.

Page: 13 of 150

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 7 Info Topic: Charging header leak identification Tier/Group: 1/1 022 Loss of Reactor Coolant Makeup

  • AA2. Ability to determine and interpret the following KIA Info: as they apply to the Loss of Reactor Coolant Makeup:
  • AA2.01 Whether charging line leak exists RO Importance: 3.2 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective: CRO-107-1-3-50 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 (b)(5)

Question source: C8J Bank 10 Modified 10New i Cognitive level:

o Memory or Fundamental i

C8J Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: No record of use on an NRC exam Exam Bank History: Last use - LOI 2008 AOP / EOP Exam (April 2010)

Technical references: AOP-2A, Excessive Reactor Coolant Leakage Comments: None

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 10: Q42247 PointS;, 1.00 Unit-1 was operating at 100% power, End-of Life (EOl), when 11A and 1 'I B RCPs tripped.

Assuming all equipment responds as designed, and NO operator action has been performed, which of the following best describes the heat removal parameters 5 minutes after 11A and 11 B RCP's have completely stopped?

A. 12 S/G steam flow greater than 11 S/G steam flow; 12 S/G pressure greater than 11 S/G pressure; 11 S/G feed flow greater than 11 S/G steam flow B. 12 S/G steam flow is equal to 11 S/G steam flow; 12 S/G pressure is equal to 11 S/G pressure; 11 S/G feed flow less than 11 S/G steam flow C. 12 S/G steam flow greater than 11 S/G steam flow; 12 S/G pressure greater than 11 S/G pressure; 11 S/G feed flow less than 11 S/G steam flow D. 12 S/G steam flow less than 11 S/G steam flow; 12 S/G pressure is equal to 11 S/G pressure; 11 S/G feed flow greater than 11 S/G steam flow Answer: A Answer Explanation:

A. Correct - RPS will trip the unit when the first RCP is tripped. Once both RCP's stop rotating, the flow through 11 S/G will reverse and be less than 12 loop. This will cause 12 S/G pressure to be higher and flow from it to be higher. Digital feed will be unaffected by the trip and will position both FRBVs to the same output.

B. Incorrect - The flow through 11 S/G will reverse causing 11 S/G temperature to be lower than 12 S/G temperature. This will cause 11 S/G pressure to be lower and flow from it to be lower.

C. Incorrect - Digital feed will be unaffected by the trip and will position both FRBVs to the same output.

D. Incorrect - Digital feed will be unaffected by the trip and will position both FRBVs to the same output.

Page: 15 of 150

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 8 Info Topic: Loss of a pair of RCPs

! Tier/Group: 1/1 015/017 - Reactor Coolant Pump (RCP) Malfunctions

  • AK1. Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Reactor KIA Info: Coolant Pump Malfunctions (Loss of RC Flow):
  • AK1.04 Basic steady state thermodynamic relationship between RCS loops and S/Gs resultir'l9 from unbalancedRCS flow RO Importance: 2.9 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective:

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 (b)(10)

Question source: ~ Bank I D Modified IDNew D Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:

~ Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: No record of use on an NRC exam Exam Bank History: Last use - 2004 Technical references: EOP-2, Loss of Offsite Power/Loss of Forced Circulation Comments: None

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 9 ID:Q39488 Unit-1 is operating at 100% Reactor Power when an electrical perturbation occurs causing the nd Backup and 2 Backup Charging Pumps to start.

(1) What Bus is lost and; (2) Which of the following describes a necessary action, per the response procedure, for the bus that was lost?

A. 1Y09; Promptly reduce Turbine load.

B. 1Y10; Adjust Turbine load to maintain T COLD on program.

C. MCC-104R; Fast Borate to reduce reactor power.

D. MCC-114R; Align Charging Pump suction to the VCT.

Answer: B Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - Symptom provided is indicative of a loss of 1Y1 O. A loss of 1Y1 0 results in Charging Pump suction shifting to the RWT with resultant boration of the RCS.

Stabilizing actions are to secure boration and adjust Turbine load to maintain TCOLD on program.

B. Correct - Symptom provided is indicative of a loss of 1Y10. A loss of 1Y10 results in Charging Pump suction shifting to the RWT with resultant boration of the RCS.

Stabilizing actions are to secure boration and adjust Turbine load to maintain TCOLD on program.

C. Incorrect - Symptom provided is indicative of a loss of 1Y1 0 which is powered from MCC-104. 1Y10 would be the "minimum" Bus lost.

D. Incorrect - Symptom provided is indicative of a loss of 1Y1 0 which is powered from MCC-104. 1Y1 0 would be the "minimum" Bus lost.

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 9 Info Topic: Loss of 2Y10 Tier/Group: 1/1 057 - Loss of Vital AC Electrical Instrument Bus

  • AK3. Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the Loss of Vital AC KIA Info:

Instrument Bus:

  • AK3.01 - Actions contained in EOP for loss of vital ac electrical instrument bus RO Importance: 4.1 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective: AOP-71-02 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41{b)(10)

Question source: [8J Bank 10 Modified 10New Cognitive level:

o Memory or Fundamental

[8J Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: No record of use on an NRC exam Exam Bank History: Last use - LOI 2006 Comprehensive Exam (Sept, 2008)

Technical references: AOP-71, Loss of 4KV, 480 Volt or 208/120 Volt Instrument Bus Power Comments: None Page: 18 of 150

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 10 10: Q40530 The Unit was operating at power when a steam line ruptured. The following conditions exist:

  • RCS pressure is 1000 PSIA and lowering.
  • RCS temperature is 460 of and lowt3ring.

What is the major concern associated with RCS repressurization during this event?

A. HPSI Pump operation at shutoff head B. S/G tube sheet differential pressure C. Pressurizer PORV actuation D. Reactor vessel thermal stresses Answer: D Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - HPSI Pumps would be injecting a total of approximately 750 GPM at the stated RCS pressure. HPSI Pumps are nowhere near running at shutoff head.

B. Incorrect - S/G tubes/tubesheet are designed to withstand full RCS pressure on the primary side with atmospheric pressure on the secondary side.

C. Incorrect - The unaffected S/G must be used to stabilize RCS temperature to prevent RCS inventory expansion which could cause the Pressurizer to go solid and induce conditions susceptible to Pressurized Thermal Shock.

D. Correct - The unaffected S/G must be used to stabilize RCS temperature to prevent RCS inventory expansion which could cause the Pressurizer to go solid and induce conditions susceptible to Pressurized Thermal Shock.

Page: 19 of 150

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 10 Info Topic: PTS Tier/Group: 1/1 040 - Steam Line Rupture

  • AK1. Knowledge of the operational implications of KIA Info: the following concepts as they apply to Steam Line Rupture:
  • AK1.04 - Nil ductility temperature RO Importance: 3.2 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective: LOR-201-4-S-06 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41(b)(10)

Question source: !81 Bank Modified IONew I

Cognitive level:

o Memory or Fundamental

!81 Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: No record of use on an NRC exam Exam Bank History: Last use - 2006 Technical references: EOP-4, Excess Steam Demand Event Comments: None Page: 20 of 150

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 11 ID~ Q26572 Unit-2 is operating at 100% power when a Loss of Offsite Power occurs. 21 and 22 AFW Pumps are unavailable. #23 AFW pump is started to establish Auxiliary Feedwater flow to 21 and 22 8/Gs with the following flow values:

  • 2-FIC-4525A, 21 8G FLOW CONTR, indicates 270 GPM
  • 2-FIC-4535A, 22 8G FLOW CONTR, indicates 280 GPM Based on these parameters which ONE of the following is the correct operator response and basis for the response?

A. Maintain flow values; No operational limits have been exceeded.

B. Reduce AFW flow to prevent AFW Pump cavitation.

C. Reduce AFW flow to protect the DG from overloading.

D. Reduce AFW flow to prevent runout of the AFW Pump.

Answer: C Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - 23 AFW Pump flow is limited to 300 GPM total flow when powered by the DG. Plausible because this would be true on Unit-1.

B. Incorrect - No information is suppliE!d or implied to indicate the common suction flow limit of 1200 GPM is being exceeded.

C. Correct - 23 AFW Pump is being powered from the 2B DG. EOP-2, Loss of Offsite Power/Loss of Forced Circulation, Step IV.G.2.2 has a caution stating: "23 AFW PP flow limit is 300 GPM when power is supplied by a DG; otherwise the flow limit is 575 GPM".

D. Incorrect - 23 AFW Pump is being powered from the 2B DG. EOP-2, Loss of Offsite Power/Loss of Forced Circulation, Step IV.G.2.2 has a caution stating: "23 AFW PP flow limit is 300 GPM when power is supplied by a DG; otherwise the flow limit is 575 GPM".

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY lOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 11 Info Topic: 23 AFW Pump Ops during a LOOP Tier/Group: 1/1 056 - Loss of Offsite Power

  • AK3 - Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the Loss of Offsite KIA Info:

Power:

  • AK3.02 - Actions contained in EOP for loss of offsite power.

RO Importance: 4.4 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective: SRO-201-2-1-13 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41(b)(10}

, Question source: [3J Bank Modified IONew I

Cognitive level:

o Memory or Fundamental

[3J Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: N/A Exam Bank History: None Technical references: EOP-2, Loss of Offsite Power/Loss of Forced Circulation.

Comments: None

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam it 10: Q92132 Given the following:

  • Unit-1 is at 100% power
  • RCS Pressure Control is in AUTO
  • RCS Pressure is 2250 PSIA What is the IMM EDIATE plant response if the selected Pressurizer Pressure controller setpoint fails to 1500 PSIA?

A. Spray valve controller goes to maximum output, proportional heaters output goes to maximum, and all backup heaters energize.

B, Spray valve controller goes to minimum output, proportional heaters output goes to minimum, and all backup heaters remain off.

C. Spray valve controller goes to minimum output, proportional heaters output goes to maximum, and all backup heaters energize.

D. Spray valve controller goes to maximum output, proportional heaters output goes to minimum, and all backup heaters remain off.

Answer: D Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - Proportional Heaters go to minimum. Plausible because spray will collapse the Pressurizer bubble causing Pressurizer level to rise. This could trigger Pressurizer Heater operation on insurge.

B. Incorrect - The Pressurizer Spray valves would open.

C. Incorrect - The Pressurizer Spray valves would open and the Proportional Heaters would go to minimum, D. Correct - The Pressurizer Spray valves would open and the Proportional Heaters would go to minimum.

Page: 23 of 150

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 12 Info Plant response to a change in the Pzr pressure controller Topic:

setpoint.

Tier/Group: 1/1 027 - Pressurizer Pressure Control System (PZR PCS)

Malfunction:

KIA Info:

  • AK2 - Knowledge of the interrelations between the Pressurizer Pressure Control Malfunctions and the following:
  • AK2.03 - Controllers and positioners RO Importance: 2.6 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective: LOI-064A2-1 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 (b)(7)

Question source: DBank i l2J Modified i New D Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:

I2J Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: N/A Exam Bank History: None Technical references:

  • System Description - 064D, RCS Instrumentation;
  • ALM-1C06, RCS Control Comments: Modified version of Q14490 Page: 24 of 150

EXAMINATION AN~SWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 13 10: Q92750 Unit-1 was conducting a plant startup with the following events and conditions:

  • The turbine has just been paralleled to the grid when condenser vacuum begins to degrade
  • Condenser vacuum suddenly dropped to 22 inches Hg and stabilized at that value Which one of the following statements describes the expected system response and/or required operator actions?

A. The turbine will trip automatically; the operators will trip the reactor; heat removal will be on the ADVs; SGFPs will continue to operate.

B. The reactor and turbine will be manually tripped; heat removal will be on the TBVs; SGFPs will continue to operate.

C. The turbine will trip automatically; the operators will trip the reactor; heat removal will be on the ADVs; SGFPs will trip.

D. The turbine will trip automatically; the operators will trip the reactor; heat removal will be on the TBVs; SGFPs will continue to operate.

Answer: A Answer Explanation:

A. Correct These actions are specified, for the given conditions, in AOP-7G.

B. Incorrect - The turbine will trip automatically at & the TBVs will be shut due to Condenser vacuum being less than 22.5" C. Incorrect - The SGFPs will remain in operation (trip stpt = 20")

D. Incorrect - Heat removal will be via the ADVs, the TBVs will be shut due to Condenser vacuum being less than 22.5".

Page: 25 of 150

EXAM;INATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 13 Info Topic: AOP-7G operator response(s).

Tier/Group: 1/2 051 - Loss of Condenser Vacuum

  • AA2. Ability to determine and interpret the following KIA Info: as they apply to the Loss of Condenser Vacuum:

i RO Importance: 3.9 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective:

C-------"""

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 (b)(5)

Question source: o Bank Ik8J Modified I New "Cognitive level:

o Memory or Fundamental k8J Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: N/A Exam Bank History: None Technical references: AOP-7G, Loss of Condenser Vacuum Comments: Modified version of Q50782 i

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 14 10: Q9303Q.. Points: 1.00 A loss of Shutdown Cooling occurred on Unit-1. Heat removal has been restored using 1 'I LPSI Pump and 11 Shutdown Cooling Heat Exchanger (SDCHX).

Which ONE of the following choices correctly identifies instruments that must be used to ensure Heat Exchanger limits are not exceeded in accordance with AOP-3B, Abnormal Shutdown COOling Conditions?

A. TR-351, SDC Temperatures AND FIC-306, SDC Flow Controller.

B. ONLY TR-351, SDC Temperatures.

C. TI-303X, 11 SDCHX Outlet Temperature AND FIC-306, SDC Flow Controller.

D. ONLY TI-303X, 11 SDCHX Outlet Temperature Answer: D Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - TR-351, SDC Temperatures, provides indication of temperatures to/from the RCS 01-3B, Shutdown Cooling, contains a caution specifying use of TI-303X, 11 SDCHX Outlet Temperature, to ensure the 14°F/min heatup rate limitation for the SDC HX is not exceeded. FIC-306, SDC Flow Controller, provides indication of total LPSI flow to the core and is not indicative the temperature change occurring in the SDCHX.

B. Incorrect 3B, Shutdown Cooling, contains a caution specifying use of TI-303X, 11 SDCHX Outlet Temperature, to ensure the 14'F/min heatup rate limitation for the SDC HX is not exceeded.

C. Incorrect 3B, Shutdown Cooling, contains a caution specifying use of TI-303X, 11 SDCHX Outlet Temperature, to ensure the 14'F/min heatup rate limitation for the SDC HX is not exceeded. FIC-306, SDC Flow Controller, provides indication of total LPSI flow to the core and is not indicative the temperature change occurring in the SDCHX.

D. Correct 3B, Shutdown Cooling, contains a caution specifying use of TI-303X, 11 SDCHX Outlet Temperature, to ensure the 14'F/min heatup rate limitation for the SDC HX is not exceeded.

Page: 27 of 150

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 14 Info I Topic: Monitoring RCS Cooldown on restoration of SDC Tier/Group: 1/1 025 Loss of Residual Heat Removal System (RHRS)

  • AA1. Ability to operate and / or monitor the following as they apply to the Loss of Residual KIA Info:

Heat Removal System:

  • AA 1.08 RHR cooler inlet and outlet temperature indicators RO Importance: 2.9 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective: LOI-052-4-2 (slide 78) 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 (b )(7)

_Question source:

o Bank 1 0 Modified I rgj New rgj Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:

o Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: N/A Exam Bank History: None Technical references:

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 15 10: Q24750 Which ONE of the following must be operable to ensure the Containment Purge System will be automatically secured should a fuel handling incident occur inside the Containment?

A. Containment High Range Monitors (RE-5317 AlB)

B. Main Vent Gaseous Monitor (RE-5415)

C. Containment Area Radiation Monitors (RE-5316 A thru D)

D. Wide Range Noble Gas Monitor (RIC-5415)

Answer: C Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - The Containment High Range monitor has no connection to the Containment Purge System.

B. Incorrect - Main Vent Gaseous Monitor provides no automatic functions.

C. Correct - Per 01-36, Containment Purge System: IF moving irradiated fuel assemblies within the containment, THEN all four channels of Containment Area Radiation Monitors RI-5316A, B, C, and 0 are operable on the unit to be purged.

(Tech Spec 3.3.7).

D. Incorrect - WRNGM provides no automatic functions.

Page: 29 of 150

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam QuestioJ115 Info Which instrument ensures that Cntmt Purge will be secured Topic:

on a Fuel Handling Incident?

Tier/Group: 1/2 036 - Fuel Handling Incidents

  • AA1. Ability to operate and / or monitor the following as they apply to the Fuel Handling KIA Info:

Incidents:

  • AA1.01 Reactor building containment purge ventilation system RO Importance: 3.3 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective: CRO-134-1-5-36 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 (b)(7)

Question source: rgj Bank ID Modified !DNew rgj Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:

D Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: No record of use on an NRC exam Last use - LOI 2008 Panel Comprehensive Exam Exam Bank History:

(October, 2009)

Technical references: Tech Spec 3.3.7, Containment Radiation Signal Comments: None

EXAMINATION ANSWER KE¥ LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 16 10: Q20295 Given a loss of Instrument Air on Unit-1 at 100% power.

Which ONE of the following alarms is expected to be received 10 PSIG BELOW the pressure at which a reactor trip is required?

A. BACK-UP IA INITIATED B. FRV PNEUMATIC PRESS LO C. INSTR AIR SYS MALFUNCTION D. CNTMT IA (SOL 1-IA-2085-CV CLOSED Answer: B Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - This alarm indicates 1-PCV-6301 has opened as a result of IIA header pressure less than 85 PSIG (87 - 83 PSIG)

B. Correct - Alarms at approx. 40 PSIG. AOP-7D (LOSS OF INSTRUMENT AIR) directs tripping the reactor at 50 PSIG IA pressure.

C. Incorrect - Alarms at approx. 90 PSIG IA pressure.

D. Incorrect - Alarms at Approx. 75 PSIG IA pressure.

<'E)(AMINATIONANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 16 10fo Topic: Loss of Instrument Air effects Tier/Group: 1/1 065 - Loss of Instrument Air KIA Info:

  • 2.4.45 Ability to prioritize and interpret the significance of each annunciator or alarm.

RO Importance: 4.1 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective: LOR-202-7 -S-01-1 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.4'1 (b)(10)

Question source: [g] Bank 1 0 Modified 1 0 New Cognitive level:

o Memory or Fundamental

[g] Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: No record of use on an NRC exam Exam Bank History: No history of previous use

  • 1C03-ALM, Window C-40 "FRV PNEUMATIC PRESS Technical references: LO"
  • AOP-7D, Loss of Instrument Air Comments: None

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC'RO Exam 17 10: Q92610 You are the CRO on Unit-1 when a plant trip occurs. While addressing the Vital Auxiliary safety function, you cannot verify CC flow to the RCPs. You attempt to stop 11A RCP by opening the normal feeder breaker from 1C06 but the breaker does not open.

Which ONE of the following actions will stop 11A RCP?

A Open 252-1201 (RCP Bus Unit-1 feeder breaker), from 1C19.

B. Open the Alternate feeder breaker for 11A RCP, on 1C06.

C. Have the OSO open the RCP Bus Unit-1 feeder breaker in the Unit-2 Metalclad.

D. Open 252-2202 (RCP Bus Unit-1 feeder breaker), from 1C20.

Answer: A Answer Explanation:

A Correct - Opening breaker 252-1201 deenergizes the Unit-1 RCP Bus, securing all four Reps, and all Reps are being secured anyway.

B. Incorrect - If the normal feeder breaker is closed, the alternate feeder breaker would already be open.

C. Incorrect - Manual operation of the Rep Feeder versus remote operation is not preferred due to the industrial safety concerns with manual operation of a 13KV Breaker. Additionally, the Rep breaker needing to be opened is in the U-1 Metalclad, not the U-2 Metalclad.

D. Incorrect - Breaker 252-2202 is a normally open breaker.

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 17 Info Topic: RCP trip i Tier/Group: 2/1 I

003 Reactor Coolant Pump System KIA Info:

  • 2.1.30 - Ability to locate and operate components, including local controls.

RO Importance: 4.4 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective:

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 (b)(7)

Question source: o Bank 1 0 Modified * [gl New

[gllVlemory or Fundamental Cognitive level:

o Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: N/A Exam Bank History: None Technical references: EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions Comments: None

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRCRO Exam 18 ID: Q50164' ,polnts:i~oo Both Units were operating at 100% power when a rupture occurred on the Unit-1 Instrument Air header. Given the following events and conditions:

  • Plant air pressure dropped to 80 PSIG.
  • Instrument air pressure increased to normal operating pressure Which ONE of the choices below correctly describes the automatic response, if any, of 1-PA-2059-CV (PA HDR ISOL VLV) to the following:

(1) Lowering Instrument Air header pressure on the rupture and; (2) Rising Instrument Air header pressure after thE~ leak is isolated?

A. (1) The valve will open.

(2) No automatic response.

B. (1) The valve will open.

(2) The valve will close.

C. (1) The valve will close.

(2) No automatic response.

D. (1) The valve will close.

(2) The valve will open.

Answer: C Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - Per AOP-7D, 1-PA-2059-CV automatically isolates PIA to PIA and must be manually opened.

B. Incorrect - Per AOP-7D, 1-PA-2059-CV automatically isolates PIA to PIA and must be manually opened.

C. Correct - Per AOP-7D, 1-PA-2059-CVautomatically isolates PIA to PIA and must be manually opened.

D. Incorrect - Per AOP-7D, 1-PA-2059-CV automatically isolates PIA to PIA and must be manually opened.

E~MINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 18 Info Identify the design features that provide a backup for the Topic:

instrument air system during a partial or Tier/Group: 2/2 079 - Station Air System (SAS)

  • K1 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or KIA Info: cause effect relationships between the SAS and the following systems:
  • K1.01 lAS .

RO Importance: 3.0 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective:

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 (b)(4)

Question source: [gJ Bank 10 Modified 10New

[gJ Memory or Fundamental i Cognitive level:

o Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: No record of use on an NRC exam Exam Bank History: Last use - 2006 Technical references: AOP-7D, Loss of Instrument Air Comments: None

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 19 10: Q50136 Unit-1 was operating at 100% power when a LOCA occurred. Given the following events and conditions:

0200 LOCA occurred inside the Containment 0203 Containment pressure peaked at 20 PSIG 0240 Containment pressure dropped below 4 PSIG 0245 RWT level reached 0.75 feet but RAS failed to actuate

  • Containment pressure is 3.5 PSIG and slowly lowering
  • Containment sump level is 40 inches and rising
  • CSAS has NOT been reset Which ONE of the following statements correctly describes:

(1) Containment Spray (CS) pump configuration at the time of the RAS failure.

(2) Required Operator action, in EOP-5, to respond to the RAS failure.

A. (1) CS pumps are running with suction from the RWT.

(2) No Operator Action required.

B. (1) CS pumps are running with suction from the RWT.

(2) Align CS pump suctions to the Containment Sump.

C. (1) CS pumps are stopped.

(2) Align CS pump suctions to the Containment Sump.

D. (1) CS pumps are stopped.

(2) No Operator Action required.

Answer: B Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - With RAS failure, Operator action is required to realign CS suction to the Cntmt Sump.

B. Correct - CS pumps should be running with suction aligned to the RWT. With RAS failure, Operator action is required to realign CS pump suction to the Cntmt Sump.

C. Incorrect - CS pumps are not secured on RAS or when containment pressure is less than CSAS.

D. Incorrect - CS pumps are not secured on RAS or when containment pressure is less than CSAS; With RAS failure, Operator action is required to realign CS suction to the Cntmt Sump.

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 19 Info RECALL the operation of ESFAS that includes: Failure of Topic:

RAS Tier/Group: 2/1 026 - Containment Spray System (CSS)

  • K4 Knowledge of CSS design feature(s) and/or KIA Info: interlock(s) which provide for the following:
  • K4.07 Adequate level in containment sump for suction (interlock)

RO Importance: 3.8 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective:

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 (b)(7)

Question source: [gJ Bank 1 0 Modified !ONew Cognitive level:

o Memory or Fundamental

[gJ Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: No record of use on an NRC exam Exam Bank History: Last use - LOI 2006 RO Audit Exam I Technical references: EOP-5, Loss of Coolant Accident nts: None

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 20 10: Q25464 ~Oil1ts: 1.00 In addition to the "CSAS ACTUATED" annunciator alarm, which of the following conditions is verified to ensure Containment Spray Actuation has occurred per EOP-D, Post Trip Immediate Actions?

A. Operable Containment Air Coolers have shifted to "LOW' speed, Containment Spray Valves have opened and required flow is indicated.

B. Containment Spray Valves open with flow indicated and Condensate Booster pumps tripped.

C. Both MSIVs and MSIV Bypasses are shut, S/G Blowdown isolations are shut, and proper flow is indicated in each spray header.

D. SGFPs have tripped, MSIVs and MFW isolations are shut, and Containment Spray Pumps have started.

Answer: B Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - Containment Coolers shift to "Low" on SIAS Actuation (not CSAS).

B. Correct - EOP-O Basis Doc states: If pressure continues to rise and exceeds 4.25 PSIG, then CSAS is verified to have actuated to control containment pressure. This check should consist of ensuring that the alarm is received, the Containment Spray Valves are open, Spray flow is indicated and the Condensate Booster Pumps have tripped.

C. Incorrect - These actions do occur, however, EOP-D Basis Doc states: If pressure continues to rise and exceeds 4.25 PSIG, then CSAS is verified to have actuated to control containment pressure. This check should consist of ensuring that the alarm is received, the Containment Spray Valves are open, Spray flow is indicated and the Condensate Booster Pumps have tripped.

D. Incorrect - These actions do occur, however, EOP-O Basis Doc states: If pressure continues to rise and exceeds 4.25 PSIG, then CSAS is verified to have actuated to control containment pressure. This check should consist of ensuring that the alarm is received, the Containment Spray Valves are open, Spray flow is indicated and the Condensate Booster Pumps have tripped.

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 20 Info Topic: CSAS Verification Tier/Group: 2/1 022 Containment Cooling System (CCS)

  • A3 Ability to monitor automatic operation of the KIA Info: CCS, including:
  • A3.01 Initiation of safeguards mode of operation RO Importance: 4.1 I Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective: SRO-201-0-8 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 (b)(7)

Question source: [8J Bank 1 0 Modified IONew

[8J Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:

o Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: No record of use on an NRC exam I

i Exam Bank History: Last use - 2008 LOR Quiz Technical references:

  • EOP-O Technical Basis Doc;
  • NPOSSO 09-05, Standardization of Verifying ESFAS/AFAS Actuations Comments: None

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 21 10: Q93000 Points: 1.00 Unit-1 is at 100% power when 1-PT-1023, #12 S/G Pressure Channel "C* transmitter output fails high.

Which of the following is TRUE, regarding Channel "C", under this condition?

A. SGIS Sensor will NOT actuate; SGIS Block Sensor will NOT actuate.

B. ASGT Trip Unit will NOT actuate; SGIS Block Sensor will actuate.

C. AFAS Block Sensor will actuate:

ASGT Trip Unit will NOT actuate.

D. AFAS Block Sensor will actuate; SGIS Sensor will actuate.

Answer: A Answer Explanation:

A. Correct - S/G Pressure is an input to both SGIS and SGIS Block which actuate on lowering S/G pressure.

B. Incorrect - S/G Pressure is an input to SGIS Block and ASGT. ASGT will actuate, SGIS Block will not actuate.

C. Incorrect - S/G Pressure is an input to AFAS Block and ASGT. AFAS Block will actuate, ASGT will actuate.

D. Incorrect - S/G Pressure is an input to AFAS Block and SGIS. AFAS Block will actuate, SGIS will not actuate.

Page: 41 of 150

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 21 Info Topic: S/G pressure transmitter impact on ESFAS Tier/Group: 2/1 013 - Engineered Safety Features Actuation System (ESFAS)

KIA Info:

  • K6 Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction on the following will have on the ESFAS:
  • K6.01 Sensors and detectors RO Importance: 2.7 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective: CRO-63-1-3-03 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 (b)(7)

Question source: D Bank II2?J Modified IDNew D Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:

I2?J Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: No record of use on an NRC exam Last use - LOI-2008 Panel Comp Remediation Exam Exam Bank History:

(October, 2009)

Technical references: LD-58; Engineered Safety Features System Description (No. 48)

Comments: Modified version of Q20772 Page: 42 of 150

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 22 10: Q23850 pointl~*'1.00 Unit-1 is escalating in power, recovering from a mid-cycle forced outage. The reactor is at approximately 50% power with 11 SGFP in operation. 12 SGFP is out of service for maintenance.

Under these conditions, which ONE of the following sets of parameter values on 11 SGFP would support a decision to raise reactor power to 60% in accordance with OP-3, "Normal Power Operations" .

A. Suction flow: 16,200 GPM; Turbine speed: 5160 RPM; Suction pressure: 272 PSIG B. Suction flow: 17,200 GPM; Turbine speed: 5360 RPM; Suction pressure: 262 PSIG C. Suction flow: 15,200 GPM; Turbine speed: 5060 RPM; Suction pressure: 242 PSIG D. Suction flow: 18,200 GPM; Turbine speed: 5260 RPM; Suction pressure: 252 PSIG Answer: A Answer Explanation:

A. Correct - From AOP-3G: If ALL the following conditions are maintained, then one SGFP operation above 440 MWE is permitted:

  • SGFP suction flow rate is below 18,000 GPM
  • SGFP suction pressure is above 250 PSIG
  • SGFP speed is below 5350 RPM B. Incorrect - SGFPT speed is above the limit.

C. Incorrect - Suction pressure is below minimum limit.

D. Incorrect - SGFP suction flow is out of spec hi.

Page: 43 of 150

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 22 Info

!Topic: SGFP operating limitations Tier/Group: 2/1 059 - Main Feedwater System (MFW)

  • A1 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits)

KIA Info: associated with operating the MFW controls including:

  • A 1.03 - Power level restrictions for operation of MFW pumps and valves.

RO Importance: 2.7 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective:

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 5S.4'I(b)(S)

Question source: [8J Bank ID Modified IDNew

[8J Memory or Fundamental

  • Cognitive level:

D Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: No record of use on an NRC exam Exam Bank History: No history of previous use Technical references: OI-12A, Feedwater System Comments: None

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 23 ID: Q25461 When implementing EOP-O Alternate Actions for an A TWS, which of the following parameters/indications are used to check the reactor has tripped?

A. Delta-T power, Startup Rate, ReS Boron Concentration.

B. NI power, CEA lower electrical limit lights, turbine load.

C. TCB position, Delta-T power, CEAPDS.

D. NI power, Startup Rate.

Answer: D Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - Per EOP-O, a prompt drop in NI Power and a negative startup rate are used to verify the reactor is tripped for a normal trip and for an A TWS.

B. Incorrect - Per EOP-O, a prompt drop in NI Power and a negative startup rate are used to verify the reactor is tripped for a normal trip and for an ATWS.

C. Incorrect Per EOP-O, a prompt drop in NI Power and a negative startup rate are used to verify the reactor is tripped for a normal trip and for an A TWS.

D. Correct - Per EOP-O, a prompt drop in NI Power and a negative startup rate are used to verify the reactor is tripped for a normal trip and for an A TWS.

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 23 Info Topic: Indications used to verify a reactor trip has occurred Tier/Group: 1/1 029 Anticipated Transient Without Scram (ATWS)

KIA Info:

  • EK3 Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as the apply to the A TWS:
  • EK3.01 Verifying a reactor trip; methods RO Importance: 4.2 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective: SRO-201-0-8 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 (b)(5)

Question source: [8J Bank I D Modified IDNew

[8J Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:

D Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: No record of use on an NRC exam Exam Bank History: Last use - 2003 Technical references: EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions Comments: None Page: 46 of 150

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 24 10: Q93070 Unit-1 is operating at 100% power.

  • CC Head Tank level is 35 inches and lowering slowly Which ONE of the following would NOT be a possible location of Component Cooling system inventory loss?

A. Reactor Vessel Support Cooler.

B. Reactor Coolant Pump Seal Cooler.

C. Component Cooling Heat Exchanger.

D. Reactor Coolant Drain Tank Heat Exchanger.

Answer: B Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - Reactor Vessel support cooler would be a possible source of the leakage from the CCW system.

B. Correct - RCP seal cooler is at higher pressure than CC Head Tank and would cause CC Head Tank level to rise.

C. Incorrect - The Component Cooling Heat Exchanger would be a possible source of the leakage from the CCW system. Salt Water system pressure on the tube side of the heat exchanger is considerably lower than shell side CCW pressure.

D. Incorrect - Reactor Coolant Drain Tank Heat Exchanger would be a possible source of the leakage from the CCW system. Even if the RCDT Pump were running its discharge pressure of 50 PSI max is lower than the normal operating pressure of the CCWsystem.

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY

. LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 24 Info Given any alarm, associated with the CCW system, identify I Topic: the most likely cause of the alarm ITie~G_ro_u_**~_:__________-r1_/1~ _____________________________________~

026 Loss of Component Cooling Water (CCW)

  • AA1. Ability to operate and I or monitor the following as they apply to the Loss of Component I KIA f Ino: C00 rmg W ater:
  • AA1.05 The CCWS surge tank, including level control and level alarms, and radiation alarm RO Importance: 3.1 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective:

I 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 (b){7)

Question source: [gJ Bank  ! D Modified !DNew

' D Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:

[gJ Comprehension or Analysis I Last NRC Exam used on: No record of use on an NRC exam Exam Bank History: Last use - LOI 2006 Audit Exam Technical references: 1C13-ALM; AOP-7C, Loss of Component Cooling Water Comments: Modified version of question #Q74575

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 25 10: Q92150 A loss of P-13000-1 has occurred. DG's do NOT repower their respective 4 KV buses and respective 4 KV Bus Alternate Feeder Breakers cannot be closed.

Which answer correctly identifies ALL HPSI pumps having the capability of being started from the Control Room?

A. ONLY 12 and 22 HPSl's B. ONLY 13 and 23 HPSl's C. 12, 13,22, and 23 HPSl's D. 11,13,21, and 23 HPSl's Answer: C Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - 11 & 21 HPSls are powered from the Black Bus. Students may pick this answer if they don't recognize the disconnect/power alignment capability of 13 and 23 HPSl's.

B. Incorrect - While 13 and 23 HPSI can be electrically aligned to the ZB train power supply via disconnect alignment performed remotely in the Control Room, 12 and 22 HPSl's are powered from the Red Bus via P13000-2 and still have power available as well. Students may select this answer if they don't understand the normal power supply alignment.

C. Correct - 12 and 22 HPSI's are powered from the Red Bus via P13000-2 and still have power available. 13 and 23 HPSI can be electrically aligned to the ZB train power supply via disconnect alignment performed remotely in the Control Room.

D. Incorrect While 13 and 23 HPSI can be electrically aligned to the ZB train power supply via disconnect alignment performed remotely in the Control Room, 11 & 21 HPSls are powered from 11 & 21 4KV Busses which are powered from the Black Bus. Students may select this answer if they don't understand the normal power supply alignment.

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 25 Info Topic: Loss of 500KV Black Bus effects on HPSI Pumps Tier/Group: 2/1 062 A.C. Electrical Distribution KIA Info:

  • K2 Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following:
  • K2.01 Major system loads RO Importance: 3.3 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective:

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 (b )(7)

Question source: o Bank I L8J Modified IONew Cognitive level:

o Memory or Fundamental L8J Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: N/A Exam Bank History: None Technical references: OI-27C, 4.16 KV System Comments: Modified version of Q75490

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 26 10: Q93010 polht8:1.00 Using provided references:

After a control room evacuation due to a severe fire, the CRS directs you to commence boration on Unit-i.

  • Initial RCS boron concentration is 350 ppm
  • BAST concentration is 6.75%
  • 11 BAST level is 129 inches
  • 12 BAST level is 132.5 inches What is the MINIIVlUM boration time to reach the required RCS boron concentration in accordance with the appropriate AOP?

A. 147-157 minutes B. 168-178 minutes C. 303-313 minutes D. 330-340 minutes Answer: 0 Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - This value would be obtained if the student used the curve for two Charging Pumps borating at the stated BAST concentration. Only one Charging Pump would be in operation.

B. Incorrect - This value would be obtained if the student used the curve for two Charging Pumps borating with a BAST concentration of 6.25%. Only one Charging Pump would be in operation.

C. Incorrect - This value is obtained using AOP-9, Attachment 2, for one Charging Pump borating with a BAST concentration of 6.75%.

D. Correct - This value is obtained using AOP-9, Attachment 2, for one Charging Pump borating with a BAST concentration of 6.25%.

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 26 Info Topic: AOP-9A boration time **CALCLILATION**

Tier/Group: Generic K & A 2.1.25 - Ability to interpret reference materials, such as KIA Info:

graphs, curves, tables, etc.

RO Importance: 3.9 I

Unit-1 Proposed references to be provided to applicant:

AOP-9 Attachments, ATTACHMENT 2 Learning Objective: LOR -020060320-001 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41(b)(10)

Question source: o Bank I [gJ Modified I New Cognitive level:

o Memory or Fundamental

[gJ Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: No record of use on an NRC exam Exam Bank History: Last use - LOI 2006 Panel Exam Technical references: AOP-9A, Control Room Evacuation and Safe Shutdown Due to a Severe Control Room Fire Comments: Modified version of Q19202

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 27 ID: Q25102 A reactor trip with a SIAS occurred on Unit-2. While implementing EOP-O the following indications are noted:

  • One charging pump is operating
  • 2-CVC-50B-MOV, 22 BAST Gravity Feed is open
  • 2-CVC-501-MOV, VCT Outlet is closed
  • Pressurizer level is 120 inches and stable
  • Pressurizer pressure is 1925 PSIA and lowering
  • 21 and 22 S/G levels are -120 inches and lowering
  • 21 and 22 S/G pressures are 800 PSIA and lowering
  • Containment pressure is 1.0 PSIG and rising
  • Containment temperature is 165 OF and rising
  • P-13000-2 is de-energized No additional actions have been taken.

Which ONE of the following groups of safety functions must be reported as "cannot be met"?

A. Reactivity Control and RCS Pressurellnventory Control.

B. Reactivity Control and Core/RCS Heat Removal.

C. Vital Auxiliaries and Containment Environment.

D. Core/RCS Heat Removal and Containment Environment.

Answer: D Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - Boration is in progress. Reactivity Control is complete.

B. Incorrect - Boration is in progress. Reactivity Control is complete.

C. Incorrect - Vital Auxiliaries is complete.

D. Correct - S/G pressure and level are not trending in a positive manner, containment pressure and temperature are also trending in the wrong direction.

E)(AMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 27 Info A reactor trip and safe injection has occurred on Unit-2.

Topic:

While implementing EOP-O the following(2)

Tier/Group: 2/1 103 Containment System

  • A1 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits)

KIA Info: associated with operating the containment system controls including:

  • A1.01 Containment pressure, temperature, and humidity RO Importance: 3.7 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective: 201-0-8-S-02 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 (b){5)

Question source: [8J Bank Modified IONew I

Cognitive level:

o Memory or Fundamental

[8J Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: No record of use on an NRC exam

! Exam Bank History: No history of previous use Technical references:

  • EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions
  • NO-1-201, Calvert Cliffs Operating Manual Comments: None

EXAMINATION ANSWER KE¥.:

LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 28 10: Q20320 The Instrument Air compressors do not receive a permissive start signal from the LOCI sequencer.

Which of the following is the reason for this?

A. Service Water cooling to the IA Compressors is isolated by SIAS.

B. To prevent overloading the safety related DGs.

C. The Instrument Air system is not required during a LOCA.

D. During a LOCA, power is unavailable to the air compressors.

Answer: A Answer Explanation:

A. Correct SRW is isolated, to the Turbine Building, by SIAS resulting in a loss of cooling to all Turbine Building loads including the itA and PIA Compressors. From System Description 19, Section 4.4, Compressed Air Operation during SIAS/UV, on page 48: "For a loss of coolant casualty, the instrument and plant air compressors will trip on high temperature because the SIAS signal isolates SRW water from the Turbine Building", "If there was SIAS concurrent with UV, the compressors will load shed but not restart (no cooling water available)"

B. Incorrect - SRW is isolated, to the Turbine Building, by SIAS resulting in a loss of cooling to all Turbine Building loads including the itA and PIA Compressors. The EDGs are capable of carrying the additional load imposed by the compressors.

C. Incorrect - SRW is isolated, to the Turbine Building, by SIAS resulting in a loss of cooling to all Turbine Building loads including the itA and PIA Compressors. Key Instrument Air loads are supplied by the SWACs which receive a start signal as a result of a SIAS D. Incorrect SRW is isolated, to the Turbine Building, by SIAS resulting in a loss of cooling to all Turbine Building loads including the IIA and PIA Compressors. Power remains available to the compressors as long busses are powered.

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 28 Info Why do the instrument air compressors receive a Topic:

permissive start signal from the Shutdown sequencer

  • Tier/Group: 2/1 078 Instrument Air System
  • K1 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or KIA Info: cause~effect relationships between the lAS and the following systems:
  • K1.04 Cooling water to compressor RO Importance: 2.6 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective: CRO~63~1-3~42 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 (b )(7)

Question source: l8l Bank 1 0 Modified !ONew Cognitive level:

o Memory or Fundamental l8l Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: No record of use on an NRC I

Exam Bank History: Last use - LOI 2006 Panel Exam Technical references: IllfJ1C"'CU 'Y"'"CIII'"

Comments:

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 29 10: Q92751 .pointSi}1.00 Which of the following sets:

(1) Represent the MINIMUM conditions requiring "Double Protection" when tagging a mechanical system and; (2) State the requirements, in accordance with CNG-OP-1.01-1007 Clearance and Safety Tagging, if "Double Protection" is not possible?

A. 1) A piping system that contains fluids greater than 500 PSIG or 200 of;

2) Shift Manager approval of single boundary isolation is required.

B. 1) A piping system that contains fluids greater than 500 PSIG or 200 of;

2) GS-Ops Support approval of single boundary isolation is required.

C. 1) A piping system that contains fluids greater than 350 PSIG or 200 of;

2) Shift Manager approval of single boundary isolation is required.

D. 1) A piping system that contains fluids greater than 350 PSIG or 200 of;

2) GS-Ops Support approval of single boundary isolation is required.

Answer: A Answer Explanation:

A. Correct - Per CNG-OP-1.01-1007; the use of two isolation pOints in series to provide an added measure of protection when the energy source exceeds or could exceed 200 OF or 500 PSIG pressure or contains an explosive, oxidizing gas, or hazardous material for mechanical systems. Authorizing the isolation of equipment per this procedure. The Work Center Senior Reactor Operator (SRO), Fix It Now (FIN) SRO, or Control Room Supervisor (CRS) may perform the functions for the SM described in this procedure as his designee, when the individual is knowledgeable of current plant conditions and designated by the SM. The SM or designee shall: ... Approve the use of single boundary valve use when double valve isolation is required B. Incorrect - GS-Ops Support is incorrect.

C. Incorrect - 350 PSIG is incorrect D. Incorrect - 350 PSIG is incorrect GS-Ops Support is incorrect.

\~~EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 29 Info Topic: Apply the Requirements of NO-1-112, Safety Tagging Tier/Group: Generic K& A KIA Info: ledge of tagging and clearance procedures RO Importance: 4.1 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective:

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 5S.41(b)(10)

Question source: D Bank lIS] Modified ~

I:2J Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:

D Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: N/A Exam Bank History: None Technical references: CNG-OP-1.01-1007 Clearance and Safety Tagging Comments: Modified version of Q51180 Page: 58 of 150

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 30 10: Q92632 .

Unit-1 is has just tripped. The following conditions exist:

  • AFAS "A" has NOT actuated
  • AFAS "B" has actuated
  • 11 S/G pressure is 790 PSIA
  • 12 S/G pressure is 895 PSIA Which of the following statements describes the expected plant response?

A. AFW Flow of 300 GPM is initiated to each S/G.

B. AFW Flow of 300 GPM is initiated to 12 S/G only.

C. AFW Flow of 150 GPM is initiated to 12 S/G only.

D. AFW Flow of 150 GPM is initiated to each S/G.

Answer: D Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - AFAS "B" starts only the Steam Driven AFW Pump aligned for auto initiation. Flow will be regulated at 150 GPM each to 11 and 12 S/Gs. Candidate may choose this answer if he assumes the Motor Driven AFW Pump starts as well.

This answer would be correct for Unit-2. This answer would be correct if AFAS "A" initiated. This would provide an additional 150 GPM for a total AFW flow of 300 GPM.

B. Incorrect - AFAS "B" starts only the Steam Driven AFW Pump aligned for auto initiation. Flow will be regulated at 150 GPM each to 11 and 12 S/Gs. Candidate may choose this answer if he mista~;enly associates AFAS "B" with 12 S/G.

C. Incorrect - AFAS "B" starts only the Steam Driven AFW Pump aligned for auto initiation. Flow will be regulated at 150 GPM each to 11 and 12 S/Gs. Candidate may choose this answer if he mistakenly associates AFAS "B" with 12 S/G.

D. Correct - AFAS "B" starts only the Steam Driven AFW Pump aligned for auto initiation. Flow will be regulated at 150 GPM each to 11 and 12 S/Gs.

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 30 Info Assuming Middle of Cycle MTC, and the unit at 100%

Topic:

power, how does an inadvertent AFAS affect react Tier/Group: 2/1 061 Auxiliary I Emergency Feedwater (AFW) System KIA Info:

  • K3 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the AFW will have on the following:
  • K3.02 S/G RO Importance: 4.2

~ ......

Proposed references to be I None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective: CRO-34-2-3-21 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 (b)(7)

Question source: D Bank I D Modified I~New D Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:

~ Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: N/A

  • Exam Bank History: None Technical references: SD-036, AFW System Description Comments: None

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 31 10: Q38849 With the ADVs in AUTO, how do they function following a Reactor Trip from 50% Reactor power?

A. ADVs will Quick OPEN until TAVE is less than 535 OF then they will modulate to maintain temperature between 535 OF and 540 OF.

B. ADVs will modulate to maintain TAVE between 535 OF and 540 OF.

C. ADVs will modulate to maintain Main Steam Pressure less than 900 PSIG.

D. ADVs will Quick OPEN until T AVE is less than 535 'F then they will modulate to maintain Main Steam pressure less than 900 PSIG.

Answer: B Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - The ADVs will not quick open as the quick open override is not enabled until RRS T AVE exceeds 557 OF which equates to a reactor power of approximately 62%.

B. Correct - The ADVs are controlled by RRS T AVE with the valves beginning to open at a hVE of approximately 540 OF to lower TAVE to a value of approximately 535 OF.

C. Incorrect - This would be a correct statement for the TBVs. The ADVs are controlled by RRS T AVE with the valves beginning to open at a T AVE of approximately 540 OF to lower T AVE to a value of approximately 535 OF.

D. Incorrect - The ADVs will not quick open as the quick open override is not enabled until T AVE exceeds 557 OF which equates to a reactor power of approximately 62%.

Page: 61 of 150

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 31 Info ADV control, on a Reactor trip, with an initial Reactor power Topic:

of 50%

Tier/Group: 2/1 039 Main and Reheat Steam System (MRSS)

  • K4 Knowledge of MRSS design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following:

KIA Info:

  • K4.02 Utilization of T-ave. program control when steam dumping through atmospheric relief/dump valves, including T-ave. limits RO Importance: 3.1 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective:

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 (b)(7)

Question source: [8J Bank 1 0 Modified 1 0 New Cognitive level:

o Memory or Fundamental

[8J Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: No record of use on an NRC exam Exam Bank History: No history of previous use Technical references: SD-056, Reactor Regulating System Comments: None Page: 62 of 150

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 32 10: Q24945 Points:1.00 During a reactor startup, as the RO commences withdrawing Regulating Group 2, he notices the reactor is critical.

Which ONE of the following describes the actions necessary, per OP-2, Plant Startup from Hot Standby to Minimum Load, to restore shutdown margin?

A. Insert all Shutdown CEAs.

B. Trip the reactor.

C. Insert all Regulating CEAs.

D. Initiate fast boration.

Answer: D Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - This action does not restore shutdown margin.

B. Incorrect - This action does not restore shutdown margin.

C. Incorrect - This action does not restore shutdown margin.

D. Correct - Initiation of boration is the sole method available to restore SDM to within limit. Fast boration is the appropriate method for quickly reestablishing required Shutdown Margin.

Page: 63 of 150

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 32 Info During a reactor startup all shutdown groups are fully Topic:

withdrawn.

1/2 024 Emergency Boration

  • AK3. Knowledge of the reasons for the following KIA Info: responses as they apply to Emergency Boration:
  • AK3.01 When emergency boration is required RO Importance: 4.1 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective: 203-1-S-06 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41(b)(10)

Question source: IZl Bank 1 0 Modified

~

IZl Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:

o Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: No record of use on an NRC exam Exam Bank History: Last use - LOR Quiz (February, 2010)

Technical references: OP-2, Plant Startup from Hot Standby to Minimum Load Comments: None

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 33 10: Q92170 With Unit-1 at 100% power, the Control Room receives various panel alarms. A loss of 1Y09 is diagnosed.

Which ONE of the following responses will result from this loss of power?

A. The process indicator on 1-HIC-100, Pressurizer Spray Valve Controller fails downscale.

R All three Charging pumps will start and will NOT cycle automatically on PZR level signals.

C. 1-CC-3832-CV, Component Cooling Containment Supply, fails shut.

D. 1-CVC-501-MOV, VCT Outlet, shuts and 1-CVC-504-MOV, Charging Pump suction from the RWT, opens.

Answer: A Answer Explanation:

A Correct - Power is lost to HIC-100 resulting in its indication failing downscale. Its output also fails to zero, resulting in no signal to open the Pressurizer Spray Valves.

B. Incorrect - These actions result from a loss of 1Y10.

C. Incorrect - Component Cooling Containment Supply, 1-CC-3832-CV fails shut on a loss of 11 125V DC Bus.

D. Incorrect - These actions result from a loss of 1Y1 O.

EXAMI.NATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam f

Q ueslon 331 nof i

!T . Loss of 1YOg effects on Pressurizer Pressure control

  • OpIC:

Tier/Group: 2/1 010 Pressurizer Pressure Control System (PZR PCS)

KIA Info:

  • K2 Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following:
  • K2.02 Controller for PZR spray valve RO Importance: 2.5 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective:

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 (b)(7)

Question source: o Bank I Modified lIZ] New Cognitive level:

IZ] Memory or Fundamental o Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: N/A i Exam Bank History: None Technical references:

  • AOP-71, Loss of 4KV, 480 V or 208/120 V Inst Bus Power
  • Unit-1 Stabilizing Actions Plaque I

Comments: None

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 34 10: Q92171 PointS:::~~oo Unit-2 has been operating at 100% power when a small RCS break occurs. The crew has just transitioned from EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions, to the appropriate Optimal Recovery Procedure.

  • RCS pressure is stable at 1200 PSIG.
  • Containment Pressure peaked and stabilized at 4.0 PSIG.

Which of the following component indications will be found illuminated, on the Control Room panels?

A. 21 Condensate Booster Pump green lamp; 21 Heater Drain Pump green lamp.

B. 21 Charging Pump red lamp; 21 Boric Acid Pump red lamp.

C. 2-SI-4150-CV, 21 CS HDR VLV, red lamp; 2-SI-4151-CV, 22 CS HDR VLV, red lamp.

D. 21 MSIV green lamp; 21 S/G Feedwater Isolation Valve green lamp.

Answer: B Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - Condensate Booster Pumps and Heater Drain Pumps are verified on Attachment 3, CSAS Verification Checklist, and Attachment 7, SGIS Verification Checklist.

B. Correct - ATTACHMENT (2), Page 3 of 5, SIAS VERIFICATION CHECKLIST, verifies 11, 12 and 13 CHG PPs running and 11 and 12 BA PPs running C. Incorrect - CS HDR Vlvs are verified on Attachment 3, CSAS Checklist D. Incorrect - FW ISOL valves are verified on Attachment 3, CSAS Verification Checklist, and Attachment 7, SGIS Verification Checklist.

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 34 Info Topic: SIAS Verification Checklist Tier/Group: 1/1 009 Small Break LOCA

  • EA2 Ability to determine or interpret the following KIA Info: as they apply to a small break LOCA:
  • EA2.29 CVCS pump indicating lights for determining pump status RO Importance: 3.2 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

I Learning Objective:

I 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41(b)(10)

Question source: Bank Modified I[g] New D Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:

[g] Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: N/A Exam Bank History: None Technical references: EOP Attachments, Attachment (2)

Comments: None

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 35 10: Q92850 Following a Design Basis Large Break LOCA on Unit-2, RAS has actuated, and HPSI has been throttled to 250 GPM per header.

One hour later, running HPSI pump amperage and flow indications are observed to be oscillating.

Which ONE of the following actions is preferred to mitigate the HPSI pump amp and flow oscillations per EOP-5, Loss of Coolant Accident?

A. Shut Mini Flow Return to the RWT Isolation MOVs, 2-SI-659 and 2-SI-660.

B. Throttle HPSI flow to minimum per EOP Attachment 10, HPSI Flow.

C. Secure one of the operating HPSI Pumps.

D. Stop both Containment Spray Pumps.

Answer: B Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - Shutting these valves will reduce flow thru the HPSI Pumps, however, the Mini Flow Returns to the RWT, MOV's 2-SI-659 and 2-SI-660, are shut by the RAS signal assuming the lockouts are positioned as directed by the procedure in anticipation of RAS. No information is given to indicate the valves did not perform as designed.

B. Correct - EOP-5, Step IV.S.1.j.(1) specifies: Throttle HPSI flow equally among the four headers to the minimum allowed PER ATTACHMENT(10), HIGH PRESSURE SAFETY FLOW.

C. Incorrect - This action would be taken if throttling PER ATIACHMENT(10), HIGH PRESSURE SAFETY FLOW, and securing the Containment Spray Pumps were unsuccessful in eliminating indication of cavitation.

D. Incorrect - This action would be taken ifthrottling PER ATIACHMENT(10), HIGH PRESSURE SAFETY FLOW, was unsuccessful in eliminating indication of cavitation.

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY Y

0I LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam I Question 35 Info Topic: Response to HPSI Cavitation I Tier/Group: 1/1

. 0 1 - Large Break LOCA KIA Info:

  • EK2- Knowledge of the interrelations between the and the following Large Break LOCA.
  • EK2.02 - Pumps (2.6, 2.7)
RO Importance: 2.6 I

I Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

i

! Learning Objective:

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 (b)(7)

Question source: o Bank 10 Modified 1[8]

[8] Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:

o Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: NIA I Exam Bank History: None Technical references: EOP-5, Loss of Comments: None i

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 36 10: Q92772 Why is Quench Tank pressure maintained less than 1.5 PSIG while drawing a Pressurizer bubble, per OP-7, Shutdown Operations?

A. Prevents Pressurizer Vent SVs from leaking by.

B. Prevents Pressurizer Safety Valves from unseating.

C. Prevents Reactor Vessel Vent SVs from leaking by.

D. Prevents Power Operated Relief Valves from unseating.

Answer: D Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - Per 01-1 B (Quench Tank Operations), Section 6.11 (Quench Tank Lineup for Plant Startup at Low RCS Pressure). Quench Tank pressure is maintained less than 1.5 PSIG to help prevent the PORVs from leaking.

B. Incorrect - Per 01-1 B (Quench Tank Operations), Section 6.11 (Quench Tank Lineup for Plant Startup at Low RCS Pressure). Quench Tank pressure is maintained less than 1.5 PSIG to help prevent the PORVs from leaking.

C. Incorrect - Per 01-1 B (Quench Tank Operations). Section 6.11 (Quench Tank Lineup for Plant Startup at Low RCS Pressure). Quench Tank pressure is maintained less than 1.5 PSIG to help prevent the PORVs from leaking.

D. Correct - Per OP-7, Sect 6.1.2 Prepare RCS for Drawing Pressurizer Bubble contains a note that states maintaining Quench Tank pressure less than 1.5 PSIG helps prevent PORVs from leaking. Per 01-1 B (Quench Tank Operations). Section 6.11 (Quench Tank Lineup for Plant Startup at Low RCS Pressure). Quench Tank pressure is maintained less than 1.5 PSIG to help prevent the PORVs from leaking.

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam I .

  • Question 36 Info I Topic: Quench Tank parameters for drawing a bubble.

, Tier/Group: 2/1 007 Pressurizer Relief Tank/Quench Tank System (PRTS)

  • K5 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as KIA Info:

the apply to PRTS:

  • K5.02 Method of forming a steam bubble in the PZR i

RO Importance: 3.1 I Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective:

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 (b)(5)

Question source: D Bank ID Modified IL8J New L8J Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:

D Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: N/A Exam Bank History: None Technical references:

  • OP-7, Shutdown Operations
  • 01-1 B, Quench Tank operations Comments: iNone

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 37 10: Q92190 Points: 1.00 With the Unit-1 in Mode 3, maintaining NOP/NOT conditions, an Instrument Air header rupture occurs in the Unit-1 27' East Piping Penetration Room. The leak has been isolated resulting in a complete loss of Instrument Air to all loads IN AND DOWNSTREAM of the Unit-1 27' East Piping Penetration Room.

Which ONE of the following actions is required, in accordance with the Loss of Instrument Air Abnormal Operating Procedure?

A. Have the ABO manually override ADVs shut.

B. Operate Auxiliary Spray as needed to control RCS pressure.

C. Stop all RCPs then verify Natural Circulation in at least one loop.

D. Take actions for the 1BOG being out of service, due to loss of cooling.

Answer: C Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - ADVs fail shut and the manual override is only to open them (cannot be overridden shut). ADVs are in an adjacent room whose air supply would not be impacted by isolation of the leak.

B. Incorrect - The Auxiliary Spray CV would fail closed on the Loss of Instrument Air to the Unit-1 27' East Piping Penetration Room if that portion of the header is isolated.

If not, the normal spray CV's would be available until the RCPs are secured. The stem clarifies that Instrument Air is isolated to the containment, and therefore to the Auxiliary Spray valve, by making reference to Instrument Air loads downstream of the 27' East Piping Penetration Room being isolated as well.

C. Correct - AOP-7D, Loss of Instrument Air specifies: IF EITHER of the CC CNTMT SUPPLY and RETURN valves begin to shut AND the "CCW FLOW LO" alarms are received on the RCPs, THEN Stop ALL RCPs THEN verify Natural Circulation in at least one loop.

D. Incorrect - 1B DG SRW CV fails open. Cooling is not lost to the EDG.

Page: 73 of 150

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 37 Info Topic: Mode 3 IIA Header Rupture Tier/Group: 2/1 008 Component Cooling Water System (CCWS)

  • Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the CCWS, and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to KIA Info: correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
  • A2.05 - Effect of loss of instrument and control air on the position of the CCW valves that are air operated RO Importance: 3.3 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective: LOR-020400303-002 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 (b)(5)

Question source: D Bank ID Modified Irgj New D Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:

rgj Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: NIA Exam Bank History: None Technical references:

  • AOP-7D, Loss of Instrument Air
  • AOP-3E, Loss of All RCP Flow, Modes 3, 4, or 5 Comments: None Page: 74 of 150

Unit-2 is at 100% power with all 10 trip units bypassed on Channel 0 RPS for 1M Shop wiring modifications, lAW an approved maintenance order. 1M determines that the RPS channel must be de-energized to complete the modifications.

What statement best describes the RPS trip logic before and after Channel 0 RPS is de energized?

A. 2 of 3 when energized; 1 of 3 when de-energized.

B. 2 of 4 when energized; 2 of 3 when de-energized.

C. 2 of 3 when energized; 2 of 3 when de-energized.

D. 2 of 4 when energized; 1 of 3 when de-energized. J ~ \ I t-o \C I

&rt-(t ~~ c:L,~ A pavt - t-l'(JI.wI. to-~mu-d; re..sol.u.--b'(M. ~

Answer: ~~

Answer Explanation:

ff1C.Dr((! c:t '

A. Gerl'eet Trip logic is 2 of 3 with the rip Units bypassed while the channel is still energized. De-energizing a channel emove~the bypass function,'!f'eel:lltiF!§ iF! iR:ilt,...,

oQj,aF!Flel beil'!\1 tFi~,,~ As a resultA' of 3 remaining Trip Units tripping will cause a reactor trip. 2.

B. Incorrect - Trip logic is 2 of 3 with the Trip Units bypassed while the channel is still energized.

~rt.~~. dOt~n~t C. IR99FFeet - Trip logic is 2 of 3 with t riP nits bypassed while the channel is still energized. De-energizing a channe remove)Cthe bypass function, Fe8"'ltiFl~ iF! that*

~ftF!Flel beil'l~ tFi~"e&.' As a result/'of 3 remaining Trip Units tripping will cause a reactor trip. 'Z D. Incorrect - Trip logic is 2 of 3 with the Trip Units bypassed while the channel is still energized.

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam I Question 38 Info Topic: RPS Trip Logic I Tier/Group: 2/1 012 Reactor Protection System (RPS)

  • KIA Info:
  • Ability to monitor automatic operation of the RPS, including:
  • A3.01- Individual channel I RO Importance: 3.8 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

I Learning Objective: LOR-058-1-01 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 (b)(7)

Question source: k8l Bank 1 0 Modified IONew Cognitive level:

o Memory or Fundamental k8l Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: No record of use on an NRC exam Exam Bank History: No history of previous use i

Technical references: System Description 058, Reactor Protective System i

Comments: None

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 39 10: Q9221 0 Which radiation monitor MUST be used to verify the Containment Environment safety function during EOP-O under ALL plant conditions (LOCA, Loss of offsite power, etc.) and what is the basis for use of this instrument?

A. Containment Atmosphere Particulate Monitor (RI-5280);

With 1% failed fuel, will detect a 1 GPM RCS leak within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />.

B. Containment High Range Monitors RI-5317A & B; Availability during any combination of events.

C. Containment Area Monitors RE-5316A - 0; Powered from vital AC and will be available in all circumstances.

D. Containment Atmosphere Gaseous Monitor (RI-5281);

Provides ability to promptly assess RCS leakage.

Answer: B Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect Containment Atmosphere Particulate Monitor (RI-5280) is isolated on a SIAS.

B. Correct - Any containment radiation monitor can be used to indicate the off normal event. However, as a minimum the Containment High Range Monitors should be checked, based on their availability during any combination of events, including SIAS actuations and LOOP events.

C. Incorrect RE-5316 A-D are deenergized during power operation.

D. Incorrect - Containment Atmosphere Gaseous Monitor (RI-5281) is powered from MCC-1 03 which is not backed up by emergency DG power.

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 39 Info Which rad monitor should be used to verify Containment Topic:

Environment safety function during EOP O?

Tier/Group: 1/2 061 Area Radiation Monitoring (ARM) System Alarms

  • Knowledge of the operational implications of the KIA Info: following concepts as they apply to Area Radiation Monitoring (ARM) System Alarms:
  • AK1.01- Detector limitations RO Importance: 2.5 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective: CRO-122-1-3-37 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41(b)(10)

Question source: D Bank ID Modified Ir8J New r8J Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:

o Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: N/A Exam Bank History: None Technical references: EOP-O Technical Basis Document Comments: None

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2D10 NRC RO Exam 40 10: Q19477 The DC DG was slow started from the control room. What action is required to obtain speed control for synchronizing?

A. Depress the Emergency Start Pushbutton.

B. Insert the sync stick in Bkr 152-0701 (07 4KV Bus Tie) and momentarily go to raise or lower on the speed control handswitch.

C. Place the Unit Parallel switch to Parallel.

D. Insert the sync stick in Bkr 152-0703 (OC DG Output Bkr) and momentarily go to raise or lower on the speed control handswitch.

Answer: D Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect Pushing Emergency Start PB will put OC DG in Reset Mode.

B. Incorrect - Bkr 152-0701 is not used in the control scheme for the OC DG.

C. Incorrect - There is no Unit Parallel Switch on the OC DG. Plausible because these controls do exist for the Fairbanks Morse DIGs and this would be the correct answer for the Fairbanks Morse DIGs.

D. Correct - IF OC DG will be paralleled with 07 4KV BUS FDR, 152-0704, from the Control Room, THEN INSERT the Sync Stick for OC DG OUT BKR, 0-CS-152-0703, to put the governor in the parallel mode. MOMENTARILY PLACE OC DG SPEED CONTR, O-CS-0705, to RAISE OR LOWER. Momentary operation of the speed control handswitch is required, per the procedure, to obtain speed control of the engine.

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 40 Info Topic: OC DG speed control Tier/Group: 2/1 064 Emergency Diesel Generators (ED/G)

  • Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the
  • KIA Info: control room:
  • A4.D6 Manual start, loading, and stopping.

of the ED/G i

IRO 'fJU'lCl"wC.

I Proposed references to be None i provided to applicant:

Learning Objective: DIESELS-22 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 (b)(7)

Question source: Ii$] Bank 1

Modified 1 0 New Ii$] Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:

o Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: No record of use on an NRC exam


~~ ~

Exam Bank History: No history of previous use i

Technical references: 01-21 C DC Diesel Generator Comments: None

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 41 10: Q93020 Unit-1 is at 100% power when an instrument air leak on 1-CVC-515-CV, UD CNTMT ISOL, results in letdown being isolated.

Which ONE of the following describes:

(1) The immediate concern with continued operation of the plant in this condition and; (2) The preferred method to mitigate the consequences of this condition per the controlling procedure?

A (1) Thermal transients on the Chemical and Volume Control system; (2) Place the backup charging pumps in pull to lock. Manually operate the selected Charging pump, as needed.

B. (1) Continued operation of the charging system will result in exceeding the Pzr level operating band; (2) Place the selected Charging pump in pull to lock and allow the Backup Charging pump(s) to automatically operate as needed.

C. (1) Thermal transients on the Chemical and Volume Control system; (2) Operate the Charging pumps, as necessary, and reduce power per OP-3, Normal Power Operation, as needed.

D. (1) Continued operation of the charging system will result in exceeding the Pzr level operating band; (2) Place the backup charging pumps in pull to lock. Manually operate the selected Charging pump, as needed.

Answer: B Answer Explanation:

A Incorrect - OI-2A, Chemical & Volume Control System, specifies use of the Backup Charging Pumps to control Pressurizer Level.

B. Correct - Exceeding the 1.S. limit for Pressurizer Level is a concern with UO secured with Charging remaining in operation. OI-2A directs placing selected Charging Pump in PTL with Backup Charging pump(s) in auto to control Pressurizer level.

C. Incorrect - OI-2A, Chemical & Volume Control System, specifies use of the Backup Charging Pumps to control Pressurizer Level.

D. Incorrect - OI-2A, Chemical & Volume Control System, specifies use of the Backup Charging Pumps to control Pressurizer Level.

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 41 Info Topic: Loss of Letdown Flow Tier/Group: 2/2 011 Pressurizer Level Control System (PZR LCS)

  • A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the PZR LCS; and (b) based on those KJA Info:

predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:

  • A2.07 Isolation of letdown RO Importance: 3.0

! Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

,-~- .....

Learning Objective:

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 (b)(5) 1'---

! Question source: D Bank 10 Modified I New I

D Memory or Fundamental

  • Cognitive level:

L- _______-+__c_o_m_p_re_h_e_n_s_io_n_o_r,..A. ,_n_a_ly_S_iS-------~-----1 I Last NRC Exam used on: No record of use on an NRC exam Exam Ban k H'IStory: N/A I

Technical references:  ! 1C07-ALM; OI-2A, Chemical and Volume Control System Comments: Modified version of Q14333

.....- -.... ~~

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 42 10: Q92230 Poinl$jI~OO Given the following:

  • Both Units are operating at 100% power when a Station Blackout occurs.
  • 125 VDC Bus voltages are approaching 105 VDC Which, if any, DG combinations, when restored, will ultimately restore a Battery Charger to 11.

12,21 and 22 125 VDC Busses?

A 1A; 2A B. 1B;2B C. 2A; 2B D. None of the listed combinations will restore a Battery Charger to each 125 VDC Bus.

Answer: C Answer Explanation:

A Incorrect - The 1A & 2A DGs power only the Battery Chargers associated with 11 and 22 125 VDC Busses B. Incorrect - The 1B & 2B DGs power only the Battery Chargers associated with 12 and 21 125 VDC Busses C. Correct - The 2A & 2B DGs power one Battery Charger associated with each of the four 125 VDC Busses D. Incorrect - The 2A & 2B DGs power one Battery Charger associated with each of the four 125 VDC Busses Page: 83 of 150

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 42 Info Topic: Relationship of DGs and 125 VDC Tier/Group: 1/1 058 Loss of DC Power

  • AK1. Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Loss of DC KIA Info:

Power:

  • AK1,01 Battery charger equipment and instrumentation IRO Importance: 2.8 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective:

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 (b)(8)

Question source: Bank ID Modified II2$J New

  • D Memory or Fundamental

'Cognitive level:

  • ~ Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: N/A m Bank History: None Technical references:
  • AOP-7J, Loss of 120 Volt Vital AC or 125 Volt Vital DC Power

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 43 10: Q92250 Points: 1.00 Given the following conditions:

  • Unit-2 was at 100% power with 21 & 22 SRW pumps running
  • 23 SRW pump was aligned per normal operation (electrical & mechanical)
  • 22 SRW pump tripped on overcurrent
  • A LOOP occurred and 2A & 2B EDG started and energized 21 & 244 KV buses One minute later, which SRW pumps, if any, would be operating? (Assume no operator action)

A. None B. 21 and 23 SRW Pumps C. 21 SRW pump ONLY D. 23 SRW pump ONLY Answer: B Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - SRW Pumps are started by the Shutdown Sequencer (SDS), on a LOOP.

B. Correct - 23 SRW Pump is normally aligned to 24 4KV Bus and that, with a LOOP, it will start 1 second after sensing the failure of 22 SRW Pump to start.

C. Incorrect - 23 SRW Pump is normally aligned to 24 4KV Bus and that, with a LOOP, it will start 1 second after sensing the failure of 22 SRW Pump to start.

D. Incorrect - 21 SRW will start on the SDS, after 21A DG closes in on 21 4KV bus

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY lOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 43 Info Topic: SRW Pp response to a lOOP Tier/Group: 2/1 076 Service Water System (SWS)

  • Knowledge of SWS design feature(s) and/or KIA Info: interlock{s) which provide for the following:
  • K4.02 Automatic start features associated with SWS pump controls RO Importance: 2.9 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

learning Objective:

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 (b)(7)

Question source: D Bank I[8j Modified IDNew D Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:

[8j Comprehension or Analysis

  • last NRC Exam used on: N/A Exam Bank History: None Technical references:
  • EOP-2, loss of Offsite Power/loss of Forced Circulation
  • SD-011 SRW System Description Comments: Modified version of Q20568 Page: 86 of 150

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC f~O Exam 44 10: Q92273 Points':1~OO Given the following:

  • The 1A2-11 Starting Air Receiver is tagged out to repair an air leak
  • The 1A1 Starting Air Compressor fails
  • 1A1-11 and 1A1-12 Starting Air Receiver pressures are 500 PSIG and slowly lowering Which ONE of the following actions, if any, can be taken to maintain 1A DG operability?

A. Emergency start the 1A DG prior to the 1A 1-11 and 1A 1-12 Starting Air Receiver pressures falling below 290 PSIG, B. Cross-connect the 1A and OC DG Starting Air Systems prior to the 1A1-11 and 1A1-12 Starting Air Receiver pressures falling below 290 PSIG.

C. No actions can be taken; declare the 1A DG inoperable when the 1A1-11 and 1A1-12 Starting Air Receiver pressures fall below 290 PSIG.

D. Crosstie the 1A1 and 1A2 Starting Air Systems prior to the 1A1-11 and 1A1-12 Starting Air Receiver pressures falling below 290 PSIG.

Answer: D Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - Placing the system in its fail-safe condition (e.g., running) does not, in and of itself, maintain operability.

B. Incorrect - There is no physical means to cross-connect the 1A and OC DG Starting Air Systems. Plausible because, although there is no physical means to cross connect the starting air systems, the candidate may believe the design is similar to that of the Fairbanks Morse engines where the Starting Air Headers for all three DGs are cross-tied.

C. Incorrect - While this action could be considered at some point, the immediate response would be to crosstie the starting air systems.

D. Correct - The 1A 1 and 1A2 Starting Air Systems can be cross tied with either compressor supplying all receivers.

Page: 87 of 150

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam

~ c Question 44 Info 1A DG Starting Air Receiver Pressure impact on DG Topic:

operability

~~

Tier/Group: 2/1

-~

064 Emergency Diesel Generators (ED/G)

KIA Info:

  • Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the ED/G system:
  • K6 07 - Air receivers RO Importance: 2c7 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

~,

Learning Objective:

Content: 55.41 (b)(7)

Question source:

~ o Memory or Fundamental 1 0 Modified ~w Cognitive level:

rg] Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: N/A Exam Bank History: None Technical references: 1C188-ALM, 1A DG Local Control Panel Alarm Manual Comments: None

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 45 10: Q92270 Given the following:

  • Unit-1 was operating at 100% power, steady state
  • Pressurizer Level Control Channel 1-UC-11 OX is selected
  • PZR Heater Low Level Cutout Switch is in the X + Y position
  • A leak occurs on the variable leg for 1-LT-110X, causing an 80 inch indicated level error
  • "PZR CH X LVL" Annunciator is in alarm Which ONE of the following describes:

(1) The effect on the plant this condition would cause and; (2) What is the preferred method to mitigate this event?

A (1) All Back-up Charging Pumps stop, Pressurizer Heaters energize; (2) Shift to 1-UC-11 OY in service.

B. (1) All Back-up Charging Pumps start, Pressurizer Heaters deenergize; (2) Shiftto 1-UC-11 OY in service.

C. (1) All Back-up Charging Pumps start, Pressurizer Heaters energize; (2) Shift 1-LlC-11 OX to manual and establish level control.

D. (1) All Back-up Charging Pumps stop, Pressurizer Heaters deenergize; (2) Shift 1-LlC-11 OX to manual and establish level control.

Answer: B Answer Explanation:

A Incorrect - A leak on the variable leg of a transmitter would cause the indicated level to be lower than the actual level. A lower Pzr level would cause Chg Pumps to start and LID flow to go to minimum. If indicated level were below 101 inches then the Low Level cutout would deenergize all Pzr heaters.

B. Correct - A leak on the variable leg of a transmitter would cause the indicated level to be lower than the actual level. A lower Pzr level would cause Chg Pumps to start and LID flow to go to minimum. If indicated level were below 101 inches then the Low Level cutout would deenergize all Pzr heaters. Reference EOP-1, Sect IV.O.1.1.

Although answer D may provide a technically viable option for addressing this Situation, answer B is "preferred" based on Alarm Manual guidance for this condition, associated procedure use standards (Le., use procedure guidance if available), and based on reinforcement in the LOI training program as the preferred method of recovery.

C. Incorrect - Pzr heaters would deenergize.

D. Incorrect - A leak on Ule variable leg of a transmitter would cause the indicated level to be lower than the actual level. A lower Pzr level would cause Chg Pumps to start.

Page: 89 of 150

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 45 Info Topic: Predict the response to a Pzr Lvi Control channel failure.

i Tier/Group: 1/2

-  : .. - .....- - - - - - -.... ~.-~

028 Pressurizer (PZR) Level Control Malfunction

  • 2.4.6 Knowledge of EOP mitigation strategies.

~~-----------+-----

1

! RO Importance: 3.7 Proposed references to be

! provided to applicant: None Learning Objective: LOI-064A2-1

! 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41(b)(10)

Question source: 0 Bank Cognitive level:

o Memory or Fundamental

! [8J Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: N/A Exam Bank History: None Technical references: 1COB-ALM, RCS Control Alarm Manual Comments: None I

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 46 ID: Q18935 Points: 1.00 During an excess steam demand event, the unaffected SG is maintained within 25 'F of CET temperature using its ADV What is the primary operational implication of this limit during the uncontrolled RCS cooldown?

A. This minimizes the potential for pressurized thermal shock if a heatup of the RCS occurs following an excessive cooldown of the RCS.

B. This minimizes the formation of tube voids, in the affected S/G, after blowdown is complete.

C. This minimizes the RCS cooldown that takes place during blowdown of the affected S/G.

D. This minimizes differential pressure between the S/Gs, thereby allowing reset of the AFAS Block signal.

Answer: A Answer Explanation:

A. Correct - See EOP-4 Technical Basis Document, Step IV.H.2 (page 27). The 25 'F limit is an operational limit associated with PTS mitigation during a cooldown event.

Its basis supports the same basis as the broader concept of cooldown limits as referenced in the KA, under which this limit lies. This action sets up the operational controls to support PTS prevention when the uncontrolled cooldown has been completed.

B. Incorrect - SIG tube voiding is determined by RCS pressure being less than saturation pressure for that SIG, and once BID is complete S/G pressure will be zero.

C. Incorrect - RCS cooldown during the blowdown phase is determined by the size of the leak.

D. Incorrect - AFAS Block will occur, isolating Auxiliary Feedwater flow to the S/G with the lower pressure which is the affected S/G.


~------~~~~--------------------------------

Page 91 of 150

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 46 Info Topic: ESDE unaffected S/G temperature limits oup: 2/1

  • 039 Main and Reheat Steam System (MRSS)

KIA Info:

  • K5 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as the apply to the MRSS:
  • K5.05 Bases for RCS cooldown limits RO Importance: 2.7 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective: LOR-020 170410-002 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41(b)(5)

Question source: ~ Bank D Modified IDNew I

D Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:

~ Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: No record of use on an NRC exam Exam Bank History: No history of previous use

-~ - -~.~ ...._.-_..

Technical references: EOP-4, Excess Steam Demand Event Comments: None


~

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 47 10: Q92290 Given the following:

  • It is 0230 on a Saturday morning
  • 21 125V DC Bus has an existing positive ground.

Which ONE of the following statements best describes:

(1) What could occur if a negative ground develops on 21 125V DC Bus and; (2) What actions, if any, are required?

A. (1) Low voltage on system causing an undervoltage trip of 125V DC Bus feeder breakers; (2) Initiate maintenance to troubleshoot and correct issue.

B. (1) Nothing will be detected, ungrounded systems can withstand multiple grounds with no adverse effects; (2) No actions are required.

C. (1) Loss of a 125V DC Battery Charger; (2) Place the Reserve Battery Charger in service.

D. (1) High current flow, caused by the second ground, can cause fuses to blow or protective devices to actuate; (2) Initiate maintenance to troubleshoot and correct issue.

Answer: D Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect DC loads are protected by fused disconnects with fuse ratings that would protect against a battery drain of sufficient magnitude to lower DC Bus voltage.

B. Incorrect - Ungrounded systems can withstand multiple grounds on the same phase with no affect, the question stem gives a positive and a negative ground.

Maintenance is required to eliminate the grounds.

C. Incorrect - Depending on the location of the grounds it would be possible to cause a battery charger to trip off, however, the reserve battery charger would not/could not be placed in-service to replace the tripped one.

D. Correct - A second ground on the opposite polarity creates a current-to-ground flowpath. Uncertainty of operation if second ground occurs (component actuation)

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 47 Info Topic: Effect of a ground on an Tier/Group: 2/1

~------- .. - -

063 DC Electrical Distribution System

  • A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the DC electrical KIA Info: systems: and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct. control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
  • A2.01 Grounds RO Importance: 2.5 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Opjective:

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 (b)(5)

Question source: D

~

Bank Modified

~

Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:

~ Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: N/A Exam Bank History: None Technical references:

  • System Description 002, 125V DC Distribution System
  • Ground Training PPt Comments: None 150

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 48 ID:.Q93080 PointS: *1.00 Unit-1 is operating at 100% power with a normal electrical alignment. In response to a plant transient, the Reactor Trip push buttons at 1C05 have been depressed, per EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions. The RO reports the reactor remains at 100% power and all trip breakers remain closed.

Which ONE of the following sets of actions will mitigate this condition?

A. Open 11A 480V BUS FOR; Open 12A 480V BUS FOR B. Open 11A 480V BUS FOR; Open 14A 480V BUS FOR C. Open 12A 480V BUS FOR; Open 13A 480V BUS FOR O. Open 13A 480V BUS FOR; Open 14A 480V BUS FOR Answer: C Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect -11 and 12 CEOM MG Sets are powered from 480V Load Centers 12A and 13A. EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate fl.ctions direct deenergizing these busses to trip the reactor if the trip pushbuttons do not work.

B. Incorrect - 11 and 12 CEOM MG Sets are powered from 480V Load Centers 12A and 13A. EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions direct deenergizing these busses to trip the reactor if the trip pushbuttons do not work.

C. Correct - 11 and 12 CEDM MG Sets are powered from 480V Load Centers 12A and 13A. EOP-D, Post Trip Immediate Actions direct deenergizing these busses to trip the reactor if the trip pushbuttons do not work.

O. Incorrect - 11 and 12 CEOM MG Sets are powered from 480V Load Centers 12A and 13A. EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions direct deenergizing these busses to trip the reactor if the trip push buttons do not work.

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Qu,estlon 48 Info Tier/Group: i 2/1 62 - AC Electrical Distribution System

  • A4 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in
  • KIA Info: the control room:
  • A4.01 - All breakers (including available switchyard)

RO Importance: 3.3

~ ......

Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective:

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 (b)(7)

Question source: o Bank ~D Modified I[8J New

[8J Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:

o Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: N/A Exam Bank History: None Technical references: EOP-O, Post Trip Comments: None

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 49 10: Q26551 Points.:.1 :00 Given the following:

  • RCS Tcold is 530 OF and constant
  • RCS Pressure is 1550 PSIA and lowering slowly
  • Pressurizer Level is 75 inches and lowering slowly
  • Containment Rad Monitors are Clear
  • Condenser Off-Gas Alarm has actuated Which ONE of these indications can differentiate the event in progress as a S/G tube leak?

A. Containment Rad Monitors alarms being clear.

B. RCS T COLD is normal and not lowering.

C. RCS subcooling is slowly lowering.

D. Receipt of the Condenser Off-gas alarm.

Answer: D Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - absence of Containment Radiation monitor alarms does nothing to confirm a S/G tube leak.

B. Incorrect - normal Tcold does not confirm a S/G tube leak.

C. Incorrect - loss of subcooling can be indicative of a LOCA and is not unique to S/G tube leaks.

D. Correct EOP-6 Technical Basis document step IV.J

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 49 Info i

Topic: Indication of a SGTR vice LOCA Tier/Group: 2/1 Process Radiation Monitoring (PRM) System i

  • 2.4.18 Knowledge of the specific bases for EOPs.

RO Importance: 3.3 Proposed references to be Steam Tables provided to applicant:

I Learning Objective: SRO-201-6-1-01 I

  • 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41(b)(10)

Question source: i [8J Bank Modified I0 New_ _ _----,

! Cognitive level:

o Memory or Fundamental

. [8J Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: No record of use on an Exam Bank History: Last used - LOI 2008 AOP I EOP Exam (April, 2010)

Technical references: EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions Comments: None

--- I

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 50 10: Q92631 Points: 1.00 Unit-2 is operating at 100% power. ESFAS Logic cabinet "BL" has been deenergized to support emergent maintenance.

What effect, if any, will this condition have on the Reactor Protective System and/or Main Turbine Trips?

A. A Reactor trip will NOT cause a Turbine trip.

B. The RPS / Turbine trip interface will function normally.

C. 2 out of 4 RPS trips on Loss of Load will cause a Turbine trip.

D. Turbine trip logic is reduced to 2 out of 2 Reactor Trip Bus UN relay actuations.

Answer: A Answer Explanation:

A. Correct - Per 01-34, Engineered Safety Features Actuation System, Appendix "A":

De-energization of the BL Actuation Logic Cabinet renders the Reactor Trip Bus UV turbine trips inoperable.

B. Incorrect - Per 01-34, Engineered Safety Features Actuation System, Appendix "A":

De-energization of the BL Actuation Logic Cabinet renders the Reactor Trip Bus UV turbine trips inoperable.

C. Incorrect - The reactor will trip on a 2/4 logic caused by a turbine trip.

D. Incorrect - Per 01-34, Engineered Safety Features Actuation System, Appendix "A":

De-energization of the BL Actuation Logic Cabinet renders the Reactor Trip Bus UV turbine trips inoperable.

Page: 99 of 150

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam I Question 50 Info iTopic: RPS/TG Tier/Group: 2/1 1012 - System 012 Reactor Protection System i KIA Info:

  • K3 - Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the RPS will have on the following:
  • K3.02 - TIG I RO Importance: 3.2 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective:

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 (b)(7)

Question source: o Bank 1 0 Modified I[8J New

[8J Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:

o Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: NIA Exam Bank History: None Technical references: 01-34, Engineered Safety Features Actuation System Comments: None i

Page: 100 of 150

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 51 10: Q93040 Points: 1.00:

The RCS is in a solid water condition, in preparation for drawing a Pressurizer bubble per OP-7, Shutdown Operations, with the following conditions:

  • An RCS overpressure condition occurred
  • Power Operated Relief Valves have lifted
  • A "SOC PRESS HI" alarm has been received The cause of the high pressure condition has been corrected and the overpressure condition no longer exists.

Which ONE of the following actions is required per the controlling procedure?

A. Manually close the Power Operated Relief Valves.

B. Manually close the Power Operated Relief Valve Block Valves.

C. Check the Power Operated Relief Valves automatically closed.

D. Check the SDC Suction Isolation Valves automatically closed.

Answer: A Answer Explanation:

A. Correct - When in LTOP conditions, PORVs must be manually closed using the OVERRIDE TO CLOSE handswitch, once opened due to an over-pressure condition, per OP-7.

B. Incorrect - Although plausible as an action for terminating discharge via the PORVs.

closing the block valves is not a prescribed action for recovering from an over pressure condition while in the LTOP mode.

C. Incorrect - PORVs do not automatically close when in LTOP conditions; PORVs must be manually closed using the OVERRIDE TO CLOSE handswitch. once opened due to an over-pressure condition. per OP-7.

D. Incorrect - SOC Suction Isolation Valves are manually closed in response to an over pressure condition, per Alarm Manual1C06.

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 51 Info i

Topic:

Actions for an overpressure condition when drawing a I bubble in the Pressurizer ~

Tier/Group: m I 010 Pressurizer Pressure Control System i KIA Info:

  • 2.2.2 - Ability to manipulate the console controls as '

required to operate the facility between shutdown and designated power levels.

,OP-7-1 10 CFR Part 55 Content: I55.41 (b)(7) f-Q_u_e_s_ti_o_n_s_o_u_rc_e_:_ _ _-+1O _ _B_a_n_k_ _ _ -~~~~i_fi_ed_ _ _ ~_N_e_w_~___

LI -l

~ Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:

.0 Comprehension or Analysis f-L_a_s_t_N_R_C_E_x_a_m __ u_s_e_d_o_n_:~IN_/_A_________ -----------------------~

Exam Bank History: I None Technical references: IOP-7, Shutdown Operations Comments: I None i

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 52 ID: Q92312 PointS: 1.00 Which of the following sets represents BOTH an available indication AND control capability during a SSO on Unit-1?

A. RVLMS; ADVs cannot be operated from 1C43.

B. CEA Mimic; ADVs cannot be operated from 1C03.

C. RVLMS; ADVs cannot be operated from 1C03.

D. CEA Mimic; ADVs cannot be operated from 1C43.

Answer: C Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect- RVLMS (PAMS) Channels "Au & "B" are powered from 120VVitai Instrument Busses 11 (1Y01) and 12 (1Y02). They will remain energized. 1Y01 and 1Y02 are powered, via inverters, from 125V DC Busses 11 and 21. 1Y09 is deenergized during an SBO resulting in a loss of control to the Atmospheric Dump Valves. Local control, at 1C43, l.§. established to operate the ADVs to control RCS temperature.

B. Incorrect - The loss of 1YOg, during an SBO, results in a loss of the CEA Mimic. The loss of 1Y09 also results in a loss of control to the Atmospheric Dump Valves. The valves will operate on a quick open signal only. Local control at 1C43 is established to operate the ADVs.

C. Correct - RVLMS (PAMS) Channels "AU & "B" are powered from 120VVitai Instrument Busses 11 (1Y01) and 12 (1Y02) and will remain energized. 1Y01 and 1Y02 are powered, via inverters, from 125V DC Busses 11 and 21. 1Y09 is deenergized during an SBO resulting in a loss of control to the Atmospheric Dump Valves. Local control, at 1C43, is established to operate the ADVs to control RCS temperature.

D. Incorrect - The loss of 1Y09, during an SBO, results in a loss of the CEA Mimic. The loss of 1Y09 also results in a loss of control to the Atmospheric Dump Valves. The valves will operate on a quick open signal only. Local control at 1C43l.§. established to operate the ADVs.

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 52 Info Topic: DC powered loads available during a SBO Tier/Group: 1/1 055 Loss of Offsite and Onsite Power (Station Blackout)

  • EA2 Ability to determine or interpret the following as KIA Info: they apply to a Station Blackout:
  • EA2.04 Instruments and controls operable with only dc battery power available

~

RO Importance: 3.7 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective: LOI-002-1-2 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 (b)(1 0)

Question source: Bank I D Modified II25J New D Memory or Fundamental

  • Cognitive level:

I25J Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: N/A Exam Bank History: None Technical references: EOP-7, Station Blackout Comments: None

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 53 10: Q20053 Points: 1.00 Wide Range Nuclear Instrumentation (WRNI) Channel "A" experiences a loss of power.

Which ONE of the following describes the impact to RPS Channel "A"?

A SUR trip is enabled.

B. Zero Power Mode Bypass is enabled.

C. CEAPOS POlL is inhibited.

O. TM/LP signal to CWP is inhibited.

Answer: A Answer Explanation:

A Correct - The Flux Trip 2 relay fails to >E-4% on a loss of power, enabling SUR trip.

B. Incorrect - The Flux Trip 1 relay fails to >E-4% on a loss of power, removing the Zero Power Mode Bypass.

C. Incorrect - The Flux Trip 1 relay fails to >E-4% on a loss of power, enabling the CEAPDS POlL.

O. Incorrect - The Flux Trip 1 relay fails to >E-4% on a loss of power, enabling the TM/LP signal to CWP.

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 !\IRC RO Exam Question 53 Info Topic: Effects on loss of power to the W. R. flux trip relays 1 & 2 Tier/Group: 1/2

~.~

032 Loss of Source Range Nuclear Instrumentation

  • AK2. Knowledge of the interrelations between the Loss of Source Range Nuclear Instrumentation and KIA Info:

the following:

  • AK2.01 Power supplies, including proper switch positions RO Importance: 2.7

~-~

Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective: CRO-57 5-09 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 (b)(7)

Question source: lSI Bank ~ID Modified IONew Cognitive level:

o Memory or Fundamental lSI Comprehension or Analysis Last !\IRC Exam used on: No record of use on an !\IRC exam

-~---

Last use - LOI 2008 Nuclear Instrumentation Exam (May, Exam Bank History:

2009)

Technical references: SO-078A, Nuclear Instrumentation Comments: None Page: 106 of 150

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 54 10: Q19395 Points: 1.00 During a feed system auto transfer from low to high power, reactor power reaches 19% before the FRV Bypass valve signal reaches 40%.

Which of the following will occur?

A. FRV position freezes with FBV contrOlling.

B. FBV position freezes, FRV controls, and the FBV must be manually driven shut.

C. The transfer is completed with feed system in High power mode.

D. The transfer is completed with feed system in Low power mode.

Answer: C Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - FRV would only "freeze" if there were a Transfer Inhibit Signal present.

Also, in the High Power Mode the FRV is controlling S/G Level.

B. Incorrect - FRV Bypass would only "freeze" if there were a Transfer Inhibit Signal present. Also, in the High Power Mode the FRV is controlling S/G Level. FRV Bypass is only manually driven shut when performing a Manual Transfer.

C. Correct - System shifts to High Power Mode between 17 & 19%

D. Incorrect - System will be in High Power Mode at 19%, shifts to Low Power between 15 & 13% (Transfer is forced to completion at 13%)

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 54 Info

!Topic: DFWCS transfer from low to high power I Tier/Group: 2/2 035 Steam Generator System (SGS)

KIA Info:

  • A3 Ability to monitor automatic operation of the S/G including:
  • A3.01 S/G water level control RO Importance: 4.0 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

. Learning Objective: LO-045E-1-1

_10 CFR Part 55 Content:

55.41 (b)(7)

Question source: [8J Bank I D Modified New I

[8J Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:

D Comprehension or Analysis i Last NRC Exam used on: No record of use on an NRC exam I Exam Bank History: Last use - 2004 LOR Quiz Technical references:

  • SD-045A, Main Feedwater System Description Comments: None

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC I~O Exam 55 10: Q92830 Points: 1.00 Given the following conditions

  • Unit-2 is operating at 100% power
  • A Loss of Offsite Power occurs coincident with a LOCA
  • The 2B DG fails to start Which ONE of the following groups of components will operate in response to the stated conditions?

A. 21 Containment Air Cooler; 22 Charging Pump; 21 Component Cooling Water Pump B. 23 Charging Pump; 21 Containment Filter; 22 Containment Air Cooler C. 23 Containment Filter; 23 Containment Air Cooler; 21 Component Cooling Water Pump D. 21 Charging Pump; 22 Containment Filter; 23 Component Cooling Water Pump Answer: B Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - 22 Charging Pump is aligned to 480V Bus 24 B. Correct - These loads are normally aligned to 21 480V bus and would receive start signals as the LOCI Sequencer went through its progression C. Incorrect - 23 CAC is aligned to 480V Bus 24 D. Incorrect - 22 IRU is aligned to 480V Bus 24 Page: 109 of 150

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam

! Question 55 Info iTopic: U-2 IRU Power Supplies ITier/Gro~ 2/2

~

I 027 - Containment Iodine Removal System (CIRS)

KIA Info:

  • K2 Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following:

K2.01 Fans r

-~

  • RO Importance: 3.1 I

Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective: CRO-7-1-5-85 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 (b)(7)

~

Question source: o Bank o Modified I~New

~ Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:

o Comprehension or Analysis . -~ ..

i Last NRC Exam used on: NIA

, Exam Bank History: None Technical references: 01-270-2 Station Power 480 Volt System Breaker Lineup I - - - ..- - - - - - - - + - - - - - - - - . - - -.. .- -----------l Comments: None

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 56 10: Q14531 Points: 1.00 Unit-2 is operating normally at 80% reactor power when a Letdown line leak occurs immediately upstream of the Containment penetration.

Which set of the following automatic features could actuate to promptly terminate this event?

1. High Regenerative HX outlet temperature
2. Chemical Yolume Control Isolation Signal (CYCIS)
3. Containment Isolation Signal (CIS)
4. Excess Flow Check Valve shuts A. 1,2 B. 3, 4 C. 1,4 D. 2, 3 Answer: C Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - CVCIS would not actuate on a Letdown line break in the Containment.

B. Incorrect - CIS does not promptly provide a shut signal to the Letdown Stops to terminate the event.

C. Correct - Per 2C07 -ALM, 2-CVC-515-CV will automatically close on a High Regenerative Heat Exchanger outlet temperature of 470 of and the Excess Flow Check valve Will shut at - 200 GPM to isolate a break ..

D. Incorrect CIS does not promptly provide a shut signal to the Letdown Stops to terminate the event.

50

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 56 Info Topic: Plant response to a LID line break in the West Pen Rm Tier/Group: 1/2 Combustion Engineeri ng A 16 Excess RCS Leakage

  • AK2. Knowledg e of the interrelations between the (Excess RCS Leakage) and the following:

KIA Info:

.AK2.1 Compon ents, and functions of control and safety syste ms, Including instrumentation, signals, interlocks, fai lu: e modes, and automatic and manual features.

RO Importance: 3.2 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective:

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 (b)(7)

~------.

Question source: [gJ Bank Modified IONew Cognitive level:

o Memory or Fund arr1ental

[gJ Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: No record of use on an NRC exam Exam Bank History: Last use - LOI 200 6 Panel Exam Technical references.

'. 1C08-ALM, ESFAS 11 Alarm Manual (Windows G-17 &

G-18)

  • 1C07-ALM, Chemical and Volume Control Alarm Manual (Window Comments: None Page: 112 of 150

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 57 10: Q92350 Points: 1.00 Unit-2 is at 30% power MOC when a load rejection occurs. RCS pressure rises to 2420 PSIA, resulting in a reactor trip. The following conditions exist:

  • Acoustic Monitor indicates flow through a PORV
  • RCS pressure is 2185 PSIA with a lowering trend
  • Pressurizer level is 180 inches with a rising trend Which ONE of the following lists actions directed by EOP-O for regaining control of Pressurizer level and pressure?

A. Place PORV Override handswitches in the "Override To Close" position; Start all available Charging Pumps.

B. Close PORV block MOVs; Lower RCS Pressure to less than 1800 PSIA.

C. Lower RCS Pressure to less than 1800 PSIA; Start all available Charging pumps.

D. Shut PORV Block valves; Place PORV Override handswitches in the "Override To Close" position.

Answer: D Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - Starting all available Charging Pumps with Pressurizer level at 180 inches would help offset the inventory loss due to the leaking PORV but would be a deviation to EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions.

B. Incorrect - Lowering RCS pressure to 1800 PSIA would be a deviation to EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions. Plausible because this is an action, directed by EOP-5 Loss of Coolant Accident, designed to reseat a leaking Pressurizer Safety valve. OP 1, Plant Startup from Cold Shutdown, also contains a step to soak the RCS at - 1900 PSIA to ensure proper operation of the Pressurizer Safety valves.

C. Incorrect - Starting all available Charging Pumps with Pressurizer level at 180 inches would help offset the inventory loss due to the leaking PORV but would be a deviation to EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions.

D. Correct - With pressure lowering due to PORV leakage, the PORV block MOV must be verified closed, and the PORV Override HS must be placed in "Override to Close".

Page: 113 of 150

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 57 Info Topic: Controlling PORV Leakage Tier/Group: 1/1 008 Pressurizer (PZR) Vapor Space Accident (Relief Valve Stuck Open)

KIA Info: - M 1. Ability to operate and I or monitor the following as they apply to the Pressurizer Vapor Space Accident:

-M 1.06 Control of PZR level RO Importance: 3.6 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

I Learning Objective: LOR-058-1-01 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 (b}(7)

Question source: o Bank II:8J Modified 1 0 New 121 Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:

o Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: N/A Exam Bank History: None Technical references: EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions Comments: Modified version of Q19362

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 58 10: Q92351 Points: 1.00 With the Unit operating at 100%, which of the conditions would ONLY trip the RPS Channel "A" trip units listed below:

  • Thermal Margin I Low Pressure
  • Axial Power Distribution A. Loss of a Channel "A" Linear Range Nuclear Instrumentation subchannel (fails to zero).

B. Loss of the Channel "A" Wide Range Nuclear Instrumentation channel HV power supply.

C. Loss of a single Channel "A" T COLD input (fails low).

D. Loss of a single Channel "A" T HOT input (fails high).

Answer: A Answer Explanation:

A. Correct - Loss of a Channel "A" LRNI sub channel (upper or lower) would cause indicated NI power to go to approximately 50% resulting in trips on Trip Units 7 (TM/LP) and 10 (APD) (because the calculated ASI is extremely high).

B. Incorrect - Loss of the WRNI HV power supply, while causing alarms and abnormal indications, would not cause actuation of any trip units C. Incorrect - The TCOLD inputs to the RPS channel are auctioneered high. Loss of a single Tcold measurement channel would not cause actuation of any trip units D. Incorrect - The T HOT inputs to the RPS channel are averaged. A single Thot measurement channel, failing high, will result in an indicated DeltaT power of approximately 180%. This will cause Trip Units 1 (Hi Pwr), 7 (TM/LP), & 10 (APD) to trip in addition to causing multiple alarms.

Page: 115 of 150

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 58 Info Topic: LRNI Subchannel failure

! Tier/Group: 2/2 015 - Nuclear Instrumentation System

. KIA Info:

  • K6 - Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction on the following will have on the NIS:
  • K6.01 - Sensors, detectors, and indicators RO Importance: 2.9 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective: LOI-78A-1-2 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 {b )(7)

Question source: o Bank ID Modified IIZI New Cognitive level:

o Memory or Fundamental I:8:l Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: N/A Exam Bank History: None

  • 1C05-ALM, Reactivity Control Alarm Manual Technical references:
  • SD-058, Reactor Protective System Comments: None Page: 1160f150

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 59 10: Q93090 Points: 1't40~

Unit-2 is in Mode 2 with a reactor startup in progress. Chemistry reports an unexpected decrease of 30 ppm RCS boron concentration. AOP-1A, Inadvertent Boron Dilution, has been implemented.

Which ONE of the following system alignments will result in sustained boration of the RCS at greater than or equal to 40 GPM?

A Open SI TO CHG HDR, 2-CVC-269-MOV; Shut REGENERATIVE HX CHARGING INLET, 2-CVC-183; Open AUX HPSI HDR, 2-SI-61l-MOV; Start 21 Charging Pump.

B. Open BA DIRECT M/U, 2-CVC~514-MOV; Open 22B LOOP CHARGING, 2-CVC-518-CV; Start 21 Charging Pump; Start 21 BA Pump.

C. Open 21 BAST GRAVITY FD, 2-CVC-508-CV; Shut RWT CHG PP SUCT, 2-CVC-504-MOV, Open 22B LOOP CHARGING, 2-CVC-518-CV; Start 21 Charging Pump.

D. Open 21 RWT OUT, 2-SI-4143-MOV; Open HPSI HDR XCONN, 2-SI-653-MOV; Open MAIN HPSI HDR, 2-SI-616-MOV; Start 23 HPSI Pump.

Answer: B Answer Explanation:

A Incorrect - The line-up described is a flowpath from the VCT to the RCS. Additional component manipulation would be required to establish boration.

B. Correct - The line-up described establishes a boration flowpath from the BAST to the RCS.

C. Incorrect - The line-up described would not establish a boration flowpath. The VCT outlet MOV must be closed to borate of the RCS.

D. Incorrect - The line-up described would not establish a boration flowpath. RCS normal operating pressure is well above the discharge head of the HPSI Pump.

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 59 Info Topic: AOP-1 A, preferred boration methodology Tier/Group: 2/1

  • 004 Chemical and Volume Control System (CVCS)

KIA Info:

  • A4 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room:

.. ~

RO Importance: 3.6 i Proposed references to be None  !

provided to applicant:

I Learning Objective: LOR 202-1A1B-S-07 110 CFR Part 5~ Content: 155.41 (b)(7)

Question source: o Bank 10 Modified I[8J New Cognitive level:

o Memory or Fundamental

[8J Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: *N/A Exam Bank Technical references: AOP-1A, Inadvertent Boron Dilution (Att 1)

Comments: None

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 60 10: Q92372 Points: 1.00 Unit-1 was operating at 100% power when a LOCA occurred. The following conditions exist:

  • 12 HPSI Pump was OOS prior to the event
  • RCS pressure is 1400 PSIA and slowly lowering
  • Containment Pressure is 1.8 PSIG and slowly rising
  • EAST ECCS PP RM LVL HI alarm has annunciated on 1C10.
  • The ABO reports water level in the East ECCS Pp Room is approximately 10 inches and rising and the source appears to be in the area of the LPSI pump.
  • 11 RWT LVL I TEMP Alarm has annunciated on 1COg (1) What actions must be taken to address these conditions and; (2) What impact will these actions have on the performance of the Emergency Core Cooling System?

A. (1) Place both LPSI pump, both HPSI pump and both Containment Spray Pump handswitches in PTL and shut both RWT Outlets; (2) ECCS flow is lost. S/G heat removal remains sufficient.

B. (1) Place 11 LPSI pump, 11 HPSI pump, and 11 Containment Spray Pump handswitches in PTL and shut the associated RWT Outlet; (2) ECCS flow is reduced to approximately one-half, heat removal capability is inadequate.

C. ((1) Place both LPSI pump, both HPSI pump and both Containment Spray Pump handswitches in PTL and shut both RWT Outlets; (2) ECCS flow is lost, S/G heat removal capability is inadequate.

D. (1) Place 11 LPSI pump, 11 HPSI pump, 11 Containment Spray Pump handswitches in PTL and shut the associated RWT Outlet; (2) ECCS flow is reduced to approximately one-half, heat removal capability remains sufficient.

Answer: D Answer Explanation: t A. Incorrect - Level provided in stem for ECCS Pump room indicates RWT still has sufficient level to support unaffected train. Securing ALL ECCS Pumps would be a wrong choice.

B. Incorrect - Heat removal capability of one SI train meets design criteria.

C. Incorrect - See "A" justification. Based on given conditions, S/G heat removal is adequate.

D. Correct - With given indications the leak is from the RWT (low level alarm with RCS pressure still above pump shutoff head and Containment pressure below CSAS actuation). Pumps taking suction from the affected RWT suct hdr need to be secured to prevent damage. RWT outlet needs to be shut, to isolate the leak.

Page: 119 of 150

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 60 Info Topic: Loss of ECCS flowpath Tier/Group: 2/1 006 Emergency Core Cooling System (ECCS)

  • A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the ECCS; and (b)

KIA Info: based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:

  • A2.02 Loss of flow path RO Importance: 3.9 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective:

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 (b)(5)

Question source: o Bank 1 0 Modified 1 [8l New Cognitive level:

o Memory or Fundamental

[8l Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: N/A Exam Bank History: None Technical references: 1C10-ALM, ESFAS 13 Alarm Manual Comments: None

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 61 10: Q14512 Points: 1.00 You are performing the duties of the Refueling Control Room Operator (RCRO).

  • A core shuffle is in progress
  • A series of core-to-core fuel moves is being performed
  • The Spent Fuel Handling Machine operator is performing a series of steps, moving ONLY new fuel, to set up for later portions of the core load sequence Which ONE of the listed conditions would require core alterations be suspended?

A. Containment Purge is placed in service.

B. Audible count rate is lost in the Control Room.

C. Spent Fuel Pool Ventilation Charcoal filter is bypassed.

D. One of 3 available WRNI channels is declared out of service.

Answer: B Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect Placing Containment Purge does not require suspension of Core Alterations. Plausible because there are conditions (operation of purge with Containment Radiation Monitors inoperable) under which purge operation could cause suspension of Core Alts.

B. Correct - The RCRO verifies audible count rate in the Containment and the Control Room as part of the RCRO turnover process in accordance with NO-1-200, Control of Shift Activities. His responsibilities include monitoring for reactivity changes in the Control Room which is accomplished via monitoring of audible count rate and observation of the two required WRNI channels.

C. Incorrect - The Spent Fuel Pool Ventilation Charcoal filter is only required in service to support movement of recently irradiated fuel assemblies in the Auxiliary Building.

The stem of the question clearly states "only" new fuel is being moved in the Spent Fuel Pool Area.

D. Incorrect - The RCRO verifies at least two WRNI channels operable as part of the RCRO turnover process in accordance with NO-1-200, Control of Shift Activities.

Tech Specs require 2 source range (WRNI) channels operable during Core Alts ..

Page: 121

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 61 Info Topic: Neutron monitoring during refueling evolutions Tier/Group: 2/2 034 Fuel Handling Equipment System (FHES)

KIA Info:

  • A4 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room:
  • A4.02 Neutron levels RO Importance: 3.5 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective:

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 (b)(7)

Question source: ~ Bank 1 0 Modified 1 0 New

~ Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:

o Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: N/A Exam Bank History: None Technical references: NO-1-200, Control of Shift Activities, Attachment 26 Comments: None

._-- -.~-

Page: 122 of 150

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 62 10: Q28783 Points: 1.00 Which of the following is directed by EOP-D, Post Trip Immediate Actions, to prevent an uncontrolled cooldown, in the event of an uncomplicated reactor and turbine trip on Unit-2?

A. Depress the "Reset" button on the MSR control panel.

B. Ensure MSR 2nd Stage Steam Source MOVs shut.

C. Shut Upstream Drain MOVs.

D. Trip the S/G Feed Pumps Answer: A Answer Explanation:

A. Correct - Per U-2 EOP-O step 0.3 basis B. Incorrect - This verification is directed when performing EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions, on Unit-1.

C. Incorrect - There is no direction to situt Upstream drain valves in EOP-O and leaking drain valves will have a small effect on RCS temperature immediately after a trip.

This is a mitigating strategy in EOP-1 for contrOlling cooldown.

D. Incorrect - This is an EOP-O mitigating action for excessive feeding of the Steam Generators, not for controlling cooldown.

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 62 Info Topic: Preventing an uncontrolled cooldown on a U-2 Rx trip Tier/Group: 2/2

...... --.-~ .~ ..... ----~~ ...

045 Main Turbine Generator (MT/G) System

  • A 1 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits)

KIA Info: associated with operating the MT/G system controls including:

  • A 1. 06 Expected response of secondary plant parameters following T/G trip

! RO Importance: .3.3

!;oposed references to be None provided to applicant:

  • Learning Objective:

10 CFR Part 55 Content:

Question source: --..LIHO_M_O_d_if_i_e_d_ _----'--10_ N~~_W_ _ _--1 i I2?J Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:

° Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: . No record of use on an NRC exam Last use - LOI 2008 OP, AOP-3B, EOP-O & EOP-1 Exam Exam Bank History:

(Nov, 2009) i Technical references: EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions Comments: None

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 63 10: Q92410 Points: 1~00 With both Units operating at 100% power a sustained loss of Spent Fuel Pool Cooling occurs.

Which ONE of the following actions is taken per the appropriate Abnormal Operating Procedure?

A Place a second Control Room H & V fan in operation.

B. Place a second Spent Fuel Pool Exhaust fan in operation.

C. Place Unit-1 Shutdown Cooling in service on the SFP.

O. Place the Spent Fuel Pool Charcoal Filters in service.

Answer: D Answer Explanation:

A Incorrect - Per 01-22F, the system is NOT to be operated with two supply fans running simultaneously.

B. Incorrect Per AOP-6F,Section VIII, Step A7.d, Maintain a negative pressure in the Fuel Handling Area by checking that ONE of the SFP EXH FANs is running.

C. Incorrect While 01-3B does have a procedure section to align SDC to the SFP, the prerequisite for doing so is Unit-1 is defueled.

D. Correct - Per AOP-6F,Section VIII, Step A7.e, Place SFP Charcoal Filters in service. Applicants are expected to recognize need for ventilation filtration in the event of a sustained loss of SFP Cooling.

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 63 Info Topic: Sustained loss of SFP Clg impact on ventilation systems Tier/Group: 2/2 033 Spent Fuel Pool Cooling System (SFPCS)

  • K3 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or KIA Info: malfunction of the Spent Fuel Pool Cooling System will have on the following:
  • K3.01 Area ventilation systems RO Importance: 2.6 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective:

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 (b )(7)

Question source: o Bank __ 1 0 Modified 11:8:1 New 1:8:1 Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:

o Comprehension-_ _

or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: N/A Exam Bank History: None Technical references: AOP-6F, Spent Fuel Pool Cooling System Malfunctions Comments: None Page: 126 of 150

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 64 10: Q14479 Points: 1.00 At what RCS Cold Leg temperature must MPT protection be enabled per Technical Specifications?

Unit-1 Unit-2 A. Less than or equal to 369 of Less than or equal to 306 OF B. Less than or equal to 365 of Less than or equal to 301°F C. Less than or equal to 306 of Less than or equal to 369 OF D. Less than or equal to 301°F Less than or equal to 365 of Answer: B Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - These values represent the alarm setpoints for enabling (at setpoint and lowering) or disabling (at setpoint and rising) MPT Relief Protection. They are correct for their respective Units.

B. Correct - These values represent the correct values, per T.S. 3.4.12, Low Temperature Overpressure Protection (LTOP) System, at which MPT Relief Protection must be enabled. They are correct for their respective Units. This question matches the KIA as follows: the design feature for LTOP MPT Enable is for the operator to recognize that the required plant conditions are met (operator equivalent of a sensing switch), and then manually enable the protection circuit through the use of keyswitches.

C. Incorrect - These values represent the alarm setpoints for enabling (at setpoint and lowering) or disabling (at setpoint and rising) MPT Relief Protection. Unit-1 and Unit 2 values are reversed.

D. Incorrect - These values represent the correct values, per T.S. 3.4.12, Low Temperature Overpressure Protection (L TOP) System, at which MPT Relief Protection must be enabled. Unit-1 and Unit-2 values are reversed.

Page: 127of150

EXAMINATION 'ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 64 Info Topic: RCS Overpressure Protection Tier/Group: 2/2 002 Reactor Coolant System (RCS)

KIA Info:

  • K4 Knowledge of RCS design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following:
  • K4.10 Overpressure protection .

RO Importance: 4.2 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective:

10 CFR Part 55 Content 55.41 (b )(7)

Question source: o Bank ID Modified IDNew Cognitive level:

o Memory or Fundamental D Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: No record of use on an f\IRC exam Exam Bank History: LOI Panel Comp (April, 2009)

Technical references: OP-5, Plant Shutdown From Hot Standby To Cold Shutdown Comments: None 150

EXAMINATION AIIISWER KEY LOI 2010 NRCRO Exam 65 10: Q93100 Points: 1.00 Unit-1 is operating in Mode 1. Per the associated Alarm Response Procedures, which ONE of the following conditions REQUIRES implementation of an Abnormal Operating Procedure?

A. "QUENCH TK -TEMP -LVL -PRESS" annunciates; Safety Injection System Recirc line relief lifts.

B. "12B RCP SEAL -TEMP HI -PRESS" annunciates; 12B Reactor Coolant Pump Upper Seal indicates failed.

C. "LIQUID WASTE DISCH" annunciates; A Liquid Waste Discharge terminates due to high activity.

D. "NON-ESSENTIAL '4KV -13KV MOTOR OVERLOAD" annunciates; One of the running Condensate Booster Pumps trips.

Answer: D Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - RCS Control Alarm Manual, ALM-1C06 contains guidance for evaluating and responding to off-normal Quench Tank parameters, none of which include implementation of an AOP.

B. Incorrect - RCS Control Alarm Manual, ALM-1C06 contains criteria for diagnosing seal failure(s) and corresponding actions, none of which include implementation of an AOP.

C. Incorrect RMS Alarm Manual, ALM-1C22 specifies verification that discharge valves automatically terminate the release. Implementation of an AOP is not required unless the discharge valves fail to terminate the release.

D. Correct - Condensate & Feedwater Control Alarm Manual, 1(2) C03-ALM, refers the user to AOP-3G, Malfunction of Main Feedwater System, which has actions to be performed. As a minimum, the operator would ensure the standby Condensate Booster Pump automatically started and was not affected by a common mode failure.


~---~.--~~~~-------------------------------

Page:

EXAMINATIOiNANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam

  • Question 65 Info Topic: General AOP entry
  • Tier/Group: Generic K & A I

2.4 Emergency Procedures I Plan KIA Info:

  • 2.4.4 Ability to recognize abnormal indications for system operating parameters that are entry-level conditions for emergency and abnormal operating procedures.

RO Importance: 4.5

  • Proposed references to be None
  • provided to applicant:

Learning Objective:

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41(b)(10) i Question source: o Bank __ 10 Modified I[8J New Cognitive level:

o Memory or Fundamental

[8J Comprehension or Analysis

  • Last NRC Exam used on: No record of use on an t\IRC exam I I Exam Bank History: Last use - LOI

_Technical references: 2C03-ALM; AOP-3G, Malfunction of Main r-Icomm~nts:

System None

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 66 10:.93050 Points: 1.00 Which ONE of the following is NOT an expectation, during EOP-O implementation, per NO-1-201, Calvert Cliffs Operating Manual?

A. Promptly tying underlying instrument busses or MCCs per appropriate controlling procedures as a parallel action.

B. Valves or pumps not operating upon receipt of an automatic signal may be locally operated to properly position the valve or operate the pump.

C. Draining of the containment sump should be coordinated with the STA to ensure appropriate leakrate data is obtained.

D. If responding to an ATWS, the RO opens the four blue-handled breakers on 2C 17 without reference to the procedure.

Answer: C Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - Per NO-1-201, Calvert Cliffs Operating Manual, Attachment 9, EOP/ERPIP Implementation Expectations, it is permissible to promptly tie underlying instrument busses or MCCs as a parallel action.

B. Incorrect - Per NO-1-201, Calvert Cliffs Operating Manual, Attachment 9, EOP/ERPIP Implementation Expectations, valves or pumps not operating upon receipt of an automatic signal may be locally operated to properly position the valve or operate the pump.

C. Correct - Per NO-1-201, Calvert Cliffs Operating Manual, Attachment 9, EOP/ERPIP Implementation Expectations, Do not drain the containment sump during EOP-O, this should be coordinated after the post-EOP-O procedure is implemented.

D. Incorrect - Per NO-1-201, Calvert Cliffs Operating Manual, Attachment 9, EOP/ERPIP Implementation Expectations, If responding to an ATWS in EOP-O, the RO is expected to immediately open the four blue-handled breakers on 1C17(2C17).

This should be done without reference to the EOP-O plaque.

Page: 131 of 150

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 66 Info Topic: NO-1-201 Guidelines for implementation of EOPs Tier/Group: Generic K& A 2.4 Emergency Procedures I Plan KIA Info:

  • 2A 14 Knowledge of general guidelines for EOP usage .

. ~

RO Importance: 3.8 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective: LOI-201-8-8 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 (b)(10) o Modified

~

I Question source: IONew

~ Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:

Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: No record of use on an NRC exam

-~.

Exam Bank History: Last use - LOI 2006 Audit Exam

"'.~ .. _.

Technical references: NO-1-201, Calvert Cliffs Operating Manual

.-~---

Comments: None

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 67 ID:QS!l252 Points: 1.00 Unit-1 just completed a Refueling Outage:

  • Reactor power is 30% and holding for required testing
  • No CEA motion or boration/dilution operations are in progress
  • TBV Controller, 1-PIC-4056, is in auto and the setpoint is set at 900 PSIA
  • Turbine Bypass Valve, 1-MS-3944-CV, has failed open What actions are taken to stabilize the plant and Reactor power per AOP-7K, Overcooling Event?

A. Maintain turbine load constant and isolate the TBV to restore TCOLD to program; Withdraw CEAs, as necessary, to maintain Reactor power.

B. Lower turbine load to restore T COLD to program; Withdraw CEAs, as necessary, to maintain Reactor power.

C. Maintain turbine load constant and isolate the TBV to restore T COLD to program; Insert CEAs, as necessary, to return Reactor power to the required value.

D. Lower turbine load to restore TCOLD to program; Insert CEAs, as necessary, to return Reactor power to the required value.

Answer: B Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect Turbine load would be adjusted to bring T COLD on program.

B. Correct - Per AOP-7K, Overcooling Event in Mode 1 or Two, CEAs should be withdrawn, as necessary, to maintain reactor power if early in core cycle and the overcooling event has been compensated for by adjusting turbine load.

C. Incorrect Turbine load would be adjusted to bring TCOLD on program and CEAs should be withdrawn, as necessary, to maintain reactor power if early in core cycle and the overcooling event has been compensated for by adjusting turbine load.

D. Incorrect - Unit-1 would have a positive MTC given the conditions stated in the stem.

CEAs should be withdrawn, as necessary, to maintain reactor power if early in core cycle and the overcooling event has been compensated for by adjusting turbine load.

Page:

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 67 Info Topic: Initial response to an overcooling event

--------------1----

Tier/Group: Generic K & A 2.4 - Emergency procedures I Plan I KIA Info:

  • 2.4.11 - Knowledge of abnormal condition procedures.

! RO Importance:

Proposed references to be iNone provided to applicant:

  • Learning Objective:

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 (b)(10)

Question source: ~ Bank Modified IONew Cognitive level:

o Memory or Fundamental

~ Comprehension or Analysis ILast NRC Exam used on: No record of use on an NRC exam Exam Bank History: Last use - L012006 Comprehensive Exam (May, 2008)

Technical references: AOP-7K, Overcooling Event in Mode 1 or Two Comments: None 150

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 68 10: Points: 1.00 Unit-2 is in Mode 1 and the latest leakage reports are:

  • 7.6 GPM - Pressurizer safety valve leakage
  • 10.6 GPM - total leakage Which of the following Technical Specification leakage limits are exceeded?

A. Pressure Boundary leakage and Identified leakage B. Primary to Secondary leakage and Pressure Boundary leakage C. Primary to Secondary leakage and Unidentified leakage O. Identified leakage and Unidentified leakage Answer: C Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect Tech Specs define Pressure Boundary leakage as "LEAKAGE (except primary to secondary LEAKAGE) through a nonisolable fault in an RCS component body, pipe wall, or vessel wall". No Pressure Boundary leakage exists. Identified leakage of 9.5 GPM is within the T.S. limit of 10 GPM.

B. Incorrect 21 S/G Primary to secondary leakage (0.1 GPM x 60 x 24 = 144 GPO) exceeds the T.S. limit of 100 GPO; however no pressure boundary leakage exists.

Tech Specs define Pressure Boundary leakage as "LEAKAGE (except primary to secondary LEAKAGE) through a nonisolable fault in an RCS component body, pipe wall, or vessel wall" C. Correct - 21 S/G Primary to secondary leakage (0.1 GPM x 60 x 24 = 144 GPO) exceeds the T.S. limit of 100 GPO. Total leakage of 10.6 GPM minus Identified leakage of 9.5 GPM c::: 1.1 GPM which exceeds the T.S. limit of 1 GPM unidentified leakage.

=

O. Incorrect - Total leakage of '10.6 GPM minus Identified leakage of 9.5 GPM 1.1 GPM which exceeds the T.S. limit of 1 GPM unidentified leakage, however, identified leakage of 9.5 GPM IS witllin the T.S. limit of 10 GPM.

Page:

EXAMINATION ,ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 68 Info Topic: T.S. RCS Lea kage - S/G Tube leak & unidentified Tier/Group: 1/2 037 Steam Generator (S/G) Tube Leak KIA Info:

  • 2.2.40 Ability to apply Technical Specifications for a syste m.

r-I RO Importance: 3.4 I Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective:

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.4'I(b)(10)

Question source: [gJ Bank D Modified IDNew D Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:

[gJ Comprehension 0 r Analysis

. Last NRC Exam used on: No record of uS8 on an NRC exam Exam Bank History: No history of previou S use

~.

I Technical references:

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 69 10: Q50731 Points: 1.00 A Fire Protection System actuation occurs as evidenced by Control Room annunciation and reports from the field. The appropriate response procedure is implemented and the response team is fully manned.

Which ONE of the following is an Operations Technical Advisor (OTA) responsibility at the scene of the fire in accordance with SA-1-1 01, Fire Fighting?

A. Determine the appropriate fire fighting strategy for plant conditions.

B. Report status of conditions in the area to the Control Room.

C. Make potential EAL declaration recommendations to Shift Manager.

D. Advise the Fire Brigade Leader on use of fire fighting agents.

Answer: B Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - This is a responsibility of the Fire Brigade Leader as defined in SA-1-1 01, FIRE FIGHTING B. Correct - This is a responsibility of the Operations Technical Advisor as defined in SA-1-101, FIRE FIGHTING C. Incorrect - This is a not a specific responsibility of the OTA. The OTA mayor may not be an SRO. This is generally the responsibility of the Control Room Supervisor and lor Shift Technical Advisor (STA) with the STA providing a peer-check for any EAL declarations the SM might make.

D. Incorrect - This is a responsibility of the Fire Marshal, if present, as defined in SA-1 101, FIRE FIGHTING Page: 137 of 150

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 69 Info

!Topic: Operations Technical Advisor responsibilities I Tier/Group: 2/2 086 Fire Protection System (FPS)

KJA Info:

  • 2.4.31 Knowledge of annunciator alarms, indications, or response procedures.

RO Importance: 4.2 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective:

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 (b)(10)

Question source: I:8l Bank I D Modified IDNew I:8l Memory or Fundamental I Cognitive level:

D Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: No record of use on an NRC exam Exam Bank History: Last use LOI 2008 ESFAS Exam (August, 2009)

Technical references: SA-1~ 101, Fire Fighting Comments: None I

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 70 10: Q549S7 Points: 1.00 Unit-2 tripped 3 minutes ago. The following conditions exist:

  • A loss of Offsite Power has occurred.
  • 21 AFW Pump is Tagged out
  • 22 AFW Pump tripped on AFAS Actuation
  • S/G levels are at (-) 220 inches and lowering
  • Pressurizer Level is 95 inches and lowering
  • TCOLD is 515 'F and lowering
  • RCS subcooling is 40 'F and slowly lowering
  • ONLY the 1Band 2A EDGs started and loaded
  • Containment pressure is 2.2 PSIG and rising Which of the following is the appropriate Emergency Operating Procedure to mitigate this event upon completion of EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions?

A. EOP-5, Loss Of Coolant Accident B. EOP-3, Loss of All Feedwater.

C. EOP-8, Functional Recovery Procedure.

D. EOP-4, Excess Steam Demand Event.

Answer: C Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - A LOCA is occurring making selection of EOP-5 plausible. In addition to the LOCA a Loss of All Feedwater is occurring. A single event diagnosis is not possible requiring implementation of EOP-8.

B. Incorrect A Loss of All Feedwater is occurring making selection of EOP-3 plausible.

In addition to the Loss of All Feedwater a LOCA is occurring. A single event diagnosis is not possible requiring implementation of EOP-8.

C. Correct - Loss of Feed and a LOCA are occurring. No Main or Aux Feed available due to LOOP and loss of AFW flow. A single event diagnosis is not possible requiring implementation of EOP-8.

D. Incorrect - Listed indications could represent an Excess Steam Demand. However, a LOCA and a LOAF are also occurring necessitating implementation of EOP-8 because a single event diagnosis is not possible.

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 70 Info Topic: Use plant conditions to select the appropriate procedure

  • Tier/Group: 1/2 CE/E09 - Functional Recovery
  • EA2 - Ability to determine and interpret the following *
  • KIA Info: as they apply to the (Functional Recovery):
  • EA2.1 - Facility conditions and selection of appropriate procedures during abnormal and I

emergency operations.

RO Importance: 3.2 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective:

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41{b){10)

Question source: [gJ Bank 10 Modified 10New I Cognitive level:

o Memory or Fundamental

[gJ Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: No record of use on an NRC exam Exam Bank History: Last use LOI 2006 Audit Exam Technical references: EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions EOP-8, Functional Recovery Procedure Comments: None Page: 140 of 150

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 71 10: Q15947 Points: 1.00 Which ONE of the following choices contains conditions, ALL of which require declaring a Fairbanks-Morse diesel generator inoperable? All conditions need not occur simultaneously.

A. Starting air pressure 220 PSIG; SRW CV manual hand wheel engaged; Voltage regulator in MANUAL.

B. 120VAC Vital Bus 11 inverter in INV 2; Voltage regulator in MANUAL; LOCAL-REMOTE keyswitch in LOCAL.

C. ESFAS test handswitch in NORMAL; Starting Air pressure 215 PSIG; Diesel Room Ventilation Fan handswitch in AUTO.

D. Fuel Oil Transfer pump in STOP; SRW PDIC in MANUAL; Jacket Cooling Water Temperature 80 'F.

Answer: D Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - Starting Air Receiver pressure is in the normal range and well above the alarm setpoint of 125 PSIG B. Incorrect - Having the Inverter selector switch in INV 2 does not inop the DG C. Incorrect - None of the conditions presented will inop the DG D. Correct - Per OI-21A, Fairbanks Morse DG shall be considered inoperable for any of the following:

  • 1B DG Voltage Regulator is selected to MANUAL.
  • 1-SRW-1588-PDIC is NOT in AUTOMATIC or 1-SRW-1588-CV Manual Hand wheel is engaged.
  • 1B DG Jacket Water System temperature is less than 90'F.

Page: 141 of 150

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam I Question 71 Info iTopiC: Conditions that result in the DG being declared OOS I Tier/Group: Generic K & A 2.2 - Equipment Control KIA Info:

  • 2.2.37 Ability to determine operability and/or availability of safety related equipment.

RO Importance: 3.6 I Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective: CRO-48-1-2-12 i 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 (b)(7)

Question source: [8l Bank 1 0 Modified 10New Cognitive level:

o Memory or Fundamental

[8l Comprehension or Analysis I Last NRC Exam used on: No record of use on an NRC exam I Exam Bank History: Last use - LOI 2008 Diesel Generators Exam (May, 2009)

Technical references: 01-21 B, 1B Diesel Generator Comments: Improved version of Bank question Q24997 (not modified)

Page: 142 of 150

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exarn 72 "';,Points: 1.00 Unit-1 was operating at 100% power when a Loss of Offsite Power (LOOP) and Steam Generator Tube Rupture (SGTR) occurred. Given the following events and conditions:

  • The operators implemented the appropriate Optimal Recovery procedure
  • The affected SIG has been Identified
  • T HOT is 516 'F (slowly lowering)

Why does the optimal recovery procedure direct cooldown to T HOT less than 515°F?

A. Minimizes the differential pressure across the break thereby reducing the leakrate.

8. Establishes natural circulation cooling as soon as possible during the event.

C. Minimizes radiation release to the environment via the affected SIG Main Steam Safety valves.

D. Prevents dilution of tre RCS by maintaining SIG pressure lower than RCS pressure.

Answer: C Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - DP across the break would increase as a result of the cooldown unless RCS pressure was lowered simultaneously.

B. Incorrect - A cooldown to 515'F is not necessary to establish natural circulation conditions C. Correct - Per the EOP-6 Technical Basis document: The initial cooldown is done prior to isolating the affected S/G. This action reduces the risk of challenging the steam generator safety valves of the affected SIG after it is isolated.

D. Incorrect - Flow from the SIG to the RCS is not a concern. In fact, backflow from the SIG to the RCS is an avail3ble method for controlling affected SIG level.

Page:

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 72 Info Basis for coo!c.lawn to < 515 of prior to isolating affected Topic:

S/G Tier/Group: Generic K & !\

2.3 Radiati on C antrol KIA Info:

  • 2.3 1 ~ Ability to control radiation releases.

RO Importance: 3.8 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Objective:

Part 55 Content: 55.41 (b){1 'I Question source: D Bank JD Modified ILZl New LZl Memory (\i Fundamental Cognitive level:

D Compre sion or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: N/A Exam Bank History: None Technical references: EOP-6, Ste Generator Tube Rupture Technical Basis Document Comments: None of 1 ;;0

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam 73 10: Q17948 /~~oints: 1.00 The following emergency situations may warrant an individual dose in excess of the established regulatory limit of 5 REM per year:

  • Life Saving (voluntary)
  • Facility Protection Which ONE of the following represents the limits for dose accumulated by an individual during these emergency situations?

A. Greater than 25 REM for Lifesaving, no upper limit (voluntary);

10 REM for Facility Protection.

B. Greater than 10 REM, not to exceed 25 REM, for Lifesaving (voluntary);

10 REM for Facility Protection.

C. Greater than 25 REM, 110t to exceed 75 REM, for Lifesaving (voluntary);

25 REM for Facility Protection.

D. Greater than 25 REM for Lifesaving, no upper limit (voluntary);

25 REM for Facility Protection.

Answer: A Answer Explanation:

A. Correct Dose limits speci i!ed are those outlined in ERPI P 831, Emergency Radiation Exposure Guidance.

B. Incorrect - Dose limits specified in ERPIP 831are: Greater than 25 REM for Lifesaving (voluntary), 10 R EM for Facility Protection, and 25 REM for Lifesaving (assigned).

A. Incorrect - Dose limits speCified in ERPIP 831are: Greater than 25 REM for Lifesaving (voluntary), 10 F-< EM for Facility Protection, and 25 REM for Lifesaving (assigned).

B. Incorrect - Dose limits specified in ERPIP 831are: Greater than 25 REM for Lifesaving (voluntary), 10 REM for Facility Protection, and 25 REM for Lifesaving (assigned).

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC RO Exam Question 73 Info Topic: Emergency dose limits Tier/Group: Generic K & /,

2.3 Radiation Control KIA Info:

  • 2.3.<1 Knowledge of radiation exposure limits under norm::]1 or emergency conditions.

RO Importance: 3.2 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective:

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41(b)(12)

Question source: ~ Bank Modified IONew

~ Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:

o Comprehc;nsion or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: No record of use on an NRC exam Exam Bank History: No record of previolls use

---~

Technical references: ERPIP 831, t:mergency Radiation Exposure Guidance.

~.---~

Comments: None Page: 146 of 1CiO

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam 74 10: Q92570 Points: 1.00 What limitations, if any, does NO-1-201, Calvert Cliffs Operating Manual, pi e on the use of "Working Copies" of technical procedures?

Working copies: .

A. Must be verified current prior to use on subse B. Must be verified current at least once ev C. Must NOT be used for evolutions la ng longer than one shift.

D. g Copy Coversheet prior to use.

Answer: A Answer Explanation:

A. Correct - Per No 1 Section 5.1.D.2.E.2 (Working Copies) specifies; Evolutions lasting greater th one shift do not require an Attach 7 as long as the procedure user verifies th current Working Copy is still the current approved revision prior to using the pro edure at the beginning of the next shift. Otherwise, the procedure user shall comp, te an Attach 7 for the Working Copy generated. Matches KIA because the abilit 0 verify use of controlled procedures includes knowledge of when a proce re must be verified as a controlled version.

B. In rrect - Per No-1-201 Section 5.1.D.2.E.2 (Working Copies), Procedure users are sponsible for verifying current revision of procedures, if an Attach 7 is not used.

Plausible because Attachment 7, Procedure Working Copy Coversheet, if used, must be placed in the PDU basket in the Control Room Incorrect - Per No-1-201 Section 5.1.D.2.E.2 (Working Copies), procedure users are responsible for verifying current revision of procedures, if an Attach 7 is not used.

D. Incorrect - Per No-1-201 Section 5.1.D.2.E.2 (Working Copies), procedure users are responsible for verifying current revision of procedures, if an Attach 7 is not used.

dviL~J ~ te s-d'~~

~dS--t - e--x ~ C4-Yn~T: ~

Page: 147 of 150

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 74 Info Topic: Use of NO-1-201 Working Copy Attachment Tier/Group: Generic K &A KIA Info: 2.1 .21 Ability to verify the controlled procedure copy.

RO Importance: 3.5 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective:

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 (b)(1 0)

Question source: o Bank 1 0 Modified 112$1 New 12$1 Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:

o Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: N/A Exam Bank History: None Technical references: NO-1-201, Calvert Cliffs Operating Manual Comments: None

EXAMINATION~ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC RO Exam';

75 ID: 026059 Points: 1.00 For each of the post-trip plant conditions listed in Column "A", match the actions required, associated with RCP operation, from Column "B" in accordance with the applicable controlling procedure. Assume ALL RCPs are initially operating and RCS TcoLD is 530 of for each condition listed. (Choices in Column B may be used once, more than once, or not all)

Column A (Plant conditions) Column B (Actions Required for the RCPs)

1. A. LOCA with RCS pressure at 1700 1. No action required PSIA
2. Trip Two RCPs (one in each loop)
2. B. CNTMT pressure is 5.0 PS G 3. Trip Three RCPs
4. Trip All Four RCPs
3. C. SGTR with RCS pressure at 1475 PSIA 5. Trip Two RCPs (in the same loop)
4. D. No source of Feed Flow is available A. 2,2,5,4 B. 1,2,2,1 C. 2,4,2,4 D. 1,4, 5, 1 Answer: C Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect CCW flow would be automatically isolated to the Containment with the stated conditions requiring all four RCPs be secured. SGTR RCP operation strategy is same as EOP-O and stated RCS pressure is well above the minimum pump operating limits.

B. Incorrect - RCS pressure dropping to < 1725 PSIA requires implementation of the Trip Two/Leave Two strategy ending up with One RCP in each loop.

C. Correct - RCS pressure dropping to < 1725 PSIA requires implementation of the Trip Two/Leave Two strategy ending up with One RCP in each loop. CCW flow would be automatically isolated to the Containment with the stated conditions requiring all four RCPs be secured. SGTR r~cp operation strategy is same as the LOCA strategy and stated RCS pressure is well above the minimum pump operating limits. Loss of all feed flow requires tripping all RCPs to eliminate their heat input to the RCS.

D. Incorrect - RCS pressure dropping to < 1725 PSIA requires implementation of the Trip Two/Leave Two strategy ending up with One RCP in each loop ..

Page: 149 1

EXAMINA1]ON ANSWER KEY

>L.OI 2010 NRC RO Exam Question 75 Info i.

Interpret proc edure guidance for RCP operation & take Topic:

appropriate a ction i Tier/Group: Generic K & A KIA Info: 2.1.20 Ability to Interpret and execute procedure steps.

RO Importance: 4.6 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective:

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.4'1 (b)(10)

Question source: lZJ Bank I

Modified ~ew D Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:

lZJ Comprehe n sian or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: No record of use on an NRC exam

  • Exam Bank History: No record of previous use Technical references:
  • EOP-O, Po st Trip Immediate Actions
  • EOP-5, Lo S5 of Coolant Accident Comments: None 150

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam 76 10: Q92771 Points: 1.00 Resin transfer from 21 CVCS IX to the SRMT is in progress. U-2 Waste Processing Ventilation RMS (2-RI-5410) begins to rise. The RMS is in alarm at 700 CPM and steady.

Similar trends are noted on U-2 WRI\lGM (2-RIC-5415), now reading 4700 !-lci/sec and U-2 Main Vent Gaseous (2-RI-5415), reading 20,000 CPM. Neither 2-RIC-5415 nor 2-RI-5415 has reached its alarm setpoint.

Based on these conditions, which of the following describes the required actions in accordance with the appropriate controlling procedure?

A. Verify HP coverage per RWP.

B. Secure Air Sparging of the SRMT.

C. Declare a Radiological Event.

D. Initiate a Reportability Notification.

Answer: C Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - AOP-6C, Accidental Gaseous Waste Release, would be implemented for the elevated RMS readings. Included in the AOP is the direction to involve Radiation Safety but not to verify compliance with requirements of the RWP B. Incorrect - Action is directed by 01-17 A, Solid Waste, but Air Sparging would not be in progress at this point.

C. Correct - AOP-6C, Accidental Gaseous Waste Release, would be implemented for the elevated RMS readings. Included in the AOP is the direction to declare a Radiological Event, as a minimum. Additionally, the criteria for declaring a Radiological Event in ERPIP 3.0 Attachment (19) would be met for an unplanned RMS in alarm indicating significantly different conditions from normal resin transfers D. Incorrect- A radioactive release is not reportable based on CNG-NL-101-1 004. Only releases that exceed Part 20, Table 2, Column 1 limits would need to be submitted as a 60-day LER. Both the WRNGM and the Main Vent RMS are not in alarm.

indicating a regulatory limit has not yet been exceeded.

OPERATIONS Page: 1 of 50 06 May 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 !\IRC SRO Exam Question 76 Info Topic: Determine the appropriate actions for a Waste Gas leak Tier/Group: Generic K & A 2.3 - Radiation Control KIA Info:

  • 2.3.14 - Knowledge of radiation or contamination hazards that may arise during normal, abnormal, or emergency conditions or activities.

SRO Importance: 3.8 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective:

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.43(b)(4)

Question source: o Bank 1 0 Modified IC8l New Cognitive level:

o Memory or Fundamental C8l Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: N/A Exam Bank History: None Technical references: AOP-6C, Accidental Gaseous Waste Release Comments: Modified version of Q74607 OPERATIONS Page: 2 of 50 06 May 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam 77 10: Q50857 Points: 1.00 Unit-1 is operating at 100% power with P-13000-2 feeding 13KV Service Bus 11.

A Unit-1 Reactor trip occurs due to 11A RCP experiencing a locked rotor. Immediately thereafter, P-13000-2 deenergizes due to a fault and a steam leak occurs in the turbine building. The crew has implemented EOP-O. The following conditions exist:

  • 11 SG level is -80 inches and slowly rising
  • 12 SG level is -120 inches and slowly rising
  • RCS pressure is 1875 PSIA and rising
  • PZR level is 95 inches and rising
  • 1B DG did not start Based on existing plant conditions, which ONE of the following is the correct procedure to implement?

A. EOP-1, Reactor Trip B. EOP-2, Loss of Offsite Power/Loss of Forced Circulation C. EOP-6, Steam Generator Tube Rupture D. EOP-8, Functional Recovery Procedure Answer: A Answer Explanation:

A. Correct - Based on the information given, a reactor trip has occurred due to low RCS flow. Per the EOP-O Technical Basis Document the HR safety function is met when "at least one RCP is checked to be operating in a loop with an S/G available for heat removal". EOP-1 would be implemented since all safety functions are met.

B. Incorrect - EOP-2 is implemented during a loss of all forced circulation. Since both Loop 12 RCPs are still operating, natural circulation does not exist and EOP-2 is not desired. Plausible due to loss of P-13000-2.

C. Incorrect - Plausible because the candidate may associate the S/G level mismatch with a S/G Tube Leak when in fact the S/G level mismatch is due to the pump configuration of one RCP in Loop 11 and two RCPs in Loop 12. EOP-6 identifies S/G level mismatch as one of the ways to identify the ruptured generator.

D. Incorrect - EOP-8, Functional Recovery Procedure would be implemented if single event diagnosis were not possible. Information given supports diagnosis of an uncomplicated Reactor Trip making selection of EOP-1, Reactor Trip, appropriate.

OPERATIONS Page: 30f50 06 May 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 77 Info Topic: EOP Transition with 11A secured Tier/Group: 1/1 CElE02 - Reactor Trip Recovery

  • EA2 - Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the (Reactor Trip KIA Info: Recovery)
  • EA2.1 - Facility conditions and selection of appropriate procedures during abnormal and emergency operations.

SRO Importance: 3.7 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective: LESSON PLAN 202-2AS-08 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.43(b)(5)

Question source: ~ Bank 10 Modified 10New Cognitive level:

o Memory or Fundamental

~ Comprehension or Analysis I Last NRC Exam used on: No history of use on previous NRC exams Used by LOR during 2008, Session III (average score Exam Bank History:

97% for 36 student encounters)

Technical references: EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions Comments: None OPERATIONS Page: 4of50 06 May 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam 78 10: Q26669 Points: 1.00 Given the following plant conditions:

  • All CEAs are inserted with reactor power lowering
  • RCS pressure is 1900 PSIA and lowering
  • Pzr Level is 140 inches and lowering
  • RCS T COLD is 512°F and lowering
  • RCS Subcooling is 118 of and rising slowly
  • 11 S/G Pressure is 700 PSIA and lowering
  • 12 S/G Pressure is 830 PSIA and steady
  • 11 S/G Level is -180 inches and lowering
  • 12 S/G Level is -70 inches and rising with AFW feeding 12 S/G
  • 11 4KV bus is energized
  • 14 4KV bus is deenergized Based on the information provided, which ONE of the following is the correct Optimal Recovery Procedure for this event?

A EOP-1, Reactor Trip B. EOP-2, Loss of Offsite Power/Loss of Forced Circulation C. EOP-4, Excess Steam Demand Event D. EOP-5, Loss of Coolant Accident Answer: C Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - Information provided (Core and RCS Heat Removal Safety Function not met) makes it clear something more than an uncomplicated trip has occurred.

B. Incorrect - Information provided does not support a LOOP or Natural Circulation condition.

C. Correct - An Excess Steam Demand Event is indicated by the S/G differential pressure and the high subcooled margin value.

D. Incorrect - Subcooled Margin is well in excess of the values expected for a LOCA condition.

OPERATIONS Page: 50f50 06 May 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam IQuestion_7_8_ln_f_o_ _ _--,--_ _ _ _ _~_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ____..,

I Topic: Given conditions determine the optimal recovery procedure .

Tier/Group: 111 CE/E05 - Excess Steam Demand

  • EA2 - Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the (Excess Steam i KIA Info: Demand)
  • EA2.1 - Facility conditions and selection of appropriate procedures during abnormal and emergency operations.

i SRO Importance: 4.0 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective:

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.43(b)(5)

Question source: t8l Bank I D Modified IDNew i D Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:

t8l Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: No history of use on previous NRC exams i Exam Bank History: No history of previous use Technical references: EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions Comments: None OPERATIONS Page: 6of50 06 May 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam 79 10: Q92473 Points: 1.00 Both units are operating at 100% power. Due to voltage regulator concerns on U-1, the generator is operating with a 1.0 Power Factor. Additionally, STP O-SA-1 is in progress with the 1A DG paralleled to its respective 4KV bus and has been at full load for 30 minutes.

A system event occurs resulting in a "11 SRW HDR PRESS LO" and "U-1 4KV ESF MOTOR OVERLOAD" alarms. 11 SRW header pressure indicates 30 PSIG and steady. The appropriate procedure has been implemented.

The following conditions exist

  • Main Turbine Thrust Bearing Metal temperature is 193 of and slowly rising
  • Main Turbine Journal Bearing Metal temperature is 225 'F and slowly riSing
  • Generator Hydrogen temperature is 50 *C and slowly rising What action(s) should you, as the CRS, direct be taken for the event?

A. Shutdown the 1A DG.

B. Trip the reactor and implement EOP-O, Post-Trip Immediate Actions.

C. Reduce MVAR load to "0" to reduce Main Transformer heat loads.

D. Reduce MVAR load, as necessary, to maintain generator temperature.

Answer: B Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - The 1A DG is cooled by a self-contained cooling system, so is unaffected.

B. Correct - Per AOP-7B Section V.A.1 exceeding the Main Turbine Thrust Bearing metal temperature limit of 190 'F is criteria for tripping the reactor and implementing EOP-O. AOP-7B specifies "with the approval of the SM/CRS" for tripping the reactor and implementation of EOP-O.

C. Incorrect - MVARS are required to be reduced zero to "reduce Main Generator Heating". With the generator operating with a 1.0 Power Factor, there is no reactive load being carried by the machine. There is no need to lower MVARs since they are already zero.

D. Incorrect - MVARS are required to be reduced zero to "reduce Main Generator Heating" with power reduced as required to maintain Main Generator temperatures.

With the generator operating with a 1.0 Power Factor, there is no reactive load being carried by the machine. There is no need to lower MVARs since they are already zero.

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 79 Info Actions necessary on a loss of 11 SRW header

_Topic: ........

I Tier/Group: 1/1 I

062 - Loss of Nuclear Service Water

  • AA2 - Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of Nuclear KIA Info: Service Water:
  • AA2.04 - The normal values and upper limits for the temperatures of the components cooled by SWS SRO Importance: 2.9 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective: 202-7-S-05 I

I 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.43(b)(5)

Question source: Bank I k8J Modified IONew Cognitive level:

o Memory or Fundamental k8J Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: NIA Exam Bank History: None Technical references: AOP-7B, LOSS OF SERVICE WATER Comments: Modified version of Q39867 OPERATIONS Page: 8of50 06 May 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam 80 10: Q92790 Points: 1.00 Unit-1 has just been shutdown to Mode 3 at NOP/NOT. Unit- 2 is operating at 100% power.

A fault occurs. isolating the Red Bus.

Which ONE of the following describes a correct procedure selection and strategy?

A. On Unit-2. complete EOP-O. Post Trip Immediate Actions then implement EOP

2. Loss of Offsite Power/Loss of Forced Circulation; Manually control ADVs. from 2C03. to establish an RCS heat sink.

B. On Unit-1. implement AOP-7I, Loss of 4KV. 480 Volt or 208/120 Volt Instrument Bus Power; Tie 1Y09 to 1Y10.

C. On Unit-1. implement AOP-3E. Loss of All RCP Flow. Modes 3. 4. or 5; Use TBVs to maintain T COLD between 525 'F and 535 'F.

D. On Unit-2. complete EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions, then implement EOP 1, Reactor Trip; Use TBVs or ADVs to maintain TCOLD between 525 'F and 535 'F.

Answer: A Answer Explanation:

A. Correct - EOP-2 is implemented due to the loss of forced circulation. TBVs will not be available, only ADVs will be available for heat removal.

B. Incorrect - Tying 1Y09 to 1Y1 0 is an action for loss of 11 4KV Bus. 11 4KV Bus remains energized.

C. Incorrect RCPs will remain running and AOP-71, Loss of 4KV, 480 Volt or 208/120 Volt Instrument Bus Power will be implemented for the loss of 14 4KV Bus.

D. Incorrect - EOP-2 is implemented due to the loss of forced circulation. TBVs will not be available, only ADVs will be available for heat removal. EOP-1 Safety Functions were not all met.

OPERATIONS Page: 90f50 06 May 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 80 Info I Topic: RCS Heat Removal status Tier/Group: 1/2 CE/A13 - Natural Circulation Operations

  • AA2 - Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the (Natural KIA Info: Circulation Operations)
  • AA2.1 Facility conditions and selection of appropriate procedures during abnormal and emergency operations.
  • SRO Importance: 3.7 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective:

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.43(b)(5)

Question source: D Bank ID Modified 1L81 New D Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:

L8l Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: N/A Exam Bank History: None

  • Technical references: I EOP-2, LOSS OF OFFSITE POWER I LOSS OF FORCED I CIRCULATION i

Comments: None OPERATIONS Page: 10 of 50 06 May 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC SRO Exam 81 10: Q92474 Points: 1.00 Given both units operating at full power, which ONE of the following conditions results in the shortest duration Technical Specification Limiting Condition for Operation Completion Time and is the required action?

A. Unit-1 CNTMT PAL inner door seal leakage exceeds the T.S. limit; Verify the outer door is closed.

B. Unit-1 RCS leak rate unidentified leakage is above the T.S. limit:

Reduce LEAKAGE to within limits.

C. Unit-2 CNTMT avg temperature is steady at 121°F; Reduce CNTMT avg temperature to less than or equal to 120°F.

D. Unit-2 BL ESFAS Logic Cabinet is removed from service; Restore affected Logic channel to OPERABLE status.

Answer: A Answer Explanation:

A. Correct - The Unit-1 CNTMT PAL inner door seal leakage is covered by T.S. 3.6.2.

Action "A.1" requires "Verify the OPERABLE door is closed in the affected air lock" with a com pletion time of 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />.

B. Incorrect - RCS Operational Leakage is governed by T.S. 3.4.13. Action "A" requires "Reduce RCS Leakage to within limits" with a completion time of 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />.

C. Incorrect - Containment Air Temperature is governed by T.S. 3.6.5.Action "A" requires "Restore containment average air temperature to within limit" with a completion time of 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br />.

D. Incorrect - The ESFAS System Logic Cabinet is governed by T.S. 3.3.5. Action "c" requires "Restore affected Manual Actuation channel and Actuation Logic channel to OPERABLE status" with a completion time of 48 hours5.555556e-4 days <br />0.0133 hours <br />7.936508e-5 weeks <br />1.8264e-5 months <br />.

OPERATIONS Page: 11 of 50 06 May 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 81 Info Topic: Loss of Cntmt Integrity 1 1 Hour Tech Specs Tier/Group: 1/2 069 - Loss of Containment Integrity KJA Info:

  • 2.2.39 - Knowledge of less than or equal to one hour Technical Specification action statements for systems.

SRO Importance: 4.5 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective:

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.43(b )(2)

Question source: o Bank 1 0 Modified I[gI New

[gI Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:

o Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: N/A Exam Bank History: None Technical references: Tech Spec Sections: 3.4, RCS; 3.5, ECCS & 3.6, Containment Systems Comments: None OPERATIONS Page: 12 of 50 06 May 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam 82 10: Q51174 Points: 1.00 Given the following:

  • EOP-5, Loss of Coolant Accident, has been entered
  • RCS pressure is 1550 PSIA and lowering slowly
  • RCS temperature is 515 of and stable Five minutes later, the following conditions are observed:
  • SG 11 pressure is 450 PSIA and lowering
  • RCS temperature is 440 of and lowering
  • RCS pressure is 1350 PSIA and lowering Which ONE of the following describes the correct strategy for the current plant conditions?

A. Remain in EOP-5, Loss of Coolant Accident. Refer to EOP-4, Excess Steam Demand Event, for actions required to isolate 11 S/G and terminate the RCS cooldown.

B. Transition to EOP-4, Excess Steam Demand Event, to isolate the SG 11 and stabilize RCS temperature.

C. Implement EOP-8, Functional Recovery Procedure, and isolate 11 S/G by use of the appropriate Core and RCS Heat Removal Success Path.

D. Implement EOP-8, Functional Recovery Procedure, and isolate 11 S/G by use of the appropriate RCS Pressure and Inventory Control Success Path.

Answer: C Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - Conditions stated (multiple events in progress) are entry criteria for the Functional Recovery Procedure which will correctly assess and prioritize actions to address jeopardized safety functions. EOP-8 will provide the actions required to address both the LOCA and the ESDE.

B. Incorrect - Conditions stated (multiple events in progress) are entry criteria for the Functional Recovery Procedure which will correctly assess and prioritize actions to address jeopardized safety functions. Transitioning to EOP-4 will not address the in progress LOCA.

C. Correct - Conditions stated (multiple events in progress) are entry criteria for the Functional Recovery Procedure which will correctly assess and prioritize actions to address jeopardized safety functions. The appropriate Core & RCS Heat Removal success path will provide direction for this event.

D. Incorrect - Conditions stated (multiple events in progress) are entry criteria for the Functional Recovery Procedure which will correctly assess and prioritize actions to address jeopardized safety functions. The appropriate Core & RCS Heat Removal success path will provide direction for this event.

OPERATIONS Page: 13 of 50 06 May 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 82 Info Given plant conditions recognize the success paths and

  • Topic:

order of their priority.

Tier/Group: 1/2 CE/E09 - Functional Recovery

  • EA2 - Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the (Functional Recovery)

KIA Info:

  • EA2.2 - Adherence to appropriate procedures and operation within the limitations in the facility's license and amendments.

SRO Importance: 4.0 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective:

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.43(b){5)

Question source: I:8l Bank 10 Modified 10New Cognitive level:

o Memory or Fundamental I:8l Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: I No history of use on previous NRC exams Exam Bank History: No history of previous use Technical references: NO-1-201, CALVERT CLIFFS OPERATING MANUAL; EOp-a, Functional Recovery Procedure Comments: None

-- - =-:c:::---------~ ----=---:-:--::-=-::----------------=c~____:c_=_:_:_

OPERATIONS Page: 14 of 50 06 May 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC SRO Exam 83 10: Q92490 Points: 1.00 Unit-2 was operating at 100% power when an event occurred. The following conditions exist 10 minutes into the event:

  • RCS pressure is 37 PSIA
  • Pressurizer level is 0 inches
  • CETs indicate 265 of
  • S/G levels are -40 inches and rising slowly
  • S/G pressures are 900 PSIA and steady
  • Containment pressure is 12 PSIG and slowly rising
  • RWT level is 28 feet and lowering 45 minutes into the event, you are giving another Transient Brief for the EOP in use. Which ONE of the following is the primary heat removal strategy to brief with the crew?

A. Steam Generators with AFW and ADVs B. LPSI flow, from the RWT C. Containment Spray flow, through the Shutdown Cooling Heat Exchanger D. HPSI flow, from the Containment Sump Answer: D Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - Given plant conditions, a LOCA is in progress. EOP, Loss of Coolant Accident; directs that the SGs be cooled to below RCS pressure, but this is not the primary heat removal method.

B. Incorrect - Given plant conditions, a LOCA is in progress. Based on RWT trend, the RWT is lowering at -1 'Imin (Initial level of 38' and level at 28' in 10 mins). With low RCS pressure, SI flow will not significantly vary as time continues. At 45 mins, the RWT should be empty and RAS actuated. This will trip the LPSI pumps and they will not be available for heat removal.

C. Incorrect - Given plant conditions, a LOCA is in progress. EOP, Loss of Coolant Accident; does not direct the alignment of CS pumps through the SDC HX. CS pumps are verified in operation, but their function is not to provide the primary heat removal method, but rather to minimize containment pressure.

D. Correct - Given plant conditions, a LOCA is in progress. EOP, Loss of Coolant Accident; directs that the HPSI pumps be aligned to the containment sump once RAS has actuated. Based on RWT trend, the RWT is lowering at -1 'Imin (Initial level of 38' and level at 28' in 10 mins). With low RCS pressure, SI flow will not significantly vary as time continues. At 45 mins, the RWT should be empty and RAS actuated.

OPERATIONS Page: 15 of 50 06 May 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 83 Info I Topic: HPSI Pump cavitation question for SRO Tier/Group: 1/1 011 - Large Break LOCA

  • 2.2.44 - Ability to interpret control room indications to KIA Info: verify the status and operation of a system, and understand how operator actions and directives affect plant and system conditions.

SRO Importance: 4.4 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective: LOR-033480602-002 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.43(b)(5)

Question source: D Bank ID lVIodified I[8J New D Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:

[8J Comprehension or Analysis

  • Last NRC Exam used on: NIA Exam Bank History: None Technical references: EOP-5, Loss of Coolant Accident Comments: None OPERATIONS Page: 16 of 50 06 May 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam 84 10: Q92510 Points: 1.00 Unit-1 was operating at 100% power when Instrument Air (IA) header pressure began lowering due to a rupture of the IA header in the turbine building. IA header pressure continued to lower and has stabilized at 35 PSIG as read on 1C13. All systems operated as designed and Operator actions, if needed, were taken.

Which ONE of the following describes the appropriate controlling procedure and necessary actions to mitigate the event?

A. OP-3, Normal Power Operation, and isolate the Turbine Bypass Valves to prevent an excessive cooldown.

B. AOP-3G, Malfunction of Main Feedwater System, and pin the Feedwater Regulating Valve to maintain SG levels.

C. AOP-7D, Loss of Instrument Air, and close both Steam Generator Feed Pump Miniflow manual isolation valves.

D. EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions, initiate Auxiliary Feedwater Water, and operate ADVs.

Answer: D Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - The TBVs are not isolated during a loss of IA as the valves due to fail open.

B. Incorrect - The FRVs are not pinned when IA pressure lowers to 35 PSIG as the unit is tripped. SG levels are maintained by taking EOP-O actions to isolate MFW and initiate AFW.

C. Incorrect - AOP-7D is the correct procedure that is implemented immediately as IA pressure is lowering. However, once IA pressure reaches 50 PSIG, AOP-7D directs that the unit be tripped and EOP-O be implemented.

D. Correct - AOP-7D is the correct procedure that is implemented immediately as IA pressure is lowering. However, once IA pressure reaches 50 PSIG, AOP-7D directs that the unit be tripped and EOP-O be implemented. In EOP-O, alternate actions are required for Core and RCS Heat Removal since MFW is excessive due to FRV valves failing as is or lost as IA impacts various high level dumps, requiring initiation of AFW. ADVs are available since the stem indicates that actions were taken as IA pressure lowered, which includes starting the SWACs. This would provide IA supply to the ADVs.

OPERATIONS Page: 17 of 50 06 May 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 84 Info Topic: ADVs supplied by SWACs I

I Tier/Group: 12/2 041 - Steam Dump System (SDS)/Turbine Bypass Control

  • A2 - AbTt II Y t0 () .

a pred'ICt th e Impac s 0 fthe following malfunctions or operations on the SDS; KIA Info:

and (b) based on those predictions or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:

I

  • A2.03 - Loss of lAS I

I SRO Importance: 3.1 IProposed references to be None provided to applicant:

I Learning Objective:

I

~ ......

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.43(b)(5)

Question source: D Bank IDModified 118:1 New 18:1 Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:

D Comprehension or Analysis

! Last NRC Exam used on: N/A Exam Bank History: None Technical references:

  • AOP-7D, Loss of Instrument Air
  • EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions 1 Comments: None OPERATIONS Page: 18 of 50 06 May 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam 85 10: 40688 Points: 1~00 Unit-1 is at 100% power, EOC, when the following occur:

  • Reactor power promptly lowers to 92% and continues to slowly lower
  • PZR Pressure simultaneously lowered to 2200 PSIA
  • RCS TCOLD has dropped to 541°F
  • No CVCS operations are in progress Of the provided options:
1. Which of the following procedures would address this set of plant conditions, and;
2. Which of the actions is required, by the selected procedure?

A. (1) AOP-7K, Overcooling Event in Mode One or Two (2) Adjust Turbine to restore T COLD to program B. (1) AOP-1 B, CEA Malfunction (2) Adjust Turbine to restore T COLD to program C. (1) AOP-7K, Overcooling Event in Mode One or Two (2) Withdraw CEAs, as necessary, to restore T COLD to program D. (1) AOP-1 B, CEA Malfunction (2) Withdraw CEAs, as necessary, to restore T COLD to program Answer: B Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - For the given plant conditions, boration, as allowed by the AOP, would be ineffective in restoring T COLD to program given the initial conditions. Dilution operations are not directed by the procedure as a method of restoring T COLD to program.

B. Correct -This action is directed by the AOP and would be effective in restoring T COLD to program.

C. Incorrect - AOP-1 B cautions "Do NOT use CEAs to control RCS temperature".

Plausible because AOP-1B allows use of CEAs, to adjust power, during realignment of the dropped CEA.

D. Correct - For the given plant conditions, TBVoperation, as allowed by the AOP, would be ineffective in restoring T COLD to program given the initial conditions.

OPERATIONS Page: 19 of 50 06 May 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 85 Info Topic: SID CEA Alignment Tier/Group: 1/2 003 - Dropped Control Rod KIA Info:

  • 2.4.11 - Knowledge of abnormal condition procedures.

SRO Importance: 4.2

. Proposed references to be None I provided to applicant:

I Learning Objective:

I 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.43(b}(5)

  • Question source: [gJ Bank 1 0 Modified [DNew Cognitive level:

Last NRC Exam used on:

o Memory or Fundamental

[gJ Comprehension or Analysis No history of use on previous NRC exams i

Exam Bank History: Last used in May, 2009 LOR quiz Technical references: AOP-1 B, CEA Malfunction  !

r-Comments: None I

OPERATIONS Page: 20 of 50 06 May 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam 86 ID:Q38119 Points: 1.00 Using provided references Given the following plant conditions:

  • A lightning strike in the switchyard results in loss of all three high lines and a dual unit trip @ 1035.
  • 1B DG failed to start
  • The OC DG was started @ 1039.
  • SMECO is in a normal line-up.
  • At 1051 the PPO reports they are ready to close the OC disconnects to 14 4KV Bus.

What, if any, EAL classification is warranted for Unit-1?

A. Unusual Event B. Alert C. Site Area Emergency D. No EAL classification is warranted Answer: B Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - Per ERPIP 3.0, Attachment (1), Emergency Action Level Criteria, an Alert per H.A.2.1.2 is the appropriate call for AC power capability to 4KV Vital busses on either Unit being reduced to ONLY one DG for >15 minutes. An Unusual Event would be appropriate if both Vital 4 KV Busses were powered by their respective DGs. In this case only 11 4KV Bus was powered by its respective DG for a period of at least 16 minutes.

B. Correct - Per ERPIP 3.0, Attachment (1), Emergency Action Level Criteria, an Alert per H.A.2.1.2 is the appropriate call for AC power capability to 4KV Vital busses on either Unit being reduced to ONLY one DG for >15 minutes.

C. Incorrect - Per ERPIP 3.0, Attachment (1), Emergency Action Level Criteria, an Alert per H.A.2.1.2 is the appropriate call for AC power capability to 4KV Vital busses on either Unit being reduced to ONLY one DG for >15 minutes. To reach Site Area Emergency criteria, both 4KV Vital Busses would have to be deenergized for >15 minutes.

D. Incorrect - Per ERPIP 3.0, Attachment (1), Emergency Action Level Criteria, an Alert per H.A.2.1.2 is the appropriate call for AC power capability to 4KV Vital busses on either Unit being reduced to ONLY one DG for >15 minutes.

OPERATIONS Page: 21 of 50 06 May 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam i Question 86 Info Topic: LOOP EAL Declaration ITierf~roup: 1/1 055 - Loss of Offsite and Onsite Power (Station Blackout)

KIA Info:

i

  • SRO Importance: 4.5 i IProposed ~~ferences to be ERPIP 3.0, Attachment (1)
  • provided to applicant:

~- ....

i Learning Objective:

1 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.43(b)(5)

I Question source: o Bank 1 0 ~odified I~New Cognitive level.

o Memory or Fundamental I:AcomprehenSion or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on:

Exam Bank History:

Technical references: ERPIP 3.0 Comments: None OPERATIONS Page: 22 of 50 06 May 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam "87 10: Q927aQ/ . Points: 1.00 SFP Charcoal Filters have been declared inoperable. Fuel movement within the SFP is desired.

What is the MINIMUM time that the fuel to be moved must have been out of a critical reactor before fuel movement per OI-25A, Spent Fuel Handling Machine, may commence?

A. Greater than 100 hours0.00116 days <br />0.0278 hours <br />1.653439e-4 weeks <br />3.805e-5 months <br />.

B. Greater than 32 days.

C. Greater than 92 days.

D. Greater than 184 days.

Answer: B Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - A candidate, unsure of the correct duration, may be familiar with 100 hours0.00116 days <br />0.0278 hours <br />1.653439e-4 weeks <br />3.805e-5 months <br /> (minimum time shutdown before fuel movement) and consider this a reasonable choice as an answer.

B. Correct - As defined in the Tech Spec Bases for T.S. 3.7.11, Spent Fuel Pool Exhaust Ventilation System (SFPEVS). "The SFPEVS is designed to mitigate the consequences of a fuel handling accident involving handling recently irradiated fuel (i.e., fuel that has occupied part of a critical reactor core within the previous 32 days)".

C. Incorrect - A candidate, unsure of the correct duration, may be familiar with 92 days (quarterly surveillance interval from the Tech Specs) and consider this a reasonable choice as an answer.

D. Incorrect - A candidate, unsure of the correct duration, may be familiar with 184 days (semi-annual surveillance interval from the Tech Specs) and consider this a reasonable choice as an answer.

OPERATIONS Page: 23 of 50 06 May 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 87 Info Topic: Definition of Recently Irradiated Fuel Tier/Group: Generic K & A 2.1 - Conduct of Operations KIA Info:

  • 2.1.42 - Knowledge of new and spent fuel movement procedures.

SRO Importance: 3.4 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective:

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.43(b )(7)

Question source: o Bank 1 0 Modified I [8J New

[8J Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:

o Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: N/A Exam Bank History: None Technical references: Tech Spec 3.7.11 Comments: None OPERATIONS Page: 24 of 50 06 May 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam 88 10: Q44148 Points: 1.00 Why must Linear Heat Rate be maintained less than 22 KW/FT, as described in the BASIS for T.S. Safety Limit 2.1.1.2, Linear Heat Rate?

A. Limits fuel clad temperature to 2200 OF.

B. Prevents exceeding fuel centerline temperature limits.

C. Prevents exceeding DNBR limits.

D. Maintains Site Boundary dose within limits.

Answer: B Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - Per the Technical Specification Bases for T.S. 3.2.1, Liner Heat Rate (LHR), "The limitation on the LHR ensures that, in the event of a LOCA, the peak temperature of the fuel cladding does not exceed 2200°F".

B. Correct - Per the Technical Specification Bases for T.S. 2.1.1, Reactor Core SLs, "the restrictions of this SL prevent overheating of the fuel and cladding and possible cladding perforation that would result in the release of fission products to the reactor coolant. Overheating of the fuel is prevented by maintaining the steady state peak linear heat rate below the level at which fuel centerline melting occurs". The Safety limit of 22 KW/FT is significantly less conservative than the COLR limit of 14.3 KW/FT.

C. Incorrect - Per the Technical Specification Bases for T.S. 3.4.1, RCS Pressure, Temperature, and Flow Departure from Nucleate Boiling (DNB) Limits, "the limits placed on departure from nucleate boiling (DNB) related parameters ensure that these parameters will not be less conservative than were assumed in the analyses, and thereby provide assurance that the minimum departure from nucleate boiling ratio (DNBR) will meet the required criteria for each of the transients analyzed".

D. Incorrect - Per the Technical Specification Bases for T.S. 3.4.15, RCS Specific Activity, "the RCS specific activity LCO limits the allowable concentration level of radionuclides in the reactor coolant. The LCO limits are established to minimize the offsite radioactivity dose consequences in the event of a SGTR accident".

OPERATIONS Page: 25 of 50 06 May 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam i Question 88 Info Topic: Basis for COLR LHR limit Tier/Group: 1/1 2.2 - Equipment Control i KIA Info:

  • 2.2.38 - Knowledge of conditions and limitations in the facility license.

I SRO Importance: 4.5 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective:

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55,43(b)(1)

_Question source:

f8J Bank ID~odified I New f8J Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:

Comprehension or Analysis i Last NRC Exam used on: N/A Exam Bank History: None Technical references: Tech Spec 2.1.1, Reactor Core Safety Limits Comments: None I

OPERATIONS Page: 26 of 50 06 May 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC SRO Exam 89 ID:Q92614 Points: 1.00 A fire exists in the Unit-2 45' West Electrical Penetration Room. Which of the following lists documents that must be reviewed, per ERPIP 3.0, to assist the Fire Brigade in firefighting efforts?

A. AOP-11 Series; Fire Strategies Manual; Interactive Cable Analysis.

B. AOP-11 Series; Interactive Cable Analysis; ES-013, Loss of Power Effects ILoad List.

C. AOP-9 Series; Fire Strategies Manual; Plant Area Fire Strategy Templates (Maps).

D. AOP-9 Series; Plant Area Fire Strategy Templates (Maps);

ES-013, Loss of Power Effects ILoad List.

Answer: C Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - AOP-11 is not a series and is for Control Room Evacuation for non-fires.

It is not included in the list of documents to review contained in ERPIP 3.0, Attachment 16.

B. Incorrect - AOP-11 is not a series and is for Control Room Evacuation for non-fires.

AOP-11 is not included in the list of documents to review contained in ERPIP 3.0, Attachment 16. ES-013, Loss of Power Effects ILoad List, while a good potential reference, is not included in the list of documents to review contained in ERPIP 3.0, Attachment 16.

C. Correct - All listed resources are listed in ERPIP 3.0 Attachment 16 and are available in the Control Room.

D. Incorrect - ES-013, Loss of Power Effects ILoad List, while a good potential reference, is not included in the list of documents to review contained in ERPIP 3.0, Attachment 16.

OPERATIONS Page: 27 of 50 06 May 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 89 Info Topic: Resources to assist the CR in firefighting efforts Tier/Group: Generic K& A i

2.4 - Emergency Procedures I Plan KIA Info:

  • 2.4.26 - Knowledge of facility protection requirements, including fire brigade and portable firefighting equipment usage.

I i SRO Importance: 3.6 I Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

, Learning Objective:

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.43(b)(5}

Question source: o Bank 1 0 Modified lIZ! New ...

Cognitive level:

IZ! Memory or Fundamental o Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: N/A Exam Bank History: None Technical references:

  • SA-1-10, 1 FI RE FIGHTING
  • ERPIP 3.0, Attachment (16), Fire in the Protected Area, ISFSI, or MPF IComments: None OPERATIONS Page: 28 of 50 06 May 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC SRO Exam 90 10: Q93060 Points: 1.00 Unit-1 has implemented EOP-5, Loss of Coolant Accident, due to a small break LOCA inside the containment concurrent with a loss of oftsite power. 14 4KV Bus failed to energize from its respective DG.

Which ONE of the following describes:

(1) The impact of these events on the Steam Generators and; (2) The strategy for managing current plant conditions per EOP-5?

A. (1) The ADVs are NOT available remotely to support RCS heat removal; (2) Operate 13 HPSI on 11 4KV Bus, to establish adequate heat removal.

B. (1) Condensate Booster Pumps are NOT available as a feed source; (2) Operate 13 HPSI on 11 4KV Bus, to establish adequate heat removal.

C. (1) Motor Driven AFW Pump is NOT available to support RCS heat removal; (2) Establish RCS heat removal via natural circulation.

D. (1) Main Feedwater Pumps are NOT available as a feed source; (2) Establish RCS heat removal via natural circulation.

Answer: D Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - The ADVs are available for heat removal. HPSI flow out the break maintains RCS inventory with heat removal via the S/Gs providing the ability to cooldown the RCS to SDC entry conditions.

B. Incorrect - Forced circulation is not available for RCS heat removal, however HPSI flow out the break maintains RCS inventory with heat removal via the S/Gs providing the ability to cooldown the RCS to SDC entry conditions. EOP-5 does not drive starting 13 HPSI pump if 11 HPSI pump starts and functions properly. No information is provided stating 11 HPSI pump is not operating correctly.

C. Incorrect - The motor driven AFW Pump is available. AFW and the ADVs are used to establish heat removal and cooldown the RCS to SDC entry conditions.

D. Correct - Main Feedwater Pumps are not available as a feed source, AFW and the ADVs are used to establish heat removal and cooldown the RCS to SDC entry conditions.

OPERATIONS Page: 29 of 50 06 May 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 90 Info Topic: Small Break LOCA heat removal Tier/Group: 2/2 035 - Steam Generator

  • A2 - Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the SG; KIA Info: and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
  • A2.06 - Small Break LOCA SRO Importance: 4.6 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective:

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.43(b)(5)

Question source: o Bank ID Modified 11:8] New Cognitive level:

o Memory or Fundamental 1:8] Comprehension or Analysis

  • Last NRC Exam used on: N/A Exam Bank History: None Technical references: EOP-5, Loss of Coolant Accident Comments:

OPERATIONS Page: 30 of 50 06 May 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam 91 10: Q926Sf Points: 1.00 Unit-1 is operating at 100% power with Group 5 CEAs at 131 inches when the pulse counting position indication system is lost due to a power supply malfunction. It has become apparent the TRM restoration time will not be met.

Which ONE of the following actions is required?

A. Initiate a Condition Report for a Reactivity Management event.

B. Contact Systems Engineering to complete a Functionality Assessment.

C. Initiate the Event Notification Worksheet for a Licensee Event Report.

D. Contact Generation Dispatcher to inform of plant status.

Answer: B Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - Loss of the pulse counting position indication system does not classify as a Reactivity Management event per CNG-OP-3.01-1000, Reactivity Management.

B. Correct - For SSCs that are not expressly subject to Tech Specs and that are determined to be degraded, assess the reasonable expectation of functionality.

C. Incorrect - There are no criteria stated that meet the threshold for notification of a LER D. Incorrect - There is not enough information given to ascertain whether a power reduction is imminent.

OPERATIONS Page: 31 of 50 06 May 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 91 Info Topic: TRM requirements for OOS CEA Position Indication Tier/Group: 2/2 014 - Rod Position Indication System (RPIS)

  • 2.4.30 - Knowledge of events related to system KIA Info: operation/status that must be reported to internal organizations or external agencies, such as the State, the NRC, or the transmission system operator.

SRO Importance: 4.1 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective:

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.43(b)(5)

Question source: D Bank 1D Modified 11:8:1 New 1:8:1 Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:

D Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: N/A Exam Bank History: None Technical references: Technical Requirements Manual; CNG-OP-1.01-1 002, Conduct of Operability Determination/Functionality Assessments Comments: None OPERATIONS Page: 32 of 50 06 May 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam 92 ID:Q92670 Points: 1.00 During a Reactor startup, with power at 1 x 10-4%, a Turbine Bypass valve fails partially open.

TCOLD approaches the Technical Specification limit.

Which ONE of the following:

(1) Is the basis for the TCOLD Tech Spec temperature limit and; (2) Describes the correct procedure to address this event?

A. (1) Ensures operation within the bounds of the existing accident analyses; (2) Enter the EOP for excess steam demand events.

B. (1) Minimizes the possibility of violating DNB limits; (2) Enter the AOP for overcooling events.

C. (1) Ensures operation within the existing instrumentation ranges and accuracies; (2) Enter the EOP for excess steam demand events.

D. (1) Ensures operation within the bounds of the existing accident analyses; (2) Enter the AOP for overcooling events.

Answer: D Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - The basis for the minimum temperature for criticality is correct T.S. Bases 3.4.2, however, the correct procedure to implement would be AOP-7K which would ultimately direct tripping the reactor and implementing EOP-O. EOP-4 would be the correct choice if the plant was operating in Mode-3 B. Incorrect - The basis for the minimum temperature for criticality is incorrect, however, the correct procedure to implement would be AOP-7K which would ultimately direct tripping the reactor and implementing EOP-O C. Incorrect - The basis for the minimum temperature for criticality is incorrect.

Additionally, the correct procedure to implement would be AOP-7K which would ultimately direct tripping the reactor and implementing EOP-O D. Correct - The basis for the minimum temperature for criticality is correct per T.S.

Bases 3.4.2 and the correct procedure to implement would be AOP-7K which would ultimately direct tripping the reactor and implementing EOP-O.

OPERATIONS Page: 33 of 50 06 May 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 92 Info I

  • Topic: Minimum temperature for criticality I Tier/Group: Generic K & A
  • 2.1 - Conduct of Operations KIA Info:
  • 2.1.32 - Ability to explain and apply system limits and precautions.

SRO Importance: 4.0 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective:

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.43(b)(2)

Question source: D Bank I D Modified II:8J New D Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:

I:8J Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: N/A

  • Exam Bank History: None Technical references: T.S. 3.4.2, RCS Minimum Temperature for Criticality I Comments: None OPERATIONS Page: 34 of 50 06 May 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam 93 10: Q15858 Points: 1.00 Using references provided:

Unit-1 is in Mode 1. System Engineering has determined that 4KV Bus 14 Normal and Alternate Feeder breakers may not trip on an undervoltage when required. What action is required?

A. Enter TS 3.8.1, Action B, for 1B DG out of service.

B. Enter TS 3.8.9, Action A, for both breakers out of service.

C. Enter TS 3.8.9, Action B, for both breakers out of service.

D. Enter TS 3.8.1, Action E, for 1B DG being out of service.

Answer: A Answer Explanation:

A. Correct - The 'I B DG would be inoperable to 4KV Bus 14. Normal and Alternate Feeder Breakers being open are part of the logic circuit that must be completed for the 1B DG to close in on and power up 4KV Bus 14.

B. Incorrect - T.S. 3.8.9 requires OPERABLE AC electrical power distribution subsystems. From the Basis doc: "OPERABLE AC electrical power distribution subsystems require the associated buses, load centers, motor control centers, and distribution panels to be energized to their proper voltages". By this definition 4KV Bus 14 is operable.

C. Incorrect - T.S. 3.8.9, Condition B represents one or more 120V AC vital buses without power.

D. Incorrect - LCO 3.8.1.E is not applicable to 4KV Bus 14. CREVS and CRETS components are powered from 4 KV Busses 11 & 24.

OPERATIONS Page: 35 of 50 06 May 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 93 Info Evaluate T.S. for 4kv feeder breaker problem (References Topic:

required)

I Tier/Group: Generic K & A i

2.2 - Equipment Control I KIA Info:

  • 2.2.36 - Abifity to analyze the effect of maintenance activities, such as degraded power sources, on the I status of limiting conditions for operations.

SRO Importance: 4.2 Proposed references to be T.S.3.8.1 & 3.8.9 & associated Bases provided to applicant:

Learning Objective:

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55,43(b)(2)

Question source: IZI Bank 1 0 Modified 1

0 Cognitive level:

o Memory or Fundamental IZI Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: No history of use on previous NRC exams Last used for May, 2009 panel comp (average score - 71 %

Exam Bank History:

over 38 student encounters since 2002)

Technical references: Tech Specs 3.8.1, AC Sources-Operating & 3.8.9 Distribution Systems-Operating Comments: None OPERATIONS Page: 36 of 50 06 May 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam 94 10: Q92690 Points: 1.00 Unit -1 was operating at 100% power when the following events and conditions occurred:

  • 1-RE-1752A1B/C/O (11/12/13/14 CAR Suction RAO MONs) are in alarm and indicating a leakrate of 28 GPO and stable
  • 1-RIC-5421A (N16 RAO MONITOR) indicates a leakrate of 31 GPO and stable
  • 1-RI-4014 (Unit 1 SIG BID RMS) is elevated
  • 1-RIC-4095 (Unit 1 SIG BID Recovery RMS) is elevated As Control Room Supervisor, which ONE of the following are you required to direct?

A. Implement AOP-2A, ExceSSive RCS Leakage B. Secure SIG Slowdown per Ol-SA, Slowdown System C. Implement AOP-1 0, Abnormal Secondary Chemistry Conditions O. Trip the reactor, perform EOP-O, Reactor Trip and implement EOP-6, Steam Generator Tube Rupture Answer: C Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - An RCS leak of 31 GPO (.02 GPM) is below the threshold for implementation of AOP-2A, Excessive RCS Leakage. AOP-10, Abnormal Secondary Chemistry Conditions, speCifies implementation of AOP-2A IF the SG tube leakage reaches the operational limit of 50 GPO through anyone SG.

B. Incorrect - The SIG Slowdown System RMSs, while elevated, have yet to reach a value where manual or automatic action is required per plant procedure. The decision to secure Slowdown under these circumstances would be based on recommendations from the Chemistry folks.

C. Correct - AOP-1 0, Abnormal Secondary Chemistry Conditions, Attachment 1 (UNIT 1 ACTIONS FOR SG TUSE LEAKAGE GREATER THAN 5 GPO) is written to address SG tube leakage of between 5 GPO and 50 GPO.

O. Incorrect - An RCS leak of 31 GPO (.02 GPM) is below the threshold for implementation of AOP-2A, ExceSSive RCS Leakage. AOP-2A, Excessive RCS Leakage is the procedure that would direct shutdown and/or a reactor trip for SIG tube leakage reaching the appropriate threshold.

OPERATIONS Page: 37 of 50 06 May 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 94 Info Topic: Use RMS indications to evaluate RCS leakage Tier/Group: Generic K & A 2.3 - Radiation Control KIA Info:

  • 2.3.5 - Ability to use radiation monitoring systems, such as fixed radiation monitors and alarms, portable survey instruments, personnel monitoring equipment, etc.

SRO Importance: 2.9 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective:

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.43(b)(4)

Question source: o Bank 10 Modified I[8J New Cognitive level:

o Memory or Fundamental

[8J Comprehension or Analysis

! Last NRC Exam used on: N/A Exam Bank History: None Technical references:

  • AOP-10, Abnormal Secondary Chemistry Conditions
  • AOP-2A, Excessive RCS Leakage Comments: None OPERATIONS Page: 38 of 50 06 May 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC SRO Exam 95 10: Q92810 Points: 1.00 U-1 is operating at 100% power when a plant trip occurs. All safety functions of EOP-O have been reported. The following conditions exist:

  • All CEAs are fully inserted.
  • All electrical busses are energized from their normal power supplies.
  • Pressurizer level is 88 inches and lowering slowly
  • Pressurizer pressure is 1875 PSIA and lowering slowly
  • T AVG is 530 F and lowering slowly
  • ADVs and TBVs are shut
  • RCS subcooling is 100 .F and rising slowly
  • 11 S/G level is -90 inches and lowering slowly
  • 12 S/G level is -50 inches and rising
  • Containment pressure is 1.5 PSIG and rising slowly
  • 11 Main Steam Une Radiation Monitor reads 4.6 E-6 Rlhr
  • 12 Main Steam Line Radiation Monitor reads 2.2 E-4 R/hr Which ONE of the following must be implemented based on existing plant conditions?

A. EOP-4, Excess Steam Demand Event B. EOP-5, Loss of Coolant Accident C. EOP-6, Steam Generator Tube Rupture D. EOP-8, Functional Recovery Procedure Answer D Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - Plant conditions indicate a steam leak or an RCS leak is removing decay heat. Containment parameters indicate the location of this leak. A SG tube leak also exists on 12 SG based on MSLRM indications. Based on a tube leak occurring with either an RCS leak or a steam leak in containment. EOP-8 would be implemented ..

B. Incorrect - Plant conditions indicate a steam leak or an RCS leak is removing decay heat. Containment parameters indicate the location of this leak. A SG tube leak also exists on 12 SG based on MSLRM indications. Based on a tube leak occurring with either an RCS leak or a steam leak in containment, EOP-8 would be implemented ..

C. Incorrect - Plant conditions indicate a steam leak or an RCS leak is removing decay heat. Containment parameters indicate the location of this leak. A SG tube leak also exists on 12 SG based on MSLRM indications. Based on a tube leak occurring with either an RCS leak or a steam leak in containment, EOP-8 would be implemented ..

OPERATIONS Page: 39 of 50 06 May 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC SRO Exam D. Correct - Plant conditions indicate a steam leak or an RCS leak is removing decay heat. Containment parameters indicate the location of this leak. A SG tube leak also exists on 12 SG based on MSLRM indications. Based on a tube leak occurring with either an RCS leak or a steam leak in containment, EOP-8 would be implemented ..

Question 95 Info Topic: SRO responsibilities for AOPs during C/D Tier/Group: 2/1 2.1 - Conduct of Operations KIA Info:

  • 2.1 .23 - Ability to perform specific system and integrated plant procedures during all modes of plant operation.

SRO Importance: 4.4 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective:

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.43(b )(5)

Question source: D Bank ID Modified I[8J New D Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:

[8J Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: N/A Exam Bank History: None Technical references:

  • NO-1-200, Control of Shift Activities; NO-1-201, Calvert Cliffs Operating Manual
  • EOP-O, Post Trip Immediate Actions
  • Comments: None OPERATIONS Page: 40 of 50 06 May 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam 96 10: Q20870 Points: 1.00 Unit-2 is operating at 100% power. 23 HPSI pump has been declared inoperable due to a ground on phases A & C of the motor.

What T.S. action, if any, is required?

A. Align 22 HPSI pump to the Main HPSI header, within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />, and declare the ECCS subsystem operable.

B. Enter the applicable T.S. LCO and restore 23 HPSI pump to service within the allowed completion time.

C. Align 22 HPSI pump to the Aux HPSI header, within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />, and declare the ECCS subsystem operable.

D. No T.S. LCO action is required as at least 100% of the ECCS flow equivalent to a single operable ECCS train is available.

Answer: B Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - 22 HPSI is not an acceptable substitute for 23 HPSI because it shares a common suction header with 21 HPSI. Redundancy would remain compromised.

B. Correct - Tech Spec 3.5.2, Action A, allows an out of service time of 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> assuming 21 HPSI remains operable.

C. Incorrect - 22 HPSI is not an acceptable substitute for 23 HPSI because it shares a common suction header with 21 HPSI. Redundancy would remain compromised.

D. Incorrect - Tech Specs require the redundancy of two 100% capable trains with an allowed out of service time, for one train, of 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> providing 100% of the ECCS flow equivalent to a single operable ECCS train is available. Plausible because the applicant may believe having 100% of the ECCS flow equivalent to a single OPERABLE ECCS train available in the form of 21 HPSI Pump satisfies the LCO.

OPERATIONS Page: 41 of 50 06 May 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 96 Info Topic: Determine actions for 23 HPSI OOS Tier/Group: 2/1 006 - Emergency Core Cooling System (ECCS)

KIA Info:

  • 2.2.22 - Knowledge of limiting conditions for operations and safety limits.

SRO Importance: 4.7 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective: CRO-7-1-5-94 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.43(b)(2)

Question source: cgj Bank 10 Modified 10New cgj Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:

o Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: No history of use on previous NRC exams September, 2005 Panel comp (average score - 86% for 7 Exam Bank History:

student encounters)

Technical references: Tech Spec 3.5.2, ECCS - Operating Comments: I None

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam 97 10: Q9'2692 Points: 1.00 During a Large Break LOCA:

(1) How is the Main Steam system affected and; (2) What is the EOP strategy for the condition where S/G pressure is greater than RCS pressure?

A. (1) CSAS actuation will cause the MSIVs to shut; (2) Cool the S/Gs using the ADVs.

B. (1) CSAS actuation will cause the MSIVs to shut; (2) Bypass the MSIVs and cool the S/Gs using the TBVs.

C. (1) CIS actuation will cause the MSIVs to shut; (2) Cool the S/Gs using the ADVs.

D. (1) SGIS actuation will cause the MSIVs to shut; (2) Bypass the MSIVs and cool the S/Gs using the TBVs.

Answer: A Answer Explanation:

A. Correct - CSAS will actuate on a Large Break LOCA and provides an automatic closure signal to the MSIVs. EOP-5, Loss of Coolant Accident, specifies: IF S/G pressure is greater than RCS pressure, THEN commence S/G cooldown using TURB BYP valves OR ADVs.

B. Incorrect - EOP-5, Loss of Coolant Accident, specifies "IF S/G pressure is greater than RCS pressure, THEN commence S/G cooldown using TURB BYP valves OR ADVs".

Plausibility - EOP-8, Functional Recovery Procedure (HR-2, S/G Heat Sink with SIS Operation), provides direction for bypassing the MSIVs and use of the TBVs in the event the ADVs are not available.

C. Incorrect - CIS does not provide a signal to automatically close the Main Steam Isolation Valves (MSIVs).

D. Incorrect - EOP-5, Loss of Coolant Accident, specifies "IF S/G pressure is greater than RCS pressure, THEN commence S/G cooldown using TURB BYP valves OR ADVs". MSIV Bypasses are not an option provided in EOP-5.

Plausibility - EOP-8, Functional Recovery Procedure (HR-2, S/G Heat Sink with SIS Operation), provides direction for bypassing the MSIVs and use of the TBVs in the event the ADVs are not available.

OPERATIONS Page: 43 of 50 06 May 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 97 Info Topic: Affect of LOCA on Main Steam Tier/Group: 2/1 039 - Main and Reheat Steam System (MRSS)

  • A2 - Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the MRSS; and (b) based on predictions, use procedures to KIA Info:

correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations

  • A2.01 - Flow paths of steam during a LOCA I SRO Importance: 3.2 I Proposed references to be None

, provided to applicant:

Learning Objective:

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.43(b}(5)

Question source: o Bank 1 0 Modified I~New

~ Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:

r-.. .

o Comprehenslon or Ana IYSls

, Last NRC Exam used on: NIA I Exam Bank History: None i Technical references: EOP-5, Loss of Coolant Accident Icomme_n_ts_:_ _ _ _ _'---N_o_n_e_~_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _---'

OPERATIONS Page: 44 of 50 06 May 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC SRO Exam 98 10: Q92693 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 is in MODE 3. The following conditions exist:

  • RCS Pressure is 2250 PSIA
  • T COLD is 530 OF
  • S/G pressure is 880 PSIG
  • 13 AFW Pump out of service
  • A loss of Instrument Air is in progress (1 ) What effect will there be on the AFW system?

(2) What is the correct action to address this condition?

A. (1) There would be no remote speed control of 11 or 12 AFW Pp; (2) Station an Operator locally to control the steam driven AFW pump speed, to maintain AFW Pp speed at a constant 4500 rpm.

B. (1) All AFW components are supplied by the Salt Water Air system, thus there is no impact on the AFW system; (2) Direct an Operator at 1C04 to operate a steam driven AFW pump to maintain S/G level.

C. (1) There would be no remote speed control of 11 or 12 AFW Pp; (2) Station an Operator locally to control the steam driven AFW pump speed, to maintain AFW discharge pressure at approximately 980 PSIG.

D. (1) There would be no control of the AFW Flow Control Valves from 1C04; (2) Direct an Operator at 1C43 to operate the AFW Flow Control Valves to maintain S/G level.

Answer: C Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - 11 & 12 AFW Pump speed cannot be controlled from the Control Room, due to the loss of Instrument Air, requiring an operator be stationed to manually control AFW Pump speed to maintain AFW Pump discharge pressure 100 PSI greater than S/G pressure per AOP-7D.

B. Incorrect - The Salt Water Air Compressors due not provide a backup supply of air to 11 & 12 AFW Pumps. 11 & 12 AFW Pump speed cannot be controlled from the Control Room, due to the loss of Instrument Air, requiring an operator be stationed to manually control AFW Pump speed to maintain AFW Pump discharge pressure 100 PSI greater than S/G pressure per AOP-7D.

C. Correct - 11 & 12 AFW Pump speed cannot be controlled from the Control Room, due to the loss of Instrument Air, requiring an operator be stationed to manually control AFW Pump speed to maintain AFW Pump discharge pressure 100 PSI greater than S/G pressure per AOP-7D.

D. Incorrect - AOP-7D, Loss of Instrument Air specifies: Control the AFW Pump speed with the Local Speed Adjust Knob, to maintain AFW Pump discharge approximately 100 PSIG greater than SG pressure. Adjust the SG FLOW CONTRs (IA supplied by the Sal Water Air Compressors) to maintain SG level between (-) 24 and (+) 30 inches and trending to zero inches.

OPERATIONS Page: 45 of 50 06 May 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 98 Info Topic: AFW Pp speed controlled wlo instrument air Tier/Group: 2/1 061 - Auxiliary I Emergency Feedwater (AFW) System

  • A2 - Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the AFW;

! KIA Info: and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:

  • A2.07 - Air or MOV failure SRO Importance: 3.5 Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective:

10 CFR Part 55 Content: 5S.43(b)(S)

Question source: o Bank 1 0 Modified I~New Cognitive level:

o Memory or Fundamental  !

[2J Comprehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: NIA Exam Bank History: None Technical references: AOP-7D, Loss of Instrument Air Comments: None OPERATIONS Page: 46 of 50 06 May 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC SRO Exam 99 10:. Q9271 0 Points: 1.00 Unit-1 is operating at 60% power when a loss of 4KV Bus 13 occurs.

(1) What effect, if any, does this condition have on plant operation?

(2) What is the correct action to address this condition?

A. (1) Loss of 12 and 13 Condensate Pumps; (2) Commence a Rapid Power Reduction, to lower Condensate Header flow to less than 8000 GPM.

B. (1) Loss of 13 Condensate Pump and 13 Condensate Booster Pump; (2) Bypass the Condensate Precoat Filters and Condensate Demineralizers and Verify 11 or 12 Condensate Pump and 11 or 12 Condensate Booster Pumps running.

C. (1) Loss of lube oil to both SGFPs; (2) Immediately trip the Reactor and implement EOP-O. After completion of the Reactivity Safety Function, trip both SGFPs.

D. (1) Loss of 12 Heater Drain Pump, 13 Condensate Booster Pump and 13 & 14 CAR Pumps; (2) No Stabilizing actions are necessary Answer: A Answer Explanation:

A. Correct - 12and 13 Condensate Pps are lost necessitating a power reduction to get Condensate Header flow to less than the capacity of a single Condensate Pp.

B. Incorrect - While 13 Condensate Pp and 13 Condensate Booster Pump are lost, 12 Condensate Pp is also lost; necessitating a power reduction to get Condensate Header flow to less than the capacity of a single Condensate Pp.

C. Incorrect - Each SGFP has an Oil Pp powered from MCC-106 and one powered from MCC-116; therefore lube oil will not be lost with a loss of MCC-116 (13 4KV bus).

D. Incorrect - While the listed loads are in fact lost, the loss of two Condensate Pumps necessitates reducing power to get Condensate Header flow to less than the capacity of a single Condensate Pump.

OPERATIONS Page: 47 of 50 06 May 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 99 Info Topic: Loss of a non-vital 4KV Bus 13 at 60% power Tier/Group: 2/1 062 - AC Electrical Distribution System

  • A2 - Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the ac distribution system; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or KIA Info:

mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:

  • A2.01 - T ypes of loads that, if de-energized, would degrade or hinder plant operation I

SRO Importance: 3.9 i Proposed references to be None provided to applicant:

Learning Objective: AOP-71-03 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.43(b)( 5)

Question source: rEI Bank 1 0 Modified 10New rEI Memory or Fundamental

! Cognitive level:

o Com prehension or Analysis Last NRC Exam used on: No history of use on previous NRC exams Exam Bank History:

Technical references:

  • AOP-71, Loss of 4KV. 480 Volt or 208/120 Volt Instrument Bus Power
  • Unit-1 Immediate Actions From 100% Power (Stabilizing Actions Plaque) Operator Aid Comments: None OPERATIONS Page: 48 of 50 06 May 2010

EXAMINAT.ION ANSWER KEY LOI 2010 NRC SRO Exam 100.: Points: 1;OO~

At 0800, EOP-8 was entered and a Site Area Emergency was declared. Because no Optimal Recovery Procedure was appropriate, the Technical Support Center staff was asked to provide a new procedure for this situation. It is now 1452.

When may you:

(1) Exit the current procedure and; (2) Implement the new procedure developed by the Technical Support Center?

A. (1) When the new procedure's Intermediate Safety Function Acceptance Criteria are met and the new procedure has been approved; (2) At the Shift Manager's direction.

B. (1) When the EOP-8 Safety Function Acceptance Criteria are met; (2) Upon direction by the Technical Support Center-Director.

C. (1) The new procedure has been approved; (2) Upon direction by the Technical Support Center-Director D. (1) When the EOP-8 Safety Function Acceptance Criteria are met and the new procedure has been approved; (2) At the Shift Manager's direction.

Answer: D Answer Explanation:

A. Incorrect - When the EOP-8 Safety Function Acceptance Criteria are met is correct per EOP-8 Rev 29, step V.G.1.

B. Incorrect - Part (1) is partially correct. An approved procedure is required along with direction from the SM or TSC Director to implement it.

C. Incorrect - Part (1) is partially correct EOP-8 Safety Function Acceptance Criteria must be met as well. Part (2) is correct.

D. Correct - Per EOP-8 Rev 29, step V.G.1.

OPERATIONS Page: 49 of 50 06 May 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER'KEY LOl2010 NRC SRO Exam Question 100 Info Topic: Tech Supported generated procedures I Tier/Group: Generic K&A 2.2 - Equipment Control 1KIA Info:

  • 2.2.5 - Knowledge of the process for making design or operating changes to the facility.
SRO Importance: 1302

. Proposed references to be N provided to applicant:

  • one
  • Learning Objective: LOR-042040404-001 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.43(b)(3)

Question source: I:8J Bank !OModified !ONew I:8J Memory or Fundamental Cognitive level:

o Comprehension or Analysis

,Last NRC Exam used on:~o history of use on previous NRC exams Exam Bank History: No record of previous use Technical references: EOP-8, Functional Recovery Procedure I Comments: None OPERATIONS Page: 50 of 50 06 May 2010

NRC Written RO Exam Key for Calvert Cliffs Nuclear Power Plant Exam Administered on August 11,2010

1. A 36. 0 71. 0
2. B 37. e 72. C
3. A 38. -A:-C I'~ 73. A
4. C 39. B ..74. A. d.J..e -&:-.L ~
5. B 40. 0 75. C
6. e 41. B
7. 0 42. C
8. A 43. B
9. B 44. 0
10. 0 45. B
11. C 46. A
12. 0 47. 0
13. A 48. e
14. D 49. 0
15. C 50. A
16. B 51. A
17. A 52. C
18. e 53. A
19. B 54. C
20. B 55. B
21. A 56. e
22. A 57. 0
23. D 58. A
24. B 59. B
25. C 60. 0
26. 0 61. B
27. 0 62. A
28. A 63. D
29. A 64. B
30. 0 65. D
31. B 66. e
32. 0 67. B
33. A 68. e
34. B 69. B
35. B 70. e

NRC Written SRO Exam Key for Calvert Cliffs Nuclear Power Plant Exam Administered on August 11, 2010

1. A 36. 0 71. D
2. 8 37. e 72. C
3. A 38. -A-(!.. ~ 73. A
4. C 39. B  :;4. A cIJ.t_JcL~
5. 8 40. 0 75. C
6. C 41. 8 76. e
7. 0 42. C 77. A
8. A 43. 8 78. C
9. B 44. D 79. B
10. 0 45. 8 80. A
11. C 46. A 81. A
12. D 47. 0 82. C
13. A 48. C 83. D
14. D 49. 0 84. D
15. C 50. A 85. 8
16. B 51. A 86. B
17. A 52. C 87. B
18. e 53. A 88. B
19. B 54. C 89. C
20. B 55. 8 90. 0
21. A 56. C 91. 8
22. A 57. 0 92. D
23. D 58. A 93. A
24. 8 59. B 94. C
25. C 60. 0 95. D
26. 0 61. 8 96. B
27. 0 62. A 97. A
28. A 63. D 98. C
29. A 64. 8 99. A
30. 0 65. D 100. 0
31. 8 66. C
32. D 67. B
33. A 68. C Note: Questions 76 thru 100 are SRO-only.
34. 8 69. B
35. 8 70. C